Documentos de Académico
Documentos de Profesional
Documentos de Cultura
A.
System
Overview
Click on the logo above to go to
www.panduit.com Section Index
B1.
up to date product information Cable Ties
find a local distributor
technical information A. System Overview
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B. Bundle B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
1. Cable Ties
2. Cable Accessories C1.
Wiring
Duct
3. Stainless Steel Cable Ties and Accessories
C2.
Surface
C. Route/Protect Raceway
2. Labels
E2.
3. Pre-Printed and Write-On Markers Labels
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) i
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Table of Contents
F.
*SYSTIMAX is a registered trademark of Commscope, Inc. **Nordx/CDT is a registered trademark of Nordx/CDT, Inc.
Index
Represents new product offering.
viii
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Table of Contents
Pan-Way Office Furniture Raceway System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C2.98 B1.
Pan-Way Office Furniture Raceway Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C2.98 C2.101 Cable Ties
Cable Fill Capacities for Office Furniture Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C2.102
Pan-Pole Power and Communication Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C2.103
Pan-Pole Power Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C2.104 B2.
Installation of Communication Outlets on Pan-Pole Power Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C2.105 C2.106 Cable
Pan-Pole Communication Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C2.107 Accessories
Installation of Communication Outlets on Pan-Pole Communication Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C2.108 C2.109
Pan-Pole Extension Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C2.110
Pan-Pole Power Addition Kits and Standard Faceplate Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C2.110 B3.
Pan-Pole Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C2.111 Stainless
Steel Ties
Cable Fill Capacities for Pan-Pole Power and Communication Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C2.112
Terminals
C2.
Surface Pan-Term Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D1.1
B1. Code Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel Lug, 90 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.45 D2.46
Cable Ties Code Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.47 D2.49
Code Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug, 45 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.50 D2.52
Code Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug, 90 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.53 D2.55
Code Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window, Narrow Tongue Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.55
B2.
Cable Code Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Corona Relief Taper Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.56
Accessories Code Conductor, Blank Tongue, Long Barrel Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.57
Code Conductor, Blank Tongue, Long Barrel with Window Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.58
Code Conductor, Short Barrel, Butt Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.59
B3. Code Conductor, Standard Barrel, Butt Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.60
Stainless Code Conductor, Long Barrel, Butt Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.61
Steel Ties Code Conductor, Long Barrel with Corona Relief Taper Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.62
Code Conductor, Long Barrel, T Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.63
Code Conductor, Color-Coded Parallel Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.64 D2.65
C1.
Flex Conductor, One-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.66 D2.67
Wiring
Duct Flex Conductor, One-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window Lug, 45 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.68 D2.69
Flex Conductor, One-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window Lug, 90 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.70 D2.71
Flex Conductor, One-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window, Narrow Tongue Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.72
C2. Flex Conductor, One-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window, Flared NEBS Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.73 D2.74
Surface Flex Conductor, One-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window, Flared NEBS Lug, 45 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.75 D2.76
Raceway Flex Conductor, One-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window, Flared NEBS Lug, 90 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.77 D2.78
Flex Conductor, One-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.79
Flex Conductor, One-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug, 45 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.80
C3. Flex Conductor, One-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug, 90 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.81
Abrasion Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.82 D2.83
Protection
Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window Lug, 45 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.84 D2.85
Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window Lug, 90 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.86 D2.87
Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window, Narrow Tongue Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.88
C4.
Cable Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window, Narrow Tongue Lug, 45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.89
Management Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window, Narrow Tongue Lug, 90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.89
Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.90 D2.91
Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug, 45 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.92 D2.93
Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug, 90 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.94 D2.95
D1.
Terminals Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window, Narrow Tongue Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.95
Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel, Flared NEBS Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.96 D2.97
Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel, Flared NEBS Lug, 45 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.98 D2.99
Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel, Flared NEBS Lug, 90 Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.100 D2.101
D2. Flex Conductor, Standard Barrel, Flared, NEBS Butt Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.102
Power
Connectors Code/Flex Conductor, with Window, In-Line Reducing Splice Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.103 D2.104
Code/Flex Conductor, with Window, In-Line Reducing Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.105 D2.106
Part Number System for Metric Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.107
D3. Metric Conductor, One-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.107 D2.108
Grounding Metric Conductor, Two-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.109 D2.110
Connectors Metric Conductor, Standard Barrel, Butt Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.111
Code Conductor, One-Hole, Aluminum Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.112
Code Conductor, Two-Hole, Aluminum Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.113
E1. Belleville Compression Washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.114
Labeling Code Conductor, Aluminum Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.115
Systems Code Conductor, Aluminum, Reducing Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.116
Code Conductor, Aluminum, Bi-Metallic Pin Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.117
Joint Compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.118
E2. Pan-Lug Mechanical Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.119
Labels Features and Benefits Pan-Lug Mechanical Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.120
Selection Guide Pan-Lug Mechanical Connectors, Cast Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.121
Selection Guide Pan-Lug Mechanical Connectors, Stamped and Formed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.122
E3. Selection Guide Pan-Lug Mechanical Connectors, Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.123
Pre-Printed
& Write-On Selection Guide Pan-Lug Mechanical Connectors, Split Bolts and Multi-Taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.124
Markers Split Bolt, Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.125
Split Bolt, Copper, Tin-Plated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.126
Split Bolt, Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.127
E4. Two-Bolt Connector, Bronze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.127
Permanent
Identification Two-Bolt Connector, Bronze, Tin-Plated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.128
One-Hole, Straight Tongue, Barrel Post Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.128
E5. One-Hole, Straight Tongue, Tin-Plated, Barrel Post Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.129
Lockout/ One-Hole, Straight Tongue Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.129
Tagout One-Hole, Straight Tongue Lug with Internal Pressure Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.130
& Safety One-Hole, Straight Tongue, Flag Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.130
Solutions One-Hole, Straight Tongue, 90 Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.131
Two-Hole, Straight Tongue Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.131
F. Two-Hole, Straight Tongue Lug with Internal Pressure Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.132
Index
Represents new product offering.
xiv
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Table of Contents
Two-Hole, Straight Tongue Lug with NEMA Hole Sizes and Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.133 B1.
Two-Hole, Straight Tongue, Tandem Set Screw Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.133 Cable Ties
Two-Hole, Straight Tongue, Two-Barrel Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.134
Two-Hole, Straight Tongue, Two-Barrel, Tin-Plated Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.134
Two-Set Screw Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.135 B2.
Two-Set Screw Splice with Internal Pressure Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.135 Cable
One-Hole, Straight Fixed Tongue Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.136 Accessories
One-Hole, Straight Fixed Tongue, Tin-Plated Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.136
One-Hole, Straight Floating Tongue Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.137
Two-Hole, Straight Floating Tongue Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.138 B3.
One-Hole, Offset Floating Tongue Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.139 Stainless
Two-Hole, Offset Floating Tongue Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.140 Steel Ties
One-Hole, Single Barrel Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.141
Two-Hole, Single Barrel Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.142
One-Hole, Two-Barrel Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.142 C1.
Wiring
One-Hole, Vertical Two-Barrel Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.143 Duct
Two-Hole, Two-Barrel Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.143
Two-Hole, Vertical Two-Barrel Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.144
Two-Hole, Three-Barrel Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.144 C2.
Four-Hole, Three-Barrel Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.145 Surface
Two-Hole, Vertical Four-Barrel Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.146 Raceway
Four-Hole, Four-Barrel Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.146
Transformer Lug Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.147
Splicer/Reducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.148 C3.
Multi-Tap Connector with Clear Insulation, Single-Sided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.149 Abrasion
Protection
Multi-Tap Connector with Clear Insulation, Double-Sided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.150 D2.151
In-Line Splicer/Reducer with Clear Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.152
Multi-Tap Connector with Clear Insulation, Single-Sided, with Mounting Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.153 C4.
Multi-Tap Connector with Clear Insulation, Double-Sided, with Mounting Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.154 Cable
Belleville Compression Washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.155 Management
Joint Compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.155
Guidelines for Installing Aluminum Mechanical Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.156
Panduit Power Connector Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.157
D1.
Recommended Termination Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.158 Terminals
Conductor Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.159 D2.161
Common Conductor Sizes and Strandings Reference Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.162 D2.163
Stud Size Chart (Inches/Millimeters) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.164
Equivalent Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D2.164 D2.
Power
Connectors
Grounding Connectors
StructuredGround Grounding Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.1
D3.
Features and Benefits StructuredGround Compression Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.2 Grounding
StructuredGround Direct Burial Compression System Grounding Roadmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.3 Connectors
Service Entrance Grounding Roadmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.4
Access Floor Grounding Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.5
BICSI/J-STD-607-A Telecommunications Grounding Busbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.6 E1.
Component Labels for BICSI/J-STD-607-A Telecommunications Grounding Busbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.6 Labeling
Telecommunications Grounding and Bonding Conductor Label Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.6 Systems
NEMA Hole Pattern Grounding Busbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.7
Grounding Busbar 1" Hole Spacings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.7
Stainless Steel Hardware for Busbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.7 E2.
E Style Grounding Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.8 Labels
Grounding Cross Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.9
Universal Beam Grounding Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.10
Grounding Plate Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.10 E3.
Pre-Printed
Code Conductor, Thin Wall, CTAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.11 & Write-On
Code Conductor, Heavy Duty, CTAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.12 Markers
Clear Covers for HTCT HTAPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.13
Black Covers for Copper HTAPs and CTAPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.13
Code/Flex Conductor HTAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.14 E4.
Permanent
Code/Flex Conductor HTAP Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.15 Identification
Features and Benefits StructuredGround Mechanical Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.16
Selection Guide StructuredGround Mechanical Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.17 D3.18 E5.
Panduit Grounding Connector Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.19 Lockout/
Service Post Connector, Male Stud, Single Conductor, Bronze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.20 Tagout
Service Post Connector, Male Stud, Two Conductor, Bronze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.21 & Safety
Service Post Connector, Female Thread, Single Conductor, Bronze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.22 Solutions
Service Post Connector, Female Thread, Two Conductor, Bronze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.23
One-Hole Aluminum Lay-In Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D3.24 F.
Index
Represents new product offering.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) xv
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Table of Contents
Labels
C2.
Labels: Laser, Ink Jet, and Thermal Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.1 Surface
Laser/Ink Jet Self-Laminating Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.2 E2.3 Raceway
Laser/Ink Jet Non-Laminated Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.4
Laser/Ink Jet Flag Style Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.5
Laser/Ink Jet Component Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.5 E2.6 C3.
Part Number System for Component Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.5 Abrasion
Protection
Thermal Transfer Self-Laminating Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.7 E2.9
Turn-Tell Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.10
Thermal Transfer Marker Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.10 C4.
Thermal Transfer Non-Laminated Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.11 Cable
Part Number System for Non-Laminated Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.11 Management
Thermal Transfer Military Grade Heat Shrink Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.12 E2.13
2-Sided Military Grade Printable Heat Shrink Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.14 E2.15
Heat Shrink Tools and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.15 D1.
Thermal Transfer Component Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.16 E2.18 Terminals
Thermal Transfer Tamper Evident Polyester Component Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.19
Thermal Transfer Raised Panel Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.19 E2.20
Thermal Transfer Continuous Tapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.21 E2.22
D2.
Size Illustrations of Self-Laminating Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.23 E2.24
Power
Size Illustrations of Non-Laminated and Flag Style Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.25 Connectors
Size Illustrations of Flattened Heat Shrink Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.26
Size Illustrations for Component Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E2.27 E2.28
D3.
Pre-Printed and Write-On Markers Grounding
Connectors
Pre-Printed and Write-On Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E3.1
Pre-Printed Marker Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E3.2
Blank Self-Laminating Write-On Cable Marker Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E3.3 E1.
Pre-Printed Marker Cards PCM Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E3.4 E3.6 Labeling
Systems
Wire Marker Card Number Combination Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E3.7
Pre-Printed Marker Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E3.7
Pre-Printed Marker Cards PPM Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E3.8
Write-On Marker Cards Self-Laminating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E3.9 E2.
Pre-Printed Marker Tape Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E3.9 Labels
Pre-Printed Marker Tape Refills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E3.10
Self-Laminating Wire Marker Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E3.11
E3.
Pre-Printed Clip-On Wire Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E3.11 E3.12
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
Table of Contents
B1.
Thermal Transfer Printable Arc Flash Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.40 Cable Ties
Laser Printable Adhesive Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.40
Self-Laminating Adhesive Sign Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.41
Self-Laminating Cable Marker Holders for Large Cables or Cable Bundles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.41 B2.
Self-Laminating Fiber Optic Cable Marker Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.42 Cable
Ground Warning Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.42 Accessories
Panduit Corp. Generic Padlock Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.43
Panduit Corp. Generic PVT Vinyl Tag Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.44
Panduit Corp. Generic Adhesive PPS Safety Sign Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.45 B3.
Panduit Corp. Generic Semi-Rigid PRS Safety Sign Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.46 Stainless
Panduit Corp. Generic Conduit and Voltage Marker Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.47 Steel Ties
Panduit Corp. Generic Utility Tapes Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.48
Panduit Corp. Generic Custom Engraved Marker Plate Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.49
C1.
Wire Size Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.50 Wiring
Selection Guide by Wire/Cable Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E5.51 Duct
Index
C2.
Part Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F1.1 F1.40 Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
Represents new product offering.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) xix
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
NOTES
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
xx
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C2.
Surface
Comprehensive, end-to-end solutions Raceway
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
Panduit products are developed through continued focus on the needs of the customer and high level of E1.
Labeling
investment in research and development. Solutions are designed for reliability, improved productivity, Systems
standards compliance, and lowest total cost of ownership.
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) A1.1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
SOLUTIONS OVERVIEW
Panduit provides innovative solutions that offer maximum reliability at the lowest installed cost from the factory and
B1.
Cable Ties manufacturing floor, to automation and control, to the office area.
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed Industrial MRO Oil and Gas
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
A1.2
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
OEM Transportation Utilities Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) A1.3
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
CONTROL PANEL SOLUTIONS
Panduit delivers innovative solutions that support evolving technologies in automation and control. Control panel solutions from Panduit reduce
B1. design and assembly time,save valuable panel space,ease installation and maintenance,and improve manageability and reliability,all contributing to
Cable Ties
lower cost of ownership.
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection 6
5
C4.
Cable
Management
2
4
D1.
Terminals 1 3
D2.
Power
Connectors
7 8
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
1 Wiring Duct 5 Terminals
Systems
E2.
Labels
2 Cable Ties 6 Power and
E3. Grounding
Pre-Printed
& Write-On Connectors
Markers
Panduit is a leading supplier of wire management solutions,helping OEM and CMs achieve their strategic objectives.From complete system solutions
that provide the lowest installed cost to new product innovations that meet evolving application challenges,Panduit solutions meet a wide range of B1.
Cable Ties
applications, volumes, and environments in white goods, gaming, vending, and transportation.
B2.
Cable
Accessories
3 B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
5 Wiring
Duct
2 C2.
Surface
Raceway
2
C3.
1 Abrasion
4 Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
5
2 D1.
Terminals
1
D2.
Power
Connectors
4
D3.
Grounding
3 Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
1 Cable Tie Systems 4 Power Connector
Systems E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
2 Cable 5 Identification Markers
Accessories Systems
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
3 Terminal Tagout
& Safety
Systems Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) A1.5
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
CONTRACTOR SOLUTIONS
Cable Ties Panduit is committed to delivering innovative solutions that meet the needs of electrical and
networking installations. Contractors rely on Panduit solutions for improved productivity, reliability,
B2. and safety with lower installed costs. A comprehensive range of products and tooling satisfies the
Cable most demanding applications and environments. Contractor programs further support your business
Accessories
needs and benefit the bottom line.
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
MRO SOLUTIONS
C2. Maximizing facility uptime while containing maintenance and repair costs is a big challenge facing
Surface
Raceway
industrial and manufacturing facilities. Electrical and control systems repair, reconfiguration, and
preventative maintenance comprise a substantial portion of the total facility spend.Panduit solutions
C3.
deliver best-in-class quality for maximum reliability and defect-free installations, minimizing rework
Abrasion and reducing downtime. The breadth of product lines and materials selection provides extensive
Protection
application and environment-specific solutions for faster,easier,and more cost-effective maintenance
and repair operations (MRO).
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
HARSH ENVIRONMENT SOLUTIONS
Terminals
When vibration, radiation, weathering, corrosion, and temperature extremes are a factor, you need a
high quality, reliable, and durable solution. Panduit provides everything necessary to bundle, route,
D2. protect, terminate, and identify electrical and network cable in indoor and outdoor extreme
Power
Connectors conditions. These innovative solutions meet the needs of the most demanding harsh and industrial
environment applications to deliver long life, increased productivity, and improved worker safety.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
TRANSPORTATION SOLUTIONS
E2. Panduit develops high-quality products to meet the requirements of the transportation market while
Labels providing the lowest installed cost. Performance, reliability, efficiency, and availability are critical
issues to success. Panduit solutions are designed to hold up under vibration, shock, and exposure to
E3. nature's elements while preventing corrosion, reducing weight, and speeding installation.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
A1.6 www.panduit.com/upi
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
The physical infrastructure is the basic foundation on which enterprise systems run, including
voice and data communications, power, computing, control, and security systems.The need to
B2.
provide real-time information, manage applications, and control functional systems through IP Cable
Accessories
networking is also driving increased interdependence between these systems through several
core enterprise areas. B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Panduit offers Unified Physical Infrastructure (UPI)-based solutions that help customers
optimize the physical infrastructure by intelligently converging physical and logical systems.These
C1.
solutions leverage real-time information to: Wiring
Duct
C2.
Manage systems more effectively Surface
Raceway
Maximize performance and availability
Satisfy regulatory compliance requirements C3.
Abrasion
Increase safety and security in the workplace Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
As the global leader in comprehensive electrical and network solutions, Panduit helps
customers support and manage the physical infrastructure by leveraging robust product
D1.
systems, technology leadership, global expertise and support, an extensive partner ecosystem, Terminals
and world-renowned alliances.
D2.
Panduit systems optimize availability, reliability, security, integration, and safety throughout the Power
Connectors
physical infrastructure and combine to deliver industry and application solutions that enable
business agility and lowest total cost of ownership. For more information visit:
D3.
Grounding
www.panduit.com/upi. Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) A1.7
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
APPLICATION STANDARDS
Cable Ties
To help assure optimum quality, Panduit products are designed and manufactured to meet applicable
B2. environmental, safety, market industry and customer standards.
Cable
Accessories Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS)
The European Union (EU) directive on the Restriction of use of certain Hazardous Substances bans the use of six substances in electrical and
B3.
Stainless
RoHS electronic equipment within the European Economic Community (EEC) after July 1,2006.The RoHS status of Panduit Electrical Products,shown in
Steel Ties this catalog, can be determined by accessing www.panduit.com.
C1.
Wiring Underwriters Laboratories, Inc
Duct
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) is an independent, not-for-profit product-safety testing and certification organization based in the United
States. Since its founding in 1894, UL is becoming one of the most recognized, reputable conformity assessment providers in the world. Today,
C2.
Surface
services extend to helping companies achieve global acceptance, whether for an electrical device, a programmable system, or an organization's
Raceway quality process. Further information on UL marks can be found at www.ul.com/mark/.
C3.
Abrasion
Canadian Standards Association
Protection The Canadian Standards Association is a not-for-profit membership based association serving business, industry, government and consumers in
Canada and the global marketplace. CSA works in Canada and around the world to develop standards that enhance public safety and health.
C4. Additional information can be found at www.csa.ca.
Cable
Management
Conformity European
D1. CE marketing is required for certain products sold within the European Union (EU).EU Directives and Norms,specify the requirements for products.
Terminals
Applying the CE mark signifies compliance with those requirements.
D2.
Power
ISO 9001
Connectors The International Standards Organization (ISO) establishes worldwide standards for products and services in recognition of increasing
globalization of markets. The ISO program establishes the requirements for quality assurance systems. All Panduit component manufacturing
D3. facilities are third party registered to ISO 9001. Registration certificates are available from Panduit, www.panduit.com.
Grounding
Connectors
ISO/TS16949
E1.
Labeling ISO/TS16949 is a recognized supplier quality standard for the automotive industry. The ISO community of accreditation bodies and registrars
Systems considers these additions automotive "interpretations" to the global ISO 9001 standard. Appropriate Panduit locations are third party registered
to this standard. Registration certificates are available from Panduit, www.panduit.com.
E2.
Labels ISO 14001
ISO14001 is a voluntary standard for Environmental Management Systems established by the International Organization for Standardization.
E3.
Pre-Printed The international standard provides a benchmark for continual improvement in environmental performance. Business partners can be
& Write-On confident that Panduit manufacturing facilities around the globe are engaged in an ongoing process to maximize value while minimizing
Markers
the impact on natural resources.
E4.
Permanent
Identification
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
NEMA is the largest trade association in the U.S. representing electro-industry manufacturers. NEMA develops industry standards that are in the
E5.
Lockout/ best interest of the industry and users of its products. NEMA standards for electrical power connector for substations covers uninsulated
Tagout connectors and busbar supports which are made of metal and intended for use in substations. Included in the standard are manufacturing
& Safety
Solutions standards for bolt hole sizes and spacing for terminal connectors with single tangs. Panduit offers connectors that meet NEMA manufacturing
standards and these are specially noted as listed within this catalog.
F.
Index
A1.8
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
NEBS Level 3 Criteria is the minimum level of environmental compatibility needed to provide maximum assurance of equipment operability
E1.
within the network facility environment. The Level 3 criteria is the highest assurance of product operability. Products that meet NEBS Level 3 Labeling
Criteria are suited for equipment applications which demand minimal service interruptions over the life span of the equipment. Panduit is the Systems
first in the industry to have a system of copper compression lugs and splices (#8 AWG 1,000 kcmil) and crimping tools physically and rigorously
tested by Telcordia Technologies to meet NEBS Level 3 compliance.
E2.
Labels
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)
E3.
ABS is a not-for-profit organization that promotes the security of life, property, and the natural environment primarily through Pre-Printed
the development and verification of standards for the design, construction, and operational maintenance of marine related facilities & Write-On
Markers
including: merchant and naval vessels, offshore drilling units, submersibles, FPSOs, etc. Panduit has ABS Type Approval for select copper
compression lugs and splices and are in compliance with ABS 2005 Steel Vessel Rules and can be installed on ABS Type Approved steel E4.
vessel machinery, electrical systems, and electrical equipment. Panduit products that meet ABS Type Approval can be found listed on the ABS Permanent
Identification
website at www.typeapproval.org.
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) A1.9
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
PROGRAMS
Cable Ties
Panduit maintains a dedicated global sales force of highly qualified industry experts to provide professional,
B2. consultative sales guidance. In addition, Panduit has partnered with best-in-class contractors and distributors
Cable
Accessories to provide the services and support to deliver comprehensive, reliable solutions at the lowest installed cost.
B3.
Stainless
Contractor Loyalty Incentive Program (CLIP)
Steel Ties
The CLIP program was developed to strengthen relationships and form alliances with valued contractors. Use Panduit as your preferred
vendor for cable ties, terminals, power connectors, identification products, surface raceway, installation tooling and a host of related products,
C1. and earn credit towards Panduit tooling.
Wiring
Duct
Benefits of being a CLIP participant include annual credit incentives, continuous training, potential project leads, and alliance with a global,
C2. world-class electrical manufacturer and exclusive promotions.
Surface
Raceway
For more program details, go to www.panduit.com/clip or contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection Tooling Partnership Program
The tooling Partnership Program is designed to make low-cost or no cost tooling available to the customer based on qualification and
C4. commitment to termination product purchases.
Cable
Management
For more program details, go to www.panduit.com/tpp or contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300.
D1.
Terminals PC Express Program
PC Express offers the ultimate level of service for your power connector needs.PC Express is offered through select authorized Panduit distributors.
D2. The PC Express Program provides customers with the ability to receive power connector orders, via second day delivery, at no additional charge.
Power
Connectors
The customer can place an order of any size, up to a 300 lb. maximum weight, through an authorized Panduit distributor and Panduit will
D3.
absorb the second day freight charges. All orders will be shipped directly to the customer. Orders received by Panduit Customer Service
Grounding before 3:00 P.M. CST will be shipped on the same day, via second day delivery. Orders received after 3:00 P.M. CST will be shipped the next
Connectors business day, via second day delivery.
E1.
Labeling For more program details, go to www.panduit.com/pcexpress or contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300.
Systems
Note: All programs and benefits are subject to terms and conditions.
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
A1.10
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C1.
Panduit continues to provide innovative new Wiring
cable tie designs to meet our customers Duct
application challenges
C2.
Panduit cable ties and wiring accessories can be Surface
Raceway
used in a variety of applications and environments,
providing the optimal wire management solution C3.
Abrasion
Panduit offers a large selection of ergonomic cable Protection
tie installation tools all with consistent, and
reliable performance C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
Panduit leads the industry in the breadth and depth of available cable tie designs created from D2.
Power
customer feedback on their application requirements. As with all Panduit products, quality in design Connectors
and production along with customer service excellence are assured.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Cable Tie Selection Chart
Follow this step-by-step process to find the cable ties that best suit your application:
B1. Cable Tie Function Material Properties Cable Tie Family
Cable Ties 1) Select the main function of the cable tie you need: 2) Determine the appropriate 3) Select the cable tie family that
Bundle = Standard Cable Ties material for your application: meets your overall needs
Re-use = Nylon Releasable Ties* Mechanical
B2. Identify = Marker and Flag Ties Chemical
Cable Mount = Clamp Ties, Push Mount Ties, and Stud Mount Ties Thermal
Accessories
Bundle, Bundle,
B3.
Re-use, Re-use, Bundle, Bundle,
Stainless Identify, Identify, Re-use, Re-use,
Steel Ties Cable Tie Function Mount Mount Mount Mount Bundle Bundle
Impact Heat
Weather Modified Heat Heat Stabilized
C1. Material Test
Nylon 6.6 Resistant Weather Stabilized Stabilized Weather
Wiring Method
Duct Nylon 6.6 Resistant Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6
Color Natural Black Black Black Natural Black
C2. Part Number Suffix
Surface No Suffix 0 0 30 39 300
(Material Designation)
Raceway
Tensile @ Yield @ 73F(psi) ISO 527 12,000 12,000 9,700 12,000 12,000 12,000
C3. Water Absorption (24 Hours) ASTM D570 1.2% 1.2% 1.2% 1.2% 1.2% 1.2%
Abrasion
Protection Radiation Resistance (Rads) 1x 105 1x 105 1x 105 1x 105 1x 105 1 x 105
Weathering Life Expectancy
12 79 79 45 12 79
(Years)/UV Resistance
C4. Impact Resistance
Cable
Management Salts
Hydrocarbons
(Gas, Oil, Lubricants)
D1. Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
Terminals Acids
Bases
Acid Rain
D2.
Power
212F
Max. Continuous Use 185F 185F 185F 239F 239F
Connectors UL 746B 100C
Temperature (Note 1) 85C 85C 85C 115C 115C
(Note 2)
Min. Application -76F -76F -76F -76F -76F -76F
EN 50146
D3. Use Temperature -60C -60C -60C -60C -60C -60C
Grounding Flammability Rating (Note 4) UL 94 V-2 V-2 HB V-2 V-2 V-2
Connectors
Low Smoke ASTM E662 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
F.
Index *For information on re-usable Hook and Loop Cable Ties, see page B1.85.
B1.2
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Bundle, Bundle, Stainless
Bundle Identify Bundle Bundle Re-use Bundle Bundle Bundle Bundle Bundle Bundle Steel Ties
Black Natural Ivory Black Green Black Aqua Blue Maroon Brown Blue Blue Black
C2.
60 69 120 109 100 76 702Y 71 86 186 N/A Surface
Raceway
11,000 11,000 6,700 4,100 4,100 7,500 7,000 15,200 6,500
1.1% 1.1% 0.3% 0.1% 0.1% <0.03% <0.05% 0.5% 1.2% 0.1% <0.45% C3.
Abrasion
1x 105 1x 105 3.5 x 106 1x 106 1x 106 2x 108 2x 108 1x 109 1x 106 6x 105 Protection
12 12 12 15 1 79 >15 >15 1 >20
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
500F
212F 212F 194F 239F 239F 338F 302F 185F 239F 185F Power
260C Connectors
100C 100C 90C 115C 115C 170C 150C 85C 115C 85C
(Note 3)
-40F -76F -76F -76F -76F -76F -76F -76F -76F -76F -76F
-40C -60C -60C -60C -60C -60C -60C -60C -60C -60C -60C D3.
V-0 V-0 HB HB HB V-0 V-0 V-0 HB HB HB Grounding
Connectors
PASS PASS PASS PASS
34 34 30 52 35 E1.
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Labeling
Systems
PASS PASS
154F 154F 122F 122F 122F 149F 313F 145F 122F 239F
68C 68C 50C 50C 50C 65C 156C 63C 50C 115C E2.
Med Med Med Med Med High High High Low Med Med Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Note 1: Also known as Relative Note 2: Estimated Note 4: See Table B (page B1.102) Solutions
Thermal Index (RTI), see Note 3: Based on the UL RTI Note 5: Also available in 00 material
Temperature (page B1.103) for electrical properties (meets Mil Spec)
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.3
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cable Tie Styles Overview
D1.
Terminals
E2.
Labels
B1.4
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C1.
Wiring
Duct
D1.
Terminals
E2.
Labels
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.5
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Features and Benefits Pan-Ty Cable Ties
One-piece design for consistent performance and reliability.
B1. Available in lengths from 2.8 to 43.3 inches and a variety of styles, materials, and colors for specific applications.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D2.
Power
Connectors
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
Cable tie tools speed installation Cable tie accessories are used to
and reduce total installed cost. speed and simplify the mounting of
E4. wires, cables, and tubing.
Permanent See pages B1.109 B1.114.
Identification See pages B2.1 B2.29.
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.6
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Selection Guide Pan-Ty Cable Ties
Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
Material, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page
HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc. TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
E3.
Part Number System for Pan-Ty Cable Ties Pre-Printed
& Write-On
PLT 2 S C Markers
Type Size Cross Section Screw Hole Size Package Size Material/Color E4.
PLT = Locking Tie Approx. SM = Subminiature (Clamp Ties Only) Q = 25 See Page B1.35 Permanent
PRT = Releasable Tie Maximum M = Miniature -S4 = #4 (M2.5) L = 50 Identification
PLC = Locking Clamp Bundle I = Intermediate -S6 = #6 (M3) C = 100
PLF = Locking Flag Dia. (In.) S = Standard -S8 = #8 (M4) TL = 250 E5.
PLM = Locking Marker LH = Light-Heavy -S10 = #10 (M5) D = 500 Lockout/
PLP = Locking Push Mount H = Heavy -S25 = 1/4 (M6) M = 1000 Tagout
PLWP = Locking Wing Push Mount EH = Extra-Heavy VMR = 2 reels/2500 ea. & Safety
Solutions
PRLWP = Releasable Ladder Wing Push Mount XMR = 2 reels/5000 ea.
PRWP = Releasable Wing Push Mount
PLUP = Locking Umbrella Push Mount F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.7
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Cable Ties Nylon 6.6
For indoor use Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
B1. Versatile cable ties can be used in countless applications initial threading to speed installation
Cable Ties
One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability A variety of materials and colors available for specific applications
Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC except
PLT.6SM and PLT5H/6H/8H/13H
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties Straight Tip
Curved Tip
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min. Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Bundle Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C2.
Surface Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Raceway
Subminiature Cross Section
PLT.6SM-C 2.8 71 .070 1.8 .030 .8 .60 15 8 36 GTS, GTSL, PTS 100 1000
C3.
Abrasion
Miniature Cross Section Plenum-Rated
Protection PLT.7M-C 3.1 79 .090 2.3 .032 .8 .68 17 18 80 100 1000
PLT1M-C 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000
C4. PLT1.5M-C 5.6 142 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 1.25 32 18 80 PTS, PPTS, STS2 100 1000
Cable PLT2M-C 8.0 203 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 2.00 51 18 80 100 1000
Management
Intermediate Cross Section Plenum-Rated
PLT1.5I-C 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 40 178 100 1000
D1. PLT2I-C 8.0 203 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 2.00 51 40 178 100 1000
Terminals GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PLT2.5I-C 9.7 246 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 2.50 64 40 178 100 1000
PTS, PPTS, STS2
PLT3I-C 11.4 290 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 3.00 76 40 178 100 1000
D2. PLT4I-C 14.5 368 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 4.00 102 40 178 100 1000
Power
Connectors
Standard Cross Section Plenum-Rated
PLT1S-C 4.8 122 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.00 25 50 222 100 1000
PLT1.5S-C 6.2 157 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.50 38 50 222 100 1000
D3.
Grounding PLT2S-C 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 100 1000
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
Connectors PLT2.5S-C 9.8 249 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 2.50 64 50 222 100 1000
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PLT3S-C 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 PPTS, PTH, 100 1000
PLT4S-C 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 STS2, STH2 100 1000
E1.
Labeling PLT4.5S-C 15.5 394 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.50 114 50 222 100 1000
Systems
PLT5S-C 17.5 445 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 5.00 127 50 222 100 500
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) Plenum-Rated
E2. PLT2H-L 8.1 206 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 120 534 50 500
Labels
PLT2.5H-L 9.8 251 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.50 64 120 534 50 500
PLT3H-L 11.4 290 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 120 534 50 500
E3.
Pre-Printed PLT4H-L 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 50 500
& Write-On PLT6LH-L 21.9 556 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 6.00 152 120 534 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH, 50 500
Markers PTH, STH2, ST3EH
PLT7LH-L 24.7 627 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 7.00 178 120 534 50 500
PLT8LH-L 27.6 701 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 8.00 203 120 534 50 500
E4.
Permanent PLT9LH-L* 30.5 775 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 9.00 229 120 534 50 500
Identification PLT10LH-L* 34.3 871 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 10.31 262 120 534 50 1000
E5. Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
Lockout/ PLT5H-L* 17.7 450 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 5.00 127 175 778 50 500
Tagout
& Safety PLT6H-L* 20.9 530 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 6.00 152 175 778 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH, 50 500
Solutions PLT8H-L* 30.6 779 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 9.00 229 175 778 PTH, STH2, ST3EH 50 500
PLT13H-Q* 43.3 1100 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 13.00 330 175 778 25 500
F.
Index *UL Listed meets the requirements of UL 181B-C, for securing UL Listed non-metallic air ducts and air connectors.
B1.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Lashing Ties Nylon 6.6 Overview
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Max. Min. Wiring
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std. Duct
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
C2.
Extra-Heavy Cross Section Surface
PLT2EH-C 9.0 229 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 2.00 51 250 1112 100 1000 Raceway
PLT5EH-Q 20.1 511 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 5.00 127 250 1112 25 250
PLT6EH-Q 22.2 564 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 6.00 152 250 1112 25 250 C3.
GS4EH, ST3EH Abrasion
PLT8EH-C 28.3 719 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 8.00 203 250 1112 100 1000
Protection
PLT10EH-C 34.2 869 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 10.00 254 250 1112 100 500
PLT12EH-C 40.1 1019 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 12.00 305 250 1112 100 500
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.9
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Cable Ties Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light indoor Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
B1. or outdoor use Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
Cable Ties
Versatile cable ties can be used in countless applications initial threading to speed installation
One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Straight Tip
Steel Ties
Curved Tip
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
C2. Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Surface Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Raceway
Subminiature Cross Section
PLT.6SM-C0 2.8 71 .070 1.8 .030 .8 .60 15 8 36 GTS, GTSL, PTS 100 1000
C3.
Abrasion Miniature Cross Section
Protection PLT.7M-M0 3.1 79 .090 2.3 .032 .8 .68 17 18 80 1000 50000
PLT1M-C0 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000
C4. PLT1.5M-C0 5.6 142 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 1.25 32 18 80 PTS, PPTS, STS2 100 1000
Cable PLT2M-C0 8.0 203 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 2.00 51 18 80 100 1000
Management
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-C0 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 40 178 100 1000
D1. PLT2I-C0 8.0 203 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 2.00 51 40 178 100 1000
Terminals GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PLT2.5I-C0 9.7 246 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 2.50 64 40 178 100 1000
PTS, PPTS, STS2
PLT3I-C0 11.4 290 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 3.00 76 40 178 100 1000
D2. PLT4I-C0 14.5 368 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 4.00 102 40 178 100 1000
Power
Connectors Standard Cross Section
PLT1S-C0 4.8 122 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.00 25 50 222 100 1000
PLT1.5S-C0 6.2 157 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.50 38 50 222 100 1000
D3.
Grounding PLT2S-C0 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 100 1000
Connectors GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PLT2.5S-C0 9.8 249 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 2.50 64 50 222 GTH, GS4H, PTS, 100 1000
PLT3S-C0 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 PTH, PPTS, 100 1000
E1. PLT4S-C0 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 STS2, STH2 100 1000
Labeling
Systems PLT4.5S-C0 15.5 394 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.50 114 50 222 100 1000
PLT5S-C0 17.5 445 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 5.00 127 50 222 100 500
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
E2.
Labels PLT2H-L0 8.1 206 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 120 534 50 500
PLT2.5H-L0 9.8 251 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.50 64 120 534 50 500
PLT3H-L0 11.4 290 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 120 534 50 500
E3.
Pre-Printed PLT4H-L0 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 50 500
& Write-On GS4EH, PTH,
PLT6LH-L0 21.9 556 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 6.00 152 120 534 50 500
Markers STH2, ST3EH
PLT7LH-L0 24.7 627 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 7.00 178 120 534 50 500
E4. PLT8LH-L0 27.6 701 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 8.00 203 120 534 50 500
Permanent PLT9LH-L0 30.5 775 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 9.00 229 120 534 50 500
Identification
Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
E5. PLT5H-L0 17.7 450 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 5.00 127 175 778 50 500
Lockout/ GTH, GS4H,
Tagout PLT6H-L0 20.9 530 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 6.00 152 175 778 50 500
GS4EH, PTH,
& Safety PLT8H-L0 30.6 779 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 9.00 229 175 778 50 500
Solutions STH2, ST3EH
PLT13H-Q0 43.3 1100 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 13.00 330 175 778 25 500
F. Note: UL Listed and UL Recognized except PLT.6SM and PLT2H/2.5H/3H/4H/5H/6H/8H/13H; CSA Certified except LH and H cross sections.
Index
B1.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Lashing Ties Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Overview
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light Strongest Pan-Ty Cable Tie available
indoor or outdoor use Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, shown below B1.
Cable Ties
Typically used for heavy duty applications
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Lashing Tie No Buckle Design Duct
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
Lashing Tie Mounting Clip Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light Easily snaps in place for a secure clamp E1.
indoor or outdoor use Labeling
Use with lashing ties shown on pages B1.9, B1.11, B1.22, Systems
Converts Panduit lashing ties into clamps B1.24 and B1.25
E2.
Labels
C
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
B Markers
A
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Height Width Length Std. Std.
A B C Mounting Pkg. Ctn. E5.
Lockout/
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Qty. Qty. Tagout
MCEH-S25-C0 .13 3.3 .67 17.0 1.38 35 1/4" (M6) screw (not flathead) 100 1000 & Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.11
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Cable Ties Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
For high temperature applications up to 239F (115C) Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
B1. indoor use Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
Cable Ties
One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability initial threading to speed installation
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
C2. Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Surface Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Raceway
Subminiature Cross Section
PLT.6SM-M30 2.8 71 .070 1.8 .030 .8 .60 15 8 36 GTS, GTSL, PTS 1000 50000
C3.
Abrasion Miniature Cross Section
Protection PLT.7M-M30 3.1 79 .090 2.3 .032 .8 .68 17 18 80 1000 50000
PLT1M-C30 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000
C4. PLT1.5M-M30 5.6 142 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 1.25 32 18 80 PTS, PPTS, STS2 1000 50000
Cable PLT2M-M30 8.0 203 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
Management
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-C30 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 40 178 100 1000
D1. PLT2I-C30 8.0 203 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 2.00 51 40 178 100 1000
Terminals GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PLT3I-M30 11.4 290 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 3.00 76 40 178 PTS, PPTS, STS2 1000 10000
PLT4I-M30 14.5 368 .145 3.7 .052 1.3 4.00 102 40 178 1000 10000
D2. Standard Cross Section
Power
Connectors PLT1S-M30 4.8 122 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.00 25 50 222 1000 10000
PLT1.5S-M30 6.2 157 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.50 38 50 222 1000 10000
PLT2S-C30 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 100 1000
D3. GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
Grounding PLT2S-M39* 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 GTH, GS4H, PTS, 1000 10000
Connectors PLT2.5S-M30 9.8 249 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 2.50 64 50 222 PTH, PPTS, 1000 10000
PLT3S-C30 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 STS2, STH2 100 1000
E1. PLT4S-C30 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Labeling
Systems PLT5S-M30 17.5 445 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 5.00 127 50 222 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT2H-TL30 8.1 206 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 120 534 250 2500
E2.
Labels
PLT3H-TL30 11.4 290 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 120 534 250 2500
GTH, GS4H,
PLT4H-TL30 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 GS4EH, PTH, 250 2500
PLT7LH-C30 24.7 627 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 7.00 178 120 534 STH2, ST3EH 100 2000
E3.
Pre-Printed PLT9LH-C30 30.5 775 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 9.00 229 120 534 100 1000
& Write-On Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
Markers
PLT5H-C30 17.7 450 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 5.00 127 175 778 100 2000
GTH, GS4H,
E4. PLT6H-C30 20.9 530 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 6.00 152 175 778 GS4EH, PTH, 100 2000
Permanent PLT8H-C30 30.6 779 .350 8.9 .078 2.0 9.00 229 175 778 STH2, ST3EH 100 1500
Identification
*Natural heat stabilized material (39).
E5. Note: UL Listed except PLT.6SM and PLT5H/6H/8H.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Cable Ties Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Overview
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light and for Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
high temperature applications up to 212F (100C) indoor Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster B1.
or outdoor use initial threading to speed installation Cable Ties
One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn. C2.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty. Surface
Raceway
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-M300 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .035 .9 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 1000 50000
PTS, PPTS, STS2 C3.
Abrasion
Intermediate Cross Section Protection
PLT1.5I-M300 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 1000 25000
PLT2I-M300 8.0 203 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 2.00 51 40 178 PTS, PPTS, STS2 1000 25000
C4.
Standard Cross Section Cable
Management
PLT1S-M300 4.8 122 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.00 25 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 1000 10000
PLT2S-M300 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 GTH, GS4H, PTS, 1000 10000
PTH, PPTS,
PLT4S-M300 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 STS2, STH2 1000 5000 D1.
Terminals
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT2H-TL300 8.4 213 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 250 2500
GS4EH, PTH, D2.
PLT4H-TL300 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 250 2500
STH2, ST3EH Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.13
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Cable Ties Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
Flammability rating of UL 94V-0 indoor use Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
B1. One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
Cable Ties initial threading to speed installation
B2.
Cable
Accessories Straight Tip
Curved Tip
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Max. Min.
C1. Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Wiring Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Duct
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Miniature Cross Section
C2. PLT1M-M60* 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 1000 25000
Surface
Raceway PLT1M-M69 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 1000 25000
PTS, PPTS, STS2
PLT2M-M69 8.0 203 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
C3. Intermediate Cross Section
Abrasion PLT1.5I-M69 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .044 1.1 1.38 35 40 178 1000 25000
Protection GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PLT2I-M69 8.0 203 .142 3.6 .044 1.1 2.00 51 40 178 PTS, PPTS, STS2 1000 25000
Standard Cross Section
C4.
Cable PLT2S-M60* 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 1000 10000
Management PLT2S-M69 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 GTH, GS4H, PTS, 1000 10000
PTH, PPTS,
PLT4S-M69 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 STS2, STH2 1000 5000
D1. Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
Terminals
PLT4H-TL69 14.6 371 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 250 2500
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
D2.
Power *Black flame retardant material (60).
Connectors Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except 60 material.
D3.
Grounding Cable Tie Mounts Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
Connectors
Flammability rating of UL 94V-0 indoor use Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
Unique cradle design provides maximum stability
E1. for the cable bundle
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers Length Width Height Counterbore Std. Std.
Used with A B C Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties* In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Qty. Qty.
E4.
Permanent TM1S4-M69 0.51 13.0 0.32 8.0 0.23 5.8 0.23 5.7 #4 (M2.5) Screw 1000 5000
Identification M
TM1S6-M69 0.51 13.0 0.32 8.0 0.23 5.8 0.28 7.0 #6 (M3) Screw 1000 5000
E5. TM2S6-M69 0.63 16.0 0.43 10.8 0.28 7.0 0.29 7.1 #6 (M3) Screw 1000 5000
Lockout/ M, I, S
TM2S8-M69 0.63 16.0 0.43 10.8 0.28 7.0 0.33 8.4 #8 (M4) Screw 1000 5000
Tagout
& Safety TM3S8-C69 0.86 21.9 0.61 15.5 0.37 9.4 0.32 8.1 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
Solutions M, I, S, LH
TM3S10-M69 0.86 21.9 0.61 15.8 0.37 9.4 0.38 9.7 #10 (M5) Screw 1000 5000
F. *Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard and LH = Light-Heavy.
Index
B1.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Cable Ties Weather Resistant Nylon 12 Overview
For high moisture, corrosive (zinc chloride and dilute acids), and Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
low temperature indoor or outdoor applications Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster B1.
Cable tie of choice for making attachments to galvanized surfaces initial threading to speed installation Cable Ties
One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn. C2.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty. Surface
Raceway
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-M120 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 25 111 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 1000 25000
PTS, PPTS, STS2 C3.
Abrasion
Standard Cross Section Protection
PLT2S-M120 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 1000 10000
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PLT4S-M120 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 40 178 PTH, PPTS, 1000 5000 C4.
STS2, STH2 Cable
Management
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT4H-TL120 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 90 400 GTH, GTSL, GS4H, 250 2500
GS4EH, PTH, D1.
PLT8LH-C120 27.6 701 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 8.00 203 90 400 STH2, ST3EH 100 2000 Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.15
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Cable Ties Polypropylene Distinctive Green Color
For chemical resistance where high loop tensile strength One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
B1. is not required especially in the presence of hydrochloric acid,
Cable Ties
Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
salts, and bases
Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
For indoor use initial threading to speed installation
Material requires lowering the tool setting (see table below)
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Tool Pkg. Ctn.
C2.
Surface Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Setting Qty. Qty.
Raceway Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-M109 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 11 49 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 2 1000 50000
C3. PTS, PPTS, STS2
Abrasion
Protection Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-M109 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 3 1000 25000
PTS, PPTS, STS2
C4.
Cable Standard Cross Section
Management PLT2S-M109 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 30 133 1000 10000
5 (GTS,
GTS, GTSL, GS2B, GS2B,
PLT3S-M109 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 30 133 GTH, GS4H, PTS, PTS, 1000 10000
D1.
Terminals PTH, PPTS, PPTS)
PLT4S-M109 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 30 133 STS2, STH2 2 (GTH, 1000 5000
GS4H)
D2.
Power Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
Connectors PLT2H-TL109 8.1 206 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 50 222 5 250 2500
GTH, GS4H,
PLT3H-TL109 11.4 290 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 50 222 GS4EH, PTH, 5 250 2500
D3. PLT4H-TL109 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 50 222 STH2, ST3EH 5 250 2500
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Cable Ties Weather Resistant Polypropylene Overview
For chemical resistance where high loop tensile strength is not Material requires lowering the tool setting (see table below)
required especially in the presence of hydrochloric acid, salts, One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability B1.
and bases Cable Ties
Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light
indoor or outdoor use Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Straight Tip
Steel Ties
Curved Tip
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std. C2.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Surface
Installation Tool Pkg. Ctn.
Raceway
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Setting Qty. Qty.
Miniature Cross Section
C3.
PLT1M-M100 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 11 49 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 2 1000 50000 Abrasion
PTS, PPTS, STS2 Protection
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-M100 5.6 142 .142 3.6 .045 1.1 1.38 35 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 3 1000 25000 C4.
PTS, PPTS, STS2 Cable
Management
Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-M100 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 30 133 1000 10000
5 (GTS, D1.
GTS, GTSL, GS2B, GS2B, Terminals
PLT3S-M100 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 30 133 GTH, GS4H, PTS, PTS, 1000 10000
PTS, PPTS, PPTS)
PLT4S-M100 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 30 133 STS2, STH2 2 (GTH, 1000 5000
GS4H) D2.
Power
Connectors
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT2H-TL100 8.1 206 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 50 222 5 250 2500
GTH, GS4H,
PLT3H-TL100 11.4 290 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 50 222 5 250 2500 D3.
GS4EH, PTH, Grounding
PLT4H-TL100 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 50 222 STH2, ST3EH 5 250 2500 Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.17
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Cable Ties HALAR Distinctive Maroon Color
UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC, Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light
B1. Section 300-22 (C) and (D) indoor or outdoor use
Cable Ties Low smoke density and excellent flammability rating of UL 94V-0 One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
Commonly accepted solution for bundling qualified cable Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
without conduit in air handling space applications Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
B2. initial threading to speed installation
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
C2. Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Surface Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Raceway
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Miniature Cross Section Plenum-Rated
C3. PLT1M-C702Y 4.0 102 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000
Abrasion
PTS, PPTS, STS2
Protection
Standard Cross Section Plenum-Rated
C4.
PLT2S-C702Y 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .055 1.4 1.88 48 50 222 100 1000
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
Cable GTH, GS4H, PTS,
Management PLT3S-C702Y 11.6 295 .190 4.8 .055 1.4 3.00 76 50 222 PTH, PPTS, 100 1000
STS2, STH2
D1. HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Cable Ties TEFZEL Distinctive Aqua Blue Color
Overview
Ideal for applications requiring resistance to environmental One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
stresses such as chemical attack, gamma radiation, ultraviolet Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry B1.
radiation and extreme high and low temperatures Cable Ties
Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
Ideal for use in nuclear power facilities and chemical processing initial threading to speed installation
plants and meets the requirements of IEEE 383
For indoor or outdoor use
Low smoke density and excellent flammability rating of UL 94V-0 B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Straight Tip Stainless
Steel Ties
Curved Tip
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
Bundle Loop C2.
Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn. Surface
Raceway
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-C76 4.0 102 .098 2.5 .043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000 C3.
Abrasion
PTS, PPTS, STS2 Protection
Intermediate Cross Section
PLT2I-C76 8.0 203 .135 3.4 .045 1.1 2.00 51 25 111 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000
C4.
PTS, PPTS, STS2 Cable
Standard Cross Section Management
PLT2S-C76 7.4 188 .190 4.8 .055 1.4 1.88 48 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000
PLT3S-C76 11.6 295 .190 4.8 .059 1.5 3.00 76 50 222 GTH, GS4H, PTS, 100 1000 D1.
PTH, PPTS, Terminals
PLT4S-C76 14.6 371 .190 4.8 .059 1.5 4.00 102 50 222 STS2, STH2 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT3H-L76 11.5 292 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 78 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 50 500 D2.
Power
GS4EH, PTH, Connectors
PLT4H-L76 14.6 371 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 50 500
STH2, ST3EH
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Length Width Height Counterbore Permanent
Std. Std. Identification
Used with A B C Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties* In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Qty. Qty. E5.
TM2S8-C76 M, I, S .63 16.0 .43 10.8 .28 7.0 .30 7.6 #8 (M4) screw 100 500 Lockout/
Tagout
TM3S8-C76 .86 21.7 .62 15.5 .38 9.5 .37 9.4 #8 (M4) screw 100 500 & Safety
S, LH Solutions
TM3S10-C76 .86 21.7 .62 15.8 .38 9.5 .37 9.4 #10 (M5) screw 100 500
*Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light-Heavy. F.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.19
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Cable Ties PEEK (Polyetheretherketone)
B1. Ideal for harsh environments where a cable tie material Flammability rating of UL 94V-0 with low smoke and toxicity;
Cable Ties is required to hold up to chemical or radiation exposure halogen-free
Non-conductive material that is excellent for high temperature PEEK material meets MIL specification MIL-P-46183,
applications up to 500F (260C) and is approved for use by the Department of Defense
B2. High strength properties over a wide range of temperatures One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
Cable Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2. Max.
Surface Bundle Min. Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Raceway Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
C3. Miniature Cross Section
Abrasion PLT1M-C71 4.0 102 0.098 2.5 0.048 1.2 0.87 22 35 156 GTS, GTSL, PTS 100 1000
Protection
PLT1.5M-C71 5.9 150 0.098 2.5 0.048 1.2 1.38 35 35 156 GTS, GTSL, PTS 100 1000
D2.
Power
Connectors
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
A B C Counterbore
Length Width Height Diameter Std. Std.
E4. Used with In. In. In. In. Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Permanent Part Number Cable Ties (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Method Qty. Qty.
Identification
TM2S8-C71 Min., .636 .427 .278 .335 #8 (M4) 100 500
E5. Std. (16.2) (10.8) (7.1) (8.5) screw
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.20 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty
Cable Ties Metal Detectable Nylon 6.6 and Polypropylene Overview
Metal impregnated material allows identification by metal detectors Polypropylene material provides excellent chemical resistance for
or x-ray inspection equipment to help meet food, beverage, and use in processing and packaging areas where aggressive acid and
pharmaceutical safety standards, to help reduce product alkaline chemicals are use to clean the equipment B1.
contamination, loss, and recall One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability Cable Ties
Nylon material for general purpose maintenance and repair Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
applications; ideal for use in control panels and overhead cable runs
Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster B2.
initial threading to speed installation Cable
Accessories
B3.
Straight Tip Stainless
Steel Ties
Curved Tip
C1.
Max. Wiring
Bundle Min. Loop Duct
Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Material Qty. Qty.
C2.
Nylon 6.6 Surface
Raceway
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-C86 3.9 100 .098 2.5 .044 1.1 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL, Nylon 6.6 100 1000
GS2B, STS2 C3.
Intermediate Cross Section Abrasion
Protection
PLT2I-C86 8.0 203 .135 3.4 .047 1.2 2.00 51 40 178 GTS, GTSL, Nylon 6.6 100 1000
GS2B, STS2
Standard Cross Section C4.
Cable
PLT2S-C86 7.3 186 .190 4.8 .057 1.4 1.85 47 50 222 GTS, GTSL, Nylon 6.6 100 1000 Management
PLT3S-C86 11.5 291 .190 4.8 .057 1.4 3.00 76 50 222 GS2B, GTH, Nylon 6.6 100 1000
GS4H,
PLT4S-C86 14.4 366 .190 4.8 .057 1.4 4.00 102 50 222 STS2, STH2 Nylon 6.6 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) D1.
Terminals
PLT3H-L86 11.1 282 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 120 534 GTH, GS4H, Nylon 6.6 50 500
GS4EH, STH2,
PLT4H-L86 14.4 366 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 Nylon 6.6 50 500
ST3EH
D2.
Polypropylene Power
Miniature Cross Section Connectors
PLT1M-C186 3.9 100 0.098 2.5 0.044 1.1 0.87 22 15 67 GTS, GTSL, Polypropylene 100 1000
GS2B, STS2
D3.
Intermediate Cross Section Grounding
PLT2I-C186 8.0 203 .135 3.4 .047 1.2 2.00 51 24 107 GTS, GTSL, Polypropylene 100 1000 Connectors
GS2B, STS2
Standard Cross Section E1.
PLT2S-C186 7.3 186 .190 4.8 .057 1.4 1.85 47 30 133 GTS, GTSL, Polypropylene 100 1000 Labeling
GS2B, GTH, Systems
PLT3S-C186 11.5 291 .190 4.8 .057 1.4 3.00 76 30 133 Polypropylene 100 1000
GS4H,
PLT4S-C186 14.4 366 .190 4.8 .057 1.4 4.00 102 30 133 STS2, STH2 Polypropylene 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) E2.
Labels
PLT3H-L186 11.1 282 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 60 267 GTH, GS4H, Polypropylene 50 500
GS4EH, STH2,
PLT4H-L186 14.4 366 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 60 267 ST3EH Polypropylene 50 500
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Used A B C Markers
with Length Width Height Counterbore Std. Std.
Cable In. In. In. Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
E4.
Part Number Material Ties (mm) (mm) (mm) In. (mm) Method Qty. Qty. Permanent
Cable Tie Mounts Identification
TM2S8-C86 Min., Int., .630 .422 .275 100 500
.325 (8.3) #8 (M4) screw E5.
Std. (16.0) (10.7) (7.0) Lockout/
TM3S8-C86 Nylon 6.6 #8 (M4) screw 100 500
Std., .867 .614 .373 Tagout
.325 (8.3) & Safety
TM3S10-C86 Lt. Hvy. (22.0) (15.6) (9.5) #10 (M5) screw 100 500
Solutions
TM2S8-C186 Min., Int., .630 .422 .275 100 500
.325 (8.3) #8 (M4) screw
Std. (16.0) (10.7) (7.0)
Polypropylene F.
TM3S8-C186 Std., .867 .614 .373 #8 (M4) screw 100 500 Index
.325 (8.3)
TM3S10-C186 Lt. Hvy. (22.0) (15.6) (9.5) #10 (M5) screw 100 500
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.21
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Releasable Cable Ties Nylon 6.6
For indoor use One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
B1.
Cable Ties Extended release tab permits easy release and re-use where Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
changes are anticipated during development, production, or initial threading to speed installation
servicing in the field UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
except PR2H/3H/4H
B2.
Cable
Accessories
D2.
Power
Connectors Pan-Ty Releasable Lashing Ties Nylon 6.6
For indoor use Typically used for heavy duty applications
D3.
Grounding Release tab permits easy release and re-use where changes are Strongest Pan-Ty Cable Tie available
Connectors anticipated during development, production, or servicing in the field Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, see page B1.24
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed Max. Min.
& Write-On Bundle Loop
Markers Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
E4.
Permanent Extra-Heavy Cross Section
Identification PRT2EH-C 9.0 229 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 2.00 51 250 1112 100 1000
E5. PRT5EH-Q 20.1 511 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 5.00 127 250 1112 25 250
Lockout/ PRT6EH-Q 22.2 564 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 6.00 152 250 1112 25 250
Tagout Hand install only
& Safety PRT8EH-C 28.3 719 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 8.00 203 250 1112 100 1000
Solutions
PRT10EH-C 34.2 869 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 10.00 254 250 1112 100 500
F. PRT12EH-C 40.1 1019 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 12.00 305 250 1112 100 500
Index
B1.22 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Releasable Cable Ties Weather Resistant and Overview
B3.
Stainless
Straight Tip Steel Ties
Curved Tip
C1.
To release, grasp the head of the Wiring
cable tie, deflect release tab, and pull Duct
the cable tie away from the bundle.
Max. Min. C2.
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std. Surface
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn. Raceway
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
PRT4S-C0 14.5 368 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) D1.
PRT2H-L0 8.4 213 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 2.00 51 80 356 50 500 Terminals
PRT3H-L0 11.4 290 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 3.00 76 80 356 Hand install only 50 500
PRT4H-L0 14.5 368 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 80 356 50 500 D2.
Power
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Connectors
Standard Cross Section
PRT1.5S-M30 6.3 160 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.50 38 50 222 Hand install only 1000 10000
D3.
Note: UL Listed, UL Recognized, and CSA Certified, except PRT2H/3H/4H. Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.23
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Releasable Lashing Ties Weather Resistant and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage Typically used for heavy duty applications
B1. caused by ultraviolet light indoor or outdoor use Strongest Pan-Ty Cable Tie available
Cable Ties Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications up to Can be used with MCEH mounting clip shown below
239F (115C) indoor use
Release tab permits easy release and re-use where changes are
B2. anticipated during development, production, or servicing in the field
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
C2. Bundle Loop
Surface
Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Raceway
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
Lashing Tie Mounting Clip Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
E1. Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light Easily snaps in place for a secure clamp
Labeling indoor or outdoor use
Systems
Use with lashing ties shown on pages B1.9, B1.11, B1.22, B1.24
Converts Panduit lashing ties into clamps and B1.25
E2.
Labels
C
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers B
A
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Height Width Length Std. Std.
E5. A B C
Lockout/
Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Tagout Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Qty. Qty.
& Safety MCEH-S25-C0 .13 3.3 .67 17.0 1.38 35 1/4" (M6) screw (not flathead) 100 1000
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.24 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Releasable Lashing Ties Weather Resistant Polypropylene Overview
For chemical resistance where high loop tensile strength is not Release tab permits easy release and re-use where changes
required especially in the presence of hydrochloric acid, salts, are anticipated during development, production, or servicing B1.
and bases in the field Cable Ties
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light Typically used for heavy duty applications
indoor or outdoor use Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, see page B1.24
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn. C2.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty. Surface
Raceway
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PRT2EH-C100 9.0 229 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 2.00 51 90 400 100 1000
C3.
PRT5EH-C100 20.1 511 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 5.00 127 90 400 100 1000 Abrasion
Hand install only Protection
PRT6EH-C100 22.2 564 .500 12.7 .075 1.9 6.00 152 90 400 100 1000
PRT8EH-C100 28.3 719 .500 12.7 .085 2.2 8.00 203 90 400 100 1000
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.25
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Clamp Ties Nylon 6.6
For indoor use One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
B1. Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as a control Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
Cable Ties panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling initial threading to speed installation
Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp in place UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Nominal Max. Min.
Hole Metric Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
C2.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Screw Screw Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Surface Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Size Size In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Raceway
Miniature Cross Section Plenum-Rated
PLC1M-S4-C 4.3 109 .100 2.5 .045 1.1 .122 3.1 #4 M2.5 .75 19 18 80 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000
C3. GS2B, PTS,
Abrasion PPTS, STS2
Protection
Intermediate Cross Section Plenum-Rated
C4. PLC1.5I-S8-C 6.1 155 .135 3.4 .045 1.1 .174 4.4 #8 M4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000
Cable GS2B, PTS,
Management PPTS, STS2
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Clamp Ties Weather Resistant and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Overview
Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp in place
caused by ultraviolet light indoor or outdoor use One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability B1.
Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications Cable Ties
Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
up to 239F (115C) indoor use initial threading to speed installation
Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as a
control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PLC2H/4H in Weather Resistant material (0).
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.27
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Wing Push Mount Ties Nylon 6.6
For indoor use Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
B1. Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part rattle-free installation
Cable Ties Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel
initial threading to speed installation
Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring PLWP_SA
Duct Head Design
C2.
Surface
Raceway
PLWP_SB
C3.
Abrasion Head Design
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
PLWP_H
Head Design
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power Nominal Max. Max. Min.
Connectors Hole Panel Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
D3.
Grounding Miniature Cross Section
Connectors PLWP1M-C 4.3 109 .098 2.5 .044 1.1 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 .87 22 18 80 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
E1.
Labeling Intermediate Cross Section
Systems PLWP1.5I-C 6.0 152 .135 3.4 .045 1.2 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
E2.
Labels
Standard Cross Section
PLWP1S-C 5.2 132 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.00 25 50 222 100 1000
PLWP1SA-D 5.1 130 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.00 25 50 222 500 5000
E3.
Pre-Printed PLWP1SB-D 5.2 132 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .157 4.0 1.00 25 50 222 GTS, GTSL, 500 5000
& Write-On PLWP1.5S-D 6.8 173 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.50 38 50 222 GS2B, GTH, 500 5000
Markers GS4H, PTS,
PLWP1.5SA-D 6.7 170 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.50 38 50 222 500 5000
PTH, PPTS,
PLWP2S-C 7.8 198 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.75 45 50 222 STS2, STH2 100 1000
E4.
Permanent PLWP2SA-D 7.7 196 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.75 45 50 222 500 5000
Identification PLWP2SB-D 7.8 198 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .157 4.0 1.75 45 50 222 500 5000
E5. Light-Heavy Cross Section
Lockout/ PLWP2H-TL 8.9 226 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .266 6.8 .105 2.7 2.00 51 120 534 250 2500
Tagout GTH, GS4H,
& Safety GS4EH, PTH,
Solutions PLWP3H-TL 12.0 305 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .266 6.8 .105 2.7 3.00 76 120 534 250 2500
STH2, ST3EH
B1.28 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Wing Push Mount Ties Weather Resistant and Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
PLWP_H
Head Design
C2.
Surface
Raceway
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.29
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Releasable Wing Push Mount Ties
Natural nylon material for indoor use Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
B1. Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
Cable Ties
caused by ultraviolet light indoor or outdoor use rattle-free installation
Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications Extended release tab permits easy release and re-use where
up to 239F (115C) indoor use changes are anticipated during development, production,
B2. or servicing in the field
Cable Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
Accessories Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection PRWP_SB
Head Design
C4.
Cable
Management
D1. PRWP_H
Terminals Head Design
D2.
Power
Connectors Nominal Max. Max. Min.
Hole Panel Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
D3.
Grounding Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Connectors
Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
E1. PRWP1S-C 5.2 132 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.00 25 50 222 100 1000
Labeling
Systems PRWP1SA-D 5.1 130 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.00 25 50 222 500 5000
PRWP1SB-D 5.2 132 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .187 4.7 .157 4.0 1.00 25 50 222 Hand install 500 5000
only
PRWP1.5S-D 6.8 173 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.50 38 50 222 500 5000
E2.
Labels PRWP2S-D 7.8 198 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.75 45 50 222 500 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PRWP2H-TL 8.9 226 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 .266 6.8 .105 2.7 2.00 51 120 534 Hand install 250 2500
E3.
Pre-Printed only
& Write-On
Markers Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
E4. PRWP1S-D0 5.2 132 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.00 25 50 222 500 5000
Permanent PRWP1.5S-D0 6.8 173 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.50 38 50 222 Hand install 500 5000
Identification only
PRWP2S-D0 7.8 198 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.75 45 50 222 500 5000
E5.
Lockout/ Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Tagout Standard Cross Section
& Safety
Solutions PRWP1.5S-D30 6.8 173 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .105 2.7 1.50 38 50 222 Hand install 500 5000
only
F. Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PRWP2H.
Index
B1.30 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Center Mounted Wing Push Mount Ties Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Overview
For high temperature applications up to 239F (115C) Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
indoor use rattle-free installation B1.
Used to center the bundle over the mount on all bundle diameters Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster Cable Ties
Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part initial threading to speed installation
Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
PLWP-SC Designed for normal Bundle diameters
wire bundles. from .12" to 1.97"
(3mm to 50mm) C2.
PLWP-SD Designed for corrugated Surface
loom tubing. Bump prevents lateral Raceway
and axial movement.
C3.
PLWP-SE Designed for corrugated Abrasion
loom tubing, see page C3.11. Protection
Bump prevents lateral movement.
C4.
Nominal Max. Max. Min. Cable
Hole Panel Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std. Management
Length Width Thickness Dia. Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Standard Cross Section D1.
Terminals
PLWP30SC-D30 5.8 147 .190 4.8 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 1.18 30 50 222 500 5000
GTS, GTSL,
PLWP40SC-D30 7.0 178 .190 4.8 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 1.58 40 50 222 500 5000
GS2B, GTH,
PLWP40SD-D30 7.0 178 .190 4.8 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 1.58 40 50 222 GS4H, PTS, 500 5000 D2.
PTH, PPTS, Power
PLWP50SC-D30 8.2 208 .190 4.8 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 1.97 50 50 222 500 5000
STS2, STH2 Connectors
PLWP50SE-D30 8.2 208 .190 4.8 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 1.97 50 50 222 500 5000
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.31
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Ladder Style Releasable Wing Push Mount Ties
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
B1.
Cable Ties For high temperature applications up to 239F (115C) Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel
indoor use Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
Unique releasable ladder design eliminates the need Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
B2.
for multiple clamp sizes rattle-free installation
Cable Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
Accessories initial threading to speed installation
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Nominal Max. Max. Min.
Hole Panel Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
C2. Length Width Thickness Dia. Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation
Surface Pkg. Ctn.
Raceway Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Standard Cross Section
C3. PRLWP30S-D30 4.7 119 .380 9.7 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 1.43 36 35 156 Hand install 500 5000
Abrasion PRLWP50S-D30 7.1 180 .380 9.7 .050 1.3 .266 6.8 .118 3.0 2.18 55 35 156 only 500 5000
Protection
C4. Pan-Ty Umbrella Wing Push Mount Ties Nylon and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Cable
Management
Natural nylon material for indoor use Umbrella shaped disk provides constant tension for a stable,
Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications secure, and rattle-free installation
up to 239F (115C) indoor use Disk forms a dust-tight and semi-liquid tight seal to the
D1. panel surface
Terminals Quick, secure way to fasten to clearance holes in panel
Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole in a light PLUP40SE style is for use with corrugated loom tubing,
gauge metal or plastic and locks in place see page C3.11
Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
D2.
Power initial threading to speed installation
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
PLUP40SE
Systems
Head Design
E2.
Labels Nominal Max. Max. Min.
Hole Panel Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
E3. Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On Standard Cross Section
Markers PLUP40S-D30* 7.0 177 .190 4.8 .047 1.2 .266 6.8 .050 1.3 1.57 40 50 222 500 5000
GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
E4. PLUP40SE-D 7.0 177 .190 4.8 .047 1.2 .266 6.8 .050 1.3 1.57 40 50 222 GS4H, PTS, 500 5000
Permanent PTH, PPTS,
Identification PLUP40SE-D30* 7.0 177 .190 4.8 .047 1.2 .266 6.8 .050 1.3 1.57 40 50 222 500 5000
STS2, STH2
E5. *Heat stabilized material (30).
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.32 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Push Mount Ties Overview
Natural nylon material for indoor use Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage Economical push mount ties are used to attach bundles to another B1.
caused by ultraviolet light indoor or outdoor use surface such as a flat panel Cable Ties
Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
up to 239F (115C) indoor use Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
B2.
Wingless design allows tie to be used in confined spaces initial threading to speed installation Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
PLP1.5I C1.
Head Design Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
PLP2S-C PLP2S-M0 Raceway
Nominal Max. Max. Min.
Hole Panel Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std. C3.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn. Abrasion
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty. Protection
Nylon 6.6
Intermediate Cross Section C4.
Cable
PLP1.5I-C 6.1 156 .135 3.4 .045 1.1 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000 Management
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
Standard Cross Section D1.
PLP1S-M 5.3 135 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.00 25 50 222 GTS, GTSL, 1000 10000 Terminals
GS2B, GTH,
PLP1.5S-M 6.7 170 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.50 38 50 222 GS4H, PTS, 1000 10000
PLP2S-C 7.9 200 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.75 45 50 222 PTH, PPTS, 100 1000 D2.
STS2, STH2 Power
Connectors
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Intermediate Cross Section
D3.
PLP1.5I-M0 6.1 156 .135 3.4 .045 1.1 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS, GTSL, 1000 25000 Grounding
GS2B, PTS, Connectors
PPTS, STS2
Standard Cross Section
E1.
PLP1S-M0 5.3 135 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.00 25 50 222 GTS, GTSL, 1000 10000 Labeling
GS2B, GTH, Systems
GS4H, PTS,
PLP2S-M0 7.9 200 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.75 45 50 222 1000 10000
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
E2.
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Labels
Intermediate Cross Section
PLP1.5I-M30 6.1 156 .135 3.4 .045 1.1 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS, GTSL, 1000 25000 E3.
GS2B, PTS, Pre-Printed
PPTS, STS2 & Write-On
Markers
Standard Cross Section
PLP1S-M30 5.3 135 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.00 25 50 222 GTS, GTSL, 1000 10000 E4.
GS2B, GTH, Permanent
GS4H, PTS, Identification
PLP2S-M30 7.9 200 .180 4.6 .050 1.3 .250 6.4 .125 3.2 1.75 45 50 222 1000 10000
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2 E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.33
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Marker and Flag Ties
Natural nylon material for indoor use Can be marked with Panduit marker pens on page B1.51
Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage or computer printable labels
B1.
Cable Ties caused by ultraviolet light indoor or outdoor use Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks available
Flame retardant material has a flammability rating of UL 94V-0 using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service, see page B1.93
for indoor use Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
Used to fasten and identify bundles at the same time initial threading to speed installation
B2.
Cable One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C4.
Nylon 6.6
Cable Miniature Cross Section
Management PLF1M-C Flag 4.3 109 .098 2.5 .045 1.1 .31 x .75 7.9 x 19.1 .87 22 18 80 100 1000
PLF1MA-C Flag 5.1 130 .098 2.5 .045 1.1 .76 x 1.04 19.1 x 26.4 .87 22 18 80 100 1000
PLF1MB-C Flag 4.0 101 .098 2.5 .045 1.1 .31 x .92 7.9 x 23.4 .75 19 18 80 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000
D1.
Terminals
GS2B, PTS,
PLF1MC-M Flag 4.3 109 .098 2.5 .045 1.1 .29 x .32 7.4 x 8.0 .87 22 18 80 1000 25000
PPTS, STS2
PLM1M-C Wrap 3.9 99 .098 2.5 .035 .9 .26 x .95 6.6 x 24.1 .75 19 18 80 100 1000
PLM2M-C Wrap 8.0 203 .098 2.5 .035 .9 .26 x .95 6.6 x 24.1 2.00 51 18 80 100 1000
D2.
Power Standard Cross Section
Connectors
PLM2S-C Wrap 7.4 188 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .44 x .87 11.1 x 22.1 1.75 45 50 222 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000
PLM4S-C Wrap 14.6 371 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .44 x 2.00 11.1 x 50.8 4.00 102 50 222 GS2B, GTH, 100 1000
D3. GS4H, PTS,
PL2M2S-L Wrap 7.4 188 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .87 x 1.07 22.1 x 27.2 1.75 45 50 222 50 500
Grounding PTH, PPTS,
Connectors PL3M2S-L Wrap 7.4 188 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .87 x 1.79 22.1 x 45.5 1.75 45 50 222 STS2, STH2 50 500
F.
Index
B1.34 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Cable Ties
Overview
B1.
Material and Color Chart Cable Ties
Panduit Panduit
B2.
Material Color Suffix Material Color Suffix Cable
Nylon 6.6 Natural Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Natural 39 Accessories
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0 Nylon 6.6 Fluorescent Orange 53
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black Nylon 6.6 Fluorescent Yellow 54 B3.
(meets Mil. Spec.) 00 Nylon 6.6 Fluorescent Green 55 Stainless
Steel Ties
Nylon 6.6 Brown 1 Nylon 6.6 Fluorescent Pink 59
Nylon 6.6 Red 2 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Black 60
Nylon 6.6 Orange 3 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Natural (Ivory) 69 C1.
Wiring
Nylon 6.6 Yellow 4Y PEEK (Polyetheretherketone) Translucent Brown 71 Duct
Nylon 6.6 Green 5 TEFZEL Aqua Blue 76
Nylon 6.6 Blue 6 Metal Detectable, Nylon Blue 86
C2.
Nylon 6.6 Purple 7 Metal Detectable, Polypropylene Blue 186 Surface
Nylon 6.6 Gray 8 Weather Resistant Polypropylene Black 100 Raceway
Nylon 6.6 White 10 Polypropylene Green 109
Nylon 6.6 Telephone Gray 14 Nylon 12 Black 120 C3.
Nylon 6.6 Black 20 Heat Stabilized Weather Black 300 Abrasion
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30 Resistant Nylon 6.6 Protection
HALAR Maroon 702Y
C4.
Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix). Cable
D1.
Terminals
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.35
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Cable Ties (continued)
Standard Packaging Bulk Packaging
B1. Natural Natural
Cable Ties Part Number Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix Part Number Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix
PL2M2S-L 0 PL2M2S-D 0,4Y,10
PL3M2S-L PL3M2S-D 0,4Y
B2.
PLP1.5I-C PLP1.5I-M 0,30
Cable
Accessories PLP1S-M 0,30
PLP1.5S-M
PLP2S-C PLP2S-M 0,30
B3.
Stainless PLT.6SM-C 0 PLT.6SM-M 0,30
Steel Ties PLT.7M-C PLT.7M-M 0,30
PLT1M-C 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,30, PLT1M-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30,53,54,55,
71,76,86,186,702Y 59,60,69,76,100,109,300,702Y
C1.
Wiring PLT1M-XMR 0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,30
Duct
PLT1.5M-C 0 PLT1.5M-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30
PLT1.5M-XMR 0,00,30
C2.
Surface PLT2M-C 0 PLT2M-M 0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,69
Raceway PLT1.5I-C 0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30 PLT1.5I-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,69,100,109,
120,300
PLT2I-C 0,14,30,76,86,186 PLT2I-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30,53,54,55,
C3.
Abrasion
59,69,76,300
Protection PLT2.5I-C 0 PLT2.5I-M 0,20
PLT3I-C 0,14 PLT3I-M 0,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,10,14,20,30
PLT4I-C 0,14 PLT4I-M 0,2,5,6,14,20,30
C4.
Cable PLT1S-C 0 PLT1S-M 0,30,38,300
Management PLT1.5S-C 0 PLT1.5S-M 0,30
PLT2S-C 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30, PLT2S-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,38,39,53,54,
71,76,86,186,702Y 55,59,60,69,71,76,100,109,120,300,702Y
D1. PLT2S-VMR 0,30
Terminals
PLT2.5S-C 0 PLT2.5S-M 0,30
PLT3S-C 0,00,2,20,30,76,86,186,702Y PLT3S-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,53,54,55,59,
76,100,109,702Y
D2.
Power PLT4S-C 0,00,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,20,30,76,86, PLT4S-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30,69,76,
Connectors 186 100,109,120,300
PLT4.5S-C 0 PLT4.5S-M 0
PLT5S-C 0 PLT5S-M 0,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,30
D3.
Grounding PLT6LH-L 0 PLT6LH-C 0
Connectors PLT7LH-L 0 PLT7LH-C 0,30
PLT8LH-L 0 PLT8LH-C 0,120
PLT8LH-Q 0
E1.
Labeling PLT9LH-L 0 PLT9LH-C 0,30
Systems PLT10LH-L PLT10LH-C
PLT2H-L 0 PLT2H-TL 0,2,4Y,6,30,100,109,300
PLT2.5H-L 0 PLT2.5H-TL 0
E2. PLT3H-L 0,76,86,186 PLT3H-TL 0,30,76,100,109
Labels
PLT4H-L 0,00,76,86,186 PLT4H-TL 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,10,20,30,69,76,100,109,
120,300
E3. PLT4H-C 0
Pre-Printed PLT5H-L 0 PLT5H-C 0,30
& Write-On
Markers PLT6H-L 0 PLT6H-C 0,30
PLT8H-L 0 PLT8H-C 0,00,30
E4. PLT8H-L 0
Permanent PLT13H-Q 0 PLT13H-C 0,3
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.36
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.37
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Features and Benefits Super-Grip Cable Ties
One-piece design with a thin, wide strap body for improved flexibility.
B1.
Cable Ties
Dome shaped head and smooth,
round strap body protect the
cable insulation
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals High loop tensile strength
Thin, wide strap body provides exceeds industry standards
increased flexibility while
maintaining loop tensile strength
D2.
Power Thin, flared neck tolerates rough
Connectors installation practices and improves
small bundle performance
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems Curved, tapered tip threads
easily and installs faster
E4.
Permanent Cable tie tools speed installation Cable tie accessories are used to
Identification and reduce total installed cost. speed and simplify the mounting of
wires, cables, and tubing.
E5. See pages B1.107 B1.112.
Lockout/ See pages B2.7, B2.11,
Tagout B2.13, B2.21.
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.38
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Selection Guide Super-Grip Cable Ties Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Material, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page
C1.
Wiring
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix) Locking Ties/Bundle SG B1.40 Duct
C4.
Cable
Part Number System for Super-Grip Cable Ties Management
D1.
Terminals
SG 200 S C
D2.
Type Length Cross Section Package Size Material/Color Power
Connectors
SG = Locking Tie Approx. M = Miniature L = 50 See Page B1.42
Length I = Intermediate C = 100
(mm) S = Standard TL = 250 D3.
Grounding
LH = Light-Heavy M = 1000 Connectors
H = Heavy
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.39
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Super-Grip Cable Ties Nylon 6.6
For indoor use Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
B1. Designed to grip the bundle tightly to resist lateral movement of the initial threading to speed installation
Cable Ties tie once installed UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
High strength allows the tie to withstand rough installation practices Complementary mounts available, see pages B2.7, B2.11, B2.13
that occur in MRO and construction environments and B2.21
B2.
Cable Thin, wide strap body provides flexibility enabling it to conform to
Accessories bundle while maintaining tensile strength
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface Max.
Raceway Bundle Min. Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
C3.
Abrasion Miniature Cross Section Plenum-Rated
Protection SG100M-C 4.2 106 .118 3.0 .038 1.0 .90 23 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000
PTS, PPTS, STS2
C4. Intermediate Cross Section Plenum-Rated
Cable SG150I-C 6.2 157 .168 4.3 .040 1.0 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000
Management PTS, PPTS, STS2
Standard Cross Section Plenum-Rated
D1. SG200S-C 8.3 211 .225 5.7 .046 1.2 2.00 51 50 222 100 1000
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
Terminals SG250S-C 10.4 264 .225 5.7 .050 1.3 2.60 66 75 334 100 1000
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
SG300S-C 12.4 315 .225 5.7 .050 1.3 3.20 81 75 334 PTH, PPTS, 100 1000
SG370S-C 15.3 389 .225 5.7 .052 1.3 4.20 107 75 334 STS2, STH2 100 1000
D2.
Power Light-Heavy Cross Section Plenum-Rated
Connectors
SG350LH-L 15.3 389 .330 8.4 .064 1.6 4.13 105 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 50 500
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
D3.
Grounding Heavy Cross Section Plenum-Rated
Connectors
SG450H-L 18.6 471 .380 9.7 .068 1.7 5.20 132 175 778 GTH, GS4H, 50 500
GS4EH, PTH,
E1. STH2, ST3EH
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.40 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Super-Grip Cable Ties Weather Resistant and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Overview
Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage High strength allows the tie to withstand rough installation
caused by ultraviolet light indoor or outdoor use practices that occur in MRO and construction environments B1.
Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications up to Thin, wide strap body provides flexibility enabling it to conform to Cable Ties
239F (115C) indoor use bundle while maintaining tensile strength
Designed to grip the bundle tightly to resist lateral movement of the Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
B2.
tie once installed initial threading to speed installation Cable
Complementary mounts available, see pages B2.7, B2.11, B2.13 Accessories
and B2.21
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Max. Surface
Bundle Min. Loop Recommended Std. Std. Raceway
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
C3.
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Abrasion
Protection
Miniature Cross Section
SG100M-C0 4.2 106 .118 3.0 .038 1.0 .90 23 18 80 100 1000
GTS, GTSL, GS2B, C4.
PTS, PPTS, STS2 Cable
Management
Intermediate Cross Section
SG150I-C0 6.2 157 .168 4.3 .040 1.0 1.50 38 40 178 100 1000
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2 D1.
Terminals
Standard Cross Section
SG200S-C0 8.3 211 .225 5.7 .046 1.2 2.00 51 50 222 100 1000
D2.
GTS, GTSL, GS2B, Power
GTH, GS4H, PTS, Connectors
SG250S-C0 10.4 264 .225 5.7 .050 1.3 2.60 66 75 334 PTH, PPTS, 100 1000
SG300S-C0 12.4 315 .225 5.7 .050 1.3 3.20 81 75 334 STS2, STH2 100 1000
D3.
SG370S-C0 15.3 389 .225 5.7 .052 1.3 4.20 107 75 334 100 1000 Grounding
Light-Heavy Cross Section Connectors
SG350LH-L0 15.3 389 .330 8.4 .064 1.6 4.13 105 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 50 500
GS4EH, PTH, E1.
STH2, ST3EH Labeling
Heavy Cross Section Systems
SG450H-L0 18.6 471 .380 9.7 .068 1.7 5.20 132 175 778 GTH, GS4H, 50 500
GS4EH, PTH,
E2.
STH2, ST3EH
Labels
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section E3.
SG200S-M30 8.3 211 .225 5.7 .046 1.2 2.00 51 50 222 1000 10000 Pre-Printed
GTS, GTSL, GS2B, & Write-On
GTH, GS4H, PTS, Markers
SG300S-M30 12.4 315 .225 5.7 .050 1.3 3.20 81 70 311 PTH, PPTS, 1000 10000
STS2, STH2
E4.
Permanent
Light-Heavy Cross Section Identification
SG350LH-TL30 15.3 389 .330 8.4 .064 1.6 4.13 105 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 250 2500
GS4EH, PTH, E5.
STH2, ST3EH Lockout/
Tagout
Note: UL Listed and CSA Certified except SG450H-L0 and heat stabilized material (30). & Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.41
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Super-Grip Cable Ties and Mounts
B1.
Cable Ties Material and Color Chart
Panduit
Material Color Suffix
B2.
Cable Nylon 6.6 Natural
Accessories
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30
B3.
Stainless Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring Part Number Availability List
Duct
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.42
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Features and Benefits Dome-Top Barb Ty Cable Ties Overview
Two-piece design incorporates a stainless steel locking barb in a nylon cable tie.
B1.
Cable Ties
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Stainless steel locking barb provides Wiring
Duct
infinite adjustability through entire
bundle range
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Curved tip threads easily
Ribbed and stippled strap body and installs faster
prevents lateral movement on E2.
the bundle Labels
Finger grip ensures positive
grip during threading of tie
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
Cable tie tools speed installation Cable tie accessories are used to
and reduce total installed cost. speed and simplify the mounting E4.
of wires, cables, and tubing. Permanent
See pages B1.109 B1.114. Identification
See pages B2.1 B2.29.
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.43
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Selection Guide Dome-Top Barb Ty and Dura-Ty Cable Ties
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Material, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page
D1.
Terminals
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Locking Ties/Bundle BT B1.47
Natural (39)
D2.
Power
Connectors
Dura-Ty
D3.
Cable Weather Resistant
Ties, Locking Ties/Bundle DT B1.53
Grounding Acetal, Black
Connectors Strapping,
and Kits
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
Part Number System for Dome-Top Barb Ty and Dura-Ty Cable Ties
& Write-On
Markers BT 2 S C
E4. Type Size Cross Section Screw Hole Size Package Size Material/Color
Permanent
Identification
BT = Locking Tie Approx. M = Miniature (Clamp Ties Only) Q = 25 See Page B1.54
E5. BC = Clamp Tie Maximum I = Intermediate -S4 = #4 (M2.5) L = 50
Lockout/ BF = Flag Tie Bundle S = Standard -S6 = #6 (M3) C = 100
Tagout BM = Marker Tie Dia. (In.) LH = Light-Heavy -S8 = #8 (M4) TL = 250
& Safety BP = Push Mount Tie H = Heavy -S10 = #10 (M5) D = 500
Solutions
BW = Wing Push Mount Tie EH = Extra-Heavy -S25 = 1/4 (M6) M = 1000
DT = Locking Tie LR = 50' Reel
F.
Index
B1.44 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Dome-Top Barb Ty Cable Ties Nylon 6.6 Overview
B3.
Straight Tip Stainless
Steel Ties
Curved Tip
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std. C2.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Surface
Installation Pkg. Ctn. Raceway
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Miniature Cross Section Plenum-Rated
C3.
BT1M-C 4.0 102 .095 2.4 .036 .9 .90 23 18 80 100 1000 Abrasion
BT1.5M-C 6.3 160 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 1.50 38 18 80 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000 Protection
GS2B, PTS,
BT2M-C 7.9 201 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 2.00 51 18 80 100 1000
PPTS, STS2
BT4M-C 14.2 361 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 4.00 102 18 80 100 1000 C4.
Cable
Intermediate Cross Section Plenum-Rated Management
BT1.5I-C 6.1 155 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 1.50 38 40 178 100 1000
BT2I-C 8.0 203 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 2.00 51 40 178 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000
GS2B, PTS, D1.
BT3I-C 11.3 287 .141 3.6 .049 1.2 3.00 76 40 178 100 1000
PPTS, STS2 Terminals
BT4I-C 14.3 363 .141 3.6 .049 1.2 4.00 102 40 178 100 1000
Standard Cross Section Plenum-Rated
BT2S-C 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000 D2.
GS2B, GTH, Power
BT3S-C 12.0 305 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 GS4H, PTS, 100 1000 Connectors
BT4S-C 15.1 384 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 PTH, PPTS, 100 1000
STS2, STH2
D3.
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) Plenum-Rated Grounding
BT2LH-L 8.7 221 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 2.00 51 120 534 50 500 Connectors
BT3LH-L 11.8 300 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 3.00 76 120 534 50 500
BT4LH-L 14.9 378 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 4.00 102 120 534 50 500 E1.
GTH, GS4H, Labeling
BT5LH-L 18.1 460 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 5.00 127 120 534 50 500 Systems
GS4EH, PTH,
BT6LH-L 21.2 538 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 6.00 152 120 534 50 500
STH2, ST3EH
BT7LH-L 24.4 620 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 7.00 178 120 534 50 500
BT8LH-L 27.5 699 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 8.00 203 120 534 50 500 E2.
Labels
BT9LH-L 30.7 780 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 9.00 229 120 534 50 500
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.45
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Dome-Top Barb Ty Cable Ties Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
B1. indoor or outdoor use reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
Cable Ties Dome-top head features unique patented design with round, High strength and low thread force
smooth edges Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless Straight Tip
Steel Ties
Curved Tip
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
C2. Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Surface Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Raceway Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Miniature Cross Section
C3. BT1M-C0 4.0 102 .095 2.4 .036 .9 .90 23 18 80 100 1000
Abrasion
Protection BT1.5M-C0 6.3 160 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 1.50 38 18 80 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000
GS2B, PTS,
BT2M-C0 7.9 201 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 2.00 51 18 80 100 1000
PPTS, STS2
C4. BT4M-C0 14.2 361 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 4.00 102 18 80 100 1000
Cable Intermediate Cross Section
Management
BT1.5I-C0 6.1 155 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 1.50 38 40 178 100 1000
BT2I-C0 8.0 203 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 2.00 51 40 178 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000
GS2B, PTS,
D1. BT3I-C0 11.3 287 .141 3.6 .049 1.2 3.00 76 40 178 100 1000
PPTS, STS2
Terminals BT4I-C0 14.3 363 .141 3.6 .049 1.2 4.00 102 40 178 100 1000
Standard Cross Section
D2. BT2S-C0 8.0 203 .185 4.7 .045 1.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000
Power GS2B, GTH,
Connectors BT3S-C0 12.0 305 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 GS4H, PTS, 100 1000
BT4S-C0 15.1 384 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 PTH, PPTS, 100 1000
STS2, STH2
D3.
Grounding Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
Connectors BT2LH-L0 8.7 221 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 2.00 51 120 534 50 500
BT3LH-L0 11.8 300 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 3.00 76 120 534 50 500
E1. BT4LH-L0 14.9 378 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 4.00 102 120 534 50 500
Labeling BT5LH-L0 18.1 460 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 5.00 127 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 50 500
Systems GS4EH, PTH,
BT6LH-L0 21.2 538 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 6.00 152 120 534 50 500
STH2, ST3EH
BT7LH-L0 24.4 620 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 7.00 178 120 534 50 500
E2. BT8LH-L0 27.5 699 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 8.00 203 120 534 50 500
Labels
BT9LH-L0 30.7 780 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 9.00 229 120 534 50 500
E3. Note: UL Recognized, UL Listed, and CSA Certified, except LH cross section.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.46 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Dome-Top Barb Ty Cable Ties Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Overview
For high temperature applications up to 239F (115C) Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
indoor use reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range B1.
Dome-top head features unique patented design with round, Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster Cable Ties
smooth edges initial threading to speed installation
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
BT2S-M30 BT2S-M39 Duct
Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std. C2.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn. Surface
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty. Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.47
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Dome-Top Barb Ty Clamp Ties Nylon 6.6
For indoor use Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
B1. Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as a reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
Cable Ties control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp faster initial threading to speed installation
in place UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties Straight Tip
Curved Tip
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Nominal Max. Min.
Surface Hole Metric Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Raceway Length Width Thickness Dia. Screw Screw Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Size Size In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
C3. Miniature Cross Section Plenum-Rated
Abrasion BC1M-S4-M 4.6 117 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .122 3.1 #4 M2.5 .90 23 18 80 1000 50000
Protection GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
BC2M-S4-M 8.3 211 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .122 3.1 #4 M2.5 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
PPTS, STS2
C4. Intermediate Cross Section Plenum-Rated
Cable
Management BC1.5I-S8-M 6.6 168 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 .174 4.4 #8 M4 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL, 1000 25000
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
D1. Standard Cross Section Plenum-Rated
Terminals
BC2S-S10-C 8.5 216 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000
GS2B, GTH,
BC3S-S10-D 12.5 318 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 3.00 76 50 222 GS4H, PTS, 500 5000
D2. PTH, PPTS,
Power BC4S-S10-C 15.6 396 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 50 222 100 1000
STS2, STH2
Connectors
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) Plenum-Rated
BC4LH-S25-L 15.5 394 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 50 500
D3. GS4EH, PTH,
Grounding
Connectors
STH2, ST3EH
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.48 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Dome-Top Barb Ty Clamp Ties Weather Resistant and Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Straight Tip
C1.
Curved Tip Wiring
Duct
C2.
Nominal Max. Min. Surface
Hole Bundle Loop Raceway
Metric Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Screw Screw Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Size Size In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty. C3.
Abrasion
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Protection
Miniature Cross Section
BC1M-S4-M0 4.6 117 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .122 3.1 #4 M2.5 .90 23 18 80 GTS, GTSL, 1000 50000
C4.
GS2B, PTS, Cable
BC2M-S4-M0 8.3 211 .095 2.4 .046 1.2 .122 3.1 #4 M2.5 2.00 51 18 80 PPTS, STS2 1000 25000
Management
Intermediate Cross Section
BC1.5I-S8-M0 6.6 168 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 .174 4.4 #8 M4 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL, 1000 25000
GS2B, PTS, D1.
Terminals
PPTS, STS2
BC4S-S10-C0 15.6 396 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 50 222 PTH, PPTS, 100 1000
STS2, STH2 D3.
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) Grounding
Connectors
BC4LH-S25-L0 15.5 394 .275 7.0 .065 1.7 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 50 500
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH E1.
Labeling
Systems
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
BC4S-S10-D30 15.6 396 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 50 222 GTS, GTSL, 500 5000 E2.
GS2B, GTH, Labels
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STH2, STS2 E3.
Pre-Printed
Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except BC4LH-S25-L0. & Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.49
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Dome-Top Barb Ty Wing Push Mount Ties Nylon and
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
B1.
Cable Ties Natural nylon material for indoor use Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage rattle-free installation
caused by ultraviolet light indoor or outdoor use Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
Combine cable tie, mount, and fastener into a single part reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
B2.
Cable Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
Accessories initial threading to speed installation
Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C4.
Cable
Management
Nominal Max. Max. Min.
Hole Panel Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
D1. Length Width Thickness Dia. Thickness Dia. Tensile Str.
Terminals Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Nylon 6.6
D2. Intermediate Cross Section
Power
Connectors BW1.5I-D 6.6 168 .141 3.6 .041 1.0 .187 4.7 .093 2.4 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 500 5000
PTS, PPTS, STS2
Standard Cross Section
D3.
Grounding BW2S-D 8.5 216 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .156 4.0 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 500 5000
Connectors GTH, GS4H, PTS,
BW3S-D 12.5 318 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .156 4.0 3.00 76 50 222 PTH, PPTS, 500 5000
STS2, STH2
E1.
Labeling Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Systems Standard Cross Section
BW2S-D0 8.5 216 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .156 4.0 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 500 5000
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
E2. BW3S-D0 12.5 318 .185 4.7 .052 1.3 .250 6.4 .156 4.0 3.00 76 50 222 PTH, PPTS, 500 5000
Labels STS2, STH2
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.50 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Dome-Top Barb Ty Push Mount Ties Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Overview
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light Wingless design allows tie to be used in confined spaces
indoor or outdoor use Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance, B1.
Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range Cable Ties
Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place initial threading to speed installation
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
PX-0 PFX-0 Systems
PX-2 PFX-2 PX-10
E2.
Std. Std. Labels
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color Description Qty. Qty.
E3.
PX-0 Black Permanent marking pen regular tip. 12 144 Pre-Printed
PX-2 Red Permanent marking pen regular tip. 12 144 & Write-On
Markers
PFX-0 Black Permanent marking pen fine tip. 12 144
PFX-2 Red Permanent marking pen fine tip. 12 144 E4.
PX-10 White Marking pen for black or other dark colored parts regular tip. 12 300 Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.51
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Dome-Top Barb Ty Marker and Flag Ties
Natural nylon material for indoor use Can be marked with Panduit marker pens on the previous page
B1. Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage or computer printable labels
Cable Ties caused by ultraviolet light indoor or outdoor use Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks available
Used to fasten and identify bundles at the same time using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service, see page B1.93
Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance, Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
B2. reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range initial threading to speed installation
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.52 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Dura-Ty Cable Ties Weather Resistant Acetal Heavy Cross Section Overview
Black acetal strap and head material provide 20+ years outdoor Double stainless steel locking barbs provide consistent B1.
life and high impact resistance and predictable holding values Cable Ties
Excellent ultraviolet light, chemical, and moisture resistance Textured strap provides better gripping surface to prevent tie
from moving laterally along the length of the bundle for tight,
consistent bundles B2.
Robust head design allows tie to be tightened over a wide range Cable
of angles Accessories
Convenient reel dispenser pack allows installer to cut-to-size
for customized field applications; recyclable box has through-hole
for attaching to belt, plus storage area for bag of heads B3.
Stainless
Ideal for securing cables in outdoor messenger strand applications Steel Ties
May be used with stackable aerial cable spacer on the next page
C4.
Dura-Ty Cable Ties Weather Resistant Acetal Extra-Heavy Cross Section Cable
Management
Black acetal strap and head material provide 20+ years outdoor Convenient reel dispenser pack allows installer to cut-to-size
life and high impact resistance for customized field applications; recyclable box has through-hole
Excellent ultraviolet light, chemical, and moisture resistance for attaching to belt, plus storage area for bag of heads
D1.
Double stainless steel locking barbs provide consistent Several pre-cut sizes have lead-in style angled tips on Terminals
and predictable holding values pre-assembled straps for easy installation, even with gloved
hands, to speed installation
Ideal for securing cables in outdoor messenger strand applications
May be used with stackable aerial cable spacer on the next page
Meets Telcordia TR-TSY-000789 industry guidelines for lashed D2.
cable supports Power
Connectors
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.53
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Stackable Aerial Cable Spacer Weather Resistant Polypropylene
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light Designed for use in parallel or perpendicular applications
B1. indoor or outdoor use For use with Dura-Ty Cable Ties shown on the previous page
Cable Ties Each spacer snaps into another to increase spacer heights
by 1/2" increments
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C
C1.
Wiring
Duct A
C2.
Surface
Raceway Length Width Height Used Std. Std.
A B C with Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Cable Ties* Qty. Qty.
C3.
Abrasion SACS50-T100 2.08 52.8 1.16 29.5 0.71 18.0 LH, H, EH 200 2000
Protection
*Cable tie cross section sizes: LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, and EH = Extra-Heavy.
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
Dome-Top Barb Ty and Dura-Ty Cable Ties
D2.
Power
Connectors
Material and Color Chart
D3. Panduit Panduit
Grounding Material Color Suffix Material Color Suffix
Connectors
Nylon 6.6 Natural Nylon 6.6 Purple 7
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0 Nylon 6.6 Gray 8
E1.
Labeling Nylon 6.6 Brown 1 Nylon 6.6 White 10
Systems Nylon 6.6 Red 2 Nylon 6.6 Telephone Gray 14
Nylon 6.6 Orange 3 Nylon 6.6 Black 20
Nylon 6.6 Yellow 4Y Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30
E2.
Labels
Nylon 6.6 Green 5 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Natural 39
Nylon 6.6 Blue 6 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Natural (Ivory) 69
Weather Resistant Acetal Black *
E3. Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
Pre-Printed *Denotes Dura-Ty Weather Resistant Acetal material (no suffix).
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.54
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.55
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Features and Benefits Parallel-Entry Cable Ties
Parallel-entry cable ties limit exposure to sharp edges and protect workers arms/hands. The ties are designed with a low
B1. profile head to avoid snags and reduce overall bundle size.
Cable Ties
D2.
Power Belt-Ty In-Line Cable Ties IN-LINE Cable Ties
Connectors
Outside teeth
protect cable jacket
D3. and wire insulation
Grounding
Connectors Finger grip shaped
head assures positive grip
while threading tie
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels Parallel-entry limits Finger grip shaped
exposure to sharp edges head with serrations
and protects workers assures positive grip
E3. arms/hands while threading tie
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
Cable tie tools speed installation Cable tie accessories are used to
E4. and reduce total installed cost. speed and simplify the mounting of
Permanent wires, cables, and tubing.
Identification See pages B1.109 B1.114.
See pages B2.1 B2.29.
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.56
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Selection Guide Parallel-Entry Cable Ties Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, Ivory (69) Locking Ties/Bundle CBR B1.60
C4.
Cable
Management
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix) Locking Ties/Bundle ILT B1.61
Belt-Ty
In-Line
D1.
Cable Ties Terminals
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0) Locking Ties/Bundle ILT B1.61
Hyper-V D2.
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0) Locking Ties/Bundle HV B1.62
Cable Ties Power
Connectors
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.57
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Contour-Ty Cable Ties Nylon 6.6
For indoor use Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
B1. Unique design prevents wire and cable damage initial threading to speed installation
Cable Ties UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall bundle size
Outside teeth and smooth round edges protect cable jacket ideal
for high vibration applications Note: Nylon 6.6 cable ties in natural and colors meet the
B2.
Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects testing requirements of the U.S. Military Aerospace
Cable
Accessories workers arms/hands Standard SAE-AS23190A and the dimensional
requirements of Aerospace Standard SAE-AS33671
Fully enclosed head for consistent strength
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C3.
Abrasion Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Protection Miniature Cross Section Plenum-Rated
CBR1M-M 4.1 104 .098 2.5 .038 1.0 1.00 25 18 80 1000 50000
C4. CBR1.5M-M 5.6 142 .098 2.5 .042 1.1 1.50 38 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 1000 50000
Cable PTS, PPTS, STS2
CBR2M-M 7.2 183 .098 2.5 .042 1.1 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
Management
Intermediate Cross Section Plenum-Rated
CBR1.5I-M 5.9 150 .140 3.6 .040 1.0 1.50 38 40 178 1000 25000
D1. CBR3I-M 10.4 264 .140 3.6 .052 1.3 3.00 76 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 1000 10000
Terminals PTS, PPTS, STS2
CBR4I-M 13.6 345 .140 3.6 .052 1.3 4.00 102 40 178 1000 10000
Standard Cross Section Plenum-Rated
D2. CBR2S-M 7.6 193 .190 4.8 .044 1.1 2.00 51 50 222 1000 10000
Power GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
Connectors CBR3S-M 10.8 274 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 GTH, GS4H, PTS, PTH, 1000 5000
CBR4S-M 14.0 356 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 PPTS, STS2, STH2 1000 5000
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.58 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Contour-Ty Cable Ties Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Overview
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects
indoor or outdoor use workers arms/hands B1.
Unique design prevents wire and cable damage Fully enclosed head for consistent strength Cable Ties
Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall bundle size Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
Outside teeth and smooth round edges protect cable jacket initial threading to speed installation
B2.
ideal for high vibration applications Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.59
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Contour-Ty Cable Ties Heat Stabilized and
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
B1.
Cable Ties Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications Outside teeth and smooth round edges protect cable jacket
up to 239F (115C) indoor use ideal for high vibration applications
Flame retardant material has a flammability rating of UL 94V-0 Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects workers
B2.
indoor use arms/hands
Cable Unique design prevents wire and cable damage Fully enclosed head for consistent strength
Accessories Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall bundle size Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface CBR2S-M30 CBR2S-M39 CBR3S-M69
Raceway
Max. Min.
C3. Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Abrasion Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Protection Part Number In. mm. In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black
C4.
Cable Miniature Cross Section
Management CBR1M-M30 4.1 104 .098 2.5 .038 1.0 1.00 25 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 1000 50000
PTS, PPTS, STS2
Intermediate Cross Section
D1.
Terminals CBR1.5I-M30 5.9 150 .140 3.6 .040 1.0 1.50 38 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 1000 25000
PTS, PPTS, STS2
Standard Cross Section
D2. CBR2S-M30 7.6 193 .190 4.8 .044 1.1 2.00 51 50 222 1000 10000
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
Power
CBR3S-M30 10.8 274 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 GTH, GS4H, PTS, 1000 5000
Connectors
PTH, PPTS,
CBR4S-M30 14.0 356 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 STS2, STH2 1000 5000
D3. Light-Heavy Cross Section
Grounding
Connectors CBR4LH-TL30 14.6 371 .300 7.6 .070 1.8 4.00 102 120 534 250 2500
GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
CBR6LH-C30 20.9 531 .300 7.6 .070 1.8 6.00 152 120 534 PTH, STH2, ST3EH 100 2000
E1.
Labeling Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Natural
Systems Standard Cross Section
CBR2S-M39 7.6 193 .190 4.8 .044 1.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 1000 10000
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
E2.
Labels PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
F.
Index
B1.60 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Belt-Ty In-Line Cable Ties Nylon and Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Overview
Natural nylon material for indoor use Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects workers
Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage arms/hands B1.
caused by ultraviolet light indoor or outdoor use Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster Cable Ties
Parallel-entry cable tie that threads like a belt (180 entry) initial threading to speed installation
Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall bundle size Nylon 6.6 cable ties are UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling
spaces per NEC B2.
35% lower head height than conventional 90 ties Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
ILT2S-C ILT2S-C0
C2.
Surface
Max. Min. Raceway
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn. C3.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty. Abrasion
Protection
Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section Plenum-Rated
ILT2S-C 8.3 211 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000 C4.
Cable
ILT3S-C 11.5 292 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 3.00 76 50 222 GTH, GS4H, PTS, 100 1000 Management
PTH, PPTS, STS2,
ILT4S-C 14.7 373 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 4.00 102 50 222 STH2 100 1000
Light-Heavy Cross Section Plenum-Rated
D1.
ILT4LH-TL 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH, 250 2500 Terminals
ILT6LH-C 21.2 538 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 6.00 152 120 534 PTH, STH2, ST3EH 100 2000
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.61
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Hyper-V In-Line Cable Ties Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Fixed and flexible two-wedge locking design provides Bending serrations on the tip of the tie allow the tip to be easily
B1. a low threading force formed into an arc, enabling installer to fish the tie around the
Cable Ties Teeth on both sides of cable tie body provide additional locking bundle in a confined space
strength and improved flexibility to conform to irregular bundle Threading hole in the tip of the tie allows an installer to hook
shapes such as securing cables to cable tray systems the tip with a simple device to pull the tie through spaces with
B2. Releasable head position for temporary bundling of cables prior limited access
Cable to final locking; no need to replace ties when adding cables/wires In-Line tie design for parallel-entry of the tie into head resulting
Accessories to the bundle in a lower profile on cable bundles
Teeth on full length of body support a wide range Complementary mounts shown below
of bundle diameters
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Max.
Bundle Min. Loop Recommended Std. Std.
C3.
Abrasion Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Protection Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
HV965-C0 10.4 265 .350 8.9 .076 1.9 2.60 65 160 710 100 1000
HV9100-C0 14.4 367 .350 8.9 .076 1.9 3.90 100 160 710 GTH, GS4H, 100 1000
C4.
Cable GS4EH, PTH, STH2,
HV9150-C0 20.7 525 .350 8.9 .076 1.9 5.90 150 160 710 100 1000
Management ST3EH, STHV
HV9250-C0 33.1 841 .350 8.9 .076 1.9 9.80 250 160 710 100 1000
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Hyper-V Cable Tie Mounts
Connectors
Tie mount has retaining tab within window to hold cable tie Masonry mounts are used to secure wire, cable, or tubing
in position when pre-installed in the mount; low profile design to masonry surfaces
D3. keeps bundle close to mounting surface For outdoor use
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
HVTM HVMPM
E3. Std. Std.
Pre-Printed Pkg. Ctn.
& Write-On Part Number Material Color Mounting Method Qty. Qty.
Markers
Tie Mounts
HVTM3S10-C0 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black #10 (6mm) screw 100 500
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Masonry Mounts
HVMPM32-C0 Impact Modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black Tree barb for .31" (7.9mm) hole diameter 100 500
E5.
Lockout/ Note: UL Recognized except HVTM mount.
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.62 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
IN-LINE Cable Ties Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Overview
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light Finger grip shaped head with serrations assures positive
indoor or outdoor use grip while threading tie
B1.
Parallel-entry cable tie that threads like a belt (180 entry) Install by hand or use Panduit GTH installation tool, Cable Ties
Wide tie body provides high tensile strength see page B1.111
50% lower head height than conventional 90 ties Flexible easy to handle and install
Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects Available in UV weather resistant colors for color coordination B2.
workers arms/hands and UV stability Cable
Accessories
Outside teeth protect cable jacket and wire insulation
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Max. Min. Raceway
Bundle Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty Qty. C3.
Abrasion
Black Cable Ties Protection
IT940-C0 UV Black 6.8 173 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 1.57 40 124 552 100 1000
IT965-C0 UV Black 10.1 257 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 2.56 65 124 552 100 1000 C4.
IT9100-C0 UV Black 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000 Cable
Management
IT9115-C0 UV Black 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
Colored Cable Ties
IT9100-CUV2 UV Red 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000 D1.
IT9100-CUV4Y UV Yellow Terminals
14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000
IT9100-CUV6 UV Dark Blue 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000
IT9100-CUV6A UV Light Blue 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000 D2.
IT9100-CUV7A UV Purple 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000 Power
Connectors
IT9100-CUV8 UV Silver 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000
IT9100-CUV16B UV Magenta 14.1 358 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV2 UV Red 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000 D3.
Grounding
IT9115-CUV2A UV Bright Red 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000 Connectors
IT9115-CUV4Y UV Yellow 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV4A UV Butterscotch 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000 E1.
IT9115-CUV5A UV Green 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000 Labeling
Systems
IT9115-CUV5B UV Hunter Green 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV6 UV Dark Blue 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV6A UV Light Blue 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000 E2.
IT9115-CUV6B UV Cobalt Blue Labels
15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV7A UV Purple 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
IT9115-CUV8 UV Gray 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000 E3.
Pre-Printed
IT9115-CUV11 UV Teal 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000 & Write-On
IT9115-CUV16B UV Magenta 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000 Markers
IT9115-CUV18 UV Tan 15.3 389 .350 8.9 .065 1.7 4.53 115 124 552 100 1000
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.63
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Parallel-Entry Cable Ties
B1.
Cable Ties
Material and Color Chart
B2. Panduit Panduit
Cable Material Color Suffix Material Color Suffix
Accessories
Nylon 6.6 Natural Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Red UV2
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0 Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Bright Red UV2A
B3. Nylon 6.6 Brown 1 Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Yellow UV4Y
Stainless
Steel Ties Nylon 6.6 Red 2 Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Butterscotch UV4A
Nylon 6.6 Orange 3 Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Green UV5A
Nylon 6.6 Yellow 4Y Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Hunter Green UV5B
C1.
Wiring Nylon 6.6 Green 5 Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Dark Blue UV6
Duct Nylon 6.6 Blue 6 Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Light Blue UV6A
Nylon 6.6 Purple 7 Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Cobalt Blue UV6B
Nylon 6.6 Gray 8 Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Purple UV7A
C2.
Surface Nylon 6.6 White 10 Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Gray UV8
Raceway Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30 Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Teal UV11
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Natural 39 Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Magenta UV16B
C3. Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Natural (Ivory) 69 Nylon 6.6 Ultraviolet Tan UV18
Abrasion
Protection Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
C4.
Part Number Availability List
Cable
Management Standard Packaging Bulk Packaging
Natural Natural
Part Number Nylon 6.6 Material/Color (Suffix) Part Number Nylon 6.6 Material/Color (Suffix)
D1. CBR1M-M 0,30
Terminals CBR1.5M-M 0
CBR2M-M 0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7
CBR1.5I-M 0,30
D2.
Power CBR3I-M 0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10
Connectors CBR4I-M 0
CBR2S-M 0,30,39
D3. CBR3S-M 0,30,69
Grounding CBR4S-M 0,30
Connectors
CBR2HS-D 0
CBR4LH-TL 0,30
E1. CBR6LH-C 0,30
Labeling HV965-C 0
Systems
HV9100-C 0
HV9150-C 0
E2. HV9250-C 0
Labels ILT2S-C 0 ILT2S-M 0
ILT3S-C 0 ILT3S-M 0
E3. ILT4S-C 0 ILT4S-M 0
Pre-Printed ILT4LH-TL 0
& Write-On ILT6LH-C 0
Markers
IT940-C 0
E4. IT965-C 0
Permanent IT9100-C 0,UV2,UV4Y,UV6,UV6A,UV7A,
Identification UV8,UV16B
IT9115-C 0,UV2,UV2A,UV4Y,UV4A,UV5A,
E5.
Lockout/ UV5B,UV6,UV6A,UV6B,UV7A,
Tagout UV8,UV11,UV16B,UV18
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.64
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Features and Benefits Sta-Strap Cable Ties Overview
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Thin tapered tip for
easy installation
E2.
Design may be released Labels
prior to final tensioning
E3.
Pre-Printed
Cable tie tools speed installation Cable tie accessories are used to & Write-On
Markers
and reduce total installed cost. speed and simplify the mounting of
wires, cables, and tubing.
See pages B1.109 B1.114. E4.
See pages B2.1 B2.29. Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.65
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Selection Guide Sta-Strap Cable Ties
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Material, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page
C1.
Wiring Locking Ties/Bundle SST B1.67
Duct
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix) Clamp Ties/Mount SSC B1.70
Marker Ties/Identify SSM B1.71
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C4.
Cable
Management
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Locking Ties/Bundle SST B1.69
Black (30) Clamp Ties/Mount SSC B1.70
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
Part Number System for Sta-Strap Cable Ties
E3.
Pre-Printed SST 1 M C
& Write-On
Markers
Type Size Cross Section Screw Hole Size Package Size Material/Color
E4.
Permanent SST = Locking Tie Approx. M = Miniature (Clamp Ties Only) L = 50 See Page B1.72
Identification SSC = Clamp Tie Maximum I = Intermediate -S6 = #6 (M3) C = 100
SSM = Marker Tie Bundle S = Standard -S10 = #10 (M5) D = 500
E5. Dia. (In.) H = Heavy -S25 = 1/4 (M6) M = 1000
Lockout/
Tagout HH = Heavy Head
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.66
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Sta-Strap Cable Ties Nylon 6.6 Overview
For indoor use Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
Used for normal bundling and through-panel applications in the industry B1.
Average 14% lighter than one-piece cable ties Cable Ties
Small head height allows more efficient use of space in
compact areas Releasable prior to final tensioning for bundle modifications
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn. C2.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty. Surface
Raceway
Miniature Cross Section
SST1M-C 4.0 102 .095 2.4 .035 .9 .78 20 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000
C3.
SST1.5M-C 5.5 140 .095 2.4 .037 .9 1.25 32 18 80 PTS, PPTS, STS2 100 1000 Abrasion
Intermediate Cross Section Protection
SST1.5I-C 5.3 137 .135 3.4 .037 .9 1.25 32 40 178 100 1000
SST2I-C 8.1 206 .135 3.4 .040 1.0 2.00 51 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000 C4.
SST3I-C 11.0 279 .135 3.4 .040 1.0 3.00 76 40 178 PTS, PPTS, STS2 100 1000 Cable
Management
SST4I-C 14.7 375 .135 3.4 .040 1.0 4.00 102 40 178 100 1000
Standard Cross Section
SST1.5S-M 5.7 146 .180 4.6 .045 1.2 1.25 32 50 222 1000 25000 D1.
GTS, GTSL, GS2B, Terminals
SST2S-C 6.7 172 .180 4.6 .045 1.2 1.75 45 50 222 GTH, GS4H, PTS, 100 1000
SST3S-C 11.0 279 .180 4.6 .048 1.2 3.00 76 50 222 PTH, PPTS, 100 1000
SST4S-C 15.0 381 .180 4.6 .048 1.2 4.00 102 50 222 STS2, STH2 100 1000 D2.
Power
Light-Heavy Cross Section Connectors
SST2H-D 8.0 203 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 2.00 51 120 534 500 5000
SST4H-L 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .067 1.7 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH, 50 500
PTH, STH2, ST3EH D3.
SST8H-L 27.5 699 .300 7.6 .067 1.7 8.00 203 120 534 50 500 Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.67
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Sta-Strap Cable Ties Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
B1. indoor or outdoor use in the industry
Cable Ties Used for normal bundling and through-panel applications Average 14% lighter than one-piece cable ties
Small head height allows more efficient use of space in Releasable prior to final tensioning for bundle modifications
compact areas
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
C2. Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Surface Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Raceway
Miniature Cross Section
SST1M-C0 4.0 102 .095 2.4 .035 .9 .78 20 18 80 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000
C3. SST1.5M-M0 5.5 140 .095 2.4 .037 .9 1.25 32 18 80 PTS, PPTS, STS2 1000 50000
Abrasion
Protection Intermediate Cross Section
SST1.5I-M0 5.3 137 .135 3.4 .037 .9 1.25 32 40 178 1000 25000
C4. SST2I-M0 8.1 206 .135 3.4 .040 1.0 2.00 51 40 178 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 1000 25000
Cable SST3I-C0 11.0 279 .135 3.4 .040 1.0 3.00 76 40 178 PTS, PPTS, STS2 100 1000
Management
SST4I-M0 14.7 375 .135 3.4 .040 1.0 4.00 102 40 178 1000 10000
Standard Cross Section
D1. SST1.5S-M0 5.7 146 .180 4.6 .045 1.2 1.25 32 50 222 1000 25000
Terminals GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
SST2S-C0 6.7 172 .180 4.6 .045 1.2 1.75 45 50 222 GTH, GS4H, PTS, 100 1000
SST3S-C0 11.0 279 .180 4.6 .048 1.2 3.00 76 50 222 PTH, PPTS, 100 1000
SST4S-C0 15.0 381 .180 4.6 .048 1.2 4.00 102 50 222 STS2, STH2 100 1000
D2.
Power Light-Heavy Cross Section
Connectors
SST2H-D0 8.0 203 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 2.00 51 120 534 500 5000
SST4H-L0 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .067 1.7 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, GS4EH, 50 500
D3. PTH, STH2, ST3EH
SST8H-L0 27.5 699 .300 7.6 .067 1.7 8.00 203 120 534 50 500
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.68 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Sta-Strap Cable Ties Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Overview
For high temperature applications up to 239F (115C) Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
indoor use in the industry B1.
Used for normal bundling and through-panel applications Average 14% lighter than one-piece cable ties Cable Ties
Heavy head design is available for use in through-panel Releasable prior to final tensioning for bundle modifications
applications with a larger opening up to .400" (10.2mm)
B2.
Small head height allows more efficient use of space
Cable
in compact areas Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.69
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Sta-Strap Clamp Ties
Natural nylon material for indoor use Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
B1. Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage in the industry
Cable Ties caused by ultraviolet light indoor or outdoor use Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such
Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications as a control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling
up to 239F (115C) indoor use Only clamp tie that is releasable prior to final tensioning
B2. Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp in place
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
SSC2S-S10-C SSC2S-S10-M0
C2. Nominal Max. Min.
Surface
Raceway Hole Metric Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Screw Screw Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Size Size In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
C3.
Abrasion Nylon 6.6
Protection Standard Cross Section
SSC2S-S6-C 7.4 187 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .148 3.8 #6 M3 1.75 45 50 222 GTS, GTSL, 100 1000
C4. GS2B, GTH,
SSC2S-S10-C 7.4 187 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .200 5.1 #10 M5 1.75 45 50 222 GS4H, PTS, 100 1000
Cable
Management SSC4S-S10-C 15.7 398 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 50 222 PTH, PPTS, 100 500
STS2, STH2
Light-Heavy Cross Section
D1. SSC4H-S25-L 15.6 395 .300 7.6 .065 1.7 .260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 50 500
Terminals GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.70 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Sta-Strap Marker Ties Nylon and Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Overview
Natural nylon material for indoor use Can be marked with Panduit Marker Pens on page B1.51
Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage or computer printable labels B1.
caused by ultraviolet light indoor or outdoor use Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks available Cable Ties
Used to fasten and identify bundles at the same time using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service, see page B1.91
Unique design allows tie to be used as a wrap-around or
flag marker B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
SSM2S-C SSM2S-D0
Marker Max. Min. C2.
Write-On Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std. Surface
Length Width Thickness Area Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Raceway
Part Marker Ctn.
Number Type In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
C3.
Nylon 6.6 Abrasion
Standard Cross Section Protection
SSM2S-C Wrap/ 6.7 170 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .44 x .96 11.2 x 24.4 1.75 45 50 222 GTS, GTSL, 100 500
Flag GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS, C4.
SSM4S-D Wrap/ 14.9 378 .180 4.6 .045 1.1 .44 x .96 11.2 x 24.4 4.00 102 50 222 PTH, PPTS, 500 5000 Cable
Flag STS2, STH2 Management
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.71
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Sta-Strap Cable Ties
B1.
Cable Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion Part Number Availability List
Protection
Standard Packaging Bulk Packaging
C4. Natural Natural
Cable Part Number Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix Part Number Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix
Management
SSC2S-S6-C SSC2S-S6-M 0
SSC2S-S10-C SSC2S-S10-M 0,30
D1. SSC4S-S10-C SSC4S-S10-M 0
Terminals SSC4H-S25-L SSC4H-S25-D 0
SSM2S-C SSM2S-D 0
SSM4S-D
D2. SST1M-C 0 SST1M-M 0,20,30
Power SST1.5M-C SST1.5M-M 0,20,30
Connectors SST1.5I-C SST1.5I-M 0
SST2I-C SST2I-M 0
D3. SST3I-C 0 SST3I-M 0
Grounding SST4I-C SST4I-M 0
Connectors SST1.5S-M 0
SST2S-C 0 SST2S-M 0,20,30
SST3S-C 0 SST3S-M 0,20,30
E1.
Labeling SST4S-C 0 SST4S-M 0,2,30
Systems SST2H-D 0
SST2HH-D 30
SST4H-L 0 SST4H-D 0,30
E2. 0 SST4HH-D 30
Labels SST8H-L 0 SST8H-D 0,30
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.72
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Selection Guide Specialty Ties Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Material, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page Accessories
E1.
Part Number System for Specialty Cable Ties Labeling
Systems
PLST 4 H S25 TL 300
Type Size Cross Section Stud Size Package Size Material/Color
E2.
CM4S = Cable Marker Strap Approx. S = Standard -S25 = M6 L = 50 See Page B1.81 Labels
PLB = Locking Bow Tie Maximum H = Heavy -SC = 5mm C = 100
PL3B = Triple Loop Tie Bundle EH = Extra-Heavy -S14 = 5mm TL = 250
DHC = Double Hose Clamp Dia. (In.) D = 500 E3.
PLST = Locking Stud Mounted Tie M = 1000 Pre-Printed
PRST = Releasable Stud Mount Ladder Style & Write-On
SSB = Sta-Strap Bow-Ty Tie Markers
SSPM = Sta-Strap Panel Mount
E4.
Permanent
Cable tie tools speed installation Cable tie accessories are used Identification
and reduce total installed cost. to speed and simplify the mounting
of wires, cables, and tubing. E5.
See pages B1.109 B1.114.
See pages B2.1 B2.29. Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.73
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Stud Mounted Cable Ties Heat Stabilized and
Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
B1.
Cable Ties Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications Mid-mount style (PLST_SC) centers the wire bundle over the stud
up to 239F (115C) indoor use Tie can be removed from the stud by turning counterclockwise
Heat stabilized weather resistant material has greater resistance Releasable style available (PRST)
B2. to damage caused by ultraviolet light and for high temperature
applications up to 212F (100C) indoor or outdoor use Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
Cable initial threading to speed installation
Accessories Integral mount pushes onto a threaded stud and tie wraps
around bundle
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
PLST30SC/50SC
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
PRST40SC
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power PLST4H
Connectors
F.
Index
B1.74 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Ty Ladder Style Stud Mounted Cable Tie Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Overview
For high temperature applications up to 239F (115C) Tie can be removed from the stud by turning counterclockwise
indoor use Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable B1.
Integral mount pushes onto a threaded stud and tie wraps Cable Ties
Install by hand no tools required
around bundle
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Boss Steel Ties
Height
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Recommended Max. Min.
Boss Stud Bundle Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Height Size Dia. Tensile Str. Pkg. Ctn. C2.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty. Qty. Surface
Raceway
Standard Cross Section
PRST30S-S14-M30 5.2 132 .380 9.7 .050 1.3 .59 15 10-24 5.0 1.18 30 35 156 1000 10000
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.75
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Double Loop Cable Ties
Natural nylon material for indoor use A fast and economical method to secure and separate two bundles
B1. Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage Reduces part number inventory single part covers multiple
Cable Ties caused by ultraviolet light indoor or outdoor use bundle sizes
Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications Installs easily by hand second loop can be installed
up to 239F (115C) indoor use with Panduit cable tie installation tools
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
D2
C1. D1
Wiring
Duct
PLB4H PLB2S/3S/4S
Assembled View
Head Design Head Design
C2.
Surface Max. Combined Min.
Raceway Bundle Dia. Loop Recommended Std. Std.
D1 + D2 Length Width Thickness Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PLB2S-C 1.80 46 7.6 193 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 50 222 GTS, GTSL, GS2B, 100 1000
C4. GTH, GS4H, PTS,
Cable PLB3S-C 3.00 76 11.8 300 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 50 222 100 1000
PTH, PPTS,
Management PLB4S-C 4.10 104 14.8 376 .190 4.8 .052 1.3 50 222 100 1000
STS2, STH2
Light-Heavy Cross Section
D1. PLB4H-TL 3.60 91 14.7 373 .300 7.6 .075 1.9 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 250 2500
Terminals GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.76 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Sta-Strap Bow-Ty Cable Ties Overview
Natural nylon material for indoor use A fast and economical method to secure and separate two bundles
Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force B1.
caused by ultraviolet light indoor or outdoor use in the industry Cable Ties
Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications First loop is releasable prior to final tensioning
up to 239F (115C) indoor use
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C3.
D1 Abrasion
Protection
Assembled View
C4.
Cable
Max. Combined Min. Management
Bundle Dia. Loop Recommended Std. Std.
D1 + D2 Length Width Thickness Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty. D1.
Terminals
Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSB2S-C 1.25 32 6.8 172 .18 4.6 .045 1.1 30 133 Hand install only 100 1000 D2.
Power
Connectors
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSB2S-M0 1.25 32 6.8 172 .18 4.6 .045 1.1 30 133 Hand install only 1000 10000 D3.
Grounding
Connectors
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSB2S-M30 1.25 32 6.8 172 .18 4.6 .045 1.1 30 133 Hand install only 1000 10000 E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.77
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Triple Loop Cable Tie Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light Third loop can be installed with Panduit cable tie installation tools
B1. indoor or outdoor use
Cable Ties A fast and economical method to secure and separate
three bundles
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless D3
Steel Ties
D2
C1. D1
Wiring
Duct
Assembled View
C4.
Cable
Management Double Hose Clamp Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light Holds and separates two gasoline, hydraulic, or pneumatic hoses
D1. indoor or outdoor use Holds each hose individually to prevent abrasion and twisting
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3. Fixed
Grounding
Connectors
Adj.
E1.
Labeling
Systems Assembled View
Fixed Adjustable Min.
E2. Loop Loop Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Labels Length Width Thickness Dia. Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
DHC1.12X1.75-D0 11.0 279 0.28 7.1 0.05 1.3 1.12 28 1.00 1.75 25 44 100 445 GTH, GS4H, 500 2500
E3.
Pre-Printed 0 0 PTH, STH2,
& Write-On ST3EH
Markers
Curved tip up
E4.
Permanent GS4H
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety 1) Wrap clamp around hose 2) Position second hose 3) Loop tail around second hose 4) Tension and cut off with
Solutions in clamp and thread tail through both recommended tool
spacer heads
F.
Index
B1.78 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Sta-Strap Chassis/Panel Mount Ties Heat Stabilized Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Without With With Long
Centering Pilot Centering Pilot Centering Pilot
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Hole Max. Min. Cable
Diameter Bundle Loop Recommended Std. Std. Management
Length Width Thickness Range Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
D1.
Without Centering Pilot Terminals
SSPM2.5H-L300 10.1 257 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 .316 .820 8.0 21.0 2.76 70 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 50 2500
GS4EH, PTH,
SSPM4H-L300 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 .316 .820 8.0 21.0 4.00 102 120 534 50 2500
STH2, ST3EH D2.
With Centering Pilot Power
Connectors
SSPM2.5HP-L300 10.1 257 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 .440 .820 11.2 21.0 2.76 70 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 50 2500
GS4EH, PTH,
SSPM4HP-L300 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 .440 .820 11.2 21.0 4.00 102 120 534 50 2500
STH2, ST3EH D3.
With Long Centering Pilot Grounding
Connectors
SSPM4HLP-TL300 14.8 376 .300 7.6 .062 1.6 .440 .820 11.2 21.0 4.00 102 120 534 GTH, GS4H, 250 2500
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Through-Panel Mount Installation in Three Easy Steps: Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
1) Insert tip of cable 2) Wrap cable tie around the 3) Pull tip until cable tie Lockout/
tie through the pre-drilled bundle and insert tip back is snug on bundle. Tension Tagout
hole in the panel. through the hole and head and cut off excess portion & Safety
of the cable tie. with installation tool. Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)
B1.79
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cable Marker Straps Polyethylene
Identify and code telephone and fiber optic cable For underground identification applications
B1. Eliminate the need for costly and cumbersome lead marking tags Can be marked with Panduit marker pens, see page B1.51
Cable Ties
Lightweight and easy to install Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks available
Use as wrap-around or flag marker using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service, see page B1.93
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface 3.88
Raceway (98.5)
C4.
Cable
Management
Marker Max.
D2. Write-On Bundle
Power Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Area Dia. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Connectors
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Color In. mm In. mm Tool Qty. Qty.
Standard Cross Section
D3.
Grounding CM4S-L2 15.3 387 .750 19.1 .033 .84 Red 1.50 x 2.62 38.1 x 66.5 4.38 111 50 500
Connectors Hand install only
CM4S-L8 15.3 387 .750 19.1 .033 .84 Gray 1.50 x 2.62 38.1 x 66.5 4.38 111 50 500
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.80 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Specialty Cable Ties Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Part Number Availability List Management
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.81
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Ty Striped Cable Ties Nylon 6.6
Nylon material for indoor use Solid color ties are available for identification of super groups
B1. Striped Pan-Ty Cable Ties in 25 color combinations match the in cable containing more than 600 pairs
Cable Ties universally accepted Even-Count Color Code Each 50-piece package fits in the Pan-Pouch Kit
or pocket pouch shown on the next page
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Dia. Tensile Str. Pkg. Ctn.
C2.
Surface Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty. Qty.
Raceway Miniature Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT1M-L6-10 Blue/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
C3. PLT1M-L3-10 Orange/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
Abrasion PLT1M-L5-10 Green/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
Protection
PLT1M-L1-10 Brown/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8-10 Slate/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
C4.
Cable PLT1M-L6-2 Blue/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
Management PLT1M-L3-2 Orange/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5-2 Green/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1-2 Brown/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
D1.
Terminals PLT1M-L8-2 Slate/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L6-0 Blue/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3-0 Orange/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
D2.
Power PLT1M-L5-0 Green/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
Connectors PLT1M-L1-0 Brown/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8-0 Slate/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
D3. PLT1M-L6-4 Blue/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
Grounding PLT1M-L3-4 Orange/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
Connectors
PLT1M-L5-4 Green/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1-4 Brown/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
E1.
Labeling PLT1M-L8-4 Slate/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
Systems PLT1M-L6-7 Blue/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3-7 Orange/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5-7 Green/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
E2.
Labels PLT1M-L1-7 Brown/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8-7 Slate/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
E3. PLT1M-L0 Black 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
Pre-Printed PLT1M-L1 Brown 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
& Write-On
Markers PLT1M-L2 Red 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3 Orange 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
E4. PLT1M-L4Y Yellow 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
Permanent
Identification
PLT1M-L5 Green 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L6 Blue 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
E5. PLT1M-L8 Slate 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
Lockout/
Tagout Note: CSA Certified on solid colors only.
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.82 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Telephone Cable Identification Kits Overview
Pan-Pouch Kit is made of two-ply laminated black nylon/vinyl Pocket pouch holds five (50-piece) packages and is made
and folds for easy storage of a white vinyl
B1.
Easily hang pouch from cable by using hook and loop fasteners Cable Ties
Std.
Dimensions B2.
Pkg.
Cable
Part Number Description Open Closed Qty. Accessories
PPC25X50F Pouch filled with 1,250 cable 10.5" x 38" 10.5" x 6" 1
ties (50 each of all 24 striped (267mm x 965mm) (267mm x 152mm)
ties and 50 solid red ties) B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
PPC25X50F
C1.
PPC25X50 Empty pouch 10.5" x 38" 10.5" x 6" 1 Wiring
Duct
(267mm x 965mm) (267mm x 152mm)
PP5X50F Pocket pouch filled with 250 3.5" x 5.25" 1
cable ties (50 of each color: (89mm x 133mm) C2.
blue, orange, green, brown Surface
and slate all with white Raceway
stripe)
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
PP5X50F
C4.
Cable
Management
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.83
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cable Tie Kits in Plastic Boxes and Bags
Std.
B1. Pkg.
Cable Ties
Part Number Part Description Qty.
KP-506A Kit for Indoor Use 1
Pan-Ty Cable Ties and Mounts:
B2.
Cable
Natural Nylon 6.6
Accessories (100) PLT1M
(100) PLT1.5I
(100) PLT2S
B3. (50) ABM2S-A mounts
Stainless
Steel Ties
KP-506A
C1. KP-506A-0 Kit for Outdoor Use 1
Wiring Pan-Ty Cable Ties and Mounts:
Duct Black Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(100) PLT1M-0
(100) PLT1.5I-0
C2. (100) PLT2S-0
Surface (50) ABM2S-AT-0 mounts
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion KP-506A-0
Protection KP-509 Kit for Indoor Use 1
For prototyping and new product development contains over 600 pieces.
Pan-Ty Cable Ties in different styles, sizes, and colors.
C4. Huge assortment of cable tie mounts and wiring accessories.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
KP-509
KB-550 Assortment Pack for Indoor and Outdoor Use 1
Pan-Ty Cable Ties:
D2. Natural Nylon 6.6
Power (15) PLT1M
Connectors
(15) PLT1.5I
(15) PLT2S
D3.
(15) PLT3S
Grounding Black Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Connectors (10) PLT1M-0
(10) PLT1.5I-0
(10) PLT2S-0
E1. KB-550 (10) PLT3S-0
Labeling KB-551 Assortment Pack for Indoor and Outdoor Use 1
Systems
Dome-Top Barb Ty Cable Ties:
Natural Nylon 6.6
(15) BT1M
E2. (15) BT1.5I
Labels (15) BT2S
(15) BT3S
Black Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
E3. (10) BT1M-0
Pre-Printed (10) BT1.5I-0
& Write-On KB-551 (10) BT2S-0
Markers
(10) BT3S-0
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.84 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Features and Benefits Hook and Loop Cable Ties Overview
The comprehensive family of hook and loop cable ties delivers reliability by protecting against over-tensioning of high
performance fiber and copper cables. These ties are adjustable, releasable, and re-usable to effectively support frequent B1.
moves, adds, and changes (MACs). A wide range of colors provides flexibility and an aesthetically pleasing appearance. Cable Ties
The complete line of Panduit Hook and Loop Cable Ties help maintain the reliable, scalable, and aesthetic requirements
of data centers.
B2.
Cable
Accessories
Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties Premium, durable designs and sizes
B3.
Loop Style Roll/Strip/Brick Style Plenum-Rated Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
D1.
Tak-Tape Hook & Loop Rolls Ultra-Cinch Hook & Loop Cable Ties Terminals
E2.
Labels
Low profile contoured
cinch ring reduces overall
bundle size
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
Wire management accessories
speed and simplify the mounting
E4.
of high performance cabling. Permanent
See pages B2.4, B2.5, B2.12, B2.21, Identification
B2.24, C4.4 C4.6, C4.10, C4.11,
C4.13, and C4.14. E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.85
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Selection Guide Hook and Loop Cable Ties
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring Product, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page
Duct
D1.
Terminals Cinch Ties/Re-usable UCT B1.89
Ultra-Cinch Ties, Black (0) Cinch Ties
Center Mount Grommet/Re-usable UGCTC B1.89
D2.
Power Cinch Ties
Connectors End Mount Grommet/Re-usable UGCTE B1.89
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Part Number System for Hook and Loop Ties
E2. HLT 2 I X 0
Labels
F.
Index
B1.86 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties Overview
Soft, premium material is safe to use on high performance A full range of colors
cabling protecting against over-tensioning Operating temperature range: 0F to 220F (-18C to 104C) B1.
Broadest selection of durable designs and sizes to meet your Cable Ties
Complementary mounts available, see page B2.6
application needs
Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable multiple times ideal for
applications requiring frequent moves, adds, or changes Note: Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating. B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
HLT (Loop Ties) HLS (Strip Ties) HLM/HLS (Rolls) HLB2S (Stacked Strips) C2.
Surface
Raceway
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.87
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties Plenum-Rated
Soft, premium material is safe to use on high performance cabling Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable multiple times ideal for
B1. protecting against over-tensioning applications requiring frequent moves, adds, or changes
Cable Ties UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces (such as ceiling Operating temperature range: 0F to 122F (-18C to 50C)
voids and underfloor areas) per NEC, Section 300-22 (C) and (D)
Flammability rating: UL 94V-2 Note: Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless X-out
X-out forfor
#10#10 screw
screw
Steel Ties (Recommend
(Recommend truss head)head)
truss
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min.
Bundle Loop Std. Std.
C2. Length Width Dia. Tensile Str. Pkg. Ctn.
Surface Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty. Qty.
Raceway
UL Listed Loop Ties (Maroon) Slot allows for pre-wrapping of bundles
HLTP2I-X12 8.0 203 .500 12.7 1.91 49 40 178 10 100
C3.
Abrasion HLTP3I-X12 12.0 305 .500 12.7 3.18 81 40 178 10 100
Protection UL Listed Loop Ties (Black) Slot allows for pre-wrapping of bundles
HLTP2I-X0 8.0 203 .500 12.7 1.91 49 40 178 10 100
C4. HLTP3I-X0 12.0 305 .500 12.7 3.18 81 40 178 10 100
Cable
Management UL Listed Strip Ties (Maroon) Perforated in convenient 6", 12", and 18" strips
HLSP1.5S-X12 6.0 152 .750 19.1 1.50 38 50 222 10 100
HLSP3S-X12 12.0 305 .750 19.1 3.20 81 50 222 10 100
D1.
Terminals HLSP5S-X12 18.0 457 .750 19.1 5.00 127 50 222 10 100
UL Listed Strip Ties (Black) Perforated in convenient 6", 12", and 18" strips
HLSP1.5S-X0 6.0 152 .750 19.1 1.50 38 50 222 10 100
D2. HLSP3S-X0 12.0 305 .750 19.1 3.20 81 50 222 10 100
Power
Connectors HLSP5S-X0 18.0 457 .750 19.1 5.00 127 50 222 10 100
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent Max. Min.
Identification Bundle Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Dia. Tensile Str. Pkg. Ctn.
E5. Part Number Ft. m In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty. Qty.
Lockout/
Tagout TTS-20R0 20.0 6.1 .750 19.1 Various Various 40 178 1 10
& Safety TTS-35R3-0 35.0 10.7 .750 19.1 Various Various 40 178 1 8
Solutions
TTS-35RX0 35.0 10.7 .750 19.1 Various Various 40 178 1 10
F. Std. Pkg. Qty. of TTS-35R3-0 denotes 1 package of three 35' rolls, TTS-35RX0 denotes 1 package of ten 35' rolls.
Index
B1.88 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Ultra-Cinch Hook & Loop Cable Ties Overview
Unique material with hooks and loops on same side allows user Grommet (UGCTC and UGCTE styles) offers strength and assures
to secure a greater range of bundle diameters, reliable installations that resist pullout when bundling and mounting B1.
including smaller bundles cables within cabinet applications Cable Ties
Soft, premium material is safe to use on high performance cabling, Tapered tip facilitates easy, snag-free threading to
protecting against over-tensioning speed installation
Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable multiple times ideal for Use flat-head screws for grommet applications shown below B2.
applications requiring frequent moves, adds, or changes Cable
Accessories
Low profile contoured cinch ring provides extra strength and
bundle tightness while reducing overall bundle size Note: Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
UCT UGCTC UGCTE
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
UGCTC UGCTE
Bundle is centered Bundle is offset D1.
over mounting point from mounting point Terminals
Max. Min.
Bundle Loop D2.
Std. Std. Power
Length Width Dia. Tensile Str. Pkg. Ctn. Connectors
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty. Qty.
Cinch Ties
D3.
UCT3S-X0 12.0 305 .850 21.6 3.00 76 50 222 10 100 Grounding
UCT5S-X0 18.0 457 .850 21.6 5.00 127 50 222 10 100 Connectors
Cinch Ties Center Mount Grommet (Bundle is centered over mounting point)
UGCTC3S-X0 12.0 305 .850 21.6 3.00 76 50 222 10 100 E1.
Labeling
UGCTC5S-X0 18.0 457 .850 21.6 5.00 127 50 222 10 100 Systems
Cinch Ties End Mount Grommet (Bundle is offset from mounting point)
UGCTE3S-X0 12.0 305 .850 21.6 3.00 76 50 222 10 100
E2.
UGCTE5S-X0 18.7 475 .850 21.6 5.00 127 50 222 10 100 Labels
Note: 1/4" (6mm) diameter mounting hole on grommet style cinch ties.
E3.
Pre-Printed
Flat Head Screws for Grommet Cinch Ties & Write-On
Std. Std. Markers
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. E4.
UCTGS1224-X 12-24 UNC x 5/8mm (.625") flat head Permanent
10 100
Identification
phillips screw
UCTGSM5-X M5 x 16mm flat head phillips screw 10 100 E5.
UCTGSM6-X M6 x 16mm flat head phillips screw 10 100 Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.89
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Hook and Loop Cable Ties
B1.
Cable Ties
Color Chart
B2.
Cable Panduit Panduit
Accessories Color Suffix Color Suffix
Black 0 Blue 6
B3.
Red 2 Gray 8
Stainless Orange 3 White 10
Steel Ties
Yellow 4 Maroon 12
Green 5
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Part Number Availability List
C3.
Abrasion
Protection Standard Packaging
Part Number Color
C4.
HLB2S 0
Cable HLM-15R 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
Management
HLS-15R 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLS-75R 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
D1. HLS1.5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
Terminals HLS3S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLS5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
D2. HLSP1.5S-X 0,12
Power HLSP3S-X 0,12
Connectors
HLSP5S-X 0,12
HLT2I-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
D3. HLT3I-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
Grounding
Connectors HLTP2I-X 0,12
HLTP3I-X 0,12
E1. TTS-20R 0
Labeling TTS-35RX 0
Systems
TTS-35R3 0
UCT3S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
E2. UCT5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
Labels UGCTC3S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
UGCTC5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
E3. UGCTE3S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
Pre-Printed
& Write-On UGCTE5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.90
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
HLW Marker Hook and Loop Wrap Ties Overview
Safe choice for network cable bundling Black tie contains a white rectangular "write-on" area where users B1.
Re-usable multiple times; use where frequent moves, adds, and can write a message using Panduit permanent marking pens on Cable Ties
changes are anticipated page B2.28
Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating
B2.
Cable
Max. Marker Accessories
Bundle Write-on Min. Loop
Diameter Length Width Thickness Area Tensile Std. Std.
In. In. In. In. In. Strength Pkg. Ctn. B3.
Part Number (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Lbs. (N) Qty. Qty. Stainless
Steel Ties
HLWM1.5S-X0 1.5 6.0 0.790 0.17 2.5 x 0.50 50 10 100
(38) (152) (20.1) (4.3) 63.5 x 12.7 (222)
HLWM3S-X0 3.2 12.0 0.790 0.17 2.5 x 0.50 50 10 100 C1.
(81) (305) (20.1) (4.3) 63.5 x 12.7 (222) Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
E1.
Min. Loop Labeling
Head Head Tensile Std. Std. Systems
Length Width Thickness Height Width Strength Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (N) Qty. Qty.
ERT2M-C20 Black 8.5 100 1000 E2.
(216) Labels
ERT3M-C20 Black 11.0 0.500 0.090 .323 .841 18 100 1000
(279) (12.70) (2.29) (8.20) (21.36) (80) E3.
ERT4.5M-C20 Black 16.0 100 1000 Pre-Printed
(406) & Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.91
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cable Bundle Organizing Tool
B1. Reduces cable installation time up to 50% compared to traditional Unique design allows twist-free bundling from the end or the
Cable Ties methods middle of bundle
Arranges 24 cables prior to applying Panduit network cable ties Smooth edges; safe for use on network cables preventing
Optimizes bundle size and improves installed appearance cable abrasion
B2. Ergonomic fit and compact design
Cable Two inserts handle multiple network cable diameters
Accessories Impact resistant material and low friction design to glide smoothly
across cable bundle
B3. Recommended for Use the Insert Used with the Std. Std.
Stainless Part Cable Outer Following Following Pkg. Ctn.
Steel Ties Number Description Diameter Range Insert Panduit Cable Types Qty. Qty.
CBOT24K Kit contains 0.180" 0.248" Fluorescent TX5500 Category 5e UTP 1 10
C1. jacket cover (4.57mm 6.30mm) Green TX6000 Category 6 UTP
Wiring with hook
and loop 0.230" 0.310" Fluorescent TX6500 Enhanced
Duct
fastener and (5.84mm 7.87mm) Yellow Category 6
two inserts. TX6A 10Gig Category 6A**
All Shielded Cables
C2.
Surface **When using the CBOT24K on 10 Gigabit cables, it is recommended that Panduit 10Gig Category 6A cables be used for
Raceway optimum performance of installed cable. See www.panduit.com for cable details.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection Installation Instructions
The steps below outline how easy it is to use the Panduit cable bundle organizing tool starting from the middle of the bundle outwards, using
C4. two tools. For starting at the end of the bundle, follow the same steps using only one tool. (Use above table to select appropriate insert based
Cable on cable diameter/type.)
Management
D1. Pocket
Terminals
D2.
Power Boss
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Use the unique pocket and boss Insert cables, one at a time, into the Pull the two inserts apart.
E1. features to align two same color pre-formed slots of both inserts until
Labeling inserts. Hold both together. all cables are installed.
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
B1.92 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.94
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Military Cross Reference
The Panduit cable ties and marker ties listed in the following tables meet all of the testing requirements of B1.
Aerospace Standard SAE-AS23190A (formerly MIL-S-23190E) and the dimensional requirements of Aerospace Cable Ties
Standards SAE-AS33671 (formerly MS3367) and SAE-AS33681 (formerly MS3368).
B2.
Cable Tie Cross Reference Cable
Accessories
Mil. Std. Part Dome-Top Belt-Ty
Number Color Pan-Ty Barb Ty Sta-Strap In-Line Contour-Ty
B3.
MS3367-1-0 Black* PLT2S-C00, -M00 Stainless
MS3367-1-1 Brown PLT2S-C1, -M1 BT2S-M1 Steel Ties
MS3367-1-2 Red PLT2S-C2, -M2 BT2S-M2
MS3367-1-3 Orange PLT2S-C3, -M3 BT2S-M3 C1.
Wiring
MS3367-1-4 Yellow PLT2S-C4Y, -M4Y BT2S-M4Y Duct
MS3367-1-5 Green PLT2S-C5, -M5 BT2S-M5
MS3367-1-6 Blue PLT2S-C6, -M6 BT2S-M6
C2.
MS3367-1-7 Purple PLT2S-C7, -M7 BT2S-M7 Surface
MS3367-1-8 Gray PLT2S-C8, -M8 BT2S-M8 Raceway
MS3367-1-9 Natural PLT2S-C, -M, -VMR BT2S-C, -M SST2S-C, -M
MS3367-2-0 Black* PLT4S-C00, -M00 C3.
Abrasion
MS3367-2-1 Brown PLT4S-M1 Protection
MS3367-2-2 Red PLT4S-C2, -M2 BT4S-M2 SST4S-M2
MS3367-2-3 Orange PLT4S-C3, -M3 BT4S-M3
C4.
MS3367-2-4 Yellow PLT4S-C4Y, -M4Y BT4S-M4Y Cable
MS3367-2-5 Green PLT4S-C5, -M5 BT4S-M5 Management
MS3367-2-6 Blue PLT4S-C6, -M6 BT4S-M6
MS3367-2-7 Purple PLT4S-C7, -M7 BT4S-M7 D1.
MS3367-2-8 Gray PLT4S-C8, -M8 BT4S-M8 Terminals
MS3367-2-9 Natural PLT4S-C, -M BT4S-C, -M SST4S-C, -M
MS3367-3-0 Black* PLT4H-L00, -TL00
D2.
MS3367-3-1 Brown PLT4H-TL1 Power
MS3367-3-2 Red PLT4H-TL2 Connectors
MS3367-3-3 Orange PLT4H-TL3
MS3367-3-4 Yellow PLT4H-TL4Y D3.
Grounding
MS3367-3-5 Green PLT4H-TL5 Connectors
MS3367-3-6 Blue PLT4H-TL6
MS3367-3-9 Natural PLT4H-L, -C, -TL BT4LH-L, -TL SST4H-L, -D
E1.
MS3367-4-0 Black* PLT1M-C00, -M00, -XMR00 Labeling
MS3367-4-0 Black* PLT1.5M-XMR00 Systems
MS3367-4-1 Brown PLT1M-C1, -M1, -XMR1 BT1M-M1
MS3367-4-2 Red PLT1M-C2, -M2, -XMR2 BT1M-M2 E2.
MS3367-4-3 Orange PLT1M-C3, -M3, -XMR3 BT1M-M3 Labels
MS3367-4-4 Yellow PLT1M-C4Y, -M4Y, -XMR4Y BT1M-M4Y
MS3367-4-5 Green PLT1M-C5, -M5, -XMR5 BT1M-M5 E3.
MS3367-4-6 Blue PLT1M-C6, -M6, -XMR6 BT1M-M6 Pre-Printed
& Write-On
MS3367-4-7 Purple PLT1M-C7, -M7, -XMR7 BT1M-M7 Markers
MS3367-4-8 Gray PLT1M-C8, -M8, -XMR8 BT1M-M8
MS3367-4-9 Natural PLT1M-C, -M, -XMR BT1M-C, -M, -XMR SST1M-C, -M E4.
Permanent
MS3367-4-9 Natural PLT.7M-C, -M Identification
MS3367-4-9 Natural PLT1.5M-XMR BT1.5M-XMR
MS3367-5-0 Black* PLT1.5I-M00 E5.
Lockout/
MS3367-5-1 Brown PLT1.5I-C1, -M1 BT1.5I-M1 Tagout
MS3367-5-2 Red PLT1.5I-C2, -M2 BT1.5I-M2 & Safety
Solutions
MS3367-5-3 Orange PLT1.5I-C3, -M3 BT1.5I-M3
MS3367-5-4 Yellow PLT1.5I-C4Y, -M4Y BT1.5I-M4Y F.
Index
Table continues on page B1.96
*Weather resistant per ASTM D 4066-94B.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.95
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Military Cross Reference (continued)
B1.
Cable Ties Cable Tie Cross Reference
B1.96
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
Cable Tie Cross Reference Cable Ties
Installation Tools
E2.
The Panduit installation tools listed in the table below meet all of the testing requirements of MIL-T-81306 Labels
and the dimensional requirements of MS90387.
E3.
Panduit Pre-Printed
Mil. Spec. Part & Write-On
Part Number Number Markers
MS90387-1 GTS, GS2B
E4.
MS90387-2 GS4H, GTH
Permanent
MS90387-4 GS4EH Identification
MS90387-5 GTSL
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.97
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B2.
By using the information on our material selection chart on pages B1.2 and B1.3 as a guide, the user will
Cable be better equipped to select the best cable tie and material suited to perform its intended function over
Accessories a long period of time.
For long life and dependable service, there are many factors to consider when selecting the proper cable tie
B3. for each application. Since it is impossible for Panduit to provide data on all the various combinations of
Stainless
Steel Ties conditions which may arise, it is suggested that this data be used as a guide. Sample cable ties should be
tested under actual end-use conditions to determine the correct cable tie for the application.
C1. To select the optimum cable tie for a specific application, the chart on pages B1.2 and B1.3 can be used as a
Wiring reference. First, determine the most critical design criteria and then read across the table to find which material
Duct
is most suitable to meet this need. Next, review the other criteria by scanning in a vertical direction on the chart
and then make your final selection.
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Example No. 1
C3. Application Selection
Abrasion
Protection The application requires high radiation (2 x 108 rads) resistance The best choice is PEEK, TEFZEL, or HALAR .
and excellent resistance to hydrocarbons. The price is higher than other materials, but all have
high ratings in resistance to radiation and hydrocarbons.
C4.
Cable Example No. 2
Management
Application Selection
D1. The application requires a low cost material, good ultraviolet The best choice is Weather Resistant Polypropylene. Price is
Terminals resistance, and good resistance to acid rains. medium, the UV rating is 6, and the acid resistance rating is 9.
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
D2. HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.98
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Weathering
B1.
Over a period of time, ultraviolet light (a component of sunlight) attacks most plastic materials and reduces their Cable Ties
properties by breaking the molecular chain. The material breakdown is accompanied by reductions in tensile
strength and elongation, increased brittleness, color changes and loss of surface gloss.
B2.
Carbon black, which is used in Panduit nylon, polypropylene, and acetal cable ties, is one of the most effective Cable
stabilizers known today. A uniform dispersion of carbon black provides good ultraviolet light resistance without Accessories
adversely affecting physical properties. The addition of carbon black, or any other ultraviolet light stabilizer,
prolongs the useful outdoor life of plastic products, but it does not totally eliminate the destructive effects of the B3.
light. Some plastics, such as TEFZEL or HALAR , are intrinsically very resistant to ultraviolet light Stainless
Steel Ties
and do not require stabilizing additives.
E5.
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.99
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Weathering (continued)
B1.
Cable Ties Material Failure Testing
Property decay can lead to three different modes of failure: loss of strength, loss of toughness, or change in
B2. appearance. The critical mode for any given application would depend upon the application and the
Cable requirements it places upon the material itself.
Accessories
Loss of strength is monitored by tensile testing samples of the material before and after it has been weathered.
This test will reveal the decreasing strength accompanied by extended weathering.
B3.
Stainless Loss of toughness can be monitored by measuring changes in elongation and impact strength. As ultraviolet
Steel Ties
light exposure time increases and the material becomes brittle, its elongation and impact strength are greatly
reduced. It is important to note that brittle failures can occur even when the tensile strength shows no change.
C1.
Wiring Although change in appearance is normally not a failure mode for cable ties, the plastic does tend to discolor
Duct and lose its surface gloss as exposure increases. These changes can be measured by color difference using
Adams units, which are similar to National Bureau of Standard units.
C2. Panduit has its own weathering test program to determine estimated life of various cable tie materials. This
Surface
Raceway includes examining many previously aged samples obtained throughout the world.
In all cases, the amount of property decay increased with increasing exposure to ultraviolet light. The principal
C3. signs of degradation were found to be brittleness, cracking, and loss of surface gloss. It was also determined
Abrasion that the time for failure to occur was shorter than indicated from industry tests performed on material samples.
Protection
This discrepancy is in part due to the fact that cable ties were tested in an end use, stressed condition, while
most plastic resin suppliers conduct weathering tests using unstressed test bars.
C4.
Cable Five cable tie materials have superior ultraviolet light resistance: TEFZEL, HALAR , Weather Resistant Acetal,
Management Nylon 12 and Stainless Steel.
Determining the outdoor life expectancy of any material is difficult since there are other factors, besides
D1. ultraviolet light stability, which have to be considered. These factors are listed below and should be considered
Terminals before specifying a cable tie material.
D2.
Power Table A External Factors That Affect the Life of a Cable Tie
Connectors
Factor Effect on Cable Tie Life Weathering Life Expectancy
D3. Chemicals Applications which have chemicals present can Material, Color (Part Number Suffix) Years*
Grounding reduce the life of a tie. This is the most detrimental Polypropylene, Green (109) 1
Connectors factor to the life of a tie. 12
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No suffix)
Bundle As the bundle diameter is reduced, the tie has more Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, Black (60) 12
E1. diameter bending stress. A thick strap on a small bundle Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, Ivory (69) 12
Labeling diameter has more stress. Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Natural (39) 12
Systems Loading If the tie is under high loading, this will add additional 12
PEEK, Polyetheretherketone, Translucent Brown (71)
stress on the tie body. Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Black (30) 45
Thickness A thinner tie will have a decreased life since surface Weather Resistant Polypropylene, Black (100) 79
E2.
Labels cracks will penetrate the thickness of the tie faster. Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0 and 00) 79
Vibration Applications with high vibrations will cause impact, Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (300) 79
which will propagate any surface cracks. Weather Resistant Nylon 12, Black (120) 12 15
E3. Degree of No shield or shade, southern exposure, higher TEFZEL, Aqua Blue (76) >15
Pre-Printed
& Write-On exposure altitudes and high temperatures, decrease the life HALAR , Maroon (702Y) >15
Markers of a cable tie. Weather Resistant Acetal, Black >20
Moisture High humidity plus high temperature can result in Stainless Steel >30
E4. degradation due to hydrolysis in nylon.
*Based on the assumption of minimum loading, no chemical attack and
Permanent Galvanized Acid rain and acid moisture acting on galvanized impact-free conditions.
Identification metals metals release chemicals known to attack Nylon 6.6.
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
E5. HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.100
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Flammability
B1.
Cable Ties
Flammability
A number of test procedures have been developed which can be used for the evaluation and comparison of
various materials to support combustion. B2.
Cable
Accessories
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.101
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Flammability (continued)
B1.
Cable Ties ASTM D 635
Samples of a material, with dimensions 125mm by 12.5mm and the thickness of the intended end use product,
B2.
are tested in an unaged as manufactured state. A precisely controlled flame is applied to the specimen and a
Cable stopwatch is started. The flame is applied for 30 seconds. The stopwatch is stopped when burning or glowing
Accessories
combustion ceases or when the flame has proceeded to a mark 100mm from the free end. Ten specimens are
tested. If any of the specimens burn to the 100mm mark, an additional ten specimens are tested.
B3.
Stainless Burning Rate
Steel Ties If two or more specimens have burned to the 100mm mark then Average Burning Rate (cm/min.) shall
be reported as the average of the burning rates of all specimens which have burned to the 100mm mark
C1.
Wiring Average Time of Burning and Average Extent of Burning
Duct Average time of burning and average extent of burning of the sample shall be reported if none of the
ten samples or no more than one of the twenty specimens have burned to the 100mm mark
C2.
Surface
Raceway Average Time of Burning (ATB): Average Extent of Burning (AEB):
39 AEB = 20mm
D3. Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Natural 94V-2 @ .71mm
ATB = 5 seconds
Grounding
Connectors Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant AEB = 20mm
300 94V-2 @ .71mm ATB = 5 seconds
Nylon 6.6, Black
AEB = 15mm
E1. Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, Black 60 94V-0 @ .81mm ATB = < 5 seconds
Labeling
Systems Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, AEB = 15mm
69 94V-0 @ .81mm
Natural (Ivory) ATB = < 5 seconds
PEEK, Polyetheretherketone, 71 94V-0 @ 1.5mm
E2. Translucent Brown
Labels
AEB = 20mm
Metal Detectable Nylon 6.6, Blue 86 94 HB @ .71mm
ATB = 5 seconds
E3.
Pre-Printed Weather Resistant Nylon 12, Black 120 94 HB @ 1.6mm Avg. Burning Rate
1.6cm/min.
& Write-On
Markers Avg. Burning Rate
Polypropylene, Green 109 94 HB @ .94mm
2cm/min.
E4. Avg. Burning Rate
Permanent Weather Resistant Polypropylene, Black 100 94 HB @ .94mm
2cm/min.
Identification
TEFZEL, Aqua Blue 76 94V-0 @ 1.5mm AEB = 15mm
E5. ATB = < 5 seconds
Lockout/
Tagout AEB = 15mm
HALAR , Maroon 702Y 94V-0 @ .18mm
& Safety ATB = < 5 seconds
Solutions Avg. Burning Rate
Weather Resistant Acetal, Black DT Prefix 94 HB @ 1.5mm 2.8cm/min
F. *UL Recognized cable ties meet stated ratings. **UL Recognized -0 parts
Index
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
B1.102
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Radiation/Moisture/Temperature/Tensile Strength
B1.
Cable Ties
Radiation
Installed cable ties of various materials have been exposed to different amounts of radiation to determine the
maximum acceptable limit. These tests were conducted by Panduit to determine the acceptability for use in vari- B2.
Cable
ous areas of nuclear power plants (for radiation exposure accumulated over a 40 year life). See Cable Tie Accessories
Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3) for radiation resistance rating.
Moisture B3.
Stainless
Many plastics when exposed to high relative humidity absorb water and, as such, the tensile strength of the Steel Ties
material can change dramatically. Nylon 6.6 when exposed to 100% relative humidity, will absorb as much
as 8.5% water which will reduce tensile strength by 50% when compared to a dry cable tie. Polypropylene, C1.
HALAR, Type 12 Nylon, TEFZEL, Acetal and PEEK are low water absorbing materials and, as such, Wiring
the effect of water is minimal. See Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3) for moisture absorption. Duct
Temperature
C4.
Plastic materials normally undergo property loss due to oxidation caused by exposure to high temperatures. Cable
Management
The maximum continuous use temperature for cable tie materials depends upon the time at the elevated
temperature as well as other environmental conditions. Initially, plastics become more flexible and weaker
when exposed to high temperatures. After a period of time, oxidation may occur which will cause embrittlement, D1.
making plastic cable ties more susceptible to failure from impact and vibration. Terminals
The maximum continuous use temperature, is based on the UL Relative Thermal Index (mechanical
without impact) as determined by UL per UL 746B. It is one indicator of a materials ability to retain a particular D2.
physical property when exposed to elevated temperatures over an extended period of time. It is based on the Power
assumption that there is no loading, no chemical attack, and impact-free condition. The maximum continuous Connectors
use temperatures for cable tie materials are listed in the Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3).
Low temperature exposure will also make most plastics more brittle during the exposure, but little property loss D3.
Grounding
occurs when the material is returned to room temperatures. The minimum application use temperatures for cable Connectors
tie materials are listed in the Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3).
Tensile Strength E1.
Labeling
Most cable ties are selected based on material, length, and minimum loop tensile strength. Minimum loop Systems
tensile strength was established under SAE Aerospace Standard AS23190. Each cable tie cross section
(SM = Subminiature, M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy,
E2.
H = Heavy and EH = Extra-Heavy) has a different loop tensile strength when tested per AS23190. Labels
The cable tie is first conditioned at 49C (120F), 20% relative humidity for 24 hours, then the cable tie is
installed on a split mandrel and the halves of the mandrel separated at a rate of 1 inch (25.4mm) per minute. E3.
The separating force required to unlock or break the cable tie is the loop tensile strength. Loop tensile strength Pre-Printed
& Write-On
is dependent both on the locking design and the tensile strength (psi) of the material. As an example, the tensile Markers
strength of polypropylene material is approximately 1/2 to 1/3 of Nylon 6.6; thus the loop tensile strength of a
given cross section tie made of polypropylene would be much less than a tie made of Nylon 6.6. This is another E4.
property to be considered when selecting a cable tie. The various representative loop tensile strengths are listed Permanent
in the Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3). Identification
Halogen-Free E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
All Panduit cable ties (with the exception of TEFZEL and HALAR) are halogen-free per & Safety
IEC Specification 61249-2-21. Solutions
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.103
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.104
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
*Includes all 6.6 Nylons (weather resistant, heat stabilized, and flame retardant).
F.
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
Index
HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
B1.106
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Solutions
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.107
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
NOTES
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.108
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Tool Highlights: Wiring
Duct
Tool controlled tension and cut-off
Ergonomic tools are durable, lightweight, and easy to use C2.
Surface
Manual tools Raceway
Pneumatic tools
C3.
Installer controlled tension and cut-off Abrasion
Protection
Large selection of tools available for complete range
of Panduit cable ties
C4.
Cost-effective alternative for small volume applications Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
Panduit cable tie installation tools promote worker safety, help reduce downtime, improve productivity D2.
Power
and provide the lowest total installed cost. As with all Panduit products, quality in design Connectors
and production along with customer service excellence, are assured.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.109
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Selection Guide Hand Tools, Accessories, and Kits
Hand Tools
B1. Manual
Cable Ties Tool Controlled Tension and Cut-Off
Recommended usage: under 50,000 ties/year
Typical applications: Low to medium volume tie usage in OEM, MRO, or construction
B1.110 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Cable Tie Tools Tool Controlled Tension and Cut-Off Overview
GTS B3.
Stainless
Std. Steel Ties
Part Used with Weight Pkg.
Number Cable Ties Oz. g Part Features Standards Qty.
GTS SM, M, I, S 9.8 278 Ergonomic design with impact QPL per Mil. Std. 1 C1.
resistant resin housing, narrow SAE AS81306 and Wiring
nose, and cushion handle. Mil. Spec. SAE Duct
AS90387-1
GTS
C2.
Surface
GTSL SM, M, I, S 8.8 249 Ergonomic design with impact QPL per Mil. Std. 1 Raceway
resistant resin housing, SAE AS81306 and
narrow nose, and cushion Mil. Spec. SAE
handle. Shorter handle reach AS90387-5 C3.
(than GTS) for users with Abrasion
GTSL Protection
smaller hands.
GS2B M, I, S 11.5 327 Metal tool with a durable QPL per Mil. Std. 1 C4.
powder coat finish. SAE AS81306 and Cable
Mil. Spec. SAE Management
AS90387-1
GS2B
D1.
Terminals
GTH S, HS, LH, H 12.0 340 Ergonomic design with impact QPL per Mil. Std. 1
resistant resin housing, narrow SAE AS81306 and
nose, and cushion handle. Mil. Spec. SAE
AS90387-2 D2.
Power
GTH Connectors
GS4H S, HS, LH, H 16.0 454 Metal tool with a durable QPL per Mil. Std. 1 D3.
powder coat finish. SAE AS81306 and Grounding
Mil. Spec. SAE Connectors
AS90387-2
GS4H
E1.
Labeling
Systems
GS4EH LH, H, EH 16.0 454 Metal tool with a durable QPL per Mil. Std. 1
powder coat finish. SAE AS81306 and
Mil. Spec. SAE
E2.
AS90387-4
Labels
GS4EH
E3.
Pre-Printed
Cable tie cross section sizes: SM = Subminiature, M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, & Write-On
HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy. Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.111
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cable Tie Tools Installer Controlled Tension and Cut-Off
Economical series of tools for maintenance or Excellent tools for low volume applications
B1. construction applications
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
STS2
C2.
Surface
Raceway
STH2 S, HS, LH, H Red 2.5 71 Economical tool with short handle 1
span and top loading feature for right-
C3. or left-handed users.
Abrasion
Protection STH2
C4. ST3EH LH, H, EH Blue/Black 9.0 256 Durable, all steel construction with 1
Cable comfortable plastic handles.
Management
D1.
Terminals
ST3EH
D2.
Power
Connectors STHV LH, H Yellow 12.0 341 Durable all steel construction 1
and travel stop to prevent
pinched fingers.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
STHV
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E3.
Pre-Printed Installation Procedure (STS2/STH2/ST3EH): Installation Procedure (STHV):
& Write-On Install cable tie around bundle and Install cable tie around bundle and
Markers tension tie by squeezing tool handle. tension tie by squeezing tool handle.
Reduce tension slightly and twist tool 1/4" A separate lever cuts off excess cable tie.
E4. turn either direction to cut off excess cable tie.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.112 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pneumatic Hand Tools Tool Controlled Tension and Cut-Off Overview
B2.
Cable
Accessories
PTS B3.
Used
Stainless
with Std. Steel Ties
Cable Weight Pkg.
Part Number Ties Oz. g Part Features Qty.
PTS SM, M, I, S 17.3 490 Ergonomic design with impact 1 C1.
resistant resin housing and black knob; Wiring
replacement parts can be part of a Duct
scheduled maintenance program.
PTS
C2.
Surface
Raceway
PTH S, HS, LH, H 32.0 907 Ergonomic design with impact 1
resistant resin housing and red knob;
replacement parts can be part of a C3.
scheduled maintenance program. Abrasion
PTH Protection
C4.
Cable
Note: All tools require the PPH10 hose and PL289N1 filter/regulator for proper operation. Management
Cable tie cross section sizes: SM = Subminiature, M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard,
HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy.
D1.
Terminals
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
PHCAT Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.113
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Hand Tool Accessories:
Tool Tension Locking Kits
B1.
Cable Ties For applications requiring a locking device on either the selector knob (one cross section size and tension only)
or tension level adjustment (but allow cross section size changes)
B2. Std.
Cable Used with Pkg.
Accessories Part Number Installation Tool Contents Qty.
KGTSTL GTS, GTSL Lockout cap and screw. 1
B3. KGTHTL GTH Lockout cap and screw. 1
Stainless KPTSTL PTS, PTH Lockout cap and screw. 1
Steel Ties
TTLK3 GS2B, GS4H, PPTS Selection locking clip and screws. 1
C1.
Wiring
KGTHTL
Duct
Blade Replacement Kits
C2. Blade replacement kits can be part of a users scheduled maintenance plan or used when cut-offs are not clean and crisp
Surface
Raceway Std.
Used with Pkg.
Part Number Installation Tool Contents Qty.
C3.
Abrasion KGTSBLD GTS, GTSL, PTS Threadlocker, screw, washer and 1
Protection replacement blade.
KGTHBLD GTH Threadlocker, screw, and replacement blade. 1
C4. KGTSBLD K2-BLD2 GS2B, PPTS Threadlocker, screws, and replacement blade. 1
Cable K4H-BLD GS4H Threadlocker, screws, and replacement blade. 1
Management
K4EH-BLD GS4EH Threadlocker, screw, and replacement blade. 1
KPTHBLD PTH Threadlocker, screw, and replacement blade. 1
D1.
Terminals Hand Tool Holster
Durable leather construction holster with rivets and extra tie-down strap to hold tool in place easily fits on belt
D2.
Power
Connectors Std.
Used with Pkg.
Part Number Installation Tool Color Qty.
D3.
Grounding GHH GTS, GTSL, GS2B, GTH, GS4H, Black 1
Connectors GS4EH, PTS, PPTS, ST3EH
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels Cushion Sleeve Kits
E3. Cushion sleeve can be added to existing GTS or GTH hand tool Reduce operator fatigue
Pre-Printed
& Write-On Reduce the amount of shock an operator may experience while Unique thermoplastic elastomer material that wont split or fall off
Markers tensioning and cutting off cable ties the tool over time
E4. Std.
Permanent Used with Pkg.
Identification Part Number Installation Tool Color Contents Qty.
KGTSSLV GTS Black Cushion sleeve and lubricant. 1
E5.
Lockout/ KGTHSLV GTH Red Cushion sleeve and lubricant. 1
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index KGTSSLV
B1.114 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C1.
System Highlights Wiring
Duct
Multiple systems improve productivity, reliability,
and versatility: C2.
Install a cable tie in less than one second Surface
Raceway
Multiple cable tie styles and sizes for
maximum productivity C3.
Abrasion
Optional software for advanced system Protection
D1.
Terminals
Combined, these innovations improve reliability, maximize productivity, and lower installed costs. D2.
Power
As with all Panduit products, quality in design and production along with customer service excellence, Connectors
are assured.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.115
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Selection Guide Automatic Installation Systems and Reel-Fed Cable Ties
Recommended for annual usage of over 250,000 cable ties/year.
B1.
Cable Ties Typical applications: High volume OEM/contract manufacturing.
Dispenser
C1. Part Number Description Page
Wiring Dispenser
Duct PDM Stationary dispenser. B1.117
Part Number Description Page
PDM-DI Dispenser and data interface software. B1.119
PDS Stationary dispenser, PAT2S. B1.117
PD-DIA Data interface accessory software and B1.119
C2. interface card. PD3S Stationary dispenser, PAT3S. B1.117
Surface
Raceway PDS-DI Dispenser and data interface software. B1.119
Transfer Hose PDS-DIA Data interface accessory software and B1.119
Part Number Description Page interface card.
C3. PHM1 3.2' (1m) transfer hose. B1.118
Abrasion Transfer Hose
Protection PHM2 6.5' (2m) transfer hose. B1.118
Part Number Description Page
PHM3 10.0' (3m) transfer hose. B1.118
PHS2 6.5' (2m) transfer hose. B1.118
C4. PHM4 13.1' (4m) transfer hose. B1.118
PHS3 10.0' (3m) transfer hose. B1.118
Cable
Management
Dispenser Frame
Optional System Accessories Part Number Description Page
D1. PDSF Dispenser frame, PAT2S. B1.118
Part Number Description Page
Terminals PDH10-37 Air hose. B1.118 PD3SF Dispenser frame, PAT3S. B1.118
PL283N1 Filter/regulator. B1.118
Optional System Accessories
D2. PATMBM Bench mount and foot pedal. B1.118
Part Number Description Page
Power
Connectors PDH10-37 Air hose. B1.118
Reel-Fed Cable Ties PL283N1 Filter/regulator. B1.118
MINIATURE Cross Section PAT2SBM Bench mount and foot pedal for PAT2S B1.118
D3. and PAT3S.
Grounding Part Number Description Color Page
Connectors Barbed Tie Max. Bundle Dia.: .82" (21mm), 30 lbs.
BT1M-XMR Nylon 6.6. Natural B1.120
Reel-Fed Cable Ties
E1. BT1M-XMR0 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6. Black B1.120 STANDARD Cross Section
Labeling BT1M-XMR30 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6. Black B1.120 Part Number Description Color Page
Systems
Barbed Tie Max. Bundle Dia.: 1.31" (33mm), 30 lbs. All-Nylon Tie Max. Bundle Dia.: 2.00" (51mm), 50 lbs.
BT1.5M-XMR Nylon 6.6. Natural B1.120 PLT2S-VMR Nylon 6.6. Natural B1.122
E2. BT1.5M-XMR0 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6. Black B1.120 PLT2S-VMR0 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6. Black B1.122
Labels PLT2S-VMR00 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black B1.122
BT1.5M-XMR30 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6. Black B1.120
(Meets Mil Spec).
BT1.5M-XMR69 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6. Natural B1.120
PLT2S-VMR30 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6. Black B1.122
E3. Ivory
Pre-Printed All-Nylon Tie Max. Bundle Dia.: 82" (21mm), 18 lbs. All-Nylon Tie Max. Bundle Dia.: 2.75" (70mm), 50 lbs.
& Write-On PLT3S-VMR Nylon 6.6. Natural B1.122
Markers PLT1M-XMR Nylon 6.6. Natural B1.121
PLT1M-XMR0 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6. Black B1.121 PLT3S-VMR30 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6. Black B1.122
B1.116
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Tool Head Multiple sizes accommodate a wide variety of applications Overview
Ergonomic, lightweight design reduces operator fatigue and Includes tension adjustment
repetitive motion injuries no counter balance required Built-in safety interlock prevents false triggering if anything B1.
Cable Ties
Right or left hand operation obstructs jaw path
Durable, one-piece cable tie tip collector (for cut-off tips)
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
PAT1M PAT1.5M PAT2S PAT3S PAT1.5M-ATM Duct
For Bundling and
Mounting Applications
C2.
Surface
Max. Raceway
Bundle Std.
Dia. Transfer Used with Pkg.
Part Number In. mm Dispenser/Frame Hose Cable Ties Qty. C3.
Abrasion
PAT1M .82 21 PDM PLT1M-XMR, BT1M-XMR 1 Protection
PHM1, PHM2,
PAT1.5M 1.31 33 PDM PHM3, PHM4 PLT1.5M-XMR, BT1.5M-XMR 1
PAT2S 2.00 51 PDS/PDSF PHS2, PHS3 PLT2S-VMR 1 C4.
PAT3S 2.75 70 PD3S/PD3SF PLT3S-VMR 1 Cable
Management
PAT1.5M-ATM 1.31 33 PDM PHM1, PHM2, PLT1.5M-XMR, BT1.5M-XMR 1
PHM3, PHM4
D1.
Terminals
Dispensers
Microprocessor based controller monitors system performance Online HELP menu through LCD display in five languages D2.
through LCD display; provides production data and reporting, (English, Spanish, German, Italian or French), is user-friendly Power
including error detection and cycle count for improved reliability for quick and simple training Connectors
D3.
Std. Grounding
Used with Pkg. Connectors
Part Number Tool Head Description Qty.
PDM PAT1M, PAT1.5M, Stationary dispenser with electronic display. 1
E1.
PAT1.5M-ATM Online help menu. System operates on 65
Labeling
PDS PAT2S psig (minimum) non-lubricated filtered air and 1 Systems
100 24 FAC/TP or 60 MHz.
PD3S PAT3S 1
E2.
PDM Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
PDS/PD3S
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.117
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Transfer Hoses
Used with Std.
B1. Tool Length Pkg.
Cable Ties
Part Number Head Part Description Ft. m Qty.
PHM1 3.2 1 1
B2. PHM2 6.5 2 1
PAT1M, PAT1.5M Transfers cable tie and signal from
Cable PHM3 10.0 3 1
Accessories dispenser to tool head; electrical
PHM4 connectors designed for easy attachment 13.1 4 1
PHS2 provide a reliable, secure connection. 6.5 2 1
B3. PHM3 PAT2S, PAT3S
Stainless
PHS3 10.0 3 1
Steel Ties
C4.
Cable
Management
Optional System Accessories:
Filter/Regulator and Air Supply Hose
D1.
Terminals Std.
Used with Pkg.
Part Number Dispenser Description Qty.
D2. PL283N1 PDM, PDS Regulates air flow to dispenser. 1
Power
Connectors
Filter/regulator 25 micron (max.) element, 3/8" ports.
Includes a male connector and a 3/8" port.
PDH10-37 PDM, PDS Air hose from filter/regulator to dispenser; 1
D3. 10.0' (3m) includes standard air fittings.
Grounding
Connectors
PL283N1 PDH10-37
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Bench Mount
Used with Std.
Tool Pkg.
E2.
Labels
Part Number Head Description Qty.
PATMBM PAT1M, 1
PAT1.5M Allows hands-free operation for high volume usage.
E3. Includes bench mount fixture and foot pedal assembly.
Pre-Printed
PATSBM PAT2S, PAT3S 1
& Write-On
Markers
PATMBM
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.118 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Data Interface Software and Ethernet Enabled Dispenser Overview
Panduit exclusive Ethernet enabled dispenser and customized data interface software allow production personnel to monitor real-time data
in a shop floor environment. B1.
Cable Ties
The Ethernet enabled dispenser provides a physical connection between the cable tie installation system and an Industrial Ethernet Network
via an RJ45 connection and internal Ethernet card.
Allows production and/or engineering personnel the capability Data extraction and reporting capabilities on system performance B2.
to measure and track production performance such as job through an exportable electronic log; helps identify operator Cable
tracking, cycle counts, tool and dispenser serial numbers, and training needs Accessories
routine maintenance Ability to monitor alerts from remote desktop locations
Provides the ability to send email notifications for specific B3.
system messages Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
Used Std.
with Pkg. C4.
Part Number Dispenser Description Qty. Cable
Management
PDM-DI PDM Ethernet enabled PDM dispenser and data interface software. 1
PDS-DI PDS Ethernet enabled PDS dispenser and data interface software. 1
PD-DIA PDM/PDS Data interface accessory for existing PDM, PDS dispensers; software and network 1 D1.
interface card. Terminals
Std. E1.
Part Pkg. Labeling
Systems
Number Components Description Qty.
PATM-RK Metallic Includes a pneumatic trigger actuator for remote cable tie installation and a 1
housing mounting bolt pattern to ease PAT tool integration with a robot end effector for
E2.
a robust and accurate grip.
Labels
Transfer hose Strain relief to maintain transfer hose bend radius reducing tie misfeeds due to
strain relief sharp hose bend radii during robot motion; also sold separately under part
PATM-RK kit number PATM-RKS (includes two 1-foot strain relief tubes with fastening E3.
cable ties). Pre-Printed
Quick start Provides easily understood electrical, network, and mechanical installation & Write-On
Markers
guides instructions minimizing the robot integrators design time and simplifying the
integration process.
Best List of best practices when integrating the PAT system to a robot optimizing E4.
Permanent
practices system performance and productivity. Identification
document
PATM-TT Test tool with This test tool is used during robot cable tie installation programming, providing 1 E5.
rubber jaws a safe method to debug robot software without damaging actual PAT tools (test Lockout/
tool is not provided with the PAT/Robot Integration Kit). Tagout
PATM-RKS Transfer hose Strain relief to maintain transfer hose bend radius reducing cable tie misfeeds 1 & Safety
Solutions
strain relief due to sharp hose bend radii during robot motion; kit is also included on the
PATM-TT kit PATM-RK kit or sold separately (includes two 1-foot strain relief tubes with
fastening cable ties). F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.119
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview BT-XMR Reel-Fed Cable Ties
Continuously molded cable ties (5,000 ties/reel) provide continuous Metal locking barb and tie body design provide greater bundle
B1. feeding for high productivity and reduced downtime due to fewer tightness, reducing both rotational and lateral movement of the tie
Cable Ties reel changes Reel-fed cable ties in Nylon 6.6 material (Natural color) are UL
Reel-fed cable ties with exclusive stainless steel locking barb and Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
30 lbs. minimum loop tensile strength permit higher tension for
B2. demanding applications
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.120 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
PLT-XMR Reel-Fed Cable Ties Overview
Continuously molded cable ties (5,000 ties/reel) provide continuous Available in a variety of colors and materials
feeding for high productivity and reduced downtime due to fewer Reel-fed cable ties in Nylon 6.6 material (except black) are UL B1.
reel changes Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC Cable Ties
All-nylon, one-piece locking ties with 18 lbs. minimum loop tensile
strength in miniature cross section
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Max. Min. Surface
Bundle Loop Raceway
Tie Dia. Length Width Tensile Str.
Part Number Style Material Color In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
C3.
Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT1M System Abrasion
PLT1M-XMR All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Natural .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80 Protection
PLT1M-XMR0 All-Nylon Weather Resistant Black .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
Nylon 6.6 C4.
PLT1M-XMR00* All-Nylon Weather Resistant Black .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80 Cable
Nylon 6.6 Management
PLT1M-XMR1 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Brown .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR2 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Red .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80 D1.
PLT1M-XMR3 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Orange .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80 Terminals
PLT1M-XMR4Y All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Yellow .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR5 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Green .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80 D2.
PLT1M-XMR6 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Blue .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80 Power
Connectors
PLT1M-XMR7 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Purple .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR8 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Gray .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80
PLT1M-XMR10 All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 White .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80 D3.
Grounding
PLT1M-XMR30 All-Nylon Heat Stabilized Black .82 21 4.0 102 .100 2.5 18 80 Connectors
Nylon 6.6
Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT1.5M System E1.
PLT1.5M-XMR All-Nylon Nylon 6.6 Natural 1.31 33 5.6 142 .100 2.5 18 80 Labeling
Systems
PLT1.5M-XMR0 All-Nylon Weather Resistant Black 1.31 33 5.6 142 .100 2.5 18 80
Nylon 6.6
PLT1.5M-XMR00* All-Nylon Weather Resistant Black 1.31 33 5.6 142 .100 2.5 18 80 E2.
Nylon 6.6 Labels
PLT1.5M-XMR30 All-Nylon Heat Stabilized Black 1.31 33 5.6 142 .100 2.5 18 80
Nylon 6.6
E3.
*Military grade weather resistant material. Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Note: PLT_XMR cable ties (natural, 00, and colors) are Class 2 Mil. Spec. per SAE-AS23190A and SAE-AS33671.
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B1.121
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview PLT-VMR Reel-Fed Cable Ties
Continuously molded cable ties (2,500 ties/reel) provide continuous All-nylon, one-piece locking ties with 50 lbs. minimum loop tensile
B1. feeding for high productivity and reduced downtime due to fewer strength in standard cross section for larger bundles up to
Cable Ties reel changes 1.94" (49mm) diameter
Reel-fed cable ties in Nylon 6.6 material (Natural color) are UL
Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B1.122 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C1.
Largest selection of mounts, clips, and clamps Wiring
for cable management Duct
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
Panduit mounts, clips, and clamps are manufactured in an environment committed to design
innovation, high quality, and knowledgeable service to our customers. Adhesive backed mounts provide D2.
Power
a strong adhesive bond for long-term reliability. Cable clips offer a one-piece solution to save time and Connectors
reduce inventory. Harness board accessories speed the routing and forming of cable bundles in the
fabrication of a harness.They hold bundles at a uniform height above the board and are ideal for use with D3.
Grounding
Panduit manual and automatic cable tie tooling. Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cable Accessories Products Overview Used with Cable Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Cable Accessories Products Overview Used without Cable Ties Overview
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.3
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview 4-Way Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts
B1. Allow cable tie entry from all four sides Produced 2-up or 4-up for fast and easy liner removal to
Cable Ties Available in multiple sizes to match application load requirements speed installation
D3. ABM100-AT-C Nylon 6.6 White Indoors/High Temp Acrylic 100 1000
Grounding
Connectors
ABM100-AT-C0 Weather Resistant Black Outdoors/ Acrylic 100 1000
Nylon 6.6 High Temp
E1. ABM112-A-C Nylon 6.6 White Indoors Rubber 100 500
Labeling ABM112-AT-C Nylon 6.6 White Indoors/High Temp Acrylic 100 1000
Systems
F.
Index
B2.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
4-Way Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts (continued) Overview
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.5
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview ABMQ Multiple Bridge Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts
Multiple cable tie bridges on one mount speeds installation of 4-way cable tie bridges allow cable bundles to be secured
B1. cable bundles by reducing the number of mounts applied perpendicular to the mount for even spacing or inline to secure
Cable Ties a bundle in multiple places
Dovetail connection system provides alignment and a joining
method to expand routing capabilities Large adhesive surface area provides long-term reliability and
V-groove allows for easy separation into two mounts with two keeps product in place despite heavy load or high stress
B2.
Cable bridges each for separate applications
Accessories
5.16
(131.0)
B3.
Stainless .75
(19.0)
Steel Ties .25
2.50
(63.5) (6.3)
C1.
Wiring
Duct Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
C2.
Surface ABMQ Mounts with Pre-Installed Adhesive
Raceway ABMQS-A-Q ABS White Indoors Rubber 25 250
ABMQS-A-Q20 ABS Black Indoors Rubber 25 250
C3. ABMQS-AT-Q M, I, S ABS White Indoors/High Temp Acrylic 25 250
Abrasion
Protection ABMQS-AT-Q0 Weather Resistant Black Outdoors/High Temp Acrylic 25 250
ABS
ABMQ Mounts for Installation with Screws or User-Supplied Adhesive
C4.
Cable ABMQS-S6-C0 Weather Resistant Black Outdoors/High Temp 100 1000
Management ABS Two #6
M, I, S
M3 Screws
ABMQS-S6-C ABS White Indoors/High Temp 100 1000
D1. Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
Terminals
D2.
Power Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Tie Mounts
Connectors
For use with hook and loop cable ties, see page B1.87, B1.88 Dimensions: 1.10"L x 1.12"W x 0.34"H
Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for cable bundle (27.9mm x 28.4mm x 8.6mm)
D3.
Grounding For indoor use only
Connectors
1.10
(2.80)
.142
(3.6)
E1. 1.12
Labeling (28.5)
Systems
.87
(22.1)
.34 .11
E2. (8.4) (2.8)
.68
Labels (17.3)
Std. Std.
E3. Max. Static Load
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Pre-Printed Part Number Cable Ties Material Color Lbs. g Method* Qty. Qty.
& Write-On
Markers ABMT-A-C Natural 100 1000
Pre-installed
0.38 174 Rubber
ABMT-A-C20 Black 100 1000
E4. HLT, Nylon 6.6 Adhesive
Permanent HLS,
Identification ABMT-S6-C Natural 100 1000
TTS,
ABMT-S6-C20 UCT Black 100 1000
E5. #6 (M3) Screw
Lockout/ ABMT-S6-C60 Flame Retardant Black 100 1000
Tagout ABMT-S6-C69 Nylon 6.6 Natural 100 1000
& Safety
Solutions Cable tie cross section sizes: HLT = Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Ties, HLS = Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Strip Tie, TTS = Tak-Tape Roll, UCT = Ultra-Cinch Tie.
*For proper selection of adhesives see page B2.54.
F.
Index
B2.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Super-Grip Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts Overview
Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface For use with Super-Grip Cable Ties found on page B1.38
Small overall size allows use where space is limited New! High Bond Adhesive available B1.
Cable Ties
1.00
.75 (25.4) 1.12 1.50 2.00
(19.0) (28.6) (38.10) (50.8)
B2.
1.00 2.00
.75
(25.4) 1.12 1.50
(38.10) (50.8)
Cable
(19.0) (28.6)
Accessories
SGABM25-S6-C0 Weather Resistant Black Outdoors #6 (M3) Screw 100 1000 E5.
SGM, SGI, SGS Nylon 6.6 or User Lockout/
Supplied Tagout
Adhesive & Safety
Solutions
Cable tie cross section sizes: SGM = Super-Grip Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip Intermediate, SGS = Super-Grip Standard, SGLH = Super-Grip F.
Light-Heavy, and SGH = Super-Grip Heavy. Index
*For proper selection of adhesive see page B2.54.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.7
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Combination Adhesive Mount/Cable Ties
Adhesive mount and cable tie molded as one-piece helps reduce For indoor use only
B1. inventory costs Material: Nylon 6.6
Cable Ties
Available with locking or releasable tie
.148
B2. .30 (3.76) .19
Cable (7.6) (4.8)
Accessories .90
(22.9)
1.00 7.4
B3. (25.4) (188)
Stainless
Steel Ties
Std. Std.
C1. Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Wiring Part Number Tool Color Type Qty. Qty.
Duct
Locking Cable Tie
PLA2S-A-Q GTS, GTSL, GS2B, White Rubber 25 250
C2. GS4H, PTS, PTH,
Surface PPTS, STS2, STH2
Raceway
C4.
Cable
Management Snap-In Cable Tie Mounts Mechanically Applied
For use with Panduit Standard cross section cable ties including Quickly route wire and cable where mounting holes
PLT1S, PLT1.5S, PLT2S, PRT1.5S and PRT2S cannot be drilled
D1.
Terminals Integral retaining notch holds cable tie head in place below bundle For indoor use only
Eliminates protruding tie head and facilitates one hand Material: ABS
tie threading
D2.
Power 2.00
Connectors (50.8)
1.00
D3. (25.4)
Grounding
Connectors
1.12
(28.4)
.15
(3.7)
E1. .31
Labeling (7.9)
Systems
F.
Index
B2.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Epoxy Applied Mounts Overview
Provide a fast, strong, economical method to secure wire/cable Eliminate the need to drill holes
to most surfaces B1.
Cable Ties
.98
(24.9)
B2.
.98 Cable
(24.9)
Accessories
.26 B3.
(6.6)
Stainless
Steel Ties
Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty. C1.
Wiring
EMS-A-C Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Duct
EMS-A-C0 M, I, S Weather Resistant Black Outdoors EMA epoxy 100 1000
Nylon 6.6
C2.
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard. Surface
Raceway
1.13 C4.
(28.6) Cable
Management
1.13 .50
(28.6) (12.7)
D1.
.75 Terminals
(19.0)
.35
(8.9) D2.
Power
Std. Std. Connectors
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties Method Qty. Qty.
ASMS-A-X M, I, S, SGM, SGI EMA Epoxy 10 100 D3.
Grounding
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, SGM = Super-Grip Miniature, Connectors
and SGI = Super-Grip Intermediate.
E1.
Epoxy Applied Cable Tie Mount Kits Labeling
Systems
EMA Epoxy supplied in convenient two-compartment mixer cup After full 24 hour cure time, bonding strength will exceed 50 lbs.
with a mixer stick for each cup on a clean, grease-free surface
E2.
Each cup contains adhesive for three EMS or ASMS mounts Not recommended for use on polyethylene and Labels
Epoxy hardens in approximately five minutes polypropylene surfaces
E3.
Std. Std. Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Used with Epoxy Mixer EMS Cable Pkg. Ctn. Markers
Part Number Cable Ties Environment Cups Sticks Mounts Ties Qty. Qty.
Epoxy Adhesive Only E4.
EMA-X Indoors/Outdoors 10 10 10 Permanent
Identification
Epoxy Mounting Kit with EMS Mounts
EMSK3-1-X0 M, I, S Indoors/Outdoors 1 1 3 10 E5.
Lockout/
Epoxy Mounting Kit with EMS Mounts and Cable Ties Tagout
EMSK3-1-3-0 Indoors/Outdoors 1 1 3 3 1 10 & Safety
M, I, S Solutions
EMSK12-4-12-X0 Indoors/Outdoors 4 4 12 12 10 10
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard. F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.9
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Tie Mounts Applied with User Supplied Adhesives
Solid flat bottom surface provides maximum holding area Material: Nylon 6.6
B1.
Cable Ties For indoor use only
B2.
Std. Std.
Cable Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Accessories Part Number Cable Ties Color Method Qty. Qty.
TM1A-C M 100 1000
B3. TM2A-C M, I, S 100 500
User Suppled
Stainless Natural
Steel Ties
Adhesive
TM3A-C M, I, S, HS, LH 100 500
C1. Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy Standard and
Wiring LH = Light-Heavy.
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway Low Profile Tie Mounts User Supplied Adhesive Mounts
Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface Material: Nylon 6.6
C3.
Abrasion
For indoor use only
Protection
1.22
(31.2)
C4.
Cable
Management 1.22 1.25
(31.2) (3.2)
D1.
Terminals
Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
D2. Part Number Cable Ties Color Method Qty. Qty.
Power
Connectors AM2-C M, I, S Natural User Supplied 100 500
Adhesive
D3. Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Cable Tie Mounts Screw Applied
Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for the Wide selection of materials available B1.
cable bundle UL Recognized except HVTM and SGTM series Cable Ties
Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
A B Stainless
Steel Ties
C
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Counterbore Length Width Height Std. Std.
Used with Diameter A B C Mounting Pkg. Ctn. C2.
Part Number Cable Ties In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Qty. Qty. Surface
TM1S4-C Raceway
0.23 5.7 0.51 13.0 0.32 8.0 0.23 5.8 #4 (M2.5) Screw 100 500
M
TM1S6-C 0.28 7.0 0.51 13.0 0.32 8.0 0.23 5.8 #6 (M3) Screw 100 500
TM2S6-C 0.29 7.1 0.63 16.0 0.43 10.8 0.28 7.0 #6 (M3) Screw 100 500 C3.
M, I, S Abrasion
TM2S8-C 0.33 8.4 0.63 16.0 0.43 10.8 0.28 7.0 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500 Protection
TM3S8-C 0.32 8.1 0.86 21.9 0.61 15.5 0.37 9.4 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
M, I, S, LH
TM3S10-C 0.38 9.7 0.86 21.9 0.61 15.8 0.37 9.4 #10 (M5) Screw 100 500 C4.
Super-Grip Cable Tie Mounts Cable
Management
SGTM1S6-C SGM 0.28 7.0 0.51 13.0 0.38 9.7 0.22 5.6 #6 (M3) Screw 100 500
SGTM1S6-C0 SGM 0.28 7.0 0.51 13.0 0.38 9.7 0.22 5.6 #6 (M3) Screw 100 500
SGTM2S8-C SGM, SGI, SGS 0.33 8.4 0.66 16.7 0.48 12.2 0.34 7.0 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500 D1.
SGTM2S8-C0 SGM, SGI, SGS 0.33 8.4 0.66 16.7 0.48 12.2 0.34 8.6 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500 Terminals
SGTM3S10-C SGM, SGI, 0.38 9.7 0.91 23.1 0.61 15.4 0.43 11.0 #10 (M5) Screw 100 500
SGS, SGLH
D2.
SGTM3S10-C0 SGM, SGI, 0.38 9.7 0.91 23.1 0.61 15.4 0.43 11.0 #10 (M5) Screw 100 500 Power
SGS, SGLH Connectors
Hyper-V Cable Tie Mounts
HVTM-06-C0 HV 0.40 10.2 0.81 20.6 0.68 17.3 0.41 10.4 #10 (6mm) Screw 100 500 D3.
Grounding
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, SGM = Super-Grip Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip
Connectors
Intermediate, SGS = Super-Grip Standard, SGLH = Super-Grip Light-Heavy, and HV = Hyper-V .
E1.
Additional tie mounts available in specified materials. Labeling
All are available as standard Panduit parts. Systems
Metal Metal Heat Flame Weather Weather
Detectable Detectable Stabilized Retardant Resistant Resistant
Nylon Polypropylene PEEK Nylon Nylon Nylon Polypropylene Tefzel E2.
Labels
TMS28-C86 TMS28-C186 TM2S8-C71 TM1S4-M30 TM1S4-M69 TM1S6-M0 TM2S8-C100 TM2S8-C76
TM3S8-C86 TM3S8-C186 TM1S6-M30 TM1S6-M69 TM2R6-M0 TM3S8-C100 TM3S8-C76
TM3S10-C86 TM3S10-C186 TM2R6-M30 TM2S6-M69 TM2S6-M0 TM3S8-M100 TM3S10-C76 E3.
Pre-Printed
TM2S6-M30 TM2S8-M69 TM2S8-M0 & Write-On
TM2S8-M30 TM3S8-C69 TM3R6-M0 Markers
TM3S8-M30 TM3S8-M69 TM3S10-M0
TM3S10-M30 TM3S10-M69 TM3S25-M0 E4.
TM3S25-M30 Permanent
Identification
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.11
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Extra-Heavy Cable Tie Mounts Screw Applied
Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for cable bundle Route and support large diameter and heavy cable bundles
B1.
Cable Ties
1.65
(42.0)
B2.
Cable .61
(15.5)
Accessories .74
1.05 (19.0)
(26.7)
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
C1.
Wiring TMEH-S8-Q0 #8 (M4) Screw 25 250
Duct TMEH-S10-Q0 Weather Resistant #10 (M5) Screw 25 250
TMEH-S25-Q0 Nylon 6.6 1/4 (M6) Screw 25 250
Black Outdoors
C2. M, I, S, HS, LH, H, EH, HLM
Surface TMEH-S10-C100 Weather Resistant #10 (M5) Screw 100 500
Raceway Polypropylene
TMEH-S10-C109 Polypropylene Green Indoors #10 (M5) Screw 100 500
C3. Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy
Abrasion and HLM = Miniature Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Ties.
Protection
C4.
Cable Swivel Mounts
Management
The two mounts are securely fastened together with a connecting Separates bundles to avoid abrasion
rivet that allows both mounts to rotate Material: Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
D1. Can join bundles of cable, tubing, or hoses that may need to move
Terminals or are not parallel
D2.
Power
Connectors 1.23
.75
(31.2)
(19.1)
D3.
Grounding .87
1.64
Connectors (41.7) (22.1)
TMEH TM3
E1.
Labeling Pull Apart Std. Std.
Systems Used with Force Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties Lbs. g Color Environment Qty. Qty.
TM3-X2-C0Y M, I, S, HS, LH 120 54,431 100 1000
E2.
TMEH-X2-L0Y M, I, S, HS, LH, H, EH, HLM 250 113,398 Black Indoors/Outdoors 50 500
Labels
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy
E3. and HLM = Miniature Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Ties.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
4-Way Tie Anchor Mounts Screw Applied
B1.
4-way cable tie entry makes part orientation fast and easy Small overall size allows for use where space is limited Cable Ties
B2.
.38 .20 Cable
(9.5) (5.1) Accessories
.75
(19.0) B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Std. Std.
Used With Hole Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty. C1.
Wiring
TA1S8-C 0.17 4.3 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors #8 (M4) Screw 100 500 Duct
TA1S8-M0 0.17 4.3 Weather Black Outdoors #8 (M4) Screw 1000 5000
Resistant Nylon
6.6 C2.
Surface
TA1S8-M30 0.17 4.3 Heat Stabilized Black Indoors #8 (M4) Screw 1000 5000 Raceway
Nylon 6.6
TA1S8-M69 M, I, S 0.17 4.3 Flame Retardant Natural Indoors #8 (M4) Screw 1000 5000 C3.
Nylon 6.6 Abrasion
Protection
TA1S10-C 0.17 4.3 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors #10 (M5) 100 500
Screw
C4.
TA1S10-M0 0.20 5.1 Weather Black Outdoors #10 (M5) 1000 5000 Cable
Resistant Nylon Screw Management
6.6
Super-Grip Cable Tie Mounts
SGTA1S8-C SGM,SGI,SGS 0.17 4.3 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors #8 (M4) Screw 100 500 D1.
Terminals
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, SGM = Super-Grip Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip Intermediate,
and SGS = Super-Grip Standard.
D2.
Power
Connectors
Tie Anchor Mounts Screw Applied
Install perpendicular to the wire bundle Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface where D3.
overhead space is limited Grounding
Elongated slot permits cable bundle adjustment in application Connectors
Material: Nylon 6.6
E1.
Labeling
.195" .50" .125" Systems
(5.0) (12.7) (3.2)
1.23"
(31.2) E2.
Labels
Std. Std.
Used with Mounting
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties Color Environment Method
Qty. Qty. E3.
TA2-C 100 1000 Pre-Printed
M, I, S Natural Indoors #10 (M5) Screw & Write-On
TA2-M 1000 5000 Markers
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.13
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Low Profile Mounts Screw Applied
Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface For indoor use only
B1.
Small overall size Material: Nylon 6.6
Cable Ties
Install with a screw or rivet for a strong, secure installation
C1.
Wiring
Duct Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties Color Method Qty. Qty.
C2. LPMM-S2-C M #2 (M2) Countersunk Screw 100 1000
Surface
Raceway LPMM-S5-C M Natural #5 (M3) Countersunk Screw 100 1000
LPMS-S8-C M, I, S #8 (M4) Countersunk Screw 100 1000
C3. Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
Abrasion
Protection
.23
D3. .49 (5.8)
Grounding (12.45)
Connectors .12 (3.0)
Hole
E1. Diameter Std. Std.
Labeling A
Systems Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
KIMS-H366-C2 .144 3.7 Red Integral Push 100 1000
E2. Rivet
Labels KIMS-H430-C6 .169 4.3 Blue Integral Push 100 1000
M, I, S Rivet
KIMS-H500-C4 .196 5.0 Yellow Integral Push 100 1000
E3. Rivet
Pre-Printed
& Write-On Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Cable Tie Plates
Slotted mounting hole accommodates various fastener spacing For indoor use only B1.
Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface Material: Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties
A B2.
D Cable
Accessories
B C
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Hole C1.
Length Width Height Spacing Std. Std. Wiring
Used with A B C D Mounting Pkg. Ctn. Duct
Part Number Cable Ties In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
TP2-C M, I, S 1.98 50.3 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 1.60 40.6 Natural #10 (M5) Screw 100 1000 C2.
Surface
TP4H-C M, I, S, 3.08 78.2 .62 15.7 .20 5.2 2.50 63.5 Natural 1/4 (M6) Screw 100 1000 Raceway
HS, LH, H
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy. C3.
Abrasion
Protection
D3.
Grounding
Hole Connectors
Length Width Height Spacing Std. Std.
No. of Used with A B C D Mounting Mil. Std. Part Pkg. Ctn. E1.
Part Number Bundles Cable Ties In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Number Qty. Qty. Labeling
Systems
MTP1S-E6-C 1.75 44.5 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 1.25 31.8 #6 (M3) MS3339-1-9 100 1000
Screw
M, I, S
MTP1S-E10-C 1.75 44.5 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 1.25 31.8 #10 (M5) 100 1000
Screw E2.
1 Labels
MTP1H-E6-C 2.09 53.1 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 1.50 38.1 #6 (M3) MS3339-6-9 100 1000
M, I, S, Screw
MTP1H-E10-C HS, LH, H 2.09 53.1 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 1.50 38.1 #10 (M5) 100 1000 E3.
Screw Pre-Printed
& Write-On
MTP2S-E6-C 3.00 76.2 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 2.50 63.5 #6 (M3) MS3339-2-9 100 1000 Markers
Screw
M, I, S
MTP2S-E10-C 3.00 76.2 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 2.50 63.5 #10 (M5) 100 1000
Screw E4.
2 Permanent
MTP2H-E6-C 3.59 91.2 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 3.00 76.2 #6 (M3) MS3339-7-9 100 1000 Identification
M, I, S, Screw
MTP2H-E10-C HS, LH, H 3.59 91.2 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 3.00 76.2 #10 (M5) 100 1000 E5.
Screw Lockout/
Tagout
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy. & Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
Table continues on page B2.16
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.15
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Multiple Tie Plates (continued)
B1. Hole
Cable Ties Length Width Height Spacing Std. Std.
No. of Used with A B C D Mounting Mil. Std. Part Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Bundles Cable Ties In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Number Qty. Qty.
B2.
Cable MTP3S-E6-C 4.25 108.0 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 3.75 95.3 #6 (M3) MS3339-3-9 100 1000
Accessories Screw
M, I, S
MTP3S-E10-C 4.25 108.0 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 3.75 95.3 #10 (M5) 100 1000
Screw
B3. 3
Stainless
MTP3H-E6-C 5.09 129.3 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 4.50 114.3 #6 (M3) MS339-8-9 100 1000
Steel Ties M, I, S, Screw
MTP3H-E10-C HS, LH, H 5.09 129.3 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 4.50 114.3 #10 (M5) 100 1000
Screw
C1. MTP4S-E6-C 5.50 139.7 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 5.00 127.0 #6 (M3) MS3339-4-9 100 1000
Wiring Screw
Duct M, I, S
MTP4S-E10-C 5.50 139.7 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 5.00 127.0 #10 (M5) 100 1000
Screw
4
C2. MTP4H-E6-C 6.59 167.4 .63 15.7 .20 5.2 6.00 152.4 #6 (M3) MS3339-9-9 100 1000
Surface M, I, S, Screw
Raceway
MTP4H-E10-C HS, LH, H 6.59 167.4 .63 15.7 .20 5.2 6.00 152.4 #10 (M5) 100 1000
Screw
C3. MTP5S-E6-C 6.75 171.5 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 6.25 158.8 #6 (M3) MS3339-5-9 100 1000
Abrasion Screw
Protection M, I, S
MTP5S-E10-C 6.75 171.5 .50 12.7 .13 3.2 6.25 158.8 #10 (M5) 100 1000
Screw
5
C4. MTP5H-E6-C 8.09 205.5 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 7.50 190.5 #6 (M3) MS3339-10-9 100 1000
Cable Screw
Management MTP5H-E10-C 8.09 205.5 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 7.50 190.5 #10 (M5) 100 1000
M, I, S, Screw
MTP6H-E6-C HS, LH, H 9.59 243.6 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 9.00 228.6 #6 (M3) MS3339-11-9 100 1000
D1. Screw
Terminals 6
MTP6H-E10-C 9.59 243.6 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 9.00 228.6 #10 (M5) 100 1000
Screw
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
D2.
Power
Connectors Contour Multiple Tie Plates A
D
D3.
Grounding B C
Connectors
E1.
Labeling Hole
Systems Length Width Height Spacing
A B C D Std. Std.
No. of Used with Mounting Mil. Std. Part Pkg. Ctn.
E2. Part Number Bundles Cable Ties In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Number Qty. Qty.
Labels MTPC1H-E10-C39 1 2.09 53.1 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 1.5 38.1 #10 (M5) 100 1000
Screw
MTPC2H-E10-C39 2 3.59 91.2 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 3.0 6.2 #10 (M5) 100 1000
E3. Screw
Pre-Printed
& Write-On MTPC3H-E10-C39 3 5.09 129.3 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 4.50 114.3 #10 (M5) 100 1000
Markers M, I, S, Screw
MTPC4H-E10-C39 4 HS, LH, H 6.59 167.4 .63 15.7 .20 5.2 6.00 152.4 #10 (M5) 100 1000
E4. Screw
Permanent MTPC5H-E10-C39 5 8.09 205.5 63 16.0 .20 5.2 7.50 190.5 #10 (M5) 100 1000
Identification Screw
MTPC6H-E10-C39 6 9.59 243.6 .63 16.0 .20 5.2 9.00 228.6 #10 (M5) 100 1000
E5.
Lockout/
Screw
Tagout Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Right Angle Mounts
Hold cable bundles away from the sharp edges of bulkheads or For indoor use only
cabinet holes B1.
Material: Nylon 6.6
Cable Ties
Can also be used to mount cable bundles adjacent to any surface
A B B2.
Cable
Accessories
C
B3.
Stainless
D Steel Ties
Hole C1.
Wiring
Used with Length Width Height Spacing Std. Std. Duct
Cable A B C D Mil. Std. Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Ties In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Part Number Method Qty. Qty.
RAMS-S3-M M, I, S .56 14.2 .39 9.9 .44 11.0 .28 7.1 MS3341-2-9 #3 (M2.5) Screw 1000 5000 C2.
or 3/32 (2.4) Surface
Rivet Raceway
RAMH-S6-D M, I, S, 1.00 25.4 .75 19.1 1.00 25.4 .28 7.1 MS3341-1-9 #6 (M3) Screw or 500 5000
HS, LH, 1/8 (3.2) Rivet C3.
H Natural Abrasion
Protection
RAMH-S10-D M, I, S, 1.00 25.4 .75 19.1 1.00 25.4 .50 12.7 #10 (M5) Screw 500 5000
HS, LH, or 3/16 (4.7)
H Rivet C4.
Cable
Management
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
D1.
Terminals
Lightening Hole Mounts
Secure cable bundles that run through bulkhead lightening holes For indoor use only D2.
Protect cable bundles from sharp edges Material: Nylon 6.6 Power
Connectors
D3.
.70" .75" Grounding
(17.8) (19.1) Connectors
.30"
(7.6)
1.10" E1.
.55"
(14.0) (27.9) Labeling
Systems
.45" .20"
(11.4) (5.1) E2.
Labels
Std. Std.
Used with Mil. Std. Mounting Pkg. Ctn. E3.
Part Number Cable Ties Color Part Number Method Qty. Qty. Pre-Printed
& Write-On
LHMS-S5-D #5 (M3) Screw or 500 2500 Markers
1/8 (3.2) Rivet
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.17
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Stud Tie Mounts
Easily applied to bolts or studs with a light hammer blow or turning Material: Impact Modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
B1. of the mount
Cable Ties Designed for use with cable ties to route and secure cable bundles,
air, water and hydraulic lines
B2.
Cable .95 1.10
(24.1) (27.9)
Accessories
1.99
1.25 (50.6)
B3. (31.8)
Stainless 1.00
Steel Ties .48 (25.4)
(12.2)
D1.
Terminals
E1. .56
(14.2) A
Labeling
Systems
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Metal Screw-On Mount
Screw applied aluminum mounting base for a secure support in demanding applications
B1.
1.00 Cable Ties
(25.4)
.50 B2.
(12.7) Cable
Accessories
.30 C4.
(7.7) Cable
.17 .24
(6.1) .61 Management
(4.4) (15.4)
PWMS TM2PWH
D2.
Power
Max. Panel Panel Hole Std. Std. Connectors
Used with Thickness Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties In. mm In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
PWMS-H25-C .11 2.7 .25 6.5 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Push Barb 100 1000 D3.
Grounding
PWMS-H25-M0 .11 2.7 .25 6.5 Weather Black Outdoors Push Barb 1000 5000 Connectors
M, I, S Resistant
Nylon 6.6
E1.
TM2PWH25-C .10 2.3 .25 6.5 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Push Barb 100 500 Labeling
Systems
Cable tie cross section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.19
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Push Mounts
Require no adhesive or additional mounting hardware Can be used where only one side of the panel is accessible
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless Max. Panel Panel Hole
Steel Ties Std. Std.
Used with Thickness Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties In. mm In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
C1. PM2H25-C .125 3.2 .250 6.4 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors 100 500
Wiring
Duct PM2H25-M0 .125 3.2 .250 6.4 Weather Black Outdoors 1000 5000
Resistant
M, I, S Nylon 6.6 Push Barb
C2. PM2H25-M30 .125 3.2 .250 6.4 Heat Stabilized Black Indoors 1000 5000
Surface Nylon 6.6
Raceway
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
.33"
D2. (8.3)
Power
Connectors
Max. Panel Panel Hole Std. Std.
Used with Thickness Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
D3.
Grounding Part Number Cable Ties In. mm In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
Connectors PBMS-H25-C .13 3.2 .25 6.4 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors 100 1000
PBMS-H25-C14 .13 3.2 .25 6.4 Nylon 6.6 Gray Indoors 100 1000
E1. PBMS-H25-M0 .13 3.2 .25 6.4 Weather Black Outdoors 1000 5000
Labeling Resistant
Systems Nylon 6.6
PBMS-H25-M30 M, I, S .13 3.2 .25 6.4 Heat Stabilized Black Indoors Push Barb 1000 5000
E2. Nylon 6.6
Labels
PBMSL-H25-C30 .29 7.2 .25 6.4 Heat Stabilized Black Indoors 100 1000
E3. Nylon 6.6
Pre-Printed PBMSL-H25-M30 .29 7.2 .25 6.4 Heat Stabilized Black Indoors 1000 5000
& Write-On Nylon 6.6
Markers
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.20 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Masonry Push Mounts
Used to secure wire, cable, or tubing to masonry surfaces Material: Impact Modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Installed quickly into pre-drilled holes; design holds B1.
bundle securely Cable Ties
B B2.
Cable
C Accessories
A B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Hole
Grip Length Height Diameter Std. Std.
A B C C1.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn. Wiring
Part Number Cable Ties In. mm In. mm In mm Color Environment Method Qty. Qty. Duct
Pan-Ty Masonry Push Mounts
MPMS19-C0 0.97 24.6 0.25 6.4 0.19 5.0 100 500 C2.
Surface
M, I, S Raceway
MPMS25-C0 0.97 24.6 0.27 6.9 0.25 6.4 100 500
Fir Tree
Indoors/
Black Hole
MPMH38-L0 M, I, S, HS, LH, 1.25 31.8 0.30 7.5 0.38 9.5 Outdoors 50 500 C3.
Mount Abrasion
H, HLM
Protection
MPMWH32-L0 M, I, S, HS, LH, 1.41 35.8 0.28 7.1 0.32 8.0 50 500
H, HLM
Super-Grip Masonry Push Mounts C4.
Cable
SGMPMS19-C0 0.97 24.6 1.19 30.2 0.19 5.0 100 500 Management
SGMPMWH32-L0 SGM, SGI, SGS, 1.41 35.8 0.28 7.1 0.32 8.0 50 500 D2.
SGLH, SGH Power
Connectors
Hyper-V Masonry Push Mounts
HVMPM32-C0 HV 1.41 35.8 1.63 41.4 0.31 8.0 Black Outdoors Fir Tree 100 500
Hole D3.
Mount Grounding
Connectors
Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, HLM = Tak-Ty Miniature,
SGM = Super-Grip Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip Intermediate, SGS = Super-Grip Standard, SGLH = Super-Grip Light-Heavy, SGH = Super-Grip Heavy,
and HV = Hyper-V . E1.
Labeling
Wood Push Mount Systems
Used to secure wire, cable, or tubing to wood surfaces Barbed design holds mount in place rated for 60 lb. pullout
E2.
Labels
.31
.50 (7.9) E3.
(12.7) Pre-Printed
.19
& Write-On
(4.8)
Markers
.75
(19.1) E4.
Permanent
Identification
Std. E5.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Lockout/
Part Number Cable Ties Material Environment Method Qty. Tagout
& Safety
WPMH-C M, I, S, HS, LH, H, HLM Plated Steel Indoors/Outdoors Hammer into wood 100 Solutions
F.
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy and HLM = Miniature
Index
Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Ties.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.21
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Fir Tree Push Mounts
Unique alternating barb design Exclusive contoured anvil head
B1. Lock securely into position Material: Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Cable Ties
Umbrella tensioning
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B
B3.
A
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring Head Panel to Top Overall Panel Hole Panel Thickness Std. Std.
Duct Used with Diameter of Mount Height Diameter Range Range Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
C2. PUM-049-M30 M, I, S .67 17.0 .26 6.6 .54 13.8 .18 .19 4.6 4.9 .03 .19 0.7 3.0 1000 5000
Surface
Raceway PUM-071-M30 M, I, S .67 17.0 .26 6.5 .67 16.9 .25 .28 6.3 7.1 .03 .28 0.8 7.0 1000 5000
PUM-100-M30 M, I, S .64 16.0 .26 6.5 .67 16.9 .35 .40 9.0 10.0 .03 .28 0.8 7.0 1000 5000
C3.
Abrasion
Protection PUM-925-M30 M, I, S, LH .77 20.0 .30 7.6 1.05 26.7 .34 .36 8.8 9.3 .04 .62 1.0 16.0 1000 5000
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Fir Tree Push Mount Assemblies
Power Cable tie/mount assemblies significantly reduce installation time Fewer parts throughout the manufacturing/assembly process
Connectors
compared to loose parts Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 standard on cable ties and mounts
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
Head Panel To Top Overall Panel Hole Panel Thickness Max. Bundle Std. Std.
Diameter of Mount Height Diameter Range Range Diameter Pkg. Ctn.
E3.
Pre-Printed Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
& Write-On PUM-049-2S-D30 0.67 17.0 0.26 6.6 0.54 13.8 0.18 - 0.19 4.6 - 4.9 0.03 - 0.19 0.7 - 3.0 500 5000
Markers
PUM-071-2S-D30 0.67 17.0 0.26 6.6 0.67 16.9 0.25 - 0.28 6.3 - 7.1 0.03 - 0.28 0.8 - 7.0 1.88 48 500 5000
E4. PUM-100-2S-D30 0.64 16.0 0.26 6.6 0.67 16.9 0.35 - 0.40 9.0 - 10.0 0.03 - 0.28 0.8 - 7.0 500 5000
Permanent PUM-925-3H-T30 0.77 20.0 0.30 7.6 1.05 26.7 0.34 0.36 8.8 9.3 0.04 0.62 1.0 16.0 3.00 76 200 1000
Identification
Use with PLT2S Cable Ties except PUM-925-3H-T30, use with PLT3H Cable Ties.
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.22 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Control Panel Mounts
Installed behind control panel switch Compatible with most control panel switch designs
Ideal for high strain areas where cable is routed from panel to Indoor use only B1.
Cable Ties
panel door
B2.
Cable
A Accessories
B3.
Stainless
B Steel Ties
C
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Length Width Height Std. Std.
Used with A B C Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
C2.
Part Number Cable Ties In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Method Qty. Qty. Surface
CPM87S-C M, I, S 2.01 51.1 .89 22.6 .17 4.3 Zinc plated steel Control panel switch 100 1000 Raceway
CPM122S-C M, I, S 2.82 71.7 1.22 31.0 .17 4.3 Zinc plated steel Control panel switch 100 1000 C3.
Abrasion
Protection
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
C4.
Cable
Management
D2.
Power
Connectors
.72"
(18.3)
D3.
A
Grounding
Connectors
1.00" E1.
(25.4) Labeling
Systems
.75" .62"
(19.1) (15.9)
1.10" E2.
(27.9) Labels
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.23
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Flat Pan-Post Standoffs
Standard EIA hole spacing allows product to be mounted with Mounting method: 1/4" (M6) screw
B1. user supplied screws up to 1/4" diameter Use where space is limited
Cable Ties
Organize cables in standard cabinets and racks For indoor use only
.61 .61
.28 (15.5) .26
B2. (15.5) (7.2) REF (6.6)
Cable
Accessories 1.50 .75 1.62
(38.1) (41.3) 1.38
(19.0) (34.9)
REF REF
.40
B3. (10.2) .37
Stainless TYP (9.4)
.19 TYP
Steel Ties (4.8)
.19
(4.8)
REF REF
Std. Std.
C2.
Surface Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Raceway Part Number Cable Ties Material Color Method Qty. Qty.
PPF2S-S25-V Nylon 6.6
M, I, S Flame Retardant Nylon
C3.
Abrasion PPF2S-S25-V69 6.6
Protection Nylon 6.6 Natural Two 1/4" (M6) screws 5 100
PPF2SV-S25-V M, I, S, HS, LH, H,
C4. HLM, HLS Flame Retardant Nylon
Cable PPF2SV-S25-V69 6.6
Management
Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy,
HLM = Miniature Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Ties and HLS = Standard Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Ties .
D1.
Terminals
Right Angle Bases
D2. Support cable above the mounting surface
Power
Connectors
.75"
(19.1)
D3. .50"
Grounding (12.7)
Connectors A
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Used
with Max. Flat Length Std. Std.
Cable Cable Width A Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
E2.
Labels
Part Number Ties In. mm In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
RAFCBI1-S6-C20 I 1.00 25.4 1.75 44.4
RAFCBI2-S6-C20 I 2.00 50.8 2.78 70.6 Nylon 6.6 Black Indoors #6 (M3) Screw 100 1000
E3.
Pre-Printed RAFCBI3-S6-C20 I 3.00 76.2 3.81 96.8
& Write-On Cable tie cross section sizes: I = Intermediate.
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.24 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Flat Cable Mounting System FCB Base and FCPI Plate
Secures stacked cables, folds, and breakouts, as well as laminated For indoor use only
and molded bus bars See also Latching Flat Cable Mounts on page B2.38 B1.
Use one base, one corresponding size plate (FCPI), and one Cable Ties
Material: Nylon 6.6
Intermediate cross section cable tie
B2.
Cable
D Accessories
B
B
B3.
C C Stainless
A Steel Ties
A
FCPI
C1.
Wiring
Max. Flat Length Width Height Hole Spacing Std. Std. Duct
Cable Width A B C D Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
C2.
FCBI1-A-C20 1.04 26.4 2.50 63.5 .38 9.5 .15 3.8 User Supplied 100 1000 Surface
Adhesive Raceway
FCBI2-A-C20 2.04 51.8 3.50 88.9 .38 9.5 .15 3.8 User Supplied 100 1000
Adhesive
C3.
FCBI3-A-C20 3.32 7.72 4.52 114.8 .38 9.5 .15 3.8 User Supplied 100 1000 Abrasion
Adhesive Protection
FCBI1-S10-C20 1.04 26.4 2.50 63.5 .38 9.5 .15 3.8 2.08 52.8 #10 (M5) 100 1000
Screw
C4.
FCBI2-S10-C20 2.04 51.8 3.50 88.9 .38 9.5 .15 3.8 3.10 78.7 #10 (M5) 100 1000 Cable
Black Screw Management
FCBI3-S10-C20 3.32 77.2 4.52 114.8 .38 9.5 .15 3.8 4.12 104.6 #10 (M5) 100 1000
Screw
D1.
FCPI1-C20* 1.04 26.4 1.29 32.8 .38 9.5 .20 5.1 Cable Ties 100 1000 Terminals
FCPI2-C20* 2.04 51.8 2.31 58.7 .38 9.5 .20 5.1 Cable Ties 100 1000
D2.
Power
FCPI3-C20* 3.32 77.2 3.32 84.3 .38 9.5 .20 5.1 Cable Ties 100 1000 Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.25
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Closed Connector Rings
Connect multiple cable bundles
B1.
Cable Ties
A
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C B
B3.
Stainless Length Width Height
Used with Std. Std.
Steel Ties A B C
Cable Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Ties In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
C1. CR2-M M, I, S 0.33 8.4 0.20 5.1 0.20 5.0 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors 1000 10000
Wiring
Duct CR4H-M M, I, S, 0.57 14.5 0.36 9.1 0.30 7.6 Indoors
HS, LH Cable
CR4H-M0 M, I, S, 0.57 14.5 0.36 9.1 0.30 7.6 Weather Black Indoors/ Ties
C2. HS, LH Resistant Outdoors
Surface Nylon 6.6
Raceway
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard and LH = Light-Heavy.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection Open Connector Ring
Designed to add on cable bundles without removing cable ties
C4.
Cable
Management .52"
(13.2)
D2.
Power Std. Std.
Connectors Used With Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
D3. CROS-M M, I, S Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Cable Ties 1000 5000
Grounding
Connectors
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
E1.
Labeling
Systems Cable Spacers
Used to separate and/or hang cords, cables, and tubing
E2.
Labels 2.12
(53.8)
E4.
Permanent
Identification Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
E5. Part Number Cable Ties Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
Lockout/ CSH-D20 M, I, S, HS, LH, H Nylon 6.6 Black Indoors Cable Ties 500 2500
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions CSH-D0 M, I, S, HS, LH, H Weather Resistant Black Indoors/Outdoors Cable Ties 500 2500
Nylon 6.6
F. Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
Index
B2.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Cable Spacer Cross
Connects two bundles at 90 Dual cradle design stabilizes cable bundle
Separates bundles to prevent abrasion B1.
Cable Ties
.45
(11.4)
B2.
Cable
.37 Accessories
(9.4)
B3.
Stainless
.25
Steel Ties
(6.3)
C1.
Wiring
Std. Std. Duct
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
C2.
CSCS-M M, I, S Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Cable Ties 1000 10000 Surface
Raceway
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Stackable Aerial Cable Spacer Cable
Management
Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light Designed for use in parallel or perpendicular applications
indoor or outdoor use For use with Dura-Ty Cable Ties shown on page B1.53
Each spacer snaps into another to increase spacer heights or Pan-Steel Self-Locking Ties on page B3.5, B3.6, B3.7. D1.
by 1/2" increments Terminals
2.08
(52.8)
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
1.16
(29.5) Grounding
Connectors
.50 .51
(12.7) (13.0)
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty. E2.
Labels
SACS50-T100 LH, H, EH Weather Resistant Black Outdoors Cable Ties 200 2000
Polypropylene
E3.
*Cable tie cross sizes: LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, and EH = Extra-Heavy. Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.27
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Aerial Support Ties Weather Resistant Polypropylene
Designed to attach coax or telephone cable to the 1/4" (6.4mm) or One-piece construction with integral 1/2" (12.7mm) spacer
B1. 5/16" (7.9mm) support strand to form the expansion loop and keep reduces inventory costs of separate spacer and bands, and
Cable Ties equipment and cables clear of pole hardware installs faster to lower installed cost
Releasable and re-usable
Hand install only
B2.
Cable Support Strand
Accessories Spacer Height
B Max. Dia.: .50 (12.7mm)
.32 (8.1mm) Nom.
Min. Dia:
.22 (5.6mm)
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
A REF.
CABLE
C1.
(or Cable
Wiring C Bundle)
Duct
C2.
Surface Assembled View
Raceway
Max. Min. Loop
Length Width Thickness Bundle Tensile Std. Std.
C3. A B C Diameter Strength Pkg. Ctn.
Abrasion
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty. Qty.
Protection
AST10-5-C100 5.6 142 .448 11.4 .055 1.4 1.00 25 75 334 100 1000
AST15-5-C100 6.9 175 .448 11.4 .055 1.4 1.50 38 75 334 100 1000
C4.
Cable AST20-5-C100 8.4 214 .448 11.4 .055 1.4 2.00 51 75 334 100 1000
Management AST25-5-C100 10.0 254 .448 11.4 .055 1.4 2.50 64 75 334 100 1000
D1.
Terminals
E1.
Labeling
Systems
F.
Index
B2.28 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Marker Plates Loose Piece
Install as flags, tags, or wrap-around identification plates to clearly Available in black or white to match the wire harness
identify all wire harnesses Thickness: .02 inches (0.5mm) B1.
Cable Ties
Use with nylon marking pens for an easy and economic
alternative to identify wire harnesses
B2.
Cable
A Accessories
.44
(11.2) B B3.
Stainless
C Steel Ties
C1.
Length Width Hole Spacing Std. Std. Wiring
Used with A B C Mounting Pkg. Ctn. Duct
Part Number Cable Ties In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
Loose Piece C2.
MP150-C M, I, S 1.50 38.1 .75 19.0 1.03 26.2 100 500 Surface
Raceway
MP175-C M, I, S 1.75 44.4 .75 19.0 1.28 32.5 100 500
MP200-C M, I, S 2.00 50.8 .75 19.0 1.53 38.9 100 500
Nylon 6.6 White Indoors C3.
MP250-C M, I, S 2.50 63.5 .75 19.0 2.03 51.6 100 500 Abrasion
MP350-C M, I, S 3.50 88.9 .75 19.0 3.03 77.7 100 1000 Protection
MP250W175-C M, I, S 2.50 63.5 1.75 44.5 2.03 51.6 100 1000
MP150-C0 M, I, S 1.50 38.1 .75 19.0 1.03 26.2 C4.
Cable Ties 100 500
Cable
MP175-C0 M, I, S 1.75 44.4 .75 19.0 1.28 32.5 Management
100 500
Weather
MP200-C0 M, I, S 2.00 50.8 .75 19.0 1.53 38.9 Indoors/
Resistant Black 100 500
Outdoors D1.
Nylon 6.6
MP250-C0 M, I, S 2.50 63.5 .75 19.0 2.03 51.6 Terminals
100 500
MP350-C0 M, I, S 3.50 88.9 .75 19.0 3.03 77.7
100 1000
D2.
Marker Plates on Rolls Power
MP150-R M, I, S 1.50 38.1 .75 19.0 1.03 26.2 1000 5000 Connectors
MP175-R M, I, S 1.75 44.4 .75 19.0 1.28 32.5 1000 5000
Nylon 6.6 White Indoors Cable Ties
MP200-R M, I, S 2.00 50.8 .75 19.0 1.53 38.9 1000 5000 D3.
MP250-R M, I, S 2.50 63.5 .75 19.0 2.03 51.6 Grounding
1000 5000
Connectors
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.29
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Cable and Wire Mounting Devices (Used without Cable Ties)
B1. Wiring accessories are an integral part of the Panduit
Cable Ties
comprehensive selection of wire management products.
B2.
These accessories are one piece solutions that help provide
Cable the lowest installed cost for controlling, mounting, and
Accessories protecting wire and cable. Mounting methods include:
Adhesive-backed
B3. Screw applied
Stainless
Steel Ties Rivet applied
Push mounts
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion Adhesive Backed Mounting Devices
Protection
Faster Liner Removal Speeds Installation and Lowers Installed Cost
C4. The adhesive backed mounts are offered either as one or two mounts per liner
Cable The 2-up mounts are easily removed by bending the mounts away from the liner
Management
The individual mounts have a convenient tear tab for quick removal
D1.
Terminals
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers Std. Std.
Bundle Diameter Range Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
E4.
Permanent ARC.68-A-Q 0.19 0.68 4.8 17.3 White Rubber Adhesive Tape 25 250
Identification ARC.68-A-Q14 0.19 0.68 4.8 17.3 Gray Rubber Adhesive Tape 25 250
E5. ARC.68-S6-Q 0.19 0.69 4.8 17.5 White #6 (M3) Screw 25 250
Lockout/ ARC.68-S6-Q14 0.19 0.69 4.8 17.5 Gray #6 (M3) Screw 25 250
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.30 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Adhesive Backed Cord Clips
Cables are easily snapped into or out of the clips
C B1.
Cable Ties
A B B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Max. Bundle Length Width Height Stainless
Std. Std. Steel Ties
Diameter A B C Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Adhesive Type Qty. Qty.
ACC19-A-C 0.19 4.8 0.75 19.0 0.62 15.7 0.25 6.4 Nylon 6.6 Natural Rubber 100 500 C1.
Wiring
ACC19-AT-C 0.19 4.8 0.75 19.0 0.62 15.7 0.25 6.4 Natural Acrylic 100 500 Duct
ACC19-A-C20 0.19 4.8 0.75 19.0 0.62 15.7 0.25 6.4 Black Rubber 100 500
ACC19-AT-C0 0.19 4.8 0.75 19.0 0.62 15.7 0.25 6.4 Weather Resistant Black Acrylic 100 500
Nylon 6.6 C2.
Surface
ACC19-AV-M300 0.19 4.8 0.75 19.0 0.62 15.7 0.38 6.4 Heat Stabilized Weather Black High Bond 1000 5000 Raceway
Resistant Nylon 6.6 Acrylic
ACC38-A-C 0.38 9.7 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.7 Nylon 6.6 Natural Rubber 100 500
C3.
ACC38-AT-C 0.38 9.7 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.7 Natural Acrylic 100 500 Abrasion
ACC38-A-C20 0.38 9.7 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.7 Black Rubber 100 500 Protection
ACC38-AT-C0 0.38 9.7 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.7 Weather Resistant Black Acrylic 100 500
Nylon 6.6 C4.
ACC38-AV-M300 0.38 9.7 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.40 10.2 Heat Stabilized Weather Black High Bond 1000 5000 Cable
Resistant Nylon 6.6 Acrylic Management
ACC62-A-C 0.62 15.7 1.24 31.5 1.12 28.4 0.63 16.0 Nylon 6.6 Natural Rubber 100 500
ACC62-AT-C 0.62 15.7 1.24 31.5 1.12 28.4 0.63 16.0 Natural Acrylic 100 500 D1.
ACC62-A-C20 0.62 15.7 1.24 31.5 1.12 28.4 0.63 16.0 Black Rubber 100 500 Terminals
ACC62-AT-C0 0.62 15.7 1.24 31.5 1.12 28.4 0.63 16.0 Weather Resistant Black Acrylic 100 500
Nylon 6.6
ACC62-AV-D300 0.62 15.7 1.24 31.5 1.12 28.4 0.63 16.0 Heat Stabilized Weather Black High Bond 500 5000 D2.
Power
Resistant Nylon 6.6 Acrylic
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Push Mount Cord Clip Connectors
Cables are easily snapped into or out of clips Design of wing provides added stability
E1.
Winged design holds mount in place even in applications where Labeling
vibration is present Systems
.50
(12.7) E2.
Labels
.38
(9.6)
.90
(22.9) E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.31
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
J Clips
Low profile clips retain cords, cables, or tubing For indoor use only
B1.
Cable Ties Flexible design allows for easy cord insertion, yet holds Material: PVC
bundle tightly
B2.
Cable
Accessories C
B3.
Stainless A
Steel Ties B
C4.
Cable
Management
A1C Type Clips
D1. Hold cords, cables, and tubing For indoor use only
Terminals
Single rubber adhesive pad for confined areas Material: PVC
D2. B
Power
Connectors
C
D3.
Grounding
Connectors A
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.32 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
A2C Type Clips
Hold cords, cables, and tubing For indoor use only
B1.
Two rubber adhesive pads for added strength Material: PVC Cable Ties
B
B2.
C Cable
Accessories
A
B3.
Stainless
Max. Bundle Length Width Height Std. Std. Steel Ties
Diameter A B C Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Type Qty. Qty.
C1.
A2C12-A-C8 0.12 3.0 1.30 33.0 0.63 16.0 0.23 5.8 100 1000 Wiring
A2C25-A-C8 0.25 6.4 1.43 36.3 0.63 16.0 0.36 9.1 100 1000 Duct
Light Gray Rubber
A2C38-A-C8 0.38 9.5 1.56 39.6 0.63 16.0 0.49 12.4 100 1000
A2C50-A-C8 0.50 12.7 1.72 43.7 0.63 16.0 0.61 15.5 100 1000 C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
Metal Adhesive Backed Cord Clips
C4.
Can be opened and closed without damaging clip in order to For indoor use only Cable
remove or add cables quickly and easily Management
C D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
A B
D3.
Max. Bundle Length Width Clip Width Grounding
Std. Std.
Diameter A B C Connectors
Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Type Qty Qty.
MACC25-A-C 0.25 6.4 0.77 19.6 0.54 13.7 0.29 7.4 100 1000 E1.
Rubber Labeling
MACC62-A-C 0.62 15.7 1.18 30.0 0.78 19.7 0.29 7.4 100 1000 Systems
Zinc Plated Steel
MACC25-AV-D 0.25 6.4 0.77 19.6 0.54 13.7 0.29 7.4 High Bond 500 1000
MACC62-AV-C 0.62 15.7 1.18 30.0 0.78 19.7 0.29 7.4 Acrylic 100 1000
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.33
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Latching Wire Clips
Route and secure cords and cables Push barb parts are for use with a max panel thickness of
B1. 0.11" (2.7mm) and a hole diameter of .22" (5.6mm)
Cable Ties Convenient releasable latch
Available in six sizes with releasable latch For indoor use only
Material: Nylon 6.6
B2.
Cable
Accessories
C
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
B2.34 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Bevel Entry Clips
Beveled entry allows for easy insertion of cable bundle
B1.
Cable Ties
C
B B2.
C Cable
Accessories
A A
C1.
Max. Bundle Length Width Height Std. Std. Wiring
Diameter A B C Mounting Pkg. Ctn. Duct
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
Adhesive Backed C2.
BEC38-A-L 0.38 9.6 1.46 37.1 1.24 31.5 0.52 13.2 Natural Rubber 50 500 Surface
Adhesive Raceway
BEC62-AT-L0 0.62 15.7 1.46 37.1 1.24 31.5 0.79 20.1 Weather Black Outdoors Acrylic 50 500
Resistant Adhesive D2.
Nylon 6.6 Power
Connectors
BEC75-A-L 0.75 19.0 1.46 37.1 1.49 37.8 0.89 22.6 Natural Rubber 50 500
Adhesive
D3.
Nylon 6.6 Indoors Grounding
BEC75-A-L20 0.75 19.0 1.46 37.1 1.49 37.8 0.89 22.6 Black Rubber 50 500
Connectors
Adhesive
BEC75-AT-L0 0.75 19.0 1.46 37.1 1.49 37.8 0.89 22.6 Weather Black Outdoors Acrylic 50 500 E1.
Resistant Adhesive Labeling
Nylon 6.6 Systems
Push Barb
BECP38H25-L 0.38 9.6 1.46 37.1 0.73 18.5 1.00 25.4 Natural 50 500 E2.
Labels
BECP38H25-L20 0.38 9.6 1.46 37.1 0.73 18.5 1.00 25.4 Black 50 500
Push E3.
Nylon 6.6 Indoors
BECP75H25-L 0.75 19.0 1.47 37.3 0.73 18.5 1.35 34.3 Natural Barb 50 500 Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
BECP75H25-L20 0.75 19.0 1.47 37.3 0.73 18.5 1.35 34.3 Black 50 500
E4.
*For proper selection of adhesive see page B2.54. Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.35
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Adhesive Backed Dual Cord Clip
Holds two cables in high temperature applications
B1.
Cable Ties .68
(17.3)
B2. .44
(11.2)
Cable 1.00
Accessories (25.4)
B3.
Stainless
Max. Bundle Std. Std.
Steel Ties Diameter Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm Material Color Environment Type Qty. Qty.
ADCC31-AT-C10 0.33 9.0 NORYL* White Indoors Acrylic 100 500
C1.
Wiring
Duct
*NORYL Thermoplastic Resin is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Adhesive Backed Mount Cord Clip
C3.
Holds a single cable Funnel entry speeds cable insertion
Abrasion
Protection Vertical cable entry for ease of installation
C4.
Cable .36
Management (9.1)
.81 1.00
D1. (20.6) (25.4)
Terminals
E1.
Labeling Vertical Cord Clips
Systems
Funnel entry design allows for easy insertion of cords and cables For indoor use only
Vertical cable entry for ease of installation
E2.
Labels
E3. C
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
B A
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Max. Bundle Length Width Height Std. Std.
E5. Diameter A B C Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Lockout/ Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Type Qty. Qty.
Tagout
& Safety VCC25-A-C 0.25 6.4 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.44 11.2 Natural 100 500
Solutions Nylon 6.6 Rubber
VCC50-A-C 0.50 12.7 1.56 39.7 1.00 25.4 0.81 20.6 Natural 100 500
F.
Index
B2.36 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Adhesive Backed Latching Clips
Latching cover withstands vibration For indoor use only
B1.
Cable Ties
C
B2.
Cable
Accessories
A B
B3.
Stainless
Max. Bundle Length Width Height Std. Std. Steel Ties
Diameter A B C Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Type Qty. Qty.
C1.
LC3-A-C8 0.20 5.0 0.75 19.1 0.75 19.0 0.47 11.9 100 1000 Wiring
LC5-A-C8 0.36 9.1 1.01 25.7 1.01 25.7 0.61 15.5 Light 100 1000 Duct
PVC Rubber
Gray
LC10-A-L8 0.93 23.6 1.51 38.4 1.51 38.4 0.84 21.3 50 500
C2.
Surface
Cable Holder Adhesive Backed Raceway
Convenient releasable latch allows easy addition and removal Low profile design provides a compact cable routing solution
of cables For indoor use only C3.
5.04 Abrasion
(128.0)
2.48 Protection
(63.0)
.59 1.50
(15.0) (38.1)
C4.
Cable
Management
2.06
(52.3) D1.
Terminals
D A
.06 E3.
(1.5) Pre-Printed
& Write-On
.05 Markers
0.14 Dia. Identification (1.1)
(3.5) Area
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Length Hole Spacing Std. Std.
Cable Width A D Adhesive Pkg. Ctn. E5.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Type Qty. Qty. Lockout/
LPFCM14-A-C14 1.44 37.0 2.56 65.0 2.00 50.8 100 500 Tagout
& Safety
LPFCM22-A-C14 2.19 56.0 3.31 84.0 2.75 69.9 Nylon 6.6 Gray Rubber 100 500 Solutions
LPFCM34-A-C14 3.44 87.0 4.56 115.8 4.00 101.6 100 500
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.37
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Latching Flat Cable Mounts
Available in four sizes with a stack height of .17 inches (4.3mm) to Large mounting base for high bonding strength
B1. accommodate different flat cable widths
Cable Ties For indoor use only
Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing Material: Nylon 6.6
Convenient releasable latch
B2. 0.50
Cable A (12.7) B
Accessories
1.00
(25.4)
B3. C
0.14 DIA THRU
Stainless (3.6)
D A
Steel Ties
C
5.00
(128.1)
E1.
Labeling
Systems 1.03
(26.2)
1.50
E2. (38.1)
Labels
2.50
E3. (63.0)
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers Std. Std.
Length Cable Width Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
E4. Part Number In. mm In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
Permanent FCH2-A-C14 2.48 63.0 2.00 50.8 Gray Rubber Adhesive 100 500
Identification
FCH2-S6-C14 2.48 63.0 2.00 50.8 Gray #6 (M3) Screw 100 500
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index See also Flat Cable Mounting System on Page B2.25.
B2.38 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Flat Cable Clips
Use with any width flat cable for a maximum stack height of For indoor use only
.17 inches (4.3mm) B1.
Material: PVC Cable Ties
Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing
B2.
B A Cable
Accessories
C
B3.
TEAR-TAB Stainless
Steel Ties
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
B
D2.
Power
Connectors
C
D3.
Grounding
A
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Max. Bundle
Diameter Width Bundle Offset Max. Panel Panel Hole Std. Std. E2.
A B C Thickness Diameter Labels
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Qty. Qty.
PC038-H25D-C0 .38 9.5 .62 15.7 .64 16.3 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 500 E3.
PC050-H25D-C0 .50 12.7 .62 15.7 .71 17.9 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 500 Pre-Printed
& Write-On
PC062-H25D-C0 .63 15.8 .62 15.7 .77 19.5 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 500 Markers
PC075-H25D-C0 .75 19.1 .62 15.7 .83 21.1 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 1000
Black E4.
PC087-H25D-C0 .88 22.1 .62 15.7 .89 22.7 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 1000
Permanent
PC100-H25D-C0 1.00 25.4 .62 15.7 .96 24.3 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 1000 Identification
PC112-H25D-C0 1.13 28.5 .62 15.7 1.02 25.8 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 1000
E5.
PC125-H25D-C0 1.25 31.8 .62 15.7 1.08 27.4 .13 3.2 .28 7.1 100 1000
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.39
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Fixed Diameter Cable Clamps
Durable Nylon 6.6 cable clamps
B1.
Cable Ties
A
(Dia.)
B2.
Cable C
Accessories
B3. B
Stainless
Steel Ties
Max. Bundle Bundle
Diameter Width Offset Std. Std.
C1.
A B C Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Wiring
Duct Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Qty Qty.
CCS12-S8-C .12 3.1 .37 9.4 .33 8.4 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
C2. CCS19-S8-C .19 4.8 .37 9.4 .43 10.9 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
Surface CCS25-S8-C .25 6.3 .37 9.4 .41 10.4 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
Raceway
CCS25-S10-C .25 6.3 .37 9.4 .41 10.4 #10 (M5) Screw 100 500
CCS31-S8-C .31 7.9 .37 9.4 .49 12.4 100 500
C3.
CCS38-S8-C .38 9.5 .37 9.4 .59 15.0 100 500
Abrasion #8 (M4) Screw
Protection CCS44-S8-C .44 11.1 .37 9.4 .57 14.5 100 500
CCS50-S8-C .50 12.7 .37 9.4 .60 15.2 100 500
C4. CCH12-S10-C .12 3.1 .50 12.7 .36 9.1 100 500
Cable CCH19-S10-C .19 4.8 .50 12.7 .42 10.7 100 500
Management
CCH25-S10-C .25 6.3 .50 12.7 .46 11.7 100 500
CCH31-S10-C .31 7.9 .50 12.7 .50 12.7 100 500
D1. CCH38-S10-C .38 9.5 .50 12.7 .53 13.5 100 500
Terminals
CCH44-S10-C .44 11.1 .50 12.7 .56 14.2 100 500
CCH50-S10-C .50 12.7 .50 12.7 .59 15.0 100 500
D2. CCH56-S10-C .56 14.2 .50 12.7 .61 15.5 100 500
Power CCH62-S10-C .62 15.7 .50 12.7 .65 16.5 100 500
Connectors
CCH69-S10-C .69 17.5 .50 12.7 .75 19.1 #10 (M5) Screw 100 500
CCH75-S10-C .75 19.1 .50 12.7 .78 19.8 100 500
D3.
Grounding
CCH81-S10-C .81 20.6 .50 12.7 .81 20.6 100 500
Connectors CCH87-S10-C .87 22.1 .50 12.7 .84 21.3 100 500
CCH100-S10-C 1.00 25.4 .50 12.7 .91 23.1 100 500
E1. CCH112-S10-C 1.12 28.4 .50 12.7 .97 24.6 100 500
Labeling CCH119-S10-C 1.19 30.2 .50 12.7 1.00 25.4 100 500
Systems
CCH125-S10-C 1.25 31.8 .50 12.7 1.06 26.9 100 500
CCH138-S10-C 1.37 34.8 .50 12.7 1.12 28.4 100 500
E2. CCH150-S10-C 1.50 38.1 .50 12.7 1.19 30.2 100 500
Labels
All parts listed are also available in black weather resistant material (add suffix 0). Bulk package only.
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.40 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Wire Retainers
Wires slide into the clip and are held in place by tension Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing
Funnel entry design allows for easy insertion of cords and cables B1.
Cable Ties
1.44
(36.5)
B2.
Cable
.36 .38 Accessories
(9.1) (9.5)
.06
(1.5) .56
(14.2) B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Max. Bundle Std. Std.
Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty. C1.
Wiring
TWR-C 0.38 9.5 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors 100 500 Duct
TWR-C0 0.38 9.5 Weather Resistant Black Outdoors #6 (M3) Screw 100 500
Nylon 6.6
C2.
Surface
Raceway
D2.
Horizontal Siding Clip Vertical Siding Clip VSC Vertical Clip HSC Horizontal Clip Power
Connectors
Max. Bundle Std. Std.
Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm Material Color Method Qty. Qty. D3.
Grounding
HSC.25-L 0.25 6.4 Nylon 6.6 White 50 500 Connectors
HSC.25-L100 0.25 6.4 Weather Resistant Black 50 500
Polypropylene
Clip E1.
VSC.25-L 0.25 6.4 Nylon 6.6 White 50 500 Labeling
VSC.25-L100 0.25 6.4 Weather Resistant Black 50 500 Systems
Polypropylene
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.41
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Wire Standoffs
For retaining wires, cable, components or tubing away from panel Design of wing provides added stability
B1. or conductive chassis
Cable Ties Material: Nylon 6.6
Finger grip flanges can be easily locked or unlocked for revisions For indoor use only
B2. A
Cable Max. Dia.
Accessories (when closed)
B3.
Stainless B
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring Max. Bundle Standoff
Duct Diameter Height Max. Panel Panel Hole Std. Std.
A B Thickness Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
C2.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
Surface WS25-25-C .25 6.4 .25 6.4 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
Raceway
WS25-50-C .25 6.4 .50 12.7 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
WS25-75-C .25 6.4 .75 19.1 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
C3. WS35-25-C .35 8.9 .25 6.4 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
Abrasion
Protection WS35-50-C .35 8.9 .50 12.7 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
WS35-75-C .35 8.9 .75 19.1 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
Natural Push Barb
C4.
WS50-25-C .47 11.9 .25 6.4 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
Cable WS50-50-C .47 11.9 .50 12.7 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
Management
WS50-75-C .47 11.9 .75 19.1 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
WS75-25-C .78 19.8 .25 6.4 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
D1. WS75-50-C .78 19.8 .50 12.7 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
Terminals WS75-75-C .78 19.8 .75 19.1 .08 2.0 .19 4.7 100 500
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.42 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Snap-In Clips
Clip around bundle to hold securely in place Material: Nylon 6.6 B1.
Clips are placed on the bundle then attached to the panel For indoor use only Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
A
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C4.
Cable
Management
B D3.
Grounding
B Connectors
A
A
E1.
Labeling
Systems
VWS Vertical HWS Horizontal
E2.
Height Width Max. Panel Panel Hole Std. Std. Labels
Max. Bundle Capacity A B Thickness Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
E3.
VWS4218-C 0.18 x 0.42 5.0 x 10.7 0.58 14.7 0.60 15.2 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7 100 500 Pre-Printed
VWS4238-C 0.40 x 0.42 10.2 x 10.7 0.78 19.8 0.60 15.2 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7 100 500 & Write-On
Push Markers
VWS4274-C 0.74 x 0.42 19.0 x 10.7 1.14 29.0 0.60 15.2 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7 Natural 100 500
Barb
VWS42105-C 1.05 x .42 27.0 x 10.7 1.45 36.8 0.60 15.2 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7 100 1000
E4.
HWS2819-C 0.19 x 0.28 5.0 x 7.1 0.42 10.7 0.44 11.2 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7 100 500 Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.43
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Corrugated Tubing Holder with Push Mount
B1. Use to secure and route all standard sizes of solid wall or slit Rugged clip prevents accidental disassembly of tubing due
Cable Ties corrugated loom tubing to shock or vibration
Ribs prevent lateral movement of corrugated loom tubing along
the mount
B2.
Cable
Accessories A Dia
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Nominal Diameter Std. Std.
A Max. Panel Thickness Panel Hole Diameter Pkg. Ctn.
C2.
Surface Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
Raceway CTH19U04-C30 0.19 5 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100
CTH35U08-C30 0.35 9 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100 500
C3. CTH38U10-C30 0.38 10 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100
Abrasion
Protection CTH50U13-C30 0.50 13 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100
CTH62U17-C30 0.62 17 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100
CTH87U22-C30 0.87 22 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals Harness Clips
Integral spring holds wire bundles tightly Design of wing provides added stability
D2.
Available in vertical and horizontal loading configurations
Power
Connectors
.39 .39
(10.0)
(10.0)
D3.
Grounding 1.25
Connectors (31.8) 1.10
(27.9)
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.44 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Optical Fiber Network Saddles
Use in pre-drilled .18 inch (4.0mm) holes in panels up to .09 inch Smooth rounded edges eliminate potential for snagging and stress
(2.0mm) thick on cable B1.
Cable Ties
1.33
(33.7)
1.28 B2.
(32.5)
2.71
2.37
(60.1)
Cable
(68.8) Accessories
1.30
1.647 (32.9)
(41.8)
.377
(9.6)
B3.
.40
(10.3) Stainless
VWSDC VWS106 Steel Ties
Max.
Bundle Std. Std. C1.
Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn. Wiring
Part Number In. mm Material Method Color Qty. Qty. Duct
VWSDC-C* 1.06 26.9 Nylon 6.6 Push Barb Natural 100 500
VWSDC-C20* 1.06 26.9 Nylon 6.6 Push Barb Black 100 C2.
Surface
VWS106-C 1.06 26.9 Nylon 6.6 Push Barb Natural 100 500 Raceway
VWS106-C20 1.06 26.9 Nylon 6.6 Push Barb Black 100 500
*Accepts two bundles. C3.
Abrasion
Protection
Nylon Edge Clips
Integral spring holds wire bundles tightly Design of wing provides added stability
C4.
Available in vertical and horizontal loading configurations Indoor/Outdoor use Cable
Management
.59
(15.0) D1.
Terminals
.74 .39
(18.7) (10.0)
HCME06A12 D2.
Power
Max. Max. Connectors
Bundle Panel Std. Std.
Diameter Range Thickness Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
D3.
Part Number In. mm In. mm Material Color Method Qty. Qty. Grounding
HCME04Y09-C30* 0.16 0.35 4.0 9.0 0.16 4.0 Nylon 6.6 Heat 100 Connectors
Stabilized
HCME06A12-C130 0.24 0.47 5.9 12.5 0.05 1.2 Acetal Heat 100 500
Stabilized Black Clip onto Edge E1.
Labeling
HCME06Y12-C30* 0.31 0.47 8.0 12.0 0.16 4.0 Nylon 6.6 Heat 100 Systems
Stabilized
*Bulk packaging size available.
E2.
Labels
Wire Bundle Strap
Securely routes large cable bundles Rounded edges prevent damage to cable jackets
E3.
Pre-Printed
1.00
(24.5) & Write-On
3.92
Markers
(99.6)
4.82
(122.56) E4.
Permanent
Identification
2.54
(64.5) E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Bundle Std. Std. Solutions
Retaining Area Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In.2 Material Color Method Qty. Qty.
F.
WBS6-Q 6.00 ABS White (2) 1/4" (M6) Screws 25 125 Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.45
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Circuit Board Posts
For board-to-board or board-to-chassis mounting Material: Nylon 6.6
B1.
Cable Ties Bell flange on bottom end provides greater stability Color: Natural
Releasable and reusable
B2.
Cable
Accessories
.19 Dia.
(4.7) A .28
B3. (7.2)
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring Height Panel Hole Std. Std.
Duct Standoff Height A Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Qty. Qty.
C2. CBP12-C .12 3.0 .40 10.2 .156 3.96 100 500
Surface CBP25-C .25 6.4 .54 13.5 .156 3.96 100 500
Raceway
CBP31-C .31 7.9 .59 15.0 .156 3.96 100 500
CBP37-C .37 9.4 .62 15.7 .156 3.96 100 500
C3. Push
Abrasion CBP50-C .50 12.7 .78 19.8 .156 3.96 100 500
Barb
Protection CBP62-C .62 15.7 .91 23.0 .156 3.96 100 500
CBP75-C .75 19.1 1.04 26.2 .156 3.96 100 500
C4. CBP87-C .87 22.1 1.15 29.2 .156 3.96 100 500
Cable CBP100-C 1.00 25.4 1.28 32.5 .156 3.96 100 500
Management
D1.
Terminals Circuit Board Locking Supports
For board-to-chassis support Releasable and reusable
Snap-in design for fast assembly Material: Nylon 6.6
D2.
Power Design of wing provides added stability
Connectors
C
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
D
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2. B
Labels
Panel Hole Chassis Panel Standoff
Height Diameter Hole Diameter Height Std. Std.
E3. A B C D
Pre-Printed Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
& Write-On Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
Markers CBLS18-C .92 23.4 .19 4.8 .16 4.0 .19 4.7 100 500
CBLS25-C .98 24.9 .19 4.8 .16 4.0 .25 6.4 100 500
E4.
Permanent CBLS37-C 1.11 28.2 .19 4.8 .16 4.0 .38 9.5 Push 100 500
Identification Natural
CBLS50-C 1.23 31.2 .19 4.8 .16 4.0 .50 12.7 Barb 100 500
E5.
CBLS62-C 1.35 34.3 .19 4.8 .16 4.0 .63 15.9 100 500
Lockout/ CBLS75-C 1.48 37.5 .19 4.8 .16 4.0 .75 19.1 100 500
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.46 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Harness Board Accessories
Panduit harness board accessories provide fast routing
B1.
and forming of wires in harness fabrication. They hold the Cable Ties
wires off the harness board at a uniform height for easy
application of cable ties. The accessories are designed
for use with various Panduit cable tie installation tools. B2.
Cable
To maintain the harness at a uniform height of approx. Accessories
1.33 inches (33.8mm) (at the center of the harness)
above the board, use RER Elastic Retainers, BR.75-E6 B3.
or BR.5-E6, CPH.75-S8, TJF and SHH1-S8 or SHH3-S8 Stainless
Steel Ties
harness board accessories. This height is suitable for
use with PAT1M Automatic Cable Tie Installation Tool.
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Elastic Retainers
C3.
Cable bundles are formed as individual wires are inserted The elastic band is replaceable Abrasion
Completed bundles can be easily removed For indoor use only Protection
A
C4.
Replacement Elastic Cable
Management
Part Pkg.
C
Number Qty.
For economy, the elastic band can be
RER.5E-X 10 replaced in the RER Elastic Retainers D1.
RER.75E-X 10 without removing the RER base. Terminals
RER1.25E-X 10
B RER2.0E-X 10
D2.
Max. Bundle Length Width Height Std. Std. Power
Diameter A B C Mounting Pkg. Ctn. Connectors
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Method Qty. Qty.
RER.5-S6-X 0.50 12.7 1.18 30.0 0.84 21.3 1.89 48.0 10 50
D3.
RER.75-S6-X 0.75 19.0 1.18 30.0 1.12 28.4 2.21 56.1 Black Base, 10 50 Grounding
White Arm Two #6 (M3)
Nylon 6.6 Connectors
RER1.25-S6-X 1.25 31.8 1.18 30.0 1.64 41.7 2.86 72.6 Screws 10 50
RER2.0-S6-X 2.00 50.8 1.31 33.3 2.81 71.4 3.94 100.2 Natural 10 50
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E4.
A Permanent
Identification
E5.
Max. Bundle Length Width Height Lockout/
Std. Std. Tagout
Diameter A B C Mounting Pkg. Ctn. & Safety
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Method Qty. Qty. Solutions
ER.5-E4-X .50 12.7 1.96 49.8 .56 14.2 1.00 25.4 Two #6 (M3) 10 100
Nylon 6.6 Black F.
ER1.25-E4-X 1.25 31.8 2.90 73.7 .95 24.1 2.00 50.8 Screws 10 100
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.47
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Bundle Retainers
Funnel entry allows fast cable insertion For indoor use only
B1. Completed bundles can be easily removed Color: Black
Cable Ties
B2. .78
Cable (19.8) 2.25
Accessories 2.18 (57.2)
A A (55.4)
.44 A
(11.2) 2.56
(65.0) 2.50
B3. (63.5)
Stainless BR.5 and BR.75 BR2 BR2-1.3
Steel Ties
Standoff
Max. Bundle Height Std. Std.
C1. Diameter A Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Wiring
Part Number In. mm In. mm Material Method Qty. Qty.
Duct
BR.5-E6-C 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.2 100 500
Impact
C2.
Resistant Two #6 (M3) Screws
BR.75-E6-C 0.75 19.0 0.95 24.1 100 500
Surface Nylon 6.6
Raceway
BR2-1.3-X 2.00 50.8 1.32 33.5 Two 1/4" (M6) Screws 10 10
C3. BR2-1.3-A-X 2.00 50.8 1.35 34.3 Glass Rubber Adhesive Tape 10 10
Abrasion BR2-1.5-X 2.00 50.8 1.59 40.4 Filled 10 10
Protection Nylon 6.6
BR2-4-X 2.00 50.8 4.06 103.1 Two 1/4" (M6) Screws 10 10
BR2-6-X 2.00 50.8 6.02 152.9 10 10
C4.
Cable Corner Posts
Management
Designed to pre-form tight bundles at harness corners For indoor use only
and breakouts
D1. Top arm rotates upward for easy removal of completed harness
Terminals
B2.48 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Wire End Holder
Secures wire ends while harness is being fabricated For indoor use only
B1.
Used with #28 thru #16 AWG wires Cable Ties
B3.
.18 (4.6) Stainless
.37 Steel Ties
(9.4)
C3.
Harness Board Nails Abrasion
Protection
Speed routing of wires Smooth finish on nails prevents abrasion to wire jackets
Uniform driving depth is insured by a collar stop For indoor use only
C4.
Cable
Management
B
C
D1.
Terminals
A
D2.
Power
Connectors
HBN4-T 4.00 101.6 4.67 118.6 .14 3.7 200 1000 E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.49
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Fanning Strip System
Holds wires in a specific orientation Will accept wires up to 18 AWG
B1. No sharp edges to damage wire insulation Fanning strip can remain as part of completed harness
Cable Ties
.53
(13.5) .04 (1.0)
B2.
Cable .04 (1.0) 1.42
Accessories .16 (4.0) .04 (1.0) (36.0)
6.00 (152.4)
.12 (3.0) .31 (7.9) .62 (15.7)
.06 (1.5) 1.10 .60
B3. 12.1 1.50 .75 .56 (28.0) (15.2)
Stainless (307.8) (38.1) (19.0) (14.2)
3.2 (81.3)
Steel Ties FS156 FSH40 FSHH
C1.
Wiring Std. Std.
Duct Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Material Color Method Qty. Qty.
FS156-C Nylon 6.6 Natural FSH Holder 100 1000
C2.
Surface FSH40-X Four #8 (M4) Screws 10 100
Raceway
ABS Black
FSHH-X Two #8 (M4) Screws 10 100
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
D1.
Terminals .19 (4.8) Dia.
.53 (13.4)
.44 (11.2)
A
D2. A
Power
Connectors 1.30
PBSC (33.0)
D3. SHH
Grounding
Connectors Hole Spacing Std. Std.
A Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
E1.
Part Number In. mm Material Color Method Qty. Qty.
Labeling PBSC1-X 1.00 25.4 SHH1 Spring Holder 10 100
Systems
PBSC3-X 3.00 76.2 Two #8 (M4) Screws 10 100
Steel
PBSC6-X 6.00 152.4 SHH3 Spring Holder 10 100
E2. PBSC12-X 12.00 304.8 Two #8 (M4) Screws 10 100
Labels SHH1-S8-X 1.85 47.0 Two #8 (M4) Screws 10 100
Nylon 6.6 Natural
SHH3-S8-X 6.80 172.7 Two #8 (M4) Screws 10 100
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.50 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Tie Harness Mounts
Designed to be attached to the wire harness Available with or without corrugated tubing location tab
during assembly Natural nylon material for indoor use B1.
Cable Ties
Cable ties can be installed by hand or with Panduit Heat stabilized nylon material (30) for high temperature
automatic cable tie tools applications indoor use
Used with harness board standoff posts
B2.
Cable
1.54 .37 Accessories
(39.1) (9.4)
B3.
.160 Stainless
(4.1) Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Maximum Panel Duct
Used with Panel Hole Std. Std.
Cable Thickness Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
C2.
Part Number Ties* In. mm In. mm Material Color Method Qty. Qty. Surface
FOR CORRUGATED TUBING A location tab on the mount shelf aligns with the corrugated tubing grooves Raceway
to ensure proper mount location during assembly
THMSP20-C M, I, S .160 4.1 0.244 0.283 6.2 7.2 Nylon 6.6 Natural Push Barb 100 1000 C3.
THMSP20-C30 M, I, S .160 4.1 0.244 0.283 6.2 7.2 Heat Stabilized Black Push Barb 100 1000 Abrasion
Nylon 6.6 Protection
THMSP25-C M, I, S .230 5.8 0.244 0.283 6.2 7.2 Nylon 6.6 Natural Push Barb 100 1000
THMSP25-C30 M, I, S .230 5.8 0.244 0.283 6.2 7.2 Heat Stabilized Black Push Barb 100 1000 C4.
Nylon 6.6 Cable
Management
FOR DISCRETE WIRING No location tab
THMSP20F-C M, I, S .160 4.1 0.244 0.283 6.2 7.2 Nylon 6.6 Natural Push Barb 100 1000
THMSP20F-C30 M, I, S .160 4.1 0.244 0.283 6.2 7.2 Heat Stabilized Black Push Barb 100 1000 D1.
Nylon 6.6 Terminals
THMSP25F-C M, I, S .230 5.8 0.244 0.283 6.2 7.2 Nylon 6.6 Natural Push Barb 100 1000
THMSP25F-C30 M, I, S .230 5.8 0.244 0.283 6.2 7.2 Heat Stabilized Black Push Barb 100 1000 D2.
Nylon 6.6 Power
*Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard. Connectors
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.51
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Automatic Cable Tie Mounts
B1. Multiple sizes work with industry standard panel thickness Supports Miniature and Intermediate cross section
Cable Ties and hole diameters for greater application flexibility cable ties
Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface,
saving space and providing greater protection for bundles
B2. in high vibration applications
Cable
Accessories A
C
B3.
Stainless B
Steel Ties
C1. Maximum
Wiring A B C Panel Panel Hole
Duct Std. Std.
Length Width Height Thickness Diameter Range
Used with Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Qty. Qty.
C2.
Surface ATM-W187-M Natural 1000 5000
Raceway Nylon 6.6
ATM-W187-M20 Black 1000 5000
0.17 4.3
0.58 14.6
C3. ATM-W187-M30 0.20 4.9 Heat Black 1000 5000
Abrasion Stabilized
Protection BT1.5M-
XMR, Nylon 6.6
ATM-W250-M 0.80 20.5 0.35 9.0 0.12 3.0
PLT1.5M- Natural 1000 5000
C4. XMR
ATM-W250-M20 Nylon 6.6
Cable Black 1000 5000
Management 0.23 5.7
0.66 16.6
ATM-W250-M30 0.26 6.6 Heat Black 1000 5000
Stabilized
D1. Nylon 6.6
Terminals Auto Tie Mounts work with Reel-fed Cable Ties and Automatic Tooling. See page B1.115.
D2.
Power Harness Board Fixtures
Connectors
Automatic alignment orients the tool head with the mount Integrated switch* capability enables placement of a switch
D3. for reliable feeding of the cable through the mount to to detect the mounts presence providing an input to a
Grounding speed installation quality control system
Connectors Multiple fixture configurations allow mounting in horizontal, Activation device on harness board fixture prevents tool from
vertical, or 45 orientation operating unless it is properly engaged in the fixture for
operator safety
E1.
Labeling
Systems
2.38
(60)
E2.
Labels
5.04
2.50 (128)
(64)
E3.
Pre-Printed ATMB
& Write-On
Markers Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Mounting Color Material Qty. Qty.
E4.
Permanent ATMB Base Screw base to harness Black 10
Identification board with 1/4" screws
ATMI-W187-X Insert for ATM-W187 mount Snaps into ATMB Yellow 10
E5.
Lockout/ ATMI-W250-X Insert for ATM-W250 mount Snaps into ATMB Red 10
Tagout Acetal
ATMI-XMR-X Used for cable tie installations where Snaps into ATMB Black 10
& Safety mounts are NOT required
Solutions
ATMC Clamp used to secure the ATMB (base) Screw clamp to harness Black 10
in a vertical or 45 position board with 1/4" screws
F.
Index *The Omron Electronics D2SW-3L1HS switch is compatible with the ATM system. Similar switches from other manufacturers may also be suitable.
See page B1.115 for Panduit Automatic Cable Tie Installation Systems.
B2.52 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Physical Properties and Colors of Cable Accessory Materials
Glass
Filled B1.
Cable Ties
Flame Flame General Weather General General Weather Flame
Design Retardant Retardant Purpose Resistant Purpose Purpose Resistant Retardant
Criteria Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Polypropylene Polypropylene ABS ABS ABS Polypropylene Acetal PVC
B2.
Color Black, Black Black Black Black Natural Black Black Black Gray, Cable
Natural White Accessories
Part Number 60, 69 None None/109 100 None 20 0 None None 810
Suffix
B3.
UL V-0 V-0 HB HB HB HB HB V-0 HB V-0 Stainless
Flammability Steel Ties
UL 94
Gamma 1x105 N/A 1x105 Rads 1x105 Rads N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Radiation Rads C1.
Resistance Wiring
Duct
Water 1.1% 0.7% 0.1% 0.1% 0.3% 0.3% 0.3% 0.15% 0.43% 0.3%
Absorption (24 hrs.) (24 hrs.) (24 hrs.) (24 hrs.) (24 hrs.) (24 hrs.) (24 hrs.) (24 hrs.) (24 hrs.) (24 hrs.)
UV Poor Poor Poor Good Poor Fair Good Good Good Poor C2.
Surface
Resistance
Raceway
Maximum 230F 230F 221F 221F 185F 185F 185F 257F 194F 122F
Continuous (110C) (110C) (105C) (105C) (85C) (85C) (85C) (125C) (90C) (50C)
Use C3.
Temperature Abrasion
Protection
Minimum -40F -40F -40F -40F -40F -40F -40F -40F -40F -40F
Continuous (-40C) (-40C) (-40C) (-40C) (-40C) (-40C) (-40C) (-40C) (-40C) (-40C)
Use C4.
Temperature Cable
Management
E4.
Cable or weight (Lbs./ft.) Mounts Permanent
= Spacing Identification
Static Load rating of Mount (Lbs./mt.) Ft.
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.53
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Selection and Use of Adhesive Mounts
Panduit adhesive mounts provide a quick, economical, and dependable
B1.
Cable Ties method of supporting, routing, and protecting wires or cables. Some are
used with Panduit cable ties and others can be used without cable ties.
Adhesive backed mounts adhere to a variety of surfaces. This alternative
B2. to mechanical fasteners offers the advantage of lower installed cost with
Cable
Accessories safe, easy to use, quality products.
Applications
B3.
Stainless To route wires in control panels and switchboards
Steel Ties
To support bundles of wires away from moving mechanical devices
Routing and harnessing cables, both indoors and out, to prevent safety hazards
C1.
Wiring
To organize flat cables in many locations with low profile construction
Duct Ideal for supporting wire bundles where holes cannot be made in the substrate
To separate groups of wires for identification
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
General Mount Guidelines
Panduit pressure sensitive adhesive (foam tape) mounts are intended to secure wire bundles or other light
C4.
Cable
objects to smooth surfaces. These mounts are not designed to support excessive loads and should not be
Management used when the maximum expected load exceeds the rated capacity of the mount.
D1.
Choosing the Right Adhesive
Terminals Panduit offers two standard pressure sensitive foam tapes which are available on most adhesive backed
wiring accessories products. The general purpose tape is produced with a rubber based adhesive and is
identified by an -A in the part number. This tape develops its strength extremely fast and can be used in
D2. environments with temperatures ranging from -20F (-29C) to 120F (49C). It is recommended that rubber
Power
Connectors based adhesive mounts dwell 2 hours after installation, prior to loading. Rubber based adhesive tape is the
best choice for most adhesive mount applications, including powder coated surfaces.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors Acrylic based adhesive tape is also available and is identified by an -AT in the part number. This tape is for
use in environments where continuous exposure to temperatures ranging from -20F (-29C) to 180F (82C)
is possible. Acrylic based adhesive develops its maximum strength over a longer period of time than rubber
E1. based adhesive. It is recommended that acrylic adhesive mounts dwell 8 hours after installation, prior to
Labeling
Systems loading. Acrylic based adhesive tape is a good choice for environments with exposure to UV rays or
temperatures above 120F (49C).
E2.
Labels Panduit adhesive backed cable accessories are also available pre-installed with high bond acrylic-based
adhesive. This adhesive can be used in applications with continuous use temperatures ranging from
E3. -31F (-35C) to 200F (93C), though higher temperatures may be possible for short-term exposure.
Pre-Printed High Bond cable accessories are recommended for use in demanding applications such as where high
& Write-On temperatures are required, or where fatigue loading is expected.
Markers
E4. Panduit also offers a 2-part epoxy for use in applications where excessive loading is required, or where the
Permanent
Identification surface to which the mount must be applied is porous rather than smooth. Panduit EMA adhesive is a 2-part
epoxy cement which is packaged in convenient mixer cups containing an equal amount of resin and hardener.
E5. Peel the protective covering off and pop the center of the cup in to form a mixing bowl. Each cup is supplied
Lockout/ with a mixer stick and contains enough epoxy to properly apply three EMS mounts. The resin and hardener
Tagout
& Safety should be thoroughly mixed together until the epoxy is a consistent and uniform color. The mixer stick can then
Solutions be used to apply the adhesive to the mount. The epoxy should be forced into the grooves on the bottom of the
mount to obtain optimum bond performance. The mount should be applied to the surface with light pressure and
F. a back-and-forth twisting motion. Hardening of the epoxy begins five minutes after mixing at room temperature.
Index
B2.54 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Selection and Use of Adhesive Mounts (continued)
B1.
Surface Preparation Cable Ties
For best results, Panduit adhesive mounts should be applied to clean, dry, grease-free surfaces.
We recommend that the surface be cleaned prior to mount installation. For rubber and acrylic based
B2.
foam tape adhesives, a blend of isopropyl alcohol and water 50/50 may be used to clean most surfaces. Cable
Accessories
For epoxy type adhesives, especially masonry surfaces, be sure to clean all loose particles away before mount
installation. Some surface abrasion is recommended to achieve maximum strength. A light rubbing with medium
grit emery cloth or sandpaper is best. Wash after abrading. B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Proper Installation Techniques For Pressure Sensitive Adhesive Mounts
For proper installation of adhesive mounts with foam tape, simply remove the release liner and place the mount C1.
in the desired location. Avoid touching the adhesive prior to positioning the mount. Apply firm pressure to the Wiring
mount for 5 seconds to insure proper adhesion. Duct
C2.
12 Surface
Raceway
Alcohol 9 3
6
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
1) Clean surface with a 2) Allow surface to air dry. 3) Remove the release 4) Apply full thumb 5) Allow mount to Cable
clean cloth and liner, being careful not pressure for at least properly dwell. Management
isopropyl alcohol. to touch the adhesive. 5 seconds.
D1.
Terminals
Proper Storage Conditions
All Panduit adhesive products have an expiration date printed on the package label. Use the following
D2.
storage guidelines: Power
1. For rubber and acrylic based foam tape adhesives, store in temperatures of 70F (21C) and 45% Connectors
Relative Humidity (R.H.).
2. For epoxy type adhesives, store in temperatures of 40F (4C) to 75F (25C) and relative humidity not in D3.
Grounding
excess of 45%. Storage in opened containers is not recommended. Using the guidelines above, the shelf life of Connectors
foam tape is 3 years. Shelf life of epoxy is 1 year. Deviation from the recommended storage conditions may
reduce the shelf life or adhesive strength. In any case, adhesive products should never be stored near heating
vents or other heat sources, and storage in lower temperatures than those recommended may increase the E1.
Labeling
shelf life. Systems
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B2.55
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
NOTES
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.56 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
indoor, outdoor, and underground (including direct burial) applications.The ties are designed for use in
B2.
critical applications where strength, vibration, radiation, weathering, corrosion and temperature Cable
Accessories
extremes are a factor.
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Patented locking head design assures locking in
any position, with a high rated loop tensile C1.
Wiring
strength for a durable solution that delivers an Duct
extra margin of safety
C2.
201, 304, or 316 grade stainless steel provides a Surface
strong, long-lasting method of bundling and Raceway
E1.
Panduit continues to develop stainless steel solutions for harsh environment applications by solving Labeling
Systems
customer problems with innovative products and reliable tooling to achieve lowest installed cost.
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Steel Products Overview
B1. Pan-Steel Cable Ties Pages B3.4 B3.7, B3.11 B3.13
Cable Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2. Pan-Steel Coated Cable Ties Pages B3.8 B3.9, B3.12 B3.13
Surface
Raceway
Designed for use in indoor, outdoor, and
underground applications
C3.
Abrasion Self-locking head design speeds installation
Protection
Provides additional edge protection
Prevents corrosion between
C4. dissimilar metals
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pan-Steel Retained Tension Ties Pages B3.17 B3.20
Pre-Printed
& Write-On Designed for use in Industrial, OEM, and
Markers Transportation Markets
Provides tight bundling of armored cables,
E4.
Permanent pipes, conduit and rigid materials
Identification Locks into place at any length along the
E5.
tie body
Lockout/ 360 seal design option eliminates gaps for
Tagout
& Safety
a completely sealed installation
Solutions
F.
Index
B3.2
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Steel Products Overview (continued) Overview
C1.
Wiring
Duct
D1.
Terminals
E2.
Labels
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.3
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Features and Benefits Pan-Steel Cable Ties
Panduit Pan-Steel Stainless Steel Ties are engineered for safety, productivity, and durability by providing round edges and smooth surfaces,
B1. easy threading, high loop tensile strength and tight clamping.
Cable Ties
C3. *Innovative
Abrasion displacement lock Extended retaining tab
Protection Assures superior
*Patented Increases overall tie strength
locking strength
C4.
Cable
Management Fully Rounded Edges Self-Locking for Fast Installation
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
The Pan-Steel Stainless Steel Cable Tie features fully Self-locking design can be Pan-Steel Installation Tools
rounded edges to assure bundle protection and operator fastened by hand requiring for adjustable tension control
E1.
Labeling safety. Panduit not only removes the burr, but actually no fold over or additional and automatic cut-off for
Systems passes the material through a secondary process which installation steps. quick, consistent, and
removes the top and bottom corners of the material. secure installation.
E2.
Labels
F.
Index
B3.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Part Number System for Pan-Steel Cable Ties Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
M LT 6 S CP
B2.
Type Bundle Diameter Reference Cross Section Standard Package Size Material Cable
(In.) Accessories
MLT = Metal S = Standard Q = 25
Locking
LH = Light Heavy L* = 50 (blank) = 304 B3.
Tie
Stainless
H = Heavy LP** = 50 316 = 316 Steel Ties
EH = Extra-Heavy CP = 100
C1.
EH15 = Extra-Heavy-15 *Standard Cross Section Wiring
SH = Super-Heavy **Heavy Cross Section Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Pan-Steel Self-Locking Cable Ties MLT Series
C3.
Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at Smooth surfaces and rounded edges assures cable protection and Abrasion
any length along the tie body worker safety Protection
Provides a strong, durable method of cable bundling Available in AISI 304 stainless steel for
Can be used in a wide range of indoor, outdoor, and underground general-purpose applications C4.
(including direct burial) applications Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most Cable
corrosive environments Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.5
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Steel Self-Locking Cable Ties MLT Series (continued)
Max. Min. Loop Min.
B1. Bundle Tensile Bundle
Cable Ties Recommended Std. Std.
Diameter Length* Strength** Diameter Width Thickness Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm Lbs. N In. mm In. mm In. mm Tool*** Qty. Qty.
B2. Light-Heavy Cross Section
Cable MLT2LH-LP 2.0 51 7.9 201 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 50 250
Accessories
MLT4LH-LP 4.0 102 14.3 362 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, HTMT, 50 250
MLT6LH-LP 6.0 152 20.5 521 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 PPTMT, ST2MT 50 250
B3. MLT8LH-LP 8.0 203 26.8 679 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 50 250
Stainless
Steel Ties Heavy Cross Section
MLT2H-LP 2.0 51 7.9 201 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT2.7H-LP 2.7 69 10.2 259 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
C1.
Wiring MLT4H-LP 4.0 102 14.3 362 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
Duct MLT6H-LP 6.0 152 20.5 521 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, ST2MT, HTMT, 50 250
MLT8H-LP 8.0 203 26.8 679 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 PPTMT, PBTMT 50 250
C2. MLT10H-LP 10.0 254 33.0 838 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
Surface MLT12H-Q 12.0 304 39.3 998 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 25 125
Raceway MLT14H-Q 14.0 355 45.5 1156 450 2000 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 25 125
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
C3. MLT4EH-LP 4.0 102 17.1 434 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 50 250
Abrasion
Protection MLT6EH-LP 6.0 152 23.4 594 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT8EH-LP 8.0 203 29.7 754 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLT10EH-LP 10.0 254 35.9 912 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 50 250
C4. MLT12EH-Q 12.0 305 42.2 1072 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 25 125
Cable ST2MT, RT2HT,
Management MLT4EH15-LP 4.0 102 17.1 434 700 3115 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 RT2HTN, PBTMT 50 250
MLT6EH15-LP 6.0 152 23.4 594 700 3115 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MLT8EH15-LP 8.0 203 29.7 754 700 3115 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
D1. MLT10EH15-LP 10.0 254 35.9 912 700 3115 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
Terminals
MLT12EH15-Q 12.0 305 42.2 1072 700 3115 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125
Super-Heavy Cross Section
D2. MLT4SH-LP 4.0 102 17.1 434 900 4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
Power MLT6SH-LP 6.0 152 23.4 594 900 4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
Connectors RT2HT, RT2HTN,
MLT8SH-LP 8.0 203 29.7 754 900 4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
PBTMT
MLT10SH-LP 10.0 254 35.9 912 900 4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
D3. MLT12SH-Q 12.0 305 42.2 1072 900 4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 25 125
Grounding
Connectors AISI 316 Stainless Steel For Superior Corrosion Resistance
Standard Cross Section
MLT1S-CP316 1.0 25 5.0 127 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
E1.
Labeling MLT2S-CP316 2.0 51 7.9 201 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
Systems MLT2.7S-CP316 2.7 69 10.2 259 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLT4S-CP316 4.0 102 14.3 362 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, HTMT, 100 500
PPTMT, ST2MT
MLT6S-CP316 6.0 152 20.5 521 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
E2.
Labels MLT8S-CP316 8.0 203 26.8 679 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLT10S-CP316 10.0 254 33.0 838 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
Light-Heavy Cross Section
E3.
Pre-Printed MLT2LH-LP316 2.0 51 7.9 201 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 50 250
& Write-On MLT4LH-LP316 4.0 102 14.3 362 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, HTMT, 50 250
Markers
MLT6LH-LP316 6.0 152 20.5 521 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 PPTMT, ST2MT 50 250
MLT8LH-LP316 8.0 203 26.8 679 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.010 0.25 50 250
E4.
Permanent
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
Identification
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 B3.16.
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B3.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Steel Self-Locking Cable Ties MLT Series (continued) Overview
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.7
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Steel Polyester Fully Coated Cable Ties MLTFC Series
Polyester coating available in six color options provides visual AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive environments
B1. indication for easy identification in color-coding applications Available in standard, heavy, extra-heavy and super-heavy
Cable Ties (heavy cross section only) cross sections
Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into UV resistant, low smoke, halogen-free material
place at any length along the tie body
B2. Temperature tolerance -40F (-40C) to 302F (150C)
Polyester coating provides additional edge protection and
Cable
Accessories prevents corrosion between dissimilar metals
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface Max. Min. Loop
Raceway Bundle Tensile Recommended Std. Std.
Diameter Length* Strength** Width Thickness^ Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C3. Part Number In. mm In. mm Color Lbs. N In. mm In. mm Tool*** Qty. Qty.
Abrasion Standard Cross Section^^
Protection
MLTFC2S-CP316 2.0 51 7.9 201 Black 100 445 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
MLTFC4S-CP316 4.0 102 14.3 362 Black 100 445 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, HTMT, 100 500
C4. MLTFC6S-CP316 6.0 152 20.5 521 Black 100 445 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 PPTMT, ST2MT 100 500
Cable
Management MLTFC8S-CP316 8.0 203 26.8 679 Black 100 445 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100 500
Heavy Cross Section^^
MLTFC2H-LP316RD 2.0 51 7.9 201 Red 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
D1.
Terminals MLTFC4H-LP316RD 4.0 102 14.3 362 Red 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC6H-LP316RD 6.0 152 20.5 521 Red 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC2H-LP316YL 2.0 51 7.9 201 Yellow 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
D2.
Power MLTFC4H-LP316YL 4.0 102 14.3 362 Yellow 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
Connectors MLTFC6H-LP316YL 6.0 152 20.5 521 Yellow 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC2H-LP316GR 2.0 51 7.9 201 Green 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
D3. MLTFC4H-LP316GR 4.0 102 14.3 362 Green 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
Grounding MLTFC6H-LP316GR 6.0 152 20.5 521 Green 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
Connectors GS4MT, ST2MT,
MLTFC2H-LP316BU 2.0 51 7.9 201 Blue 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 HTMT, PPTMT, 50 250
MLTFC4H-LP316BU 4.0 102 14.3 362 Blue 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 PBTMT 50 250
E1.
Labeling MLTFC6H-LP316BU 6.0 152 20.5 521 Blue 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
Systems MLTFC2H-LP316WH 2.0 51 7.9 201 White 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC4H-LP316WH 4.0 102 14.3 362 White 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC6H-LP316WH 6.0 152 20.5 521 White 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
E2.
Labels MLTFC2H-LP316 2.0 51 7.9 201 Black 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
MLTFC4H-LP316 4.0 102 14.3 362 Black 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
E3. MLTFC6H-LP316 6.0 152 20.5 521 Black 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
Pre-Printed MLTFC8H-LP316 8.0 203 26.8 679 Black 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
& Write-On
Markers Extra-Heavy Cross Section^^^
MLTFC4EH-LP316 4.0 102 17.1 434 Black 300 1335 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 50 250
E4. MLTFC6EH-LP316 6.0 152 23.4 594 Black 300 1335 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 ST2MT, RT2HT, 50 250
Permanent RT2HTN, PBTMT
Identification MLTFC8EH-LP316 8.0 203 29.7 754 Black 300 1335 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 50 250
Super-Heavy Cross Section^^^
E5.
Lockout/
MLTFC4SH-LP316 4.0 102 17.1 434 Black 450 2000 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
Tagout MLTFC6SH-LP316 6.0 152 23.4 594 Black 450 2000 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HT, RT2HTN, 50 250
& Safety PBTMT
Solutions
MLTFC8SH-LP316 8.0 203 29.7 754 Black 450 2000 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
F. **Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
Index ***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 B3.16.
^Base material less coating. ^^Minimum bundle diameter is .50"(12.7mm). ^^^Minimum bundle diameter is1.0"(25.4mm).
B3.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Steel Nylon 11 Selectively Coated Cable Ties MLTC Series Overview
Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive environments
any length along the tie body Available in heavy cross section B1.
Nylon 11 coating provides additional edge protection and prevents Cable Ties
UV resistant, low smoke, halogen-free material
corrosion between dissimilar metals
Temperature tolerance -40F (-40C) to 285F (140C)
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Min. Loop Wiring
Max. Bundle Tensile Min. Bundle Recommended Std. Std. Duct
Diameter Length* Strength** Diameter Width Thickness^ Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm Lbs. N In. mm In. mm In. mm Tool*** Qty. Qty.
C2.
AISI 316 Stainless Steel For Nylon 11 Selectively Coated Cable Ties Surface
Raceway
Heavy Cross Section
MLTC2H-LP316 2.0 51 7.9 201 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250
C3.
MLTC4H-LP316 4.0 102 14.3 362 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250 Abrasion
GS4MT, ST2MT,
MLTC6H-LP316 6.0 152 20.5 521 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 HTMT, PPTMT, 50 250 Protection
MLTC8H-LP316 8.0 203 26.8 679 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 PBTMT 50 250
MLTC10H-LP316 10.0 254 33.0 838 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250 C4.
Cable
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service. Management
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 B3.16.
^Base material less coating.
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.9
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Pan-Alum Aluminum Cable Ties MLT Series
B1. Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at Smooth surfaces and rounded edges assures cable protection and
Cable Ties any length along the tie body worker safety
Lightweight, aluminum construction for flexibility and ease For use with Pan-Alum Marker Plates on page E4.5, for fast
of handling installation at the lowest installed cost
B2.
Cable Five color options in addition to natural aluminum finish for
Accessories color-coding applications
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B3.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Pan-Steel Double Wrapped Cable Ties MLTD Series
Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at Available in AISI 304 stainless steel for
any length along the tie body general-purpose applications B1.
Cable Ties
Cable tie body passes through the head two times for Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most
additional strength corrosive environments
Available in heavy, extra-heavy, and super-heavy cross sections Super-heavy double wrapped tested for short circuit applications B2.
up to 71.5 kA Cable
Accessories
B3.
1 Stainless
Steel Ties
2 C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Min. Loop Min.
Bundle Tensile Bundle Recommended Std. Std. C2.
Diameter Length* Strength** Diameter Width Thickness Installation Pkg. Ctn. Surface
Part Number In. mm In. mm Lbs. N In. mm In. mm In. mm Tool*** Qty. Qty. Raceway
AISI 304 Stainless Steel MLTD Double Wrapped Ties
Heavy Cross Section C3.
Abrasion
MLT2DH-L 2.0 51 18.5 470 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250 Protection
MLT4DH-L 4.0 102 28.0 711 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, HTMT, 50 250
MLT5DH-L 5.0 127 34.0 863 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 PPTMT, ST2MT 50 250
C4.
MLT6DH-Q 6.0 152 40.0 1016 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 25 250 Cable
Management
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4DEH-Q 4.0 102 29.5 749 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 25 125
MLT6DEH-Q 6.0 152 41.5 1054 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 25 125 D1.
MLT8DEH-Q 8.0 203 53.5 1359 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 ST2MT, RT2HT, 25 125 Terminals
RT2HTN,
MLT4DEH15-Q 4.0 102 29.5 749 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125
PBTMT
MLT6DEH15-Q 6.0 152 41.5 1054 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125
D2.
MLT8DEH15-Q 8.0 203 53.5 1359 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125 Power
Connectors
Super-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4DSH-Q 4.0 102 29.5 749 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.62 15.9 0.015 0.38 25 125
RT2HT,
MLT6DSH-Q 6.0 152 41.5 1054 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.62 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HTN, 25 125 D3.
Grounding
MLT8DSH-Q 8.0 203 53.5 1359 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.62 15.9 0.015 0.38 PBTMT 25 125 Connectors
AISI 316 Stainless Steel For MLTD Double Wrapped Ties
Extra-Heavy Cross Section E1.
MLT4DEH-Q316 4.0 102 29.5 749 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 25 125 Labeling
Systems
MLT6DEH-Q316 6.0 152 41.5 1054 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 25 125
MLT8DEH-Q316 8.0 203 53.5 1359 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 ST2MT, RT2HT, 25 125
RT2HTN, E2.
MLT4DEH15-Q316 4.0 102 29.5 749 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125
PBTMT Labels
MLT6DEH15-Q316 6.0 152 41.5 1054 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125
MLT8DEH15-Q316 8.0 203 53.5 1359 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 25 125
E3.
Super-Heavy Cross Section Pre-Printed
MLT4DSH-Q316 4.0 102 29.5 749 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 25 125 & Write-On
RT2HT, Markers
MLT6DSH-Q316 6.0 152 41.5 1054 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HTN, 25 125
MLT8DSH-Q316 8.0 203 53.5 1359 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 PBTMT 25 125
E4.
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service. Permanent
Identification
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 B3.16.
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.11
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Pan-Steel Custom Length Banding MBS, MBH, MBEH and MBSH Series
For applications that require various bundle diameters Polyester coating (optional):
Supplied in reels of 82.50 feet (25.0m), 200.00 feet Polyester coating provides additional edge protection
B1.
Cable Ties (60.9m), 250.00 feet (76.2m) or 1000.00 feet (304.8m) and prevents corrosion between dissimilar metals
Provides job site versatility with minimum inventory UV resistant, low smoke, halogen-free material
Packaging speeds removal of steel and includes bundle Temperature tolerance -40F (-40C) to 302F (150C)
B2. diameter cut-off guide
Cable AISI 316 stainless steel for the most
Accessories corrosive environments
10.0 1.0
KNOCK-OUT METRIC TAB
CUT-OFF
B3. MEASURE DIAMETER
HANDLE LOCATION
Stainless CUT-OFF GUIDE FOLD OVER
Steel Ties (BOTH SIDES)
RETAINER TAB
MARKERS(MM)
DIAMETER
10mm
20mm
30mm 1"
H
& 40mm RE AN
LE OR 50mm KN TR DLE
ND CT UT 2"
C1. HA TRA -O
E C K
60mm
70mm
OC AC &
K- TOR
OU
R O
Wiring KN 80mm
90mm
1D
(25.4)
3" T
Duct 100mm
110mm
4"
120mm
130mm
140mm
5" 10.0
150mm 6"
160mm 2D
(50.8)
C2. 170mm
180mm 7"
190mm
Surface 200mm 8"
210mm
Raceway 220mm
230mm 9"
240mm 3D
250mm (76.2)
ENGLISH MEASURE
C3.
Abrasion
Protection Max. Min. Loop Min.
Bundle Tensile Bundle Recommended Recommended Std.
Diameter Length* Strength** Diameter Width Thickness^ Installation Banding Pkg.
C4. Part Number In. mm Ft. m Lbs. N In. mm In. mm In. mm Tool*** Head Qty.
Cable
Management AISI 304 Stainless Steel For General Purpose Banding
Standard Cross Section
MBS-TLR Any Any 250 76 100 445 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.4 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, ST2MT, MTHS-C 1
D1. MBS-MR Any Any 1000 305 100 445 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.4 0.010 0.25 HTMT, PPTMT MTHS-C 1
Terminals Heavy Cross Section
MBH-TLR Any Any 250 76 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, ST2MT, MTHH-C 1
HTMT, PPTMT,
D2. MBH-MR Any Any 1000 305 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 MTHH-C 1
PBTMT
Power
Connectors Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MBEH-TLR Any Any 250 76 300 1335 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 ST2MT, RT2HT, MTHEH-C 1
RT2HTN, PBTMT
D3. Super-Heavy Cross Section
Grounding
Connectors MBSH-TR Any Any 200 61 450 2000 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HT, RT2HTN, MTHSH-C 1
PBTMT
AISI 316 Stainless Steel For Superior Corrosion Resistance
E1.
Labeling Standard Cross Section
Systems MBS-TLR316 Any Any 250 76 100 445 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.4 0.010 0.25 GS4MT, ST2MT, MTHS-C316 1
MBS-MR316 Any Any 1000 305 100 445 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.4 0.010 0.25 HTMT, PPTMT MTHS-C316 1
Heavy Cross Section
E2. MBH-TLR316 Any Any 250 76 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 MTHH-C316 1
GS4MT, ST2MT,
Labels
HTMT, PPTMT,
MBH-MR316 Any Any 1000 305 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 MTHH-C316 1
PBTMT
E3. Extra-Heavy Cross Section
Pre-Printed MBEH-TLR316 Any Any 250 76 300 1335 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 ST2MT, RT2HT, MTHEH-C316 1
& Write-On RT2HTN, PBTMT
Markers
Super-Heavy Cross Section
MBSH-TR316 Any Any 200 61 450 2000 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HT, RT2HTN, MTHSH-C316 1
E4.
Permanent PBTMT
Identification *Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
E5. ***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 B3.16.
Lockout/ ^Base material less coating
Tagout Order in number of reels required.
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B3.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Steel Custom Length Banding MBS, MBH, MBEH and MBSH Series
Overview
To determine the proper amount of banding required, use the following formula: C3.
Abrasion
Calculate S and H Cross Section Diameter inches (mm) x 3.14 + 3 inches (76mm) Protection
Calculate EH and SH Cross Section Diameter inches (mm) x 3.14 + 4.5 inches (114mm)
C4.
Cable
Management
Pan-Steel Custom Length Banding Heads MTH Series
Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at any length along the tie body
D1.
Terminals
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty. D2.
AISI 304 Stainless Steel Power
Connectors
MTHS-C Loose piece banding head for standard cross section banding. 100 1000
MTHH-C Loose piece banding head for heavy cross section banding. 100 1000
MTHEH-C Loose piece banding head for extra-heavy cross section banding. 100 1000 D3.
Grounding
MTHSH-C Loose piece banding head for super-heavy cross 100 1000 Connectors
section banding.
AISI 316 Stainless Steel
MTHS-C316 Loose piece banding head for standard cross section banding. 100 1000 E1.
Labeling
MTHH-C316 Loose piece banding head for heavy cross section banding. 100 1000 Systems
MTHEH-C316 Loose piece banding head for extra-heavy cross section banding. 100 1000
MTHSH-C316 Loose piece banding head for super-heavy cross 100 1000
section banding. E2.
AISI 316 Coated Stainless Steel Labels
MTHCH-C316 Loose piece coated banding head for heavy cross 100 1000
section banding. E3.
MTHCEH-C316 Loose piece coated banding head for extra-heavy cross 100 1000 Pre-Printed
section banding. & Write-On
Markers
MTHCSH-C316 Loose piece coated banding head for super-heavy cross 100 1000
section banding.
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
1) Take one end of the cut 2) Take a self-locking head 3) Bend tail flat against bottom
banding and bend back and slide it the entire length of banding head to F.
1/2" (13mm). of the band until it reaches complete assembly. Index
the bend.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.13
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview GS4MT Hand Operated Installation Tool
Single handle operation for fast installation Qualified product listed per MIL Standard MS90387-3
B1.
Cable Ties Cable tie side entry for immediate positioning of tie and tool Automatically tensions and cuts off tie when predetermined tension
Controlled tension, fully adjustable is reached
Easy removal of excess tie Installs standard .18 inch (4.6mm), light-heavy .25 inch (6.4mm)
B2. and heavy .31 inch (7.9mm) cross section ties
Cable
Accessories
Std.
Pkg.
B3.
Stainless Part Number Part Description Qty.
Steel Ties GS4MT Used with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section Pan-Steel type 1
MLT ties, type MLTC/MLTFC coated ties, and type MLTDH double
wrapped ties.
C1.
Wiring K4M-BLD Replacement cutter blade for GS4MT. 1
Duct
K4MTG Replacement tension gripper for GS4MT. 1
CAMT Cut-off accessory. Use this accessory with GS4MT tool to cut MBH or MBS 1
C2. continuous banding. Accessory drops in place for use.
Surface
Raceway GS4MT
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
E2.
Labels To lock selector knob and
tension level.
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
F.
Index
B3.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
RT2HT and RT2HTN Installation Tools Surface
Raceway
Cable tie side entry for immediate positioning of tie and tool to Narrow nose tool design option available for applications requiring
speed installation installations in tight confined spaces C3.
Abrasion
Multi-position rear handle provides flexibility for a one or two hand Replacement cutter blade and handle available for RT2HT Protection
installation
C4.
Cable
Std. Management
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
RT2HT Used with extra-heavy, extra-heavy 15, and super-heavy cross section 1 D1.
Pan-Steel type MLT and MLTFC ties. Width of tool nose 2.60" (66.0mm). Terminals
RT2HTN Narrow nose installation tool for use with extra-heavy, extra-heavy 15, and 1
RT2HT super-heavy cross section Pan-Steel type MLT and MLTFC ties. Width of D2.
tool nose 1.06" (27.0mm). Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
RT2HTN E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
HTMT Installation Tool Labels
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.15
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
PPTMT Pneumatic Installation Tool
B1. Power assisted tool for fast and effortless installation One hand operation lightweight
Cable Ties Cable tie side entry for immediate positioning of tie and tool Easy removal of excess tie
Controlled tension, fully adjustable Operates 85 PSI (586 KPA Bar) non-lubricated air and requires no
Automatic cut-off special maintenance
B2.
Cable
Accessories
Std.
Pkg.
B3. Part Number Part Description Qty.
Stainless PPTMT Pneumatic hand tool used with Pan-Steel type MLT ties, type MLTC/MLTFC 1
Steel Ties
coated ties, and type MLTDH double wrapped ties.
Automatically tensions and cuts off tie when predetermined tension is
reached, providing more reliable and consistent installations.
C1.
Wiring Ideal for high production applications.
Duct Installs standard .18" (4.6mm), light-heavy .25" (6.4mm), and heavy
.31" (7.9mm) cross section ties.
PPTMT
C2.
Surface PPH10 10.0' (3m) hose assembly (regulator to tool); includes a .13" (3.3mm) NPT 1
Raceway male connector (to regulator) and .13" (3.3mm) female quick disconnect
(to tool).
PL289N1 Filter/regulator .5 micron element, regulated range 3 100 psig, features 1
C3. .13" (3.3mm) NPT female output port (to hose PPH10) and .25" (6.4mm)
Abrasion
Protection male quick disconnect to source air line.
KPPTMTG Replacement gripper kit for PPTMT. 1
D2.
PBTMT Battery Powered Installation Tool
Power
Connectors
Lithium-Ion battery optimizes performance by installing more 360 rotating head allows access to confined spaces
cable ties per charge Controlled tension mechanism provides consistent
D3. Ergonomic tool design provides a compact lightweight body, installations every time
Grounding reducing operator fatigue
Connectors Battery indicator improves productivity with quick visual
Automatic flush cut off enhances productivity with easy identification of battery life
one hand installation Variable speed trigger provides increased operator control, for
E1. Cable tie side entry allows quick side entry of tie into easy installation
Labeling tool to speed installation
Systems
Std.
E2. Pkg.
Labels
Part Number Part Description Qty.
PBTMT Battery powered installation tool, for use with Pan-Steel heavy, extra-heavy, 1
E3. and super-heavy cross section MLT style ties, and MLTD double wrapped
Pre-Printed style ties, 2 12 volt Lithium-Ion batteries and 115 volt, 60 Hz
& Write-On charger included.
Markers
PBTMT
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
B3.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Features and Benefits Pan-Steel Retained Tension Ties MRT/MRS Series
B1.
Panduit Pan-Steel Retained Tension Ties are engineered for safety, productivity, and durability by providing round edges and smooth Cable Ties
surfaces, easy threading, high loop tensile strength and tight clamping.
B2.
Panduit Retained Tension Tie Technology Cable
Accessories
Features of Additional Features of
Retained Tension Ties 360 Radial Seal B3.
(MRT and MRS Series) Retained Tension Ties Stainless
Steel Ties
( MRS Series Only)
*Displacement Lock *Aggressive Locking Head
Assures superior Quicker locking, tighter installation C1.
Wiring
locking strength Duct
Unique Locking Ramp
Lead In Assures locking in
Wider entrance for any position C2.
easier threading Surface
Raceway
**Front Tab
**Relief Slots Extra Long Body C3.
Improves bundle Abrasion
For improved bundle conformance Improves bundle
*Patented Protection
conformance conformance
**Patent Pending
C4.
Cable
Management
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.17
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Part Number System for Pan-Steel Retained Tension Ties MRT Series
B1.
Cable Ties M RT 6 S C 4
B3. H = Heavy
Stainless
Steel Ties
Provide tight bundling of armored cables, pipes, conduit and other Self-locking cable tie design locks into place at any length along
C2. rigid materials in harsh conditions for a reliable, easy to install the tie body, unlike fixed diameter band clamps
Surface fastening solution Available in AISI 304 stainless steel with a thickness of 0.010"
Raceway
(0.25mm)
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
Min. Loop
Max. Bundle Tensile Min. Bundle Recommended Std. Std.
Diameter Length Strength Diameter Width Installation Pkg. Ctn.
D1.
Terminals Part Number In. mm In. mm Lbs. N In. mm In. mm Tool*** Qty. Qty.
AISI 304 Stainless Steel For General Purpose
Standard Cross Section
D2.
Power MRT1S-C4 1.0 25 9.0 229 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500
Connectors MRT2S-C4 2.0 51 12.2 310 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500
MTRTLS
MRT4S-C4 4.0 102 18.5 470 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500
MRT6S-C4 6.0 152 24.8 630 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500
D3.
Grounding Light-Heavy Cross Section
Connectors MRT1.5LH-L4 1.5 38 10.6 269 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250
MRT2LH-L4 2.0 51 12.2 310 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250
MTRTLS
MRT4LH-L4 4.0 102 18.5 470 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250
E1.
MRT6LH-L4 6.0 152 24.8 630 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250
Labeling
Systems Heavy Cross Section
MRT1.5H-L4 1.5 38 10.6 269 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
MRT2H-L4 2.0 51 12.2 310 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
MTRTH
E2. MRT4H-L4 4.0 102 18.5 470 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
Labels MRT6H-L4 6.0 152 24.8 630 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
Double Wrapped For Additional Strength
E3. Standard Cross Section
Pre-Printed MRT1.5DS-C4 1.5 38 14.4 366 250 1112 1.00 25.4 0.17 4.4 100 500
& Write-On MTRTLS
Markers MRT2.5DS-C4 2.5 63 20.7 526 250 1112 1.00 25.4 0.17 4.4 100 500
Light-Heavy Cross Section
E4. MRT2.5DLH-L4 2.5 63 20.7 526 350 1556 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 MTRTLS 50 250
Permanent Heavy Cross Section
Identification MRT2DH-L4 2.0 51 18.5 470 550 2447 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
MTRTH
MRT4DH-L4 4.0 102 31.1 790 550 2447 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
E5.
Lockout/ ***For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.20.
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B3.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
Part Number System for Pan-Steel 360 Radial Seal Retained Tension Ties MRS Series System
Overview
B1.
MRS 6 S C 4 Cable Ties
Pan-Steel 360 Radial Seal Retained Tension Ties MRS Series C1.
Wiring
Duct
360 radial seal eliminates gaps under the head of the tie to Self-locking cable tie design locks into place at any length along
provide a completely sealed installation the tie body, unlike fixed diameter band clamps C2.
Available in AISI 304 stainless steel with a thickness of Surface
0.010" (0.25mm) Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
Min. Loop
Max. Bundle Tensile Min. Bundle Recommended Std. Std.
Diameter Length Strength Diameter Width Installation Pkg. Ctn. D1.
Part Number In. mm In. mm Lbs. N In. mm In. mm Tool*** Qty. Qty. Terminals
AISI 304 Stainless Steel For General Purpose
Standard Cross Section
D2.
MRS1S-C4 1.0 25 9.0 229 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500 Power
MRS2S-C4 2.0 51 12.2 310 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500 Connectors
MTRTLS
MRS4S-C4 4.0 102 18.5 470 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500
MRS6S-C4 6.0 152 24.8 630 180 800 0.75 19.1 0.18 4.4 100 500
D3.
Light-Heavy Cross Section Grounding
MRS1.5LH-L4 1.5 38 10.6 269 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250 Connectors
MRS2LH-L4 2.0 51 12.2 310 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250
MTRTLS
MRS4LH-L4 4.0 102 18.5 470 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250
E1.
MRS6LH-L4 6.0 152 24.8 630 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 50 250 Labeling
Heavy Cross Section Systems
MRS1.5H-L4 1.5 38 10.6 269 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
MRS2H-L4 2.0 51 12.2 310 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250
MTRTH
MRS4H-L4 4.0 102 18.5 470 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250 E2.
MRS6H-L4 6.0 152 24.8 630 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 50 250 Labels
***For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.20.
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.19
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
MTRT Retained Tension Manual Installation Tools
B1. Adjustable detent mechanism provides user pre-set controlled Tie tensioning mechanism provides improved durability compared
Cable Ties tension for repeatable installations and maximum reliability to conventional gripper style tools
Smooth cable tie cut-off eliminates burrs or sharp edges after Change over kits available to allow for installation of all tie cross
installation to deliver added bundle protection and job site safety sections with one tool
B2.
Cable
Accessories
Std.
Pkg.
B3. Part Number Part Description Qty.
Stainless
Steel Ties MTRTH Retained tension installation tool for use with Pan-Steel heavy cross 1
section MRT and MRS style ties and MRT double wrapped style ties.
MTRTLS Retained tension installation tool for use with Pan-Steel light-heavy and 1
C1. standard cross section MRT and MRS style ties and MRT double
Wiring wrapped style ties.
Duct
KMTRTH Change over kits allow for installation of heavy cross section MRT and 1
MRS style ties, and MRT double wrapped style ties in MTRTH tools.
C2. KMTRTLS Change over kits allow for installation of light-heavy and standard cross 1
Surface section MRT and MRS style ties, and MRT double wrapped style ties in
Raceway
MTRTLS tools.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B3.20 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Features and Benefits Pan-Steel Strapping System
The Panduit Pan-Steel Stainless Steel Strapping is the ultimate solution for strapping applications. The buckle design B1.
and tension controlled installation tool offer a quick and safe installation for all harsh environments. Available in four widths Cable Ties
3/8" (9.5mm), 1/2" (12.7mm) 5/8" (15.9mm) and 3/4" (19.1mm) in base 201 (3/4" width only), 304, or 316 stainless steel
with a temperature range of -112F (-80C) to 1000F (538C).
B2.
Unique Locking Methods Cable
Accessories
Pan-Steel Stainless Steel Strapping
*Hooked Clamping Tab
B3.
Bends strap body within retention *Cross Rib Support Buckle Design
Stainless
area of buckle for increased loop Enhanced rigidity for higher Provides a low Steel Ties
tensile strength and full coverage loop tensile strength finished profile
of cut end of strap
C1.
Wiring
*Concave Cross Section Duct
Enhanced support to
improve tensile strength
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
No Sharp Edges
Abrasion
After tensioning, cut end Protection
is locked inside buckle
*Concave Buckle Recess
Increases body resistance for C4.
Cable
increased loop tensile strength
Management
E1.
Labeling
Systems
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.21
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview The Panduit Method Reduces Installation Time
Pan-Steel Stainless Steel Strapping
B1.
Cable Ties 1) Place strap 2) Once proper 3) Remove tool,
around the tension is press cut end
material, insert reached, down and toward
B2. tail of strap maintain tension retaining tab.
Cable through buckle. and raise tool
Accessories Pull strapping 90 120 over
tight and bend up buckle and pull
to hold in place. down on cutter
B3. Insert tail of lever, cutting
Stainless strapping into tool strap.
Steel Ties nose section.
Squeeze handle
to tension.
C1.
Wiring
Duct 4) Using the Provides finished,
closure lever safe, and
on the handle secure closure.
C2. of the tool,
Surface bend retaining
Raceway tab down and
over cut end.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable Pan-Steel Stainless Steel MS75 Strapping
Management
1) Place strap 2) Insert tail of 3) After tensioning
around the strapping into tool raise tool 90
D1. material, insert nose section. 120 over buckle
Terminals tail of strap Rotate handle and pull down on
through buckle. to tension. cutter lever,
Pull strapping cutting strap.
tight and bend
D2.
up to hold in
Power
place.
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
4) Remove tool, 5) Using flathead Provides finished,
press cut end screwdriver, bend safe, and
E1. down toward retaining tab down secure closure.
Labeling retaining tab. and over cut end.
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
Part Number System for Discrete Length Strapping
E4.
Permanent MS 4 W 38 T 15 L 4
Identification
B3.22 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Steel Strapping MS Series Overview
Fold over design provides high-retained tension in mechanical Smooth surfaces and rounded edges assures cable protection and
fastening and cable bundling applications worker safety B1.
After tensioning, cut end is locked inside low profile buckle no Available in AISI 201 (3/4" width only) and 304 stainless steel for Cable Ties
sharp edges general-purpose applications
Can be used in a wide range of indoor, outdoor, and underground Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive
B2.
(including direct burial) applications environments Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.23
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Steel Nylon 11 Coated Strapping MSC Series
Fold over design provides high-retained tension in mechanical Available in 0.38 inch (9.5mm), 0.50 inch (12.7mm),
fastening and cable bundling applications 0.63 inch (15.9mm) cross sections
B1.
Cable Ties After tensioning, cut end is locked inside low profile buckle UV resistant, low smoke, halogen-free material
no sharp edges Temperature tolerance -40F (-40C) to 285F (140C)
AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive environments
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Max. Strap Min.
Bundle Breaking Bundle Recommended Std. Std.
C2. Diameter Length* Strength Diameter Width Thickness^ Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Surface Part Number In. mm In. mm Lbs. N In. mm In. mm In. mm Tool*** Qty. Qty.
Raceway
MSC2W38T15-L6 2.0 51 11.8 300 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC4W38T15-L6 4.0 102 18.0 457 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
C3.
Abrasion MSC6W38T15-L6 6.0 152 24.4 620 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
Protection MSC8W38T15-L6 8.0 203 30.7 780 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC10W38T15-L6 10.0 254 37.0 940 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 50 250
C4. MSC4W50T15-L6 4.0 102 18.0 457 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
Cable MSC6W50T15-L6 6.0 152 24.4 620 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
Management BT2HT
MSC8W50T15-L6 8.0 203 30.7 780 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC10W50T15-L6 10.0 254 37.0 940 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 50 250
D1. MSC4W63T15-L6 4.0 102 18.0 457 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
Terminals
MSC6W63T15-L6 6.0 152 24.4 620 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
MSC8W63T15-L6 8.0 203 30.7 780 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
D2. MSC10W63T15-L6 10.0 254 37.0 940 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 50 250
Power
Connectors *Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
***For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.26.
^Base material less coating.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B3.24 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Steel Custom Length Strapping
Overview
Fold over design provides high retained tension in mechanical Provides job site versatility with minimum inventory
fastening and cable bundling applications Packaging speeds removal of steel and includes bundle diameter B1.
After tensioning, cut end is locked inside low profile buckle no cut-off guide Cable Ties
sharp edges Available in AISI 201(3/4" width only) and 304
For applications that require various bundle diameters stainless steel for general-purpose applications
Supplied in reels of 82.5 feet (25m) (coated) or 100 feet (30.5m) Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive B2.
(uncoated) environments Cable
Accessories
Nylon 11 coating (optional): KNOCK-OUT METRIC TAB
1.0
DIAMETER CUT-OFF
Nylon 11 coating provides HANDLE LOCATION MEASURE 10.0
CUT-OFF GUIDE
additional edge protection (BOTH SIDES) FOLD OVER B3.
and prevents corrosion Stainless
MARKERS(MM)
DIAMETER
10mm
20mm RETAINER TAB
between dissimilar metals &
30mm
40mm
1"
H
RE AN Steel Ties
LE OR 50mm KN TR DLE
ND CT UT 2"
UV resistant, low smoke, HA TRA -O
K
60mm
70mm
OC AC &
K- TOR
RE OC 1D 3"
OU
KN 80mm T
halogen-free material 90mm
100mm
(25.4)
4"
Temperature tolerance 110mm
120mm C1.
130mm 5" 10.0
-40F (-40C) to 285F (140C) 140mm
150mm 6"
Wiring
160mm 2D
AISI 316 stainless steel for 170mm
180mm
(50.8)
7"
Duct
the most corrosive environments 190mm
200mm 8"
210mm
220mm
230mm 9"
240mm 3D
250mm (76.2)
C2.
ENGLISH MEASURE Surface
Raceway
Strap
Breaking Used Recommended Std.
Length* Strength Width Thickness^ with Installation Pkg. C3.
Abrasion
Part Number Ft. m Lbs. N In. mm In. mm Buckle Tool*** Qty.
Protection
201 Stainless Steel
MSW75T30-CR2 100 30.5 2400 10656 0.75 19.1 0.030 0.80 MSBW75-C2 BT75SDT 1
C4.
304 Stainless Steel Cable
MSW38T15-CR4 100 30.5 502 2229 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 MSBW38-C4 1 Management
MSW50T15-CR4 100 30.5 671 2979 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 MSBW50-C4 BT2HT 1
MSW63T15-CR4 100 30.5 839 3725 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 MSBW63-C4 1
316 Stainless Steel D1.
Terminals
MSW38T15-CR6 100 30.5 502 2229 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 MSBW38-C6 1
MSW50T15-CR6 100 30.5 671 2979 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 MSBW50-C6 BT2HT 1
MSW63T15-CR6 100 30.5 839 3725 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 MSBW63-C6 1
D2.
Nylon Coated Custom Length Strapping Power
MSCNW38T15-QR6 82.5 25.0 502 2229 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 MSBW38-C6 1 Connectors
MSCNW50T15-QR6 82.5 25.0 671 2979 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 MSBW50-C6 BT2HT 1
MSCNW63T15-QR6 82.5 25.0 839 3725 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 MSBW63-C6 1 D3.
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service. ^Base metal less coating. Grounding
Order in number of reels required.***For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.26. Connectors
To determine the proper amount of strapping required, use the following formula:
E1.
Calculate Diameter inches (mm) x 3.14 + 6 inches (152.4 mm) Labeling
Systems
E3.
Pre-Printed
Std. Std. & Write-On
Width Pkg. Ctn. Markers
Part Number Material In. mm Part Description Qty. Qty.
AISI 201 Stainless Steel E4.
MSBW75-C2 201 0.75 19.1 Individual low profile buckles used with metal strapping. 100 Permanent
Identification
AISI 304 Stainless Steel
MSBW38-C4 304 0.38 9.5 Individual low profile buckles used with custom 100 1000 E5.
Lockout/
MSBW50-C4 304 0.50 12.7 length strapping. 100 1000 Tagout
MSBW63-C4 304 0.63 15.9 100 1000 & Safety
AISI 316 Stainless Steel Solutions
MSBW38-C6 316 0.38 9.5 100 1000
F.
MSBW50-C6 316 0.50 12.7 Individual low profile buckles used with custom 100 1000 Index
length strapping.
MSBW63-C6 316 0.63 15.9 100 1000
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.25
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview BT2HT Hand Operated Installation Tool for Strapping
Strap side entry Easy removal of excess strap
B1. Multi-position rear handle provides flexibility for a one or two Installs (3) sizes: 0.38 inch (9.5mm), 0.50 inch (12.7mm), and
Cable Ties hand installation 0.63 inch (15.9mm)
Adjustable tension control Replacement cutter blade and handle available
B2.
Cable Std.
Accessories Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
B3. BT2HT Installation tool for use with 0.38" (9.5mm), 0.50" (12.7mm), and 1
Stainless 0.63" (15.9mm) widths of Panduit Pan-Steel Strapping.
Steel Ties Tensions, cuts strapping, and secures the buckle tab. Lever cut off.
KRT2BLD Replacement cutter blade for RT2HT and BT2HT. 1
C1. KRT2HNDL Replacement cutter handle for RT2HT and BT2HT. 1
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
BT75SDT Hand Operated Installation Tool for MS75 Strapping
Screw drive tension mechanism provides high tension with minimal Strapping side entry allows quick side entry of the strap into tool
C3.
Abrasion effort, reducing operator fatigue to speed installation
Protection Heavy duty construction offers a longer service life
C4. Std.
Cable
Management Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
BT75SDT Installation tool for use with 0.75" (19.1mm) width strapping only. Tensions 1
D1. and cuts strapping. Screwdriver required for buckle closure (not included).
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
E2.
Labels Used with Std.
Pan-Steel Width Length Pkg.
Part Number Ties/Strapping In. mm Ft. m Qty
E3.
Pre-Printed PCSS-B-CR MLT/S .33 8.4 100 30.5 1
& Write-On PCSH-B-CR MLT/LH/H .47 11.9 100 30.5 1
Markers
PCSSH-B-CR* MLT/EH/SH .91 23.1 100 30.5 1
and MS Straps
E4.
Permanent *Meets MIL-R-6855
Identification Order in number of reels required.
Pkg. CR = 100 ft. (30.5m) reel.
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B3.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Stainless Steel Tie Mounts Overview
Low profile For use with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section
One hole mounting Pan-Steel Ties as well as .38 inch (9.5mm) wide strapping B1.
304 Stainless Steel Cable Ties
A B2.
Cable
Accessories
W H
B3.
Z Stainless
Steel Ties
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Stainless Steel Push Mount Terminals
No tapping required For use with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section
Used where only one side of the panel is accessible Pan-Steel Ties
D2.
Nothing to assemble 304 Stainless Steel Power
Connectors
W D3.
Grounding
Connectors
A
E1.
Labeling
Systems
H
E2.
Labels
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.27
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Stainless Steel Push Button Mount
Low profile For use with standard cross section Pan-Steel Ties
B1. No tapping required 304 Stainless Steel
Cable Ties
Designed for use only where both sides of the panel are accessible
B2. A
A
Cable
Accessories
B3. A
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring H
Duct
W
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Used with Diameter Width Height Panel Std. Std.
Pan-Steel Mounting A W H Thickness Pkg. Ctn.
C3. Part Number Ties/Strapping Method In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
Abrasion MBM-H25-Q MLT/S or Inserted into .40 10.0 .20 5.0 .26 6.5 .03 .12 .8 3.0 25 250
Protection MLTFC/S pre-drilled hole
.25" (6.4mm)
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
A
E1.
Labeling Q
Systems
A H
G
Z
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed Screw Head Slot Hole
& Write-On Used with Length Height Height Width Diameter Std. Std.
Markers Pan-Steel Mounting A H G Q Z Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Ties/Strapping Method* In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
E4. MTM2H-Q MLTS/LH/H, #8 (4mm) .71 18.0 .30 8.0 .09 2.3 .35 9.0 .17 4.5 25 250
Permanent MLTC/H or screw
Identification MLTFC/S/LH/H
E5.
Lockout/ *Stainless steel screws are recommended for fastening to avoid corrosion problems associated with dissimilar metals.
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B3.28 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Stainless Steel Bulkhead Mount Overview
B3.
W Stainless
A
Steel Ties
C1.
Length Width Height Max. Panel Wiring
Used with Std. Std. Duct
Pan-Steel Mounting A W H Thickness Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Ties/Strapping Method In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
MTMBH-Q MLTS/LH/H/EH/ Pre-drill hole size standard 1.92 48.5 .21 5.3 .54 13.7 .50 12.7 25 250 C2.
SH, MLTC/H, or and light-heavy cross section Surface
MLTFC/S/LH/H/ MLT-S/LH .38" (9.5mm) Raceway
EH/SH .50" (12.7mm).
Heavy cross section
C3.
MLT-H .50" (12.7mm)
Abrasion
.63" (15.9mm). Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D3.
Grounding
1) Insert cable tie through mount 3) Pull cable tie back to secure the Connectors
2) Insert cable tie and mount
slot and fold cable tie. through panel/framework hole. mount in the panel/framework.
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
4) Mount shown in correct position 5) Separate cable tie to allow for 6) Install cable tie around bundle E4.
for installation. bundling of cables/wires, etc. and fasten. Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.29
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A. Stainless Steel Technical Information
System
Overview Physical Characteristics of Stainless Steel and Aluminum
C1.
Panduit Stainless Steel Cable Tie and Strapping Approvals
Wiring
Duct Logo (Symbol) Agency Spec /Approval Requirement Applicable Products
MLT-S, MLT-LH, MLT-H, MLTEH15, MLTSH,
C2. MLTDEH and MLTDSH in 304, and 316.
Surface MSW38T15, MSW50T15, MSW63T15, MSBW38,
Underwriters Dimensional, tensile, temp.,
Raceway Listing E56854 MSBW50, MSBW63 in both 304 and 316 material.
Laboratories, Inc. cycling, humidity
MSCW38T15, MSCW50T15, MSCW63T15,
MSCNW38T15, MLTFCS, SH, MLTCH,
MSCNW50T15, and MSW63T15 in 316 material.
C3.
Abrasion CE Marking is required for
Protection Low Voltage Directive products sold within the European
73/23/EEC (amended Union. CE Marking Directives
93/68/EEC) MLT cable ties specify the minimum performance
Conformite European All MLT, MRT, MRS ties and MS straps.
C4. and MS straps also meet of these products. Applying the
Cable the requirements CE mark signifies compliance
Management from EN50146 with essential requirements of
specific directives.
Cert. #03-HS373867-PDA,
D1. 04-HS476898-PDA,
Amer. Bureau of
05-HS118592C/1-PDA, Mechanical All MLT ties and MS straps.
Terminals Shipping
06-HS152579-PDA,
05-HS118592A/2-PDA
D2.
Power Cert. Material specification,
Bureau Veritas All uncoated MLT ties in 304 and 316 material.
Connectors #04048/D2 BV dimensional, visual
E1. Cert. #
All uncoated stainless steel MLT ties and all
Labeling Germanischer Lloyd 32666-83HH Mechanical
MS straps.
Systems 51796-89HH
Lloyds Register of Cert. # Material specification, tensile test, All uncoated stainless steel MLT ties and all
E2.
Shipping 89/60123 vibration tests MS straps.
Labels
E3.
Cert. # All uncoated stainless steel MLT ties and all
Pre-Printed RINA Material specification
ELE71502CS MS straps.
& Write-On
Markers
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout US Coast Guard File No.16703/46 Mechanical MLT-H series cable ties.
& Safety
Solutions
F. MIL-T-81306A/
US Military Mechanical GS4MT installation tools.
Index MS90387-3
B3.30
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Chemical Resistance at 70F (21C) Temperature Overview
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) B3.31
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Rigorous Tests and Physical Properties of Stainless Steel
STRENGTH: Panduit Pan-Steel Stainless Steel Ties and Straps are tested per the SAE Standard AS23190
B1. formerly U.S. Military Specification MIL-S-23190, minimum loop tensile test. This test consists of applying a tie to a
Cable Ties split mandrel and then measuring the force required to separate the (two) halves until the tie fails. These minimum
loop tensile strengths are given for the various products on pages B3.5 through B3.25.
TEMPERATURE EXTREMES: Panduit Pan-Steel Stainless Steel Ties and Straps are 100% stainless steel in the
B2. alloy provided (locking head, locking ball, and body all provided from the same grade of material ordered).
Cable
Accessories Various temperature tests have been successfully completed. One such test is the U.S. Military Temperature
Cycling Test per Thermal Shock Method 107, Test Condition B of MIL-STD-202. This test exposes the parts from
low temperature -85F (-65C) to high temperature 275F (135C) to low temperature -85F (-65C). After exposure,
B3. the parts must be free of cracks, distortions, breaks, release of locking device; and meet the minimum loop
Stainless tensile requirements.
Steel Ties
SHOCK AND VIBRATION: Panduit Pan-Steel Standard and Heavy Cross Section ties have passed the U.S. Military random vibration
Test Method 214. Test Condition II, Letter J of MIL-STD-202. This test consists of applying parts to a bundle and then vibrating them with
C1. random vibration for 8 hours in each of two mutually perpendicular directions. The parts are then subjected to further temperature testing
Wiring
and finally have to pass the minimum loop tensile strength test.
Duct
Panduit Pan-Steel Extra Heavy, Super Heavy, MSW50 Strapping and MSW63 Strapping have passed the U.S. Military Shock and
Vibration Testing per MIL-STD-167 and MIL-S-901D. The ties were subjected to vibrations in all three planes from 4 50 Hz and Shock
C2. testing in all three planes utilizing a hammer shock machine.
Surface
Raceway SALT SPRAY: Panduit Pan-Steel Stainless Steel Ties and Straps have been subjected to salt spray tests without signs of corrosion
or reduction in performance.
C3.
OUTDOOR EXPOSURE: Panduit Pan-Steel Stainless Steel Ties and Straps have been exposed outdoors at New Lenox, Illinois USA
Abrasion since 1985. At the printing of this catalog, there has been no sign of corrosion or loss of performance.
Protection FLUID IMMERSION: Panduit Pan-Steel Stainless Steel Ties were immersed in: 1-Hydraulic Fluid, 2-Turbine Fuel, 3-Lubricating Oil,
and 4-Isopropyl Alcohol for four hours at temperatures of 122F (50C). Per SAE Standard AS23190, the parts were then subjected to
and passed the minimum loop tensile test.
C4.
Cable RADIATION: Installed cable ties of various materials have been exposed to different amounts of radiation to determine the maximum
Management acceptable limit. These tests were conducted by Panduit to determine the acceptability for use in various areas of nuclear power plants
(accumulated over 40 year life). Radiation resistance is 2x10 8 rads.
D1.
Terminals
Military Cross Reference (AS23190)
Military Standard Panduit
D2. Part Number Part Number
Power
Connectors AS23190/3-1 MLT2S-CP
AS23190/3-1 MLT2S-CP316
AS23190/3-2 MLT4S-CP
D3. AS23190/3-2 MLT4S-CP316
Grounding AS23190/3-3 MLT6S-CP
Connectors AS23190/3-3 MLT6S-CP316
AS23190/3-4 MLT8S-CP
AS23190/3-4 MLT8S-CP316
E1. AS23190/3-5 MLT2H-LP
Labeling AS23190/3-5 MLT2H-LP316
Systems AS23190/3-6 MLT4H-LP
AS23190/3-6 MLT4H-LP316
AS23190/3-7 MLT6H-LP
E2. AS23190/3-7 MLT6H-LP316
Labels AS23190/3-8 MLT8H-LP
AS23190/3-8 MLT8H-LP316
AS23190/3-9 MLT10H-LP
E3. AS23190/3-9 MLT10H-LP316
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B3.32 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Wiring Duct is the premium wire management solution for routing and concealing wiring in electrical B2.
control panels. Panduct Wiring Duct provide solutions for the original equipment manufacturing, Cable
Accessories
transportation, contract manufacturing, maintenance and repair and communications markets.
All Panduct Wiring Duct are UL Recognized and CSA Certified and most carry the CE mark. B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Panduit continues to develop new Panduct Wiring Duct solutions to satisfy the challenges facing our
customers worldwide. Maximize the utilization of enclosure space with PanelMax Corner Wiring Duct,
E2.
DIN Rail Wiring Duct, and Noise Shield. PanelMax Corner Wiring Duct fits into unused space in the Labels
corner of enclosures providing up to 20% enclosure space savings*.Integrate component mounting with
wire management with PanelMax DIN Rail Wiring Duct for up to 30% enclosure space savings. E3.
Pre-Printed
PanelMax Noise Shield provides noise mitigation between noisy and sensitive cabling and can reduce & Write-On
Markers
air space requirements within the enclosure.
E4.
*Versus panel layouts using conventional wiring duct. Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C1.
Wiring
Duct
PanelMax
Noise Shield 2
C2. Installed separately or
Surface
Raceway within wiring duct.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
C1.2
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
Type F Narrow Slot
5 Wiring Duct
Narrow slot, narrow B2.
finger design fits the Cable
spacing of high-density Accessories
terminal blocks.
B3.
(pages C1.14 C1.15) Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
5 Duct
Type G Wide Slot
Wiring Duct
Wide slot, wide C2.
Surface
finger design. Raceway
3 (pages C1.12 C1.13)
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
6 C4.
Cable
Management
Type D Round Hole
Wiring Duct
D1.
Multiple rows of holes Terminals
to retain and support
wire of variable heights
and positions.
D2.
Power
(pages C1.16 C1.17) Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
Type MC Metric
Wiring Duct E1.
2 Narrow slot, narrow finger
Labeling
Systems
design with DIN 43 659
mounting holes.
E2.
(pages C1.18 C1.19) Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.3
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Features and Benefits Panduct PanelMax DIN Rail Wiring Duct
DIN rail and DIN component compatible Hinged and flexible cover
B1. acts as ledge for wire installation and
Cable Ties Unique finger/slot
progression for aesthetics flexes for easy opening and increased
and maximum slot capacity channel access for maintenance
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties Locating ribs
align and center DIN rail
during installation
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Pass-through holes
C2.
Surface shorten the wiring path between
Raceway components on the same DIN rail
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
D1.
Terminals
Conventional Wiring Duct Panel Layout:
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2. DIN Rail Wiring Duct Panel Layout with 30% Space Savings:
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions Panduit PanelMaxTM DIN Rail Wiring Duct positions DIN rail and components off the panel directly
above an integrated wire management channel for a 30%+ smaller footprint to the panel layout.
F.
Index
Space saving design positions DIN rail and components off the Slotted platform (horizontal) manage the wire from channel B1.
panel directly above an integrated wire management channel mounted components, outer sidewall slots (vertical) manage wire Cable Ties
for up to a 30% smaller footprint for duct and components; from adjacent panel mounted components; unique finger and slot
increased design flexibility and component access for easier progression for optimal wire management and aesthetics
installation and maintenance Channel pass through slots allows wires to transition internally B2.
DIN rail and DIN component compatible with standard 35mm between channels to ease wire connections Cable
Accessories
or 15mm rails and many DIN rail mount components for to either side of components mounted on the same rail minimizing
design flexibility wire length and reducing material cost
Integrated DIN rail fastening slot allows the DIN rail to mount Optional wire retainer accessory retains cabling with B3.
directly to product with plastic thread cutting screws for up to cover opened or removed easing wire installation and Stainless
Steel Ties
40% faster duct and rail installation and reduced labor costs future wire additions
Hinged cover remains attached during maintenance and upgrades
preventing lost covers, ensuring panel integrity, safety and C1.
aesthetics; L-shaped cover acts as ledge to aid wire installation Wiring
Duct
for ease of use
DRDC2LG6 2" replacement cover for PanelMax DIN Rail 6 Ft. 24 Ft.
Wiring Duct. D1.
Terminals
DRDC3LG6 3" replacement cover for PanelMax
DIN Rail 6 Ft. 24 Ft.
Wiring Duct.
DRDC4LG6 4" replacement cover for PanelMax DIN Rail 6 Ft. 24 Ft. D2.
Wiring Duct. Power
DRDWR Connectors
DRDSF-C Replacement DIN rail fasteners for PanelMax 100
DIN Rail Wiring Duct.
DRDWR2-X 2" wire retainer for PanelMax DIN Rail Wiring Duct. 10 100 D3.
Grounding
Connectors
DRDWR3-X 3" wire retainer for PanelMax DIN Rail Wiring Duct. 10 100
E1.
DRDWR4-X 4" wire retainer for PanelMax DIN Rail Wiring Duct. 10 100 Labeling
Systems
DRDCS2-X 2" corner strip for PanelMax DIN Rail Wiring Duct. 10 100
DRDCS
DRDCS3-X 3" corner strip for PanelMax DIN Rail Wiring Duct. 10 100 E2.
Labels
DRDCS4-X 4" corner strip for PanelMax DIN Rail Wiring Duct. 10 100
E3.
Pre-Printed
Product sold base and cover together in 6 ft. lengths. Replace LG with WH for white color. & Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.5
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Features and Benefits Panduct PanelMax Noise Shield
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power PanelMax Noise Shield Metal noise barrier
Connectors separates drive cables and sensitive equivalent to 6 inches of air spacing
communication/signal cables within between power and signal cables,
industrial control panels to reduce saves valuable panel space.
D3. electromagnetic interference (EMI)
Grounding
Connectors
while saving valuable space.
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Perforated and pre-scored sections
make it easy to cut to length with
minimal deburring required.
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
Metal noise barrier reduces EMI noise coupling between noise Vertical wall slots allow wires to cross the
emitting and sensitive cabling within a control panel; provides barrier at 90 when necessary, providing B1.
up to 20dB reduction in noise which is equivalent to 6 inches greater design flexibility Cable Ties
of air spacing Horizontal cable tie slots allow cable bundles to be held in
Installs directly to metal panel surface or within 2, 3, or 4 inch place using cable ties so cabling is kept near barrier for greater
height Panduit wiring duct (when shield is installed with supplied reliability and optimal aesthetics B2.
bonding clips) Cable
Zinc plated steel surface in contact areas with sub-panel Accessories
Perforated and pre-scored sections speed installation by allowing and bonding clip ensures continuity and is corrosion resistant
sections of the shield to be snapped off at pre-scored locations Black powder coated vertical surface for smooth edges
to easily cut to length with minimal deburring required B3.
Meets UL 508/508A requirements as a barrier between conductors Stainless
Steel Ties
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty. C1.
Wiring
SD2EMI EMI Noise Shield kit for 2" height Panduit Wiring Duct; (2) three foot 1 Duct
sections, bonding clips, and anti-oxidizing paste.
SD3EMI EMI Noise Shield kit for 3" height Panduit Wiring Duct; (2) three foot 1
sections, bonding clips, and anti-oxidizing paste. C2.
Surface
SD4EMI EMI Noise Shield kit for 4" height Panduit Wiring Duct; (2) three foot 1 Raceway
sections, bonding clips, and anti-oxidizing paste.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
D1.
Terminals
Noise Coupling vs. Frequency
Noise Frequency (MHz)
0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0
D2.
0
Power
Connectors
-10
Noise Coupling (dB)
No Shield D3.
-20 Grounding
PanelMax Connectors
Noise
-30 Shield
E1.
Labeling
-40 Systems
-50
PanelMax Noise Shield delivers approximately 20dB of noise E2.
reduction across common industrial noise frequencies at 30mm Labels
wire separation.
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.7
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Features and Benefits Panduct PanelMax Corner Wiring Duct
B1.
One-piece base Conventional
Cable Ties reduces fasteners Wiring Duct
required for minimal
installation time Co-extruded Unused
hinged base Panel Space
B2.
Cable sits flat for
Accessories cutting and
also conforms Space is lost at
to corner the edges of the
B3. for installation Enclosure corner
Stainless top view mounting panels.
Steel Ties
Upper and Space Savings with
C1. lower PanelMax Corner
Wiring scorelines Wiring Duct
Duct allow easy
finger and Panel
sidewall Integral Space Gain
C2. section
Surface divider wall
Raceway removal mount feature Up to 5 square feet of
in base additional mounting space
gained per enclosure.*
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Both sizes use
Terminals 2 inch Type C
cover (C2)
Specially
formulated
D2. lead-free PVC Up to a 20% reduction in enclosure footprint size is
Power possible vs. a conventional wiring duct installation.*
material
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
Panduct Nylon Rivets Panduct Installation Tools
E1. Fast, lowest cost mounting method. Wide selection of hand tools for
Labeling (see page C1.34) cutting and installing wiring duct.
Systems (see page C1.34)
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed Panduct Type C Cover Panduct Divider Wall
& Write-On with Protective Film Creates separate wiring channels
Markers Reduces scrap and labor costs within the wiring duct base. Available
by protecting the surface during in solid or slotted wall styles.
E4. storage, handling, and installation. (see page C1.26)
Permanent (see page C1.9)
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout *Actual subpanel space savings will vary depending on wiring duct size, component layout, and enclosure size and type. Footprint savings is based on
& Safety commercially available enclosures and may not be achievable in some applications.
Solutions
F.
Index
Fits in the unused space in the vertical corner Panduit divider wall snaps directly to the integrated mounting
B1.
of enclosures, gaining sub-panel space or saving feature in the channel to create two separate channels Cable Ties
enclosure footprint area Compatible with Panduit 3" and 4" height wiring duct;
One-piece base requires less time to install than both product sizes use standard 2 inch wiring duct cover
multi-piece solutions Base and cover length is 6 feet. B2.
Optional quick mount clips engage anywhere along Cable
Base and covers sold separately Accessories
the product base further reducing assembly costs
B3.
Std. Base Cover Stainless
Slot Width Steel Ties
Base Duct Size W x H Cover Pkg. Ctn. Ctn.
Part Number (In.) In. mm Part Number Qty. Qty. Qty.
CWD3LG6 4.40 x 3.57 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 24 120 C1.
CWD4LG6 5.33 x 4.58 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 24 120 Wiring
CWD3WH6 4.40 x 3.57 0.20 5.0 C2WH6 6 24 120 Duct
CWD4WH6 5.33 x 4.58 0.20 5.0 C2WH6 6 24 120
Part number shown in LG (Light Gray) color, also available in WH (White) color. Product available in 6' lengths. C2.
Surface
Raceway
C4.
H
Cable
Management
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
To order cover with protective
film add "F" to part number.
6" cover not available with E1.
protective film. Labeling
Systems
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
E2.
Part Number Part Description Fastener Size Qty. Qty. Labels
Quick Mount Clips
CDLB3 L-bracket with quick mounting clip for #10-32 x 1/4 (user supplied) 16
E3.
CDLB installing CWD3 to back panel only. Pre-Printed
CDLB4 L-bracket with quick mounting clip for #10-32 x 1/4 (user supplied) 16 & Write-On
installing CWD4 to back panel only. Markers
CDCLP3 Quick mounting clip for installing #10-32 x 1/4 (user supplied) 16
CWD3 corner wiring duct. E4.
CDCLP4 Quick mounting clip for installing #10-32 x 1/4 (user supplied) 16 Permanent
CWD4 corner wiring duct. Identification
CDCLP
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.9
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Features and Benefits Panduct Type H and HN Hinged Cover Wiring Duct
Available in eight sizes from 1.5" x 2" up to 4" x 4" in light gray, black, and white colors.
B1.
Cable Ties
Dual-sided hinge cover Cover removal rib eases cover opening
opens up to 100 from either for quick channel access during
sidewall of duct for up to 20% wiring changes
B2.
Cable faster wiring changes
Accessories
C1.
Wiring
Duct Robust channel
profile withstands a
side impact force up
C2. to two times greater
Surface than conventional
Raceway wiring duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4. Upper and lower scoreline allows easy fingers and Specially formulated
Cable sidewall section removal, saving installation time lead-free PVC material
Management
Labor Savings
D1.
Terminals
By avoiding the time and hassle in removing and replacing covers, simple wiring changes can be made up to 20% faster
compared to conventional wiring duct installations*
D2.
Power Avoid Cover Replacement Costs % of Wiring Duct Cost
Connectors
Covers represent 20% of the cost of the wiring
duct purchase
D3.
Grounding Misplaced covers are a common occurrence after Base Cover
Connectors years of use
Not needing to remove covers during maintenance
E1. ensures better aesthetics and safety and avoids
Labeling
Systems the cost to replace lost covers
E4.
Permanent
Identification Panduct Installation Tools Panduct Nylon Rivets
Wide selection of hand tools for Fast, lowest cost mounting method.
E5. cutting and installing wiring duct. (see page C1.34)
Lockout/ (see page C1.34)
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F. *Based on mock panel installations of type H hinged cover wiring duct and other commonly available wiring ducts adding a single component with four wires.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.11
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Features and Benefits Panduct Type G Wide Slot Wiring Duct
Available in 35 sizes from .5" x .5" up to 6" x 4" in a variety of colors.
B1.
Cable Ties
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Specially formulated
lead-free PVC material
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Flush cover design
C2. provides a neat and
Surface finished appearance
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection Wide finger/slot design
provides greater rigidity
and allows use with a
C4. wide range of wire and
Cable
Management bundle sizes
Upper and lower scorelines allows Restricted slot design
easy finger and sidewall section retains wires, eliminating
removal saving installation time hassle and saving time
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
Panduct Wire Retainers Panduct Divider Wall
Contain wiring when duct cover is Create separate wiring channels
D3.
Grounding opened. Wire retainers snap easily within the wiring duct base. Available
Connectors between duct fingers. in solid or slotted wall styles.
See page C1.28. See page C1.26.
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E4.
Permanent
Identification Panduct Installation Tools
Wide selection of hand tools for
E5. cutting and installing wiring duct.
Lockout/ See page C1.34.
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
Wide slot/finger design provides greater sidewall rigidity and can Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement
be used with a wide range of wire bundle sizes for flame retardant material B1.
Material: Lead-free PVC Provided with mounting holes Cable Ties
UL recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) Base and cover length is 6 feet
UL 94 flammability rating of V-0 B2.
Cable
Accessories
G.5X1LG6 0.69 x 1.06 17.5 x 26.9 0.31 7.9 C.5LG6 6 120 120
G.5X2LG6 0.69 x 2.03 17.5 x 51.6 0.31 7.9 C.5LG6 6 120 120 C1.
Wiring
G.75X.75LG6 0.93 x 0.82 23.6 x 20.8 0.31 7.9 C.75LG6 6 120 120 Duct
G.75X1LG6 0.93 x 1.06 23.6 x 26.9 0.31 7.9 C.75LG6 6 120 120
G.75X1.5LG6 0.93 x 1.57 23.6 x 39.9 0.31 7.9 C.75LG6 6 120 120
C2.
G.75X2LG6 0.93 x 2.03 23.6 x 51.7 0.31 7.9 C.75LG6 6 120 120 Surface
G1X1LG6 1.26 x 1.12 32.0 x 28.4 0.31 7.9 C1LG6 6 120 120 Raceway
W
G1X1.5LG6 1.26 x 1.62 32.0 x 41.1 0.31 7.9 C1LG6 6 120 120
G1X2LG6 1.26 x 2.12 32.0 x 53.8 0.31 7.9 C1LG6 6 120 120 C3.
Abrasion
G1X3LG6 1.26 x 3.12 32.0 x 79.2 0.31 7.9 C1LG6 6 120 120 Protection
H
G1X4LG6 1.26 x 4.10 32.0 x 104.1 0.31 7.9 C1LG6 6 60 120
G1.5X1LG6 1.75 x 1.12 44.5 x 28.4 0.31 7.9 C1.5LG6 6 120 120 C4.
G1.5X1.5LG6 1.75 x 1.62 44.5 x 41.1 0.31 7.9 C1.5LG6 6 120 120 Cable
Management
G1.5X2LG6 1.75 x 2.12 44.5 x 53.8 0.31 7.9 C1.5LG6 6 120 120
G1.5X3LG6 1.75 x 3.12 44.5 x 79.2 0.31 7.9 C1.5LG6 6 120 120
F G1.5X4LG6 1.75 x 4.10 44.5 x 104.1 0.31 7.9 C1.5LG6 6 60 120 D1.
G2X1LG6 2.25 x 1.12 57.2 x 28.4 0.31 7.9 C2LG6 6 120 120 Terminals
G2X1.5LG6 2.25 x 1.62 57.2 x 41.1 0.31 7.9 C2LG6 6 120 120
G2X2LG6 2.25 x 2.12 57.2 x 53.8 0.31 7.9 C2LG6 6 120 120
D2.
E G2X3LG6 2.25 x 3.12 57.2 x 79.2 0.31 7.9 C2LG6 6 60 120 Power
E F Connectors
For .5" duct height: 0.37" [9.4] 0.80" [20.3] G2X4LG6 2.25 x 4.10 57.2 x 104.1 0.31 7.9 C2LG6 6 60 120
0.75" to 2" duct height: 0.31" [7.9] 0.80" [20.3] G2X5LG6 2.25 x 5.10 57.2 x 129.5 0.38 9.7 C2LG6 6 60 120
3" to 4" duct height: 0.31" [7.9] 1.00" [25.4]
5" duct height: 0.38" [9.4] 1.33" [33.8] G2.5X3LG6 2.75 x 3.12 69.9 x 79.2 0.31 7.9 C2.5LG6 6 120 120 D3.
Grounding
G3X1LG6 3.25 x 1.12 82.6 x 28.4 0.31 7.9 C3LG6 6 120 120 Connectors
G3X2LG6 3.25 x 2.12 82.6 x 53.8 0.31 7.9 C3LG6 6 120 120
G3X3LG6 3.25 x 3.12 82.6 x 79.2 0.31 7.9 C3LG6 6 60 120
E1.
G3X4LG6 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 0.31 7.9 C3LG6 6 60 120 Labeling
Systems
G3X5LG6 3.25 x 5.10 82.6 x 129.5 0.38 9.7 C3LG6 6 60 120
G4X1.5LG6 4.25 x 1.62 108.0 x 41.1 0.31 7.9 C4LG6 6 120 120
G4X2LG6 4.25 x 2.12 108.0 x 53.8 0.31 7.9 C4LG6 6 60 120 E2.
G4X3LG6 4.25 x 3.12 108.0 x 79.2 0.31 7.9 C4LG6 6 60 120 Labels
To order cover with protective film
add -F to part number. 6" cover G4X4LG6 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1 0.31 7.9 C4LG6 6 60 120
not available with film. G4X5LG6 4.25 x 5.10 108.0 x 129.5 0.38 9.7 C4LG6 6 60 120 E3.
Pre-Printed
G6X4LG6 6.25 x 4.15 158.8 x 105.4 0.31 7.9 C6LG6 6 60 120 & Write-On
Part number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see color selection guide, page C1.48. Markers
Base and cover sold separately.
*H dimension includes duct and cover. E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.13
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Features and Benefits Panduct Type F Narrow Slot Wiring Duct
Available in 31 sizes from .5" x .5" up to 6" x 4" in a variety of colors.
B1.
Cable Ties
C1.
Wiring Specially formulated
Duct lead-free PVC material
Flush cover
C2. design
Surface
Raceway
provides a neat
appearance
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Narrow finger/slot design
Management
Upper and lower scorelines allows easy fingers closely matches the spacing
and sidewall section removal, saving installation time of high-density components
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
Panduct Wire Retainers for Panduct Divider Wall
Type F Wiring Duct Create separate wiring channels
D3.
Grounding Contain wiring when duct cover is within the wiring duct base. Available
Connectors opened. Wire retainers snap easily in solid or slotted wall styles.
between duct fingers. (see page C1.26)
(see page C1.29)
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E4.
Permanent
Identification Panduct Installation Tools
Wide selection of hand tools for
E5. cutting and installing wiring duct.
Lockout/ (see page C1.34)
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
Narrow slot/finger design provides more slots to fit the spacing of Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement
high-density terminal blocks and other hardware for flame retardant material B1.
Cable Ties
Material: Lead-free PVC Provided with mounting holes
UL recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) Base and cover length is 6 feet
UL 94 flammability rating of V-0 B2.
Cable
Accessories
Std. Base Cover
Base Duct Size (W x H)* Slot Width Cover Pkg. Ctn. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm Part Number Qty. Qty. Qty. B3.
F.5X.5LG6 0.69 x 0.60 17.5 x 15.2 0.20 5.0 C.5LG6 6 120 120 Stainless
Steel Ties
F.5X1LG6 0.69 x 1.06 17.5 x 26.9 0.20 5.0 C.5LG6 6 120 120
F.75X.75LG6 0.93 x 0.82 23.6 x 20.9 0.20 5.0 C.75LG6 6 120 120
C1.
F.75X1.5LG6 0.93 x 1.57 23.6 x 39.9 0.20 5.0 C.75LG6 6 120 120 Wiring
F1X1LG6 1.26 x 1.13 32.0 x 28.7 0.20 5.0 C1LG6 6 120 120 Duct
F1X1.5LG6 1.26 x 1.62 32.0 x 41.1 0.20 5.0 C1LG6 6 120 120
W
F1X2LG6 1.26 x 2.12 32.0 x 53.8 0.20 5.0 C1LG6 6 120 120 C2.
F1X3LG6 1.26 x 3.12 32.0 x 79.2 0.20 5.0 C1LG6 6 120 120 Surface
Raceway
F1X4LG6 1.26 x 4.10 32.0 x 104.1 0.20 5.0 C1LG6 6 60 120
H F1.5X1LG6 1.75 x 1.12 44.5 x 28.4 0.20 5.0 C1.5LG6 6 120 120
C3.
F1.5X1.5LG6 1.75 x 1.62 44.5 x 41.1 0.20 5.0 C1.5LG6 6 120 120 Abrasion
F1.5X2LG6 1.75 x 2.12 44.5 x 53.8 0.20 5.0 C1.5LG6 6 120 120 Protection
F1.5X3LG6 1.75 x 3.12 44.5 x 79.2 0.20 5.0 C1.5LG6 6 120 120
.50 TYP [12.7] F1.5X4LG6 1.75 x 4.10 44.5 x 104.1 0.20 5.0 C1.5LG6 6 60 120 C4.
F2X1LG6 2.25 x 1.12 57.2 x 28.4 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 120 120 Cable
Management
F2X1.5LG6 2.25 x 1.62 57.2 x 41.1 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 120 120
F2X2LG6 2.25 x 2.12 57.2 x 53.8 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 120 120
F2X3LG6 2.25 x 3.12 57.2 x 79.2 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 60 120 D1.
Terminals
.20 TYP [5.0] F2X4LG6 2.25 x 4.10 57.2 x 104.1 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 60 120
Multiple slot restrictors present with F2X5LG6 2.25 x 5.10 57.2 x 129.5 0.20 5.0 C2LG6 6 60 120
2" and greater duct wall height. F2.5X3LG6 2.75 x 3.12 69.9 x 79.2 0.20 5.0 C2.5LG6 6 120 120 D2.
F3X1LG6 3.25 x 1.12 82.6 x 28.4 0.20 5.0 C3LG6 6 120 120 Power
Connectors
F3X2LG6 3.25 x 2.12 82.6 x 53.8 0.20 5.0 C3LG6 6 120 120
F3X3LG6 3.25 x 3.12 82.6 x 79.2 0.20 5.0 C3LG6 6 60 120
D3.
F3X4LG6 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 0.20 5.0 C3LG6 6 60 120 Grounding
F3X5LG6 3.25 x 5.10 82.6 x 129.5 0.20 5.0 C3LG6 6 60 120 Connectors
F4X2LG6 4.25 x 2.12 108.0 x 53.8 0.20 5.0 C4LG6 6 60 120
To order cover with protective film F4X3LG6 4.25 x 3.12 108.0 x 79.2 0.20 5.0 C4LG6 6 60 120 E1.
add -F to part number. 6" cover F4X4LG6 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1 0.20 5.0 C4LG6 6 60 120 Labeling
not available with film. Systems
F4X5LG6 4.25 x 5.10 108.0 x 129.5 0.20 5.0 C4LG6 6 60 120
F6X4LG6 6.25 x 4.15 158.8 x 105.4 0.20 5.0 C6LG6 6 60 120
Part number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see color selection guide, page C1.48. E2.
Base and cover sold separately. Labels
*H dimension includes duct and cover.
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.15
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Features and Benefits Panduct Flush Cover Type D Round Hole Wiring Duct
Available in sixteen sizes from 1" x 2" up to 4" x 4" in a variety of colors.
B1.
Cable Ties
C1.
Wiring Specially
Duct formulated
lead-free PVC
material
C2.
Surface
Raceway
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
Panduct Wire Retainers Panduct Divider Wall
for Type D Wiring Duct Create separate wiring channels
D3. Contain wiring when duct within the wiring duct base. Available
Grounding
Connectors cover is opened. Wire retainers in solid or slotted wall styles.
mount onto walls with pressure (see page C1.26)
sensitive adhesive.
E1. (see page C1.28)
Labeling
Systems
E4.
Permanent
Identification
Panduct Installation Tools
Wide selection of hand tools for
E5. cutting and installing wiring duct.
Lockout/ (see page C1.34)
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
Round hole design has multiple rows of holes to retain and support Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement
wire at variable heights and positions for flame retardant material B1.
Material: Lead-free PVC Provided with mounting holes Cable Ties
UL recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) Base and cover length is 6 feet
UL 94 flammability rating of V-0 B2.
Cable
Accessories
Std. Base Cover
Base Duct Size (W x H)* Cover Pkg. Ctn. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm Part Number Qty. Qty. Qty. B3.
Stainless
D1X2LG6 1.26 x 2.12 32.0 x 53.8 C1LG6 6 120 120 Steel Ties
D1X3LG6 1.26 x 3.12 32.0 x 79.2 C1LG6 6 120 120
D1X4LG6 1.26 x 4.10 32.0 x 104.1 C1LG6 6 120 120
C1.
D1.5X2LG6 1.75 x 2.12 44.5 x 53.8 C1.5LG6 6 120 120 Wiring
D1.5X3LG6 1.75 x 3.12 44.5 x 79.2 C1.5LG6 6 120 120 Duct
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
To order cover with protective film Pre-Printed
add -F to part number. 6" cover & Write-On
not available with film. Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.17
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Features and Benefits Panduct Type MC Metric Narrow Slot Wiring Duct
Available in 20 sizes from 25mm x 25mm up to 100mm x 100mm in international gray and white colors.
B1.
Cable Ties
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties Narrow finger/slot design
matches the spacing of
C1.
high-density components
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway Flush cover design
provides a neat
C3. finished appearance
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable DIN 43 659 metric mounting
Management Specially
hole pattern meets European
formulated Upper and lower scorelines allow requirements
lead-free PVC easy fingers and sidewall section
D1. material removal saving installation time
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
Panduct Wire Retainers for Panduct Divider Wall
D3.
Type MC Wiring Duct Create separate wiring channels
Grounding Contain wiring when duct cover is within the wiring duct base. Available
Connectors opened. Wire retainers snap easily in solid or slotted wall styles.
between duct fingers. (see page C1.26)
(see page C1.29)
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
CE compliant and metric sizing for control panels intended for Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement
European applications for flame retardant material B1.
Material: Lead-free PVC Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes Cable Ties
UL recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) Duct and cover packaged together in 2m lengths
UL 94 flammability rating of V-0 B2.
Cable
Accessories
Base
and Replacement
Cover Cover B3.
Base and Replacement Pkg. Std. Stainless
Cover Part Duct Size (W x H)* Slot Width Cover Qty. Pkg. Steel Ties
Number mm In. In. mm Part Number (m) Qty.
MC25X25IG2 24.6 x 23.6 0.97 x 0.93 0.20 5.0 C25IG2 20 20 C1.
MC25X37IG2 24.6 x 35.8 0.97 x 1.41 0.20 5.0 C25IG2 20 20 Wiring
Duct
MC25X50IG2 24.6 x 47.8 0.97 x 1.88 0.20 5.0 C25IG2 20 20
MC25X62IG2 24.6 x 59.7 0.97 x 2.35 0.20 5.0 C25IG2 20 20
C2.
MC25X75IG2 24.6 x 72.4 0.97 x 2.85 0.20 5.0 C25IG2 20 20 Surface
W
MC37X37IG2 37.1 x 35.8 1.46 x 1.41 0.20 5.0 C37IG2 20 20 Raceway
0.50 TYP [12.7] MC75X50IG2 74.7 x 48.0 2.94 x 1.89 0.20 5.0 C75IG2 20 20
D1.
MC75X62IG2 74.7 x 59.7 2.94 x 2.35 0.20 5.0 C75IG2 20 20 Terminals
MC75X75IG2 74.7 x 72.4 2.94 x 2.85 0.20 5.0 C75IG2 10 20
MC75X100IG2 74.7 x 97.8 2.94 x 3.85 0.20 5.0 C75IG2 10 20
D2.
MC100X50IG2 99.6 x 48.0 3.92 x 1.89 0.20 5.0 C100IG2 10 20 Power
0.20 TYP [5.0] Connectors
MC100X75IG2 99.6 x 72.4 3.92 x 2.85 0.20 5.0 C100IG2 10 20
Multiple slot restrictors present with
62mm and greater duct wall height. MC100X100IG2 99.6 x 97.8 3.92 x 3.85 0.20 5.0 C100IG2 10 20
D3.
Available in IG (International Gray) and WH (White) colors. Grounding
Base and cover sold together. Connectors
*"H" dimension includes duct and cover.
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.19
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Features and Benefits Panduct Type FS Solid Wall Raceway
Available in 27 sizes from .5" x .5" up to 6" x 4" in a variety of colors.
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
Non-slip cover liner
prevents cover slide
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties Specially
formulated
lead-free PVC
C1. material
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Flush cover design
provides a neat and
C3. finished appearance
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D2.
Power
Connectors
Panduct Wire Retainers for Panduct Divider Wall
D3.
Type FS Solid Wall Raceway Create separate wiring channels
Grounding Contain wiring when duct cover within the wiring duct base. Available
Connectors is opened. Wire retainers mount in solid or slotted wall styles.
onto walls with pressure (see page C1.26)
sensitive adhesive.
E1. (see page C1.28)
Labeling
Systems
E4.
Permanent
Identification Panduct Installation Tools
Wide selection of hand tools for
E5. cutting and installing wiring duct.
Lockout/ (see page C1.34)
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
Solid wall design fully encloses cables providing maximum UL recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C)
protection and aesthetics UL 94 flammability rating of V-0 B1.
Material: Lead-free PVC Cable Ties
Base and cover length is 6 feet
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
To order cover with protective film & Write-On
add -F to part number. 6'' cover Markers
not available with film.
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.21
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Wiring Duct for Special Environments
Features and Benefits Panduct Type NNC Halogen-Free Metric Wiring Duct
B1.
Cable Ties
Available in fourteen sizes from 25mm x 25mm up to 100mm x 100mm in light gray and white.
B2.
Cable
Accessories
DIN 43 659 metric Non-slip cover
mounting hole liner prevents
pattern meets cover slide
B3. European requirements
Stainless
Steel Ties
D2.
Power
Connectors
Panduct Type NNC Halogen-Free Panduct Nylon Rivets
D3. Solid Divider Wall Fast, lowest cost mounting method.
Grounding Create separate wiring channels (see page C1.34)
Connectors within the wiring duct base.
(see page C1.23)
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
Material: Halogen-free modified polyphenylene oxide (mPPO) Conforms with NFPA 79-2007 section 13.3.1 requirement for
material as verified with IEC 60754-2 test method (test on gases flame retardant material B1.
evolved during combustion of electric cables) Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes Cable Ties
UL recognized continuous use temperature: 203F (95C) Metric sizing and finger progression
UL 94 flammability rating of V-0 Duct and cover packaged together in two meter lengths B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Base
and Replacement C1.
Cover Cover Wiring
Replacement Ctn. Ctn. Duct
Duct Size (W x H)* Slot Width
Base and Cover Cover Qty. Qty.
Part Number mm In. In. mm Part Number (m) (m)
C2.
NNC25X25LG2 24.6 x 23.6 .97 x .93 .39 10.0 NC25LG2 20 20 Surface
NNC25X37LG2 24.6 x 35.8 .97 x 1.41 .39 10.0 NC25LG2 20 20 Raceway
NNC25X50LG2 24.6 x 47.8 .97 x 1.88 .39 10.0 NC25LG2 20 20
NNC25X75LG2 24.6 x 72.4 .97 x 2.85 .39 10.0 NC25LG2 20 20 C3.
W NNC37X37LG2 37.1 x 35.8 1.46 x 1.41 .39 10.0 NC37LG2 20 20 Abrasion
Protection
NNC37X50LG2 37.1 x 47.8 1.46 x 1.88 .39 10.0 NC37LG2 20 20
NNC37X75LG2 37.1 x 72.4 1.46 x 2.85 .39 10.0 NC37LG2 20 20
C4.
H NNC50X50LG2 49.5 x 47.8 1.95 x 1.88 .39 10.0 NC50LG2 20 20 Cable
NNC50X75LG2 49.5 x 72.4 1.95 x 2.85 .39 10.0 NC50LG2 10 20 Management
NNC50X100LG2 49.5 x 97.8 1.95 x 3.85 .39 10.0 NC50LG2 10 20
NNC75X75LG2 74.7 x 72.4 2.94 x 2.85 .39 10.0 NC75LG2 10 20
D1.
.98 TYP [25.0] NNC100X50LG2 99.6 x 47.8 3.92 x 1.88 .39 10.0 NC100LG2 10 20 Terminals
NNC100X75LG2 99.6 x 72.4 3.92 x 2.85 .39 10.0 NC100LG2 10 20
NNC100X100LG2 99.6 x 97.8 3.92 x 3.85 .39 10.0 NC100LG2 10 20
D2.
Available in LG (Light Gray) and WH (White). Power
Do not allow cutting, tapping, or cleaning fluids that contain hydrocarbons to come in contact with type NNC Connectors
wiring duct as it will cause stress cracking. See page C1.49 for a list of chemicals to avoid.
.39 TYP [10.0] *"H" dimension includes duct and cover.
D3.
Multiple slot restrictors present with
Grounding
75mm and greater duct wall height. Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Panduct Type NNC Divider Wall
Systems
NNC solid divider wall can be mounted inside NNC and NE wiring Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct
duct to create multiple channels and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C E2.
Labels
Material: Halogen-free modified polyphenylene oxide (mPPO)
Std. E3.
For Nominal Std. Ctn. Pre-Printed
Length Duct Height Pkg. Qty. & Write-On
Part Number (m) (mm) Qty. (m) Markers
NNC50DWH2 2 50 2 40
E4.
NNC75DWH2 2 75 2 40
Permanent
Available in WH (White) color only. Identification
NOTE: Must be used with mounting base DB-C (see page C1.26), which is sold separately. Install mounting bases
to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length. E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.23
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Panduct Type NE Halogen-Free Wiring Duct
Material: Halogen-free modified polyphenylene oxide (mPPO) Provided with mounting holes
B1. UL recognized continuous use temperature: 203F (95C) Base and cover length is 6 feet
Cable Ties
UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
B2.
Cable
Accessories
Std. Base Cover
Duct Size (W x H)* Slot Width
Base Cover Pkg. Ctn. Ctn.
B3.
Stainless Part Number In. mm In. mm Part Number Qty. Qty. Qty.
Steel Ties NE.5X.5WH6 .63 x .56 16.0 x 14.2 .38 9.7 NC.5WH6 6 120 120
NE.5X1WH6 .63 x 1.06 16.0 x 26.9 .31 7.9 NC.5WH6 6 120 120
C1. NE1X1WH6 1.14 x 1.06 29.0 x 26.9 .31 7.9 NC1WH6 6 120 120
Wiring NE1X1.5WH6 1.14 x 1.62 29.0 x 41.1 .31 7.9 NC1WH6 6 120 120
Duct
NE1X2WH6 1.14 x 2.06 29.0 x 52.3 .31 7.9 NC1WH6 6 120 120
NE1X3WH6 1.14 x 3.06 29.0 x 77.7 .31 7.9 NC1WH6 6 120 120
C2.
W NE1X4WH6 1.14 x 4.06 29.0 x 103.1 .31 7.9 NC1WH6 6 60 120
Surface
Raceway NE1.5X1.5WH6 1.64 x 1.62 41.7 x 41.1 .31 7.9 NC1.5WH6 6 120 120
NE1.5X2WH6 1.64 x 2.06 41.7 x 52.3 .31 7.9 NC1.5WH6 6 120 120
C3. H NE1.5X3WH6 1.64 x 3.06 41.7 x 77.7 .31 7.9 NC1.5WH6 6 120 120
Abrasion NE1.5X4WH6 1.64 x 4.06 41.7 x 103.1 .31 7.9 NC1.5WH6 6 60 120
Protection
NE2X1WH6 2.14 x 1.06 54.4 x 26.9 .31 7.9 NC2WH6 6 120 120
NE2X2WH6 2.14 x 2.06 54.4 x 52.3 .31 7.9 NC2WH6 6 120 120
C4.
Cable NE2X3WH6 2.14 x 3.06 54.4 x 77.7 .31 7.9 NC2WH6 6 60 120
Management NE2X4WH6 2.14 x 4.06 54.4 x 103.1 .31 7.9 NC2WH6 6 60 120
NE3X1WH6 3.14 x 1.06 79.8 x 26.9 .31 7.9 NC3WH6 6 120 120
F
NE3X2WH6 3.14 x 2.06 79.8 x 52.3 .31 7.9 NC3WH6 6 120 120
D1.
Terminals NE3X3WH6 3.14 x 3.06 79.8 x 77.7 .31 7.9 NC3WH6 6 60 120
NE3X4WH6 3.14 x 4.06 79.8 x 103.1 .31 7.9 NC3WH6 6 60 120
NE3X5WH6 3.14 x 5.06 79.8 x 128.5 .38 9.7 NC3WH6 6 60 120
D2. E
Power NE4X2WH6 4.14 x 2.06 105.2 x 52.3 .31 7.9 NC4WH6 6 60 120
Connectors E F NE4X3WH6 4.14 x 3.06 105.2 x 77.7 .31 7.9 NC4WH6 6 60 120
For .5" duct height: .37" [9.4] .80" [20.3]
1" to 2" duct height: .31" [7.9] .80" [20.3] NE4X4WH6 4.14 x 4.06 105.2 x 103.1 .31 7.9 NC4WH6 6 60 120
3" to 4" duct height: .31" [7.9] 1.00" [25.4]
D3. 5" duct height: .38" [9.4] 1.33" [33.8]
NE4X5WH6 4.14 x 5.06 105.2 x 128.5 .38 9.7 NC4WH6 6 60 120
Grounding
Connectors Available in WH (White) only.
Do not allow cutting, tapping, or cleaning fluids that contain hydrocarbons to come in contact with type NE wiring
duct as it will cause stress cracking. See page C1.49 for list of chemicals to avoid.
E1. Base and cover sold separately.
Labeling *H dimension includes duct and cover.
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
wiring duct.
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Some of the features and benefits found in Panduct Stainless
Steel Ties
Tools and Accessories include:
Wide selection of hand tools for cutting and installing C1.
Wiring
wiring duct Duct
Snap-in wire retainers to retain cabling when the cover is
removed or during cable installation C2.
Surface
Divider walls that mount within the duct, enabling Raceway
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.25
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Panduct Type FL Flexible Wiring Duct
Material: Flexible Polypropylene UL 94 flammability rating of V-2
B1. UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 149F (65C) Factory applied adhesive tape provided for easy mounting
Cable Ties
Std.
Duct Size (W x H)* Length Pkg.
B2. Part Number In. mm In. mm Qty.
Cable
Accessories FL12X12LG-A .49 x .49 12.5 x 12.5 19.7 500 112
FL25X25LG-A .98 x .98 25.0 x 25.0 19.7 500 70
FL50X50LG-A 1.97 x 1.97 50.0 x 50.0 19.7 500 32
B3.
Stainless Available in LG (RAL 7040 Light Gray) color only. Unit of measure is pieces.
Steel Ties *H dimension includes duct and cover.
W
.20 TYP [5.0]
C1.
Wiring
Duct
H
C3.
Abrasion
Protection Panduct Divider Wall
Wiring duct divider wall can be mounted inside any type of Meets UL508/508A insulation material requirement for barrier
C4. Panduit PVC wiring duct to create multiple channels between conductors
Cable Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
Management and snap the divider wall onto the mounting base Material: Lead-free PVC
All versions snap onto DB-C mounting base
D1.
Divider wall heights 2" and greater have a scoreline feature
Terminals allowing sections to be removed leaving a smooth edge
Std. Std.
D2. Pkg. Ctn.
Power Part Number Used with Anchors Qty. Qty.
Connectors
Panduct Divider Wall Mounting Base
DB-C Panduit NR1 or #8, #10, M4 or M5 screw 100 1000
D3.
Grounding DB-C
Connectors Std. Std.
For Nominal Duct Height Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm Ft. m Color Qty. Qty.
E1. Panduct Solid Divider Wall
Labeling
Systems D2H6 2.00 50 6 Light Gray 6 120
D3H6 3.00 75 6 Light Gray 6 120
D4H6 4.00 100 6 Light Gray 6 120
E2.
Labels D2HWH6 2.00 50 6 White 6 120
D3HWH6 3.00 75 6 White 6 120
D4HWH6 4.00 100 6 White 6 120
E3.
Pre-Printed D*H6 and D*H2 Panduct Slotted Divider Wall
& Write-On
Markers SD2H6 2.00 50 6 Light Gray 6 120
SD3H6 3.00 75 6 Light Gray 6 120
E4. SD4H6 4.00 100 6 Light Gray 6 120
Permanent SD2HWH6 2.00 50 6 White 6 120
Identification
SD3HWH6 3.00 75 6 White 6 120
E5. SD4HWH6 4.00 100 6 White 6 120
Lockout/
Tagout Note: Must be used with mounting base, DB-C (see page C1.26) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases
& Safety to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.
Solutions
SD*H6
F.
Index
NNC solid divider wall can be mounted inside NNC and NE Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct
wiring duct to create multiple channels and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C B1.
Material: Halogen-free modified polyphenylene oxide (mPPO) Cable Ties
Std. Std.
For Nominal Duct Height B2.
Pkg. Ctn.
Cable
Part Number In. mm Qty. Qty.
Accessories
NNC50DWH2 2.00 50 2 40
NNC75DWH2 3.00 75 2 40
B3.
Available in WH (White) color only. Stainless
NOTE: Must be used with mounting base DB-C (see page C1.26), which is sold separately. Install mounting bases Steel Ties
to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.27
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Panduct Type G and H Wiring Duct Wire Retainers
Insert between fingers of type G and H to contain wiring when Adjustable height
B1. cover is removed Material: ABS
Cable Ties
Std. Std.
For Duct Width For Duct Height Pkg. Ctn.
B2. Part Number In. (mm) In. (mm) Qty. Qty.
Cable
Accessories
WR2-C 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 4.00 (50.8 101.6) 100 1000
WR2H-C 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 4.00 (50.8 101.6) 100 1000
WR3-C 3.00 (76.2) 2.00 4.00 (50.8 101.6) 100 1000
B3.
Stainless WR4-C 4.00 (101.6) 2.00 4.00 (50.8 101.6) 100 1000
Steel Ties WR5-C Use with: 3x5, 4x5, or 6x4 Use with: 3x5, 4x5, or 6x4 100 1000
*For 2" width type H hinged cover wiring duct use part number WR2H-C.
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection Panduct Solid Wall Raceway Type FS and Type D Wiring Duct Wire Retainer
Mounts onto walls of type FS raceway or type D duct with pressure Full length is used with 2 inch wide duct; for small widths, break off
C4. sensitive adhesive segments at scorelines
Cable
Management One size fits three different duct widths Material: Lead-free PVC
Std. Std.
D1. For Duct Width Pkg. Ctn.
Terminals Part Number In. (mm) Qty. Qty.
WRS-A-C10 1.00 (25.4) 100 1000
1.50 (38.1)
D2. 2.00 (50.8)
Power
Connectors Full length is used with 2" wide duct. For smaller widths, break off segments at scorelines.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
Used to contain wiring when cover is removed and can also be FMWR-C is compatible with type MC duct sizes
used as a labeling device Material: Lead-free PVC B1.
FWR-C is compatible with type F and HN duct sizes Cable Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Labeling Inside Duct Labeling Outside Duct
Snaps onto duct fingers. Full Break off the last segment from wire retainer below
length for use with 4" wide 1.5" mark and snap onto the back of the remaining C3.
duct. For smaller widths, break segment. Install label and mount between fingers Abrasion
off segments at scorelines. facing outward. Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
Panduct Duct Corner Strip with 1" Bend Radius Control
Create a strong rigid corner at wiring duct junctions Easy to install two-piece design D1.
Provide bend radius protection for cabling as required in Compatible with all styles of Panduit wiring duct Terminals
NFPA 79-2007 section 13.1.5.9 and TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-A UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
Available in 6 foot lengths that can be cut to size to meet any Material: Lead-free PVC
size requirement D2.
Power
Connectors
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.29
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Panduct Duct Corner Strip
Slide onto duct at corner or t-junctions for smooth, round corners Compatible with all styles of Panduit wiring duct
B1. Available in 6 foot lengths that can be cut to size to meet UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
Cable Ties
any requirement Material: Lead-free PVC
Easy to install one-piece design
B2.
Cable Std. Std.
Accessories For Nominal Duct Height Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description In. mm Color Qty. Qty.
B3. 6' Lengths for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct
Stainless CS1LG6 6 foot length is cut by user to fit All sizes All sizes Light 6 120
Steel Ties duct height. (Cut to (Cut to Gray
height)* height)*
C1. CS1LG6
*Refer to Cutting Guide below.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management Cutting Guide for Duct Corner Strips (CSC1**6, CS1**6)
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
Snap-Clip Mounting Brackets for use with Types G, F, FS and D Wiring Duct
S1F-C #8-32 x 1/4 (Provided) 1.00 25.4 100 1000 B3.
Stainless
S1.5F-C #8-32 x 1/4 (Provided) 1.50 38.1 100 1000 Steel Ties
S2F-C #8-32 x 1/4 (Provided) 2.00 50.8 100 1000
S3F-C #8-32 x 1/4 (Provided) 3.00 76.2 100 1000 C1.
S4F-C #8-32 x 1/4 (Provided) 4.00 101.6 100 1000 Wiring
Duct
Snap-Clip Mounting Brackets for use with Types MC and NNC Wiring Duct
SNS25F-C #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) 1.00 25 100 1000
SNS37F-C #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) 1.50 37 100 1000 C2.
Surface
SNS50F-C #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) 2.00 50 100 1000 Raceway
SNS62F-C #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) 2.50 62 100 1000
SNS75F-C #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) 3.00 75 100 1000 C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.31
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Overview Adhesive Tape for Wiring Duct
Recommended installation temperature is 70F (21C) Optimum recommended dwell time for acrylic adhesive is 8 hours
B1. UL Recognized service temperature is 32F (0C) to 140F (60C) Recommended tape load is 1/2 lb. per square inch of tape area
Cable Ties
B2. Roll
Cable
Tape Std. Std.
Duct Size Part Length Pkg. Ctn.
Accessories
(W x H) Number Yds. m Qty. Qty.
.5 x .5 thru 1.5 x 4 P32W2A2-50-7 7.0 6.4 1 100
B3.
Stainless P32W2A2-50-72 72.0 65.5 1 9
Steel Ties 2 x 1 thru 3 x 3 P32W2A2-50-7 7.0 6.4 1 100
P32W2A2-50-72 72.0 65.5 1 9
C1. 3 x 4 thru 3 x 5 P32W2A2-75-7 7.0 6.4 1 60
Wiring P32W2A2-75-72 72.0 65.5 1 7
Duct
4 x 1.5 thru 4 x 3 P32W2A2-50-7 7.0 6.4 1 100
P32W2A2-75-72 72.0 65.5 1 9
C2.
Surface 4 x 4 thru 6 x 4 P32W2A2-75-7 7.0 6.4 1 60
Raceway P32W2A2-75-72 72.0 65.5 1 7
C3.
Abrasion
Protection Specifications for Factory Applied Tape
C4. Tape
Cable
Management Duct Size Rows of Width Thickness
(W x H) Tape In. mm In. mm
.5 x .5 through .75 x 2 1 .50 12.7 .03 .8
D1. 1 x 1 through 1.5 x 4 1 .75 19.1 .03 .8
Terminals
2 x 1 through 3 x 3 2 .50 12.7 .03 .8
3 x 4 through 3 x 5 2 .75 19.1 .03 .8
D2. 4 x 1.5 through 4 x 3 2 .50 12.7 .03 .8
Power
Connectors 4 x 4 through 6 x 4 2 .75 19.1 .03 .8
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B2.
Cable
Accessories
G Duct G Duct G Duct F Duct F Duct FS Duct FS Duct FS Duct NE Duct B3.
Light Gray White Black Light Gray White Light Gray White Black White Stainless
G.5X.5LG6-A G.5X.5WH6-A F.5X.5LG6-A Steel Ties
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.33
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Overview Panduct Installation Tools
Panduit Panduct Bench Mount Wiring Duct Cutting Tool and TNR installs or removes Panduit nylon rivets, NR1-C and NR1-M,
B1. Duct Cutting Tool easily cut Panduct Wiring Duct and Cover quickly and easily
Cable Ties DNT-100 notches duct sidewalls to bottom scoreline for tees DFCT easily removes duct fingers in tight spaces
and corner junctions
B2.
Cable Std.
Accessories Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty
C3. DCT DFCT Duct Finger Cutting Tool (For use with all wide slotted duct types)
Abrasion
Protection DFCT Hand-held duct finger cutting tool. 1
Duct Notching Tool (For use with all wide slotted duct types)
C4. DNT-100 Hand-held sidewall notching tool. 1
Cable
Management
Nylon Rivet Installation Tool
TNR Hand-held nylon rivet installation tool. 1
DNT-100 TNR
D1.
Terminals Nylon Rivets
NR1-C Nylon rivet for use with TNR rivet tool. 100
Mean pull-off force PVC: 90 lbs. Type NE/Type NNC: 70 lbs.
D2. Mean shear force: PVC 139 lbs. Type NE/Type NNC: 126 lbs.
Power NR1-M Nylon rivet for use with TNR rivet tool. 1000
Connectors
Mean pull-off force PVC: 90 lbs. Type NE/Type NNC: 70 lbs.
NR1 Mean shear force: PVC 139 lbs. Type NE/Type NNC: 126 lbs.
D3. Always use approved safety goggles when using any tools.
Grounding
Connectors
ANSI
Total Thickness of Panel and Duct Panel Hole Dia. Needed Standard
E1.
Labeling In. mm In. mm Drill Bit
Systems .158 .187 4.0 4.7 .187 4.7 #15
.188 .218 4.8 5.5 .193 4.9 #11
.219 .250 5.6 6.4 .203 5.2 #7
E2.
Labels .251 .281 6.5 7.1 .213 5.4 #4
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B3.
4.00 (101.6) Stainless
Steel Ties
1.18 1.68
.87
(30.0) (42.7)
(22.0) C1.
.31 (8.0) .63 (15.9) Wiring
TYP. TYP. Duct
C2.
Recommended Recommended Recommended Surface
Max. Component Max. Component Max. Component Raceway
2.35 2.85 Width 2.67 (67.9) 3.35
Width 2.62 (66.5) Width 3.67 (93.3)
(59.6) (72.3)
TYP. .20 (85.1)
TYP. TYP. C3.
(5.0)
TYP. Abrasion
2.00 2.00 Protection
(50.8) (50.8) .50 (12.7)
TYP. TYP. TYP.
C4.
Cable
Panduct PanelMax Noise Shield Dimensions
Management
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
X 1.40 D2.
(35.6)
Power
.75 .20
(19.0) (5.1) Connectors
.96 .80 1.00
(24.4) (20.3) (25.4)
2.62 D3.
(66.6) Grounding
Part No. X Sidewall: SD2EMI shown. Bottom view. Bonding clip (for use with Connectors
SD3EMI, SD4EMI sidewall feature wiring duct).
SD2EMI 1.82 (46.1) two pairs of cable tie slots per section.
SD3EMI 2.88 (73.2)
E1.
SD4EMI 3.86 (98.2) Labeling
All dimension shown in inches (mm).
Systems
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.35
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Overview Panduct Type G and D Wiring Duct Dimensions
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
Duct Size Dimensions Inches (mm)
B1.
(W x H) A B C D E F H K T
Cable Ties
For .5" high duct. .5 x .5 .69 .60 .69 .38 .37 .80 .50 .05
>
C
(12.7) x (12.7) (17.5) (15.2) (17.5) (9.5) (9.3) (20.3) (12.7) (1.3)
F
.5 x 1 .69 1.06 .69 .75 .31 .80 1.00 .05
B2. >
(12.7) x (25.4) (17.5) (26.9) (17.5) (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) (1.3)
Cable B D .5 x 2 .69 2.03 .69 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 .08
T H >
Accessories (12.7) x (50.8) (17.5) (51.6) (17.5) (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (2.0)
> .75 x .75 .93 .82 .94 .56 .31 .80 0.75 .06
A E
(19.1) x (19.1) (23.6) (20.8) (23.9) (14.3) (7.9) (20.3) (19.1) (1.4)
B3.
> .75 x 1 .93 1.06 .94 .75 .31 .80 1.00 .06
Stainless
Steel Ties (19.1) x (25.4) (23.6) 26.9 (23.9) (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) (1.4)
For .75", 1", 1.5", 2", 3", 4" and 5" high duct.
> .75 x 1.5 .93 1.57 .94 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 .07
C
F (19.1) x (38.1) (23.6) (39.9) (23.9) (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) (1.8)
C1. > .75 x 2 .93 2.03 .94 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 .08
ON CENTERLINE
Wiring (19.1) x (50.8) (23.6) (51.6) (23.9) (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (2.0)
Duct T B H
D
> 1x1 1.26 1.12 1.25 .75 .31 .80 1.00 .06
(25.4) x (25.4) (32.0) (28.4) (31.8) (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) (1.4)
> 1 x 1.5 1.26 1.62 1.25 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 .07
C2. A E (25.4) x (38.1) (32.0) (41.1) (31.8) (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) (1.8)
Surface 1x2 1.26 2.12 1.25 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 .08
Raceway (25.4) x (50.8) (32.0) (53.8) (31.8) (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (2.0)
1x3 1.26 3.12 1.25 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 .10
Note: A dimension is measured at base. (25.4) x (76.2) (32.0) (79.2) (31.8) (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (2.4)
Note: K dimension shown in mounting hole 1x4 1.26 4.10 1.25 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 .11
C3.
Abrasion dimensions below. (25.4) x (101.6) (32.0) (104.1) (31.8) (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (2.7)
Protection 1.5 x 1 1.75 1.12 1.75 .75 .31 .80 1.00 .06
>
(38.1) x (25.4) (44.5) (28.4) (44.5) (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) (1.5)
1.5 x 1.5 1.75 1.62 1.75 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 .07
>
C4. (38.1) x (38.1) (44.5) (41.1) (44.5) (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) (1.8)
Cable 1.5 x 2 1.75 2.12 1.75 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 .08
Management (38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (53.8) (44.5) (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (2.0)
1.5 x 3 1.75 3.12 1.75 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 .10
.44 +- .02
[11.2 +- 0.5] (38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) (79.2) (44.5) (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (2.4)
.67 +- .06 TYP 1.5 x 4 1.75 4.10 1.75 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 .11
D1. [16.94 +- 1.5]
Terminals (38.1) x (101.6) (44.5) (104.1) (44.5) (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (2.7)
> 2x1 2.25 1.12 2.25 .75 .31 .80 1.00 .50 .06
(50.8) x (25.4) (57.2) (28.4) (57.2) (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) (12.7) (1.5)
H > 2 x 1.5 2.25 1.62 2.25 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 .50 .07
D2. (50.8) x (38.1) (57.2) (41.1) (57.2) (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) (12.7) (1.8)
Power 2x2 2.25 2.12 2.25 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 .50 .08
Connectors (50.8) x (50.8) (57.2) (53.8) (57.2) (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (12.7) (2.0)
For 2" duct height = 3 rows of holes 2x3 2.25 3.12 2.25 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 .50 .10
3" duct height = 4 rows of holes (50.8) x (76.2) (57.2) (79.2) (57.2) (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (12.7) (2.4)
D3. 4" duct height = 6 rows of holes
2x4 2.25 4.10 2.25 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 .50 .11
Grounding
(50.8) x (101.6) (57.2) (104.1) (57.2) (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (12.7) (2.7)
Connectors
> 2x5 2.25 5.10 2.25 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 .50 .12
(50.8) x (127.0) (57.2) (129.5) (57.2) (117.5) (9.5) (33.9) (127.0) (12.7) (2.9)
Mounting Hole Dimensions 2.5 x 3 2.75 3.12 2.75 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 .73 .10
E1.
For .5", .75", 1", and 1.5" wide duct. (63.5) x (76.2) (69.9) (79.2) (69.9) (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (18.4) (2.5)
Labeling
Systems > 3x1 3.25 1.12 3.25 .75 .31 .80 1.00 1.00 .07
.50 TYP (76.2) x (25.4) (82.6) (28.4) (82.6) (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) (25.4) (1.8)
[12.7] 3x2 3.25 2.12 3.25 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 1.00 .08
.20 TYP (76.2) x (50.8) (82.6) (53.8) (82.6) (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (25.4) (2.0)
E2. [5.0]
3x3 3.25 3.12 3.25 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 1.00 .10
Labels (76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) (79.2) (82.6) (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (25.4) (2.4)
C
L 3x4 3.25 4.10 3.25 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 1.00 .11
(76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) (104.1) (82.6) (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (25.4) (2.7)
E3. 3x5 3.25 5.10 3.25 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 1.00 .12
Pre-Printed 4.0 [101.6] TYP 2.0 >
[50.8] (76.2) x (127.0) (82.6) (129.5) (82.6) (117.5) (9.5) (33.9) (127.0) (25.4) (2.9)
& Write-On 4 x 1.5 4.25 1.62 4.25 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 1.50 .07
Markers >
(101.6) x (38.1) (108.0) (41.1) (108.0) (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) (38.1) (1.8)
For 2.0", 2.5", 3", 4" and 6" wide duct. 4x2 4.25 2.12 4.25 1.63 .31 0.80 2.00 1.50 .08
E4. (101.6) x (50.8) (108.0) (53.8) (108.0) (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (38.1) (2.0)
Permanent 4x3 4.25 3.12 4.25 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 1.50 .10
Identification (101.6) x (76.2) (108.0) (79.2) (108.0) (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (38.1) (2.5)
K
C
L
4x4 4.25 4.10 4.25 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 1.50 .11
E5. K (101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) (104.1) (108.0) (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (38.1) (2.7)
Lockout/ 4x5 4.25 5.10 4.25 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 1.50 .12
>
Tagout (101.6) x (127.0) (108.0) (129.5) (108.0) (117.5) (9.5) (33.9) (127.0) (38.1) (2.9)
& Safety 4.0 [101.6] TYP 2.0 6x4 6.25 4.15 6.25 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 2.50 .11
Solutions >
[50.8] (152.4) x (101.6) (158.8) (105.4) (158.8) (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (63.5) (2.8)
> Available for type G wiring duct only.
F. See page C1.13 and C1.17 for wiring duct color and size availability.
Index
C1.36
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Panduct Type F Wiring Duct and FS Raceway Dimensions
Overview
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
Duct Size Dimensions Inches (mm)
B1.
(W x H) A B C D E F H K T Cable Ties
.5 x .5 .69 .60 .69 .38 .20 .50 .50 .05
For .5", .75", 1" and 1.5" high duct.
(12.7) x (12.7) (17.5) (15.2) (17.5) (9.5) (5.0) (12.7) (12.7) (1.3)
C E .5 x 1 .69 1.06 .69 .75 .20 .50 1.00 .05
B2.
(12.7) x (25.4) (17.5) (26.9) (17.5) (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) (1.3) Cable
D .75 x .75 .93 .82 .94 .56 .20 .50 .75 .06 Accessories
B H
T (19.1) x (19.1) (23.6) (20.8) (23.9) (14.3) (5.0) (12.7) (19.1) (1.4)
.75 x 1.5 .93 1.57 .94 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 .07
A F (19.1) x (38.1) (23.6) (39.9) (23.9) (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) (1.8) B3.
1x1 1.26 1.12 1.25 .75 .20 .50 1.00 .06 Stainless
(25.4) x (25.4) (32.0) (28.4) (31.8) (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) (1.4) Steel Ties
For 2", 3", 4" and 5" high duct. 1 x 1.5 1.26 1.62 1.25 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 .07
ON CENTERLINE
(25.4) x (38.1) (32.0) (41.1) (31.8) (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) (1.8)
C 1x2 1.26 2.12 1.25 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 .08 C1.
E
(25.4) x (50.8) (32.0) (53.8) (31.8) (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) (2.0) Wiring
1x3 1.26 3.12 1.25 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 .10 Duct
(25.4) x (76.2) (32.0) (79.2) (31.8) (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) (2.4)
B H D 1x4 1.26 4.10 1.25 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 .11
T
(25.4) x (101.6) (32.0) (104.1) (31.8) (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (2.7) C2.
1.5 x 1 1.75 1.12 1.75 .75 .20 .50 1.00 .06 Surface
(38.1) x (25.4) (44.5) (28.4) (44.5) (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) (1.5) Raceway
A
F 1.5 x 1.5 1.75 1.62 1.75 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 .07
(38.1) x (38.1) (44.5) (41.1) (44.5) (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) (1.8)
Note: A dimension is measured at base. 1.5 x 2 1.75 2.12 1.75 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 .08 C3.
Note: K dimension shown in mounting (38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (53.8) (44.5) (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) (2.0) Abrasion
hole dimensions below. 1.5 x 3 1.75 3.12 1.75 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 .10 Protection
(38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) (79.2) (44.5) (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) (2.4)
1.5 x 4 1.75 4.10 1.75 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 .11
(38.1) x (101.6) (44.5) (104.1) (44.5) (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (2.7) C4.
2x1 2.25 1.12 2.25 .75 .20 .50 1.00 .50 .06 Cable
(50.8) x (25.4) (57.2) (28.4) (57.2) (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) (12.7) (1.5) Management
2 x 1.5 2.25 1.62 2.25 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 .50 .07
(50.8) x (38.1) (57.2) (41.1) (57.2) (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) (12.7) (1.8)
Mounting Hole Dimensions 2x2 2.25 2.12 2.25 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 .50 .08 D1.
For .5", .75", 1" and 1.5" wide duct. (50.8) x (50.8) (57.2) (53.8) (57.2) (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) (12.7) (2.0) Terminals
2x3 2.25 3.12 2.25 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 .50 .10
.50 TYP (50.8) x (76.2) (57.2) (79.2) (57.2) (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) (12.7) (2.4)
[12.7] 2x4 2.25 4.10 2.25 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 .50 .11
.20 TYP (50.8) x (101.6) (57.2) (104.1) (57.2) (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (12.7) (2.7)
D2.
[5.0] Power
2x5 2.25 5.10 2.25 4.63 .20 .50 5.00 .50 .12
Connectors
(50.8) x (127.0) (57.2) (129.5) (57.2) (117.5) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) (12.7) (2.9)
C
L 3x1 3.25 1.12 3.25 .75 .20 .50 1.00 1.00 .07
(76.2) x (25.4) (82.6) (28.4) (82.6) (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) (25.4) (1.7)
D3.
2.0 TYP 2.0 3x2 3.25 2.12 3.25 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 1.00 .08 Grounding
[50.8] [50.8] (76.2) x (50.8) (82.6) (53.8) (82.6) (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) (25.4) (2.0) Connectors
3x3 3.25 3.12 3.25 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 1.00 .10
(76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) (79.2) (82.6) (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) (25.4) (2.4)
For 2.0", 2.5", 3", 4" and 6" wide duct. 3x4 3.25 4.10 3.25 3.63 .20 50 4.00 1.00 .11 E1.
(76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) (104.1) (82.6) (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (25.4) (2.7) Labeling
3x5 3.25 5.10 3.25 4.63 .20 .50 5.00 1.00 .12 Systems
(76.2) x (127.0) (82.6) (129.5) (82.6) (117.5) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) (25.4) (2.9)
K
C 4 x 1.5 4.25 1.62 4.25 1.50 .07
K
L > N/A N/A N/A N/A
(101.6) x (38.1) (108.0) (41.1) (108.0) (38.1) (1.8)
4x2 4.25 2.12 4.25 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 1.50 .08 E2.
(101.6) x (50.8) (108.0) (53.8) (108.0) (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) (38.1) (2.0)
Labels
2.0 TYP 2.0 4x3 4.25 3.12 4.25 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 1.50 .10
[50.8] [50.8] (101.6) x (76.2) (108.0) (79.2) (108.0) (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) (38.1) (2.4)
4x4 4.25 4.10 4.25 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 1.50 .11 E3.
Pre-Printed
(101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) (104.1) (108.0) (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (38.1) (2.7)
& Write-On
Note: For type FS raceway, no mounting 4x5 4.25 5.10 4.25 4.63 .20 .50 5.00 1.50 .12 Markers
holes is the standard condition; if mounting (101.6) x (127.0) (108.0) (129.5) (108.0) (117.5) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) (38.1) (2.9)
holes are required, delete NM from the 6x4 6.25 4.15 6.25 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 2.50 .11
part number. (152.4) x (101.6) (158.8) (105.4) (158.8) (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (63.5) (2.8) E4.
Permanent
> Available for type FS raceway only.
Identification
See page C1.48 for wiring duct color and size availability.
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.37
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Overview Panduct Type MC Wiring Duct Dimensions
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
C4. (1.97) x (2.95) (1.95) (2.85) (1.95) (2.27) (.20) (.49) (2.78) (.08)
Cable 50 x 100 49.5 97.8 49.6 81.0 5.0 12.5 95.5 2.2
Management (1.97) x (3.94) (1.95) (3.85) (1.95) (3.19) (.20) (.49) (3.76) (.09)
62.5 x 62.5 62.0 59.7 62.1 45.8 5.0 12.5 58.0 1.8
Mounting Hole Dimensions (2.46) x (2.46) (2.44) (2.35) (2.44) (1.80) (.20) (.49) (2.28) (.07)
D1. For 25mm, 37.5mm, and 50mm width duct. 75 x 50 74.7 48.0 74.6 34.8 5.0 12.5 45.5 2.0
Terminals
(2.95) x (1.97) (2.94) (1.89) (2.94) (1.37) (.20) (.49) (1.79) (.08)
2000 mm
[78.74]
75 x 62.5 74.7 59.7 74.6 45.8 5.0 12.5 58.0 2.0
D2. (2.95) x (2.46) (2.94) (2.35) (2.94) (1.80) (.20) (.49) (2.28) (.08)
Power 14 mm 75 x 75 74.7 73.2 74.6 57.6 5.0 12.5 70.5 2.2
Connectors [0.55]
(2.95) x (2.95) (2.94) (2.88) (2.94) (2.27) (.20) (.49) (2.78) (.09)
75 x 100 74.7 97.8 74.6 81.0 5.0 12.5 95.5 2.3
8 mm
D3. [0.32] (2.95) x (3.94) (2.94) (3.85) (2.94) (3.19) (.20) (.49) (3.76) (.09)
Grounding 1950 mm 100 x 50 99.6 48.0 99.6 34.8 5.0 12.5 45.5 2.0
Connectors [76.77]
(3.94) x (1.97) (3.92) (1.89) (3.92) (1.37) (.20) (.49) (1.79) (.08)
For 75mm and 100mm width duct. 100 x 75 99.6 73.2 99.6 57.6 5.0 12.5 70.5 2.5
E1. (3.94) x (2.95) (3.92) (2.88) (3.92) (2.27) (.20) (.49) (2.78) (.10)
Labeling 2000 mm
100 x 100 99.6 97.8 99.6 81.0 5.0 12.5 99.5 2.5
Systems [78.74]
(3.94) x (3.94) (3.92) (3.85) (3.92) (3.19) (.20) (.49) (3.76) (.10)
50 mm
[1.97]
E2. 6.5 mm
25 mm
12.5 mm
Labels [.98]
[.26] [.49]
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On 4.5 mm 25 mm
Markers [.18] 1950 mm [.98]
[76.77]
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C1.38
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Panduct Type NNC Wiring Duct Dimensions
Overview
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
Duct Size Dimensions mm (Inches)
B1.
(W x H) A B C D H T Cable Ties
25 x 25 24.6 23.6 24.6 13.6 20.3 1.5
For 25mm, 37.5mm, and 50mm high duct.
(.98) x (.98) (.97) (.93) (.97) (.54) (.80) (.06)
10.0 TYP 25 x 37 24.6 35.8 24.6 24.6 33.0 1.8 B2.
C [.39]
(.98) x (1.48) (.97) (1.41) (.97) (.97) (1.30) (.07)
Cable
Accessories
B H D 25 x 50 24.6 47.8 24.6 34.8 45.5 2.0
T (.98) x (1.97) (.97) (1.88) (.97) (1.37) (1.79) (.08)
25 x 75 24.6 72.4 24.6 57.6 70.6 2.0 B3.
A 25.0 TYP Stainless
(.98) x (2.95) (.97) (2.85) (.97) (2.27) (2.78) (.08) Steel Ties
[.98]
37.5 x 37.5 37.1 35.8 37.1 24.7 33.0 1.8
(1.48) x (1.48) (1.46) (1.41) (1.46) (.97) (1.30) (.07)
37.5 x 50 37.1 47.8 37.1 34.8 45.5 2.0 C1.
For 75mm and 100mm high duct. Wiring
(1.48) x (1.97) (1.46) (1.88) (1.46) (1.37) (1.79) (.08) Duct
C 10.0 TYP 37.5 x 75 37.1 72.4 37.1 57.6 70.6 2.0
[.39]
(1.48) x (2.95) (1.46) (2.85) (1.46) (2.27) (2.78) (.08)
50 x 50 49.5 47.8 49.5 34.8 45.5 2.0 C2.
Surface
B D (1.97) x (1.97) (1.95) (1.88) (1.95) (1.37) (1.79) (.08) Raceway
H
T
50 x 75 49.5 72.4 49.5 57.6 70.6 2.0
(1.97) x (2.95) (1.95) (2.85) (1.95) (2.27) (2.78) (.08)
A 50 x 100 49.5 97.8 49.5 81.0 95.5 2.3 C3.
25.0 TYP Abrasion
[.98] (1.97) x (3.94) (1.95) (3.85) (1.95) (3.19) (3.76) (.09) Protection
75 x 75 74.7 72.4 74.7 57.6 70.6 2.0
(2.95) x (2.95) (2.94) (2.85) (2.94) (2.27) (2.78) (.08)
C4.
Mounting Hole Dimensions 100 x 50 99.6 47.8 99.6 34.8 45.5 2.0
Cable
For 25mm, 37.5mm, and 50mm width duct. (3.94) x (1.97) (3.92) (1.88) (3.92) (1.37) (1.79) (.08) Management
100 x 75 99.6 72.4 99.6 57.6 70.6 2.0
2000 mm
[78.74]
(3.94) x (2.95) (3.92) (2.85) (3.92) (2.27) (2.78) (.08)
100 x 100 99.6 97.8 99.6 81.0 95.5 2.3 D1.
14 mm Terminals
(3.92) x (3.85) (3.92) (3.85) (3.92) (3.19) (3.76) (.09)
[0.55]
8 mm D2.
[0.32] Power
1950 mm Connectors
[76.77]
50 mm
[1.97]
E1.
25 mm Labeling
6.5 mm [.98] 12.5 mm Systems
[.26] [.49]
E2.
Labels
4.5 mm 25 mm
[.18] 1950 mm [.98]
[76.77]
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.39
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Overview Panduct Type NE Wiring Duct Dimensions
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
Duct Size Dimensions Inches (mm)
B1.
Cable Ties (W x H) A B C D E F H K T
.5 x .5 .63 .56 .69 .38 .37 .80 .50 .05
For .5" high duct.
(12.7) x (12.7) (16.0) (14.2) (17.5) (9.7) (9.4) (20.3) (12.7) (1.3)
B2. F C .5 x 1 .63 1.06 .69 .75 .31 .80 1.00 .06
Cable (12.7) x (25.4) (16.0) (26.9) (17.5) (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) (1.5)
Accessories
1x1 1.14 1.06 1.25 .75 .31 .80 1.00 .06
D H B T
(25.4) x (25.4) (29.0) (26.9) (31.8) (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) (1.5)
B3. 1 x 1.5 1.14 1.62 1.25 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 .07
Stainless E A (25.4) x (38.1) (29.0) (41.1) (31.8) (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) (1.8)
Steel Ties
ON CENTERLINE
1x2 1.14 2.06 1.25 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 .07
(25.4) x (50.8) (29.0) (52.3) (31.8) (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (1.8)
C1. 1x3 1.14 3.06 1.25 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 .07
Wiring For 1", 1.5", 2", 3",
(25.4) x (76.2) (29.0) (77.7) (31.8) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (1.8)
Duct 4" and 5" high duct.
1x4 1.14 4.06 1.25 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 .08
F C (25.4) x (101.6) (29.0) (103.1) (31.8) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (2.0)
C2. 1.5 x 1.5 1.64 1.62 1.75 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 .07
Surface D (38.1) x (38.1) (41.7) (41.1) (44.5) (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) (1.8)
Raceway H B T
1.5 x 2 1.64 2.06 1.75 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 .07
(38.1) x (50.8) (41.7) (52.3) (44.5) (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (1.8)
E A
C3. 1.5 x 3 1.64 3.06 1.75 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 .07
Abrasion (38.1) x (76.2) (41.7) (77.7) (44.5) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (1.8)
Protection
1.5 x 4 1.64 4.06 1.75 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 .08
(38.1) x (101.6) (41.7) (103.1) (44.5) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (2.0)
C4. 2x1 2.14 1.06 2.25 .75 .31 .80 1.00 .50 .06
Cable Mounting Hole Dimensions
For .5", .75", 1" and 1.5" wide duct. (50.8) x (25.4) (54.4) (26.9) (57.2) (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) (12.7) (1.5)
Management
2x2 2.14 2.06 2.25 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 .50 .07
.50 TYP (50.8) x (50.8) (54.4) (52.3) (57.2) (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (12.7) (1.8)
[12.7]
D1. .195 TYP
2x3 2.14 3.06 2.25 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 .50 .07
Terminals [5.0] (50.8) x (76.2) (54.4) (77.7) (57.2) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (12.7) (1.8)
2x4 2.14 4.06 2.25 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 .50 .08
C
L (50.8) x (101.6) (54.4) (103.1) (57.2) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (12.7) (2.0)
D2. 3x1 3.14 1.06 3.25 .75 .31 .80 1.00 1.00 .06
Power 4.0 [101.6] TYP 2.0 (76.2) x (25.4) (79.8) (26.9) (82.6) (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) (25.4) (1.5)
Connectors [50.8]
3x2 3.14 2.06 3.25 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 1.00 .07
(76.2) x (50.8) (79.8) (52.3) (82.6) (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (25.4) (1.7)
D3. For 2.0", 2.5", 3" and 4" wide duct. 3x3 3.14 3.06 3.25 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 1.00 .07
Grounding (76.2) x (76.2) (79.8) (77.7) (82.6) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (25.4) (1.8)
Connectors
3x4 3.14 4.06 3.25 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 1.00 .08
K (76.2) x (101.6) (79.8) (103.1) (82.6) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (25.4) (2.0)
C
L
E1. K 3x5 3.14 5.06 3.25 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 1.00 .09
Labeling
(76.2) x (127.0) (79.8) (128.5) (82.6) (117.6) (9.7) (33.8) (127.0) (25.4) (2.3)
Systems
4x2 4.14 2.06 4.25 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 1.50 .07
4.0 [101.6] TYP 2.0
[50.8] (101.6) x (50.8) (105.2) (52.3) (108.0) (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (38.1) (1.8)
E2. 4x3 4.14 3.06 4.25 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 1.50 .07
Labels (101.6) x (76.2) (105.2) (77.7) (108.0) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (38.1) (1.8)
4x4 4.14 4.06 4.25 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 1.50 .08
(101.6) x (101.6) (105.2) (103.1) (108.0) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (38.1) (2.0)
E3.
Pre-Printed 4x5 4.14 5.06 4.25 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 1.50 .09
& Write-On (101.6) x (127.0) (105.2) (128.5) (108.0) (117.6) (9.7) (33.8) (127.0) (38.1) (2.3)
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C1.40
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Panduct Type H and HS Wiring Duct Dimensions
Overview
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
On CL
(38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (50.3) (47.8) (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (48.8) (2.0)
1.5 x 3 1.75 3.06 1.88 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 .10 B2.
(38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) (77.7) (47.8) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (2.5) Cable
Accessories
2x2 2.17 1.98 2.29 1.57 .31 .80 1.92 .50 .08
B (50.8) x (50.8) (55.1) (50.3) (58.2) (39.9) (7.9) (20.3) (48.8) (12.7) (2.0)
T 2x3 2.17 3.06 2.29 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 .50 .10 B3.
(50.8) x (76.2) (55.1) (77.7) (58.2) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (12.7) (2.5) Stainless
2x4 2.17 4.1 4.38 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 .50 .10 Steel Ties
(50.8) x (101.6) (55.1) (104.1) (111.3) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (12.7) (2.7)
A
3x3 3.25 3.06 3.38 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 1.00 .10
C1.
(76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) (77.7) (85.9) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (25.4) (2.5) Wiring
3x4 3.25 4.1 3.38 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 1.00 .11 Duct
F
(76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) (104.1) (85.9) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (25.4) (2.8)
4x4 4.25 4.1 4.38 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 1.50 .11
C2.
(101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) (104.1) (111.3) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (38.1) (2.8) Surface
Raceway
D
H
For 2", 3", and 4" wide duct.
C3.
Abrasion
K
Protection
C
L
E K
C4.
E F
For 2" duct height: .31" [7.9] .80" [20.3] Cable
3" to 4" duct height: .31" [7.9] 1.00" [25.4] 4.0 [101.6] TYP 2.0 Management
[50.8]
D1.
Terminals
Panduct Type HN Wiring Duct Dimensions
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
D2.
Duct Size Dimensions Inches (mm) Power
(W x H) A B C D E F H K T Connectors
100
1.5 x 2 1.75 1.98 1.88 1.63 .20 .50 1.92 .08
On CL
(38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (50.3) (47.8) (41.4) (5.0) (12.7) (48.8) (2.0)
D3.
C 1.5 x 3 1.75 3.06 1.88 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 .10 Grounding
(38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) (77.7) (47.8) (66.8) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) (2.5) Connectors
2x2 2.17 1.98 2.29 1.57 .20 .50 1.92 .50 .08
(50.8) x (50.8) (55.1) (50.3) (58.2) (39.9) (5.0) (12.7) (48.8) (12.7) (2.0)
2x3 2.17 3.06 2.29 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 .50 .10 E1.
B
Labeling
(50.8) x (76.2) (55.1) (77.7) (58.2) (66.8) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) (12.7) (2.5) Systems
2x4 2.17 4.1 4.38 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 .50 .10
T
(50.8) x (101.6) (55.1) (104.1) (111.3) (92.2) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (12.7) (2.7)
3x3 3.25 3.06 3.38 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 1.00 .10 E2.
(76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) (77.7) (85.9) (66.8) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) (25.4) (2.5) Labels
A
3x4 3.25 4.1 3.38 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 1.00 .11
(76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) (104.1) (85.9) (92.2) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (25.4) (2.8)
4x4 4.25 4.1 4.38 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 1.50 .11
E3.
E
Pre-Printed
(101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) (104.1) (111.3) (92.2) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (38.1) (2.8) & Write-On
Markers
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.41
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Overview Panduct Type FL Wiring Duct Dimensions
Dimensions are shown for reference only.
Dimensions are in mm (in.). Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
B1.
Mounting Hole Dimensions
Cable Ties
For FL12X12LG-A
Nominal Duct Size Dimensions
25.0 TYP
(W x H) mm (In.)
[.98]
B2. 5.0 TYP mm A B
Cable [.20] 8.0 TYP
Accessories [.31] 12 x 12 12.4 12.4
12.5
[.49] (.49) x (.49) (.49) (.49)
A C 25 x 25 24.9 24.9
L
B3.
(.98) x (.98) (.98) (.98)
Stainless
Steel Ties 4.0 TYP
6.2 TYP [.16] 50 x 50 50 50
[.25] (1.97) x (1.97) (1.97) (1.97)
For FL25X25LG-A and FL50X50LG-A
C1. Note: Type FL wiring duct has factory applied
Wiring 12.5 TYP
[.49] adhesive. For 50 x 50 two strips of tape are used;
Duct A otherwise, only one strip is centered on the part.
12.5
[.49]
C2.
Surface B C
L
Raceway
E3.
Panduct Type H, HN, and HS Wiring Duct Wirefill Capacity
Pre-Printed Electrical Communication
& Write-On 8 10 12 14 16 18 22 23 23/24 24 Fiber
Markers AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG Cable
Nominal Duct
Size Nominal .216 .164 .130 .141 .152 .111 .124 .133 .096 .111 .118 .084 .100 .106 .085 .330 .250 .190 .118
E4. (W x H) Area Cat. Cat. Cat.
Permanent In. In. THHN THHN THHN MTW MTW THHN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW MTW 6A 6 5e 3.0 mm
Identification 1.50 x 2.00 3.000 34 60 95 81 70 131 105 91 175 131 116 229 162 144 224 14 25 44 116
1.50 x 3.00 4.500 52 90 143 122 105 197 158 137 263 197 174 344 243 216 336 22 38 67 174
E5.
Lockout/ 2.00 x 2.00 4.000 46 80 127 108 93 175 140 122 234 175 155 306 216 192 299 19 34 59 154
Tagout 2.00 x 3.00 6.000 69 120 191 163 140 263 210 183 351 263 232 459 324 288 448 29 51 89 232
& Safety 2.00 x 4.00 8.000 92 160 255 217 187 350 281 244 469 350 310 612 432 384 598 39 69 119 309
Solutions 3.00 x 3.00 9.000 104 180 287 244 210 394 316 275 527 394 349 689 486 432 673 44 77 134 348
3.00 x 4.00 12.000 139 241 383 326 280 526 421 366 703 526 465 919 648 577 897 59 103 179 464
F. 4.00 x 4.00 16.000 185 321 511 435 374 701 562 488 938 701 621 1225 864 769 1197 79 138 239 619
Index Table shows maximum wirefill based on 50% of duct internal cross sectional area. Formula = nominal area/1.85 x D2. See page C1.48 for wiring duct color
and size availability. AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
C1.42
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Panduct Type D, G, F and FS Wiring Duct Wirefill Capacity
Overview
Electrical Communication
8 10 12 14 16 18 22 23 23/24 24 Fiber B1.
AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG Cable Cable Ties
Nominal Duct
Size Nominal .216 .164 .13 .141 .152 .111 .124 .133 .096 .111 .118 .084 .100 .106 .085 .330 .25 .190 .118
(W x H) Area Cat. Cat. Cat. 3.0
In. In. THHN THHN THHN MTW MTW THHN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW MTW 6A 6 5e mm B2.
Cable
0.50 x 0.50 0.250 3 5 8 7 6 11 9 8 15 11 10 20 14 12 19 1 2 3 10 Accessories
0.50 x 1.00 0.500 6 10 16 14 12 23 18 16 31 23 20 40 28 25 39 2 4 7 20
0.50 x 2.00 1.000 12 21 33 28 24 46 37 32 62 46 41 80 57 50 79 5 9 15 40
B3.
0.75 x 0.75 0.563 6 11 19 16 13 26 20 18 34 26 23 45 32 28 44 2 5 8 23
Stainless
0.75 x 1.00 0.750 9 15 25 21 18 34 27 24 46 34 30 60 42 38 59 3 6 11 30 Steel Ties
0.75 x 1.50 1.125 13 23 38 32 27 52 41 36 69 52 46 91 64 57 88 5 10 17 46
0.75 x 2.00 1.500 18 31 50 43 37 69 55 48 93 69 61 121 85 76 118 7 13 23 61
C1.
1.00 x 1.00 1.000 12 21 33 28 24 46 37 32 62 46 41 80 57 50 79 5 9 15 40 Wiring
1.00 x 1.50 1.500 18 31 50 43 37 69 55 48 93 69 61 121 85 76 118 7 13 23 61 Duct
1.00 x 2.00 2.000 24 42 67 57 49 92 74 64 124 92 82 161 114 101 158 10 18 31 81
1.00 x 3.00 3.000 36 63 101 86 74 139 111 96 186 139 123 242 171 152 237 15 27 47 122 C2.
1.00 x 4.00 4.000 48 84 135 114 98 185 148 129 248 185 164 323 228 203 316 20 36 63 163 Surface
1.50 x 1.00 1.500 18 31 50 43 37 69 55 48 93 69 61 121 85 76 118 7 13 23 61 Raceway
1.50 x 1.50 2.250 27 47 76 64 55 104 83 72 139 104 92 182 128 114 177 11 20 35 92
1.50 x 2.00 3.000 36 63 101 86 74 139 111 96 186 139 123 242 171 152 237 15 27 47 122 C3.
1.50 x 3.00 4.500 55 95 152 129 111 208 167 145 279 208 184 364 257 228 355 23 41 71 184 Abrasion
Protection
1.50 x 4.00 6.000 73 127 202 172 148 278 222 193 372 278 246 485 342 305 474 31 54 94 245
2.00 x 1.00 2.000 24 42 67 57 49 92 74 64 124 92 82 161 114 101 158 10 18 31 81
2.00 x 1.50 3.000 36 63 101 86 74 139 111 96 186 139 123 242 171 152 237 15 27 47 122 C4.
Cable
2.00 x 2.00 4.000 48 84 135 114 98 185 148 129 248 185 164 323 228 203 316 20 36 63 163 Management
2.00 x 3.00 6.000 73 127 202 172 148 278 222 193 372 278 246 485 342 305 474 31 54 94 245
2.00 x 4.00 8.000 97 169 270 229 197 371 297 258 496 371 328 647 457 406 632 41 73 126 327
2.00 x 5.00 10.000 122 212 338 287 247 463 371 323 620 463 410 809 571 508 790 52 91 158 409 D1.
2.50 x 3.00 7.500 91 159 253 215 185 347 278 242 465 347 307 607 428 381 593 39 68 118 307 Terminals
3.00 x 1.00 3.000 36 63 101 86 74 139 111 96 186 139 123 242 171 152 237 15 27 47 122
3.00 x 2.00 6.000 73 127 202 172 148 278 222 193 372 278 246 485 342 305 474 31 54 94 245
D2.
3.00 x 3.00 9.000 110 191 304 258 222 417 334 290 558 417 369 728 514 457 711 47 82 142 368 Power
3.00 x 4.00 12.000 146 254 405 344 296 556 445 387 744 556 492 971 685 610 949 62 109 189 491 Connectors
3.00 x 5.00 15.000 183 318 507 431 370 695 557 484 930 695 615 1214 857 762 1186 78 137 237 614
4.00 x 1.50 6.000 73 127 202 172 148 278 222 193 372 278 246 485 342 305 474 31 54 94 245 D3.
4.00 x 2.00 8.000 97 169 270 229 197 371 297 258 496 371 328 647 457 406 632 41 73 126 327 Grounding
4.00 x 3.00 12.000 146 254 405 344 296 556 445 387 744 556 492 971 685 610 949 62 109 189 491 Connectors
4.00 x 4.00 16.000 195 339 540 459 395 742 594 516 992 742 656 1295 914 813 1265 83 146 253 655
4.00 x 5.00 20.000 244 424 676 574 494 927 743 646 1240 927 820 1619 1142 1017 1581 104 182 316 819 E1.
6.00 x 4.00 24.000 293 509 811 689 593 1113 891 775 1488 1113 984 1943 1371 1220 1898 125 219 379 983 Labeling
Systems
Table shows maximum wirefill based on 50% of duct internal cross sectional area. Formula = nominal area/1.75 x D2. See page C1.48 for wiring duct color
and size availability. Not all sizes available for each duct type.
AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.43
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Overview Panduct Type MC and NNC Wiring Duct Wirefill Capacity
Electrical Communication
B1. 8 10 12 14 16 18 22 23 23/24 24 Fiber
Cable Ties AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG Cable
Nominal Duct
Size Nominal 5.5 4.2 3.3 3.6 3.9 2.8 3.1 3.4 2.4 2.8 3 2.1 2.5 2.7 2.2 8.4 6.4 4.8 3
(W x H) Area Cat. Cat. Cat. 3.0
B2. mm mm THHN THHN THHN MTW MTW THHN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW MTW 6A 6 5e mm
Cable 25 x 25 625 11 20 32 27 23 44 36 31 60 44 39 78 55 49 76 5 8 15 39
Accessories
25 x 37 925 17 30 48 41 35 66 53 46 88 66 58 116 81 72 113 7 13 22 58
25 x 50 1250 23 41 65 55 47 89 72 62 120 89 79 156 110 98 153 10 17 30 79
B3. 25 x 62 1550 29 51 81 69 59 111 89 77 148 111 98 194 137 122 190 12 21 38 98
Stainless
Steel Ties 25 x 75 1875 35 61 98 83 71 134 108 93 180 134 119 235 166 147 229 15 26 46 119
37 x 37 1369 25 45 71 60 52 98 78 68 131 98 87 171 121 107 167 11 19 33 86
37 x 50 1850 35 60 96 82 70 132 106 92 177 132 117 232 163 145 226 15 26 45 117
C1.
Wiring 37 x 62 2294 43 75 120 102 87 164 132 114 220 164 145 287 203 180 281 18 32 56 145
Duct 37 x 75 2775 52 91 145 123 106 199 159 138 266 199 176 348 245 218 340 22 39 68 176
50 x 50 2500 47 82 131 111 95 179 144 125 240 179 159 313 221 197 306 20 35 61 158
50 x 75 3750 71 123 196 167 143 269 216 187 360 269 238 470 332 295 459 30 53 92 238
C2.
Surface 50 x 100 5000 94 164 262 222 191 359 288 250 480 359 318 627 442 394 612 40 70 122 317
Raceway 62 x 62 3844 72 126 201 171 147 276 221 192 369 276 244 482 340 303 471 31 54 94 244
75 x 50 3750 71 123 196 167 143 269 216 187 360 269 238 470 332 295 459 30 53 92 238
C3. 75 x 62 4650 88 153 243 207 178 334 267 232 446 334 295 583 411 366 570 37 65 114 295
Abrasion 75 x 75 5625 106 185 294 250 215 404 324 281 540 404 357 706 498 443 689 45 79 138 357
Protection
75 x 100 7500 142 246 393 334 287 539 432 375 720 539 477 941 664 591 919 60 106 184 476
100 x 50 5000 94 164 262 222 191 359 288 250 480 359 318 627 442 394 612 40 70 122 317
C4. 100 x 75 7500 142 246 393 334 287 539 432 375 720 539 477 941 664 591 919 60 106 184 476
Cable 100 x 100 10000 189 329 524 445 383 718 576 500 961 718 636 1255 885 788 1225 81 141 245 634
Management
Table shows maximum wirefill based on 50% of duct internal cross sectional area. Formula = nominal area/1.75 x D2. See page C1.48 for wiring duct color
and size availability. Not all sizes available for each duct type.
AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in millimeters.
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C1.44
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Panduct Type NE Wiring Duct Wirefill Capacity
Overview
Electrical Communication
8 10 12 14 16 18 22 23 23/24 24 Fiber B1.
AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG Cable Cable Ties
Nominal Duct
Size Nominal .216 .164 .130 .141 .152 .111 .124 .133 .096 .111 .118 .084 .100 .106 .085 .330 .25 .190 .118
(W x H) Area Cat. Cat. Cat. 3.0
In. In. THHN THHN THHN MTW MTW THHN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW MTW 6A 6 5e mm B2.
Cable
0.50 x 0.50 0.250 2 4 7 6 5 10 8 7 13 10 8 17 12 11 17 1 2 3 8
Accessories
0.50 x 1.00 0.500 5 9 14 12 10 20 16 14 27 20 17 35 25 22 34 2 4 6 17
1.00 x 1.00 1.000 10 18 29 25 21 40 32 28 54 40 35 70 50 44 69 4 8 13 35
1.00 x 1.50 1.500 16 27 44 37 32 60 48 42 81 60 53 106 75 66 103 6 12 20 53 B3.
Stainless
1.00 x 2.00 2.000 21 37 59 50 43 81 65 56 108 81 71 141 100 88 138 9 16 27 71 Steel Ties
1.00 x 3.00 3.000 32 55 88 75 64 121 97 84 162 121 107 212 150 133 207 13 24 41 107
1.00 x 4.00 4.000 42 74 118 100 86 162 130 113 217 162 143 283 200 177 276 18 32 55 143
C1.
1.50 x 1.50 2.250 24 41 66 56 48 91 73 63 122 91 80 159 112 100 155 10 18 31 80 Wiring
1.50 x 2.00 3.000 32 55 88 75 64 121 97 84 162 121 107 212 150 133 207 13 24 41 107 Duct
1.50 x 3.00 4.500 48 83 133 113 97 182 146 127 244 182 161 318 225 200 311 20 36 62 161
1.50 x 4.00 6.000 64 111 177 150 129 243 195 169 325 243 215 425 300 266 415 27 48 83 215
C2.
2.00 x 1.00 2.000 21 37 59 50 43 81 65 56 108 81 71 141 100 88 138 9 16 27 71 Surface
2.00 x 2.00 4.000 42 74 118 100 86 162 130 113 217 162 143 283 200 177 276 18 32 55 143 Raceway
2.00 x 3.00 6.000 64 111 177 150 129 243 195 169 325 243 215 425 300 266 415 27 48 83 215
2.00 x 4.00 8.000 85 148 236 201 173 324 260 226 434 324 287 566 400 355 553 36 64 110 286 C3.
3.00 x 1.00 3.000 32 55 88 75 64 121 97 84 162 121 107 212 150 133 205 13 24 41 107 Abrasion
Protection
3.00 x 2.00 6.000 64 111 177 150 129 243 195 169 325 243 215 425 300 266 415 27 48 83 215
3.00 x 3.00 9.000 96 167 266 226 194 365 292 254 488 365 323 637 450 400 622 41 72 124 322
3.00 x 4.00 12.000 128 223 355 301 259 486 390 339 651 486 430 850 600 533 830 55 96 166 430 C4.
Cable
3.00 x 5.00 15.000 160 278 443 377 324 608 487 423 813 608 538 1062 750 667 1038 68 120 207 537
Management
4.00 x 2.00 8.000 85 148 236 201 173 324 260 226 434 324 287 566 400 355 553 36 64 110 286
4.00 x 3.00 12.000 128 223 355 301 259 486 390 339 651 486 430 850 600 533 830 55 96 166 430
4.00 x 4.00 16.000 171 297 473 402 346 649 520 452 868 649 574 1133 800 711 1107 73 128 221 573 D1.
4.00 x 5.00 20.000 214 371 591 502 432 811 650 565 1085 811 718 1417 1000 889 1384 91 160 277 716 Terminals
Table shows maximum wirefill based on 50% of duct internal cross sectional area. Formula = nominal area/2.00 x D2.
AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
D2.
Power
Connectors
Table shows maximum wirefill based on 50% of duct internal cross sectional area. Formula = nominal area/2.50 x D2.
AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in millimeters. E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.45
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Overview Wirefill Formula
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless Why use a 50% Wirefill?
Steel Ties As specified in NFPA79-2007 section 13.5.2, Percentage Fills of Raceways (Ducts), a 50% wirefill is given as
the maximum wirefill capacity in all Panduit Wiring Ducts. This helps ensure general safe wiring practices
C1. are followed. In actual practice, a 50% wirefill is the maximum amount of wiring the duct can hold given the
Wiring
Duct
additional airspace created between cables by non-uniform cable shapes, cable interlacing, and cable
packing factors.
C2.
Surface What is the Usable Duct Area?
Raceway
The usable area we define as the calculation of internal area that can be occupied by wires or cables.
E2.
Labels
Formula Derivation
E3. Inserting the elements from above into the Simplifying this formula results in the formula
Pre-Printed used for wirefill calculation (Note 2):
& Write-On general formula results in the following:
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/ Note: When calculating wirefill capacity using the above formula, variables W, H, and D must be expressed in
Tagout same units (i.e. mm or inches).
& Safety
Solutions 1 This calculation does not account for additional airspace created between cables by non-uniform cable shapes, cable interlacing, and cable packing factors.
2 The resulting formula is used for all Panduit flush cover ducts, this excludes type NE duct which has a different profile design that results in a
F. divisor of 2.0 x D 2 (rather than 1.75 x D 2 as shown here) and type H and HS wiring duct with a profile design that results in a divisor of 1.85 x D 2 and
Index corner wiring duct which uses calculated internal area and a divisor of 2.0 x D 2.
C1.46
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Panduct Wiring Duct and Raceway Material Specifications
Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
Halogen-Free
Lead-Free Modified PPO Polypropylene
Properties Units Test Method PVC (NNC, NE) (FL) B2.
General Cable
Accessories
Specific gravity g/cc ASTM D 792 1.45 1.09 0.95
Heat deflection temperature @264 psi F ASTM D 648 156 215 117
B3.
Thermal expansion 10-5 in/in/F ASTM D 696 3.7 3.8 N/A Stainless
Thermal conductivity (BTU-in/hr-ft)F ASTM C 177 1.3 1.3 N/A Steel Ties
Burning Characteristics
Flammability class UL 94 V-0 V-0 V-2 C1.
Wiring
Smoke density @ 4 minutes ASTM E 662 538 513 N/A Duct
Limited oxygen index (LOI) ASTM D 2863 35 30 25
Peak heat release rate kW/m2 ASTM E 1354 N/A N/A N/A
C2.
Hardness Surface
Raceway
Durometer hardness "D" ASTM D 2240 78 N/A N/A
Rockwell hardness "R" ASTM D 785 111 116 N/A
Tensile C3.
Abrasion
Yield Strength psi ASTM D 638 6,200 7,700 3,770 Protection
Modulus psi ASTM D 638 390,000 350,000 172,000
Flexural C4.
Yield Strength psi ASTM D 790 8,700 11,500 4,350 Cable
Management
Modulus psi ASTM D 790 325,000 340,000 181,250
Impact strength
Notched Izod (.125") D1.
Terminals
23C (73F) ft-lb/in 4.0 5.0 1.8
ASTM D 256
0C (32F) ft-lb/in 1.6 2.0 N/A
Electrical Properties D2.
Power
Power factor: Connectors
60 Hz @30C (86F) 2.90 N/A N/A
ASTM D 150
1 MHz @30C (86F) 4.00 N/A N/A
D3.
Dielectric constant: Grounding
60 Hz @30C (86F) 3.90 N/A N/A Connectors
ASTM D 150
1 MHz @30C (86F) 3.30 N/A N/A
Dielectric strength: E1.
Unconditioned volts/mil 690 N/A N/A Labeling
ASTM D 149 Systems
Conditioned volts/mil 700 N/A N/A
Note: To the best of our knowledge the above information is accurate.
Panduit assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information. E2.
Labels
E3.
Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride Halogen-Free Polypropylene Pre-Printed
& Write-On
(PVC) (Modified Polyphenylene Oxide) A flexible material with a UL 94 Markers
A general purpose material for use A special purpose flammability rating of V-2 and UL
in indoor applications. PVC has a material for use in halogen-free Recognized for continuous use
temperatures up to 149F (65C). E4.
UL 94 flammability rating of V-0 or high temperature applications. Permanent
and is UL Recognized for continuous Modified PPO has a UL 94 flammability Identification
use temperatures up to 122F (50C). rating of V-0 and is UL Recognized for
PVC is an economical wiring continuous use temperatures up to 203F E5.
duct material. (95C), and is 20% lighter than PVC. Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.47
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Overview Panduct Wiring Duct and Raceway Color and Size Selection
B1.
Cable Ties
Duct Size
IB IG
WxH
LG WH BL Intrs. Intl.
In. mm Light Gray White Black Blue* Gry.
B2.
Cable .5 x .5 12 x 12 G F FS FL G F FS NE
Accessories .5 x 1 G F FS G F NE
.5 x 2 G G
.75 x .75 G F FS G F
B3. .75 x 1 G G
Stainless
Steel Ties .75 x 1.5 G F G F
.75 x 2 G G G
1x1 25 x 25 G F FS NNC FL G F FS NE NNC MC G FS G F MC
C1. 1 x 1.5 25 x 37 G F FS NNC G F NE NNC MC G G F MC
Wiring 1x2 25 x 50 G F FS D NNC G F NE NNC MC G D G F MC
Duct
1 x 2.5 25 x 62 MC MC
1x3 25 x 75 G F FS D NNC G F D NE NNC MC G D G F MC
C2. 1x4 25 x 100 G F FS D G F D NE G D G F
Surface 1.5 x 1 G F FS G F FS
Raceway 1.5 x 1.5 37 x 37 G F FS NNC G F FS NE NNC MC G FS G F MC
1.5 x 2 37 x 50 G F FS D H HN HS NNC G F NE H HN HS NNC MC G D H HS G F MC
C3. 1.5 x 2.5 37 x 62 MC MC
Abrasion 1.5 x 3 37 x 75 G F FS D H HN HS NNC G F D NE H HN HS NNC MC G D H HS G F MC
Protection 1.5 x 4 G F D G F D NE G D G F
2x1 G F FS G F FS NE G
2 x 1.5 G F FS G F FS
C4.
Cable 2x2 50 x 50 G F FS D H HN HS NNC FL G F FS D NE H HN HS NNC MC G FS D H HS G F MC
Management 2x3 50 x 75 G F FS D H HN HS NNC G F FS D NE H HN HS NNC MC G D H HS G F MC
2x4 50 x 100 G F FS D H HN HS NNC G F D NE H HN HS NNC MC G D H HS G F MC
2x5 G F G F
D1. 2.5 x 2.5 62 x 62 MC MC
Terminals 2.5 x 3 G F D G F G
3x1 G F FS G F FS NE
3x2 75 x 50 G F FS D G F FS NE MC G FS MC
D2. 3 x 2.5 75 x 62 MC MC
Power
3x3 75 x 75 G F FS D H HN HS NNC G F FS D NE H HN HS NNC MC G FS D H HS G F MC
Connectors
3x4 75 x 100 G F FS D H HN HS G F FS D NE H HN HS MC G D H HS G F MC
3x5 G F FS G F FS NE
D3. 4 x 1.5 G FS G
Grounding 4x2 100 x 50 G F FS D NNC G F FS NE NNC MC G D MC
Connectors
4x3 100 x 75 G F FS D NNC G F FS NE NNC MC G G F MC
4x4 100 x G F FS D H HN HS NNC G F FS D NE H HN HS NNC MC G FS D H HS G F MC
100
E1.
Labeling 4x5 G F FS G F NE G
Systems 6x4 G F FS G F FS
4.40 x 111.8 x CWD CWD
3.57* 90.7
E2. 5.33 x 135.3 x CWD CWD
Labels 4.58* 115.7
6.25 x 156.7 x DRD DRD
2.12** 54.0
E3. 7.25 x 184.1 x DRD DRD
Pre-Printed 3.12** 79.4
& Write-On 8.25 x 209.5 x DRD DRD
Markers 4.12** 104.8
*Corner Duct Profile
E4. **DIN Rail Duct Profile
Permanent
Identification
*Intrinsic Blue Color IB
E5.
Lockout/ Intrinsic blue wiring duct is made from the same lead-free PVC material as our standard PVC duct. Intrinsic blue is an internationally
Tagout recognized standard blue color that identifies the wiring duct as incapable of releasing sufficient electrical or thermal energy under normal
& Safety or abnormal conditions to cause ignition of a specific hazardous atmospheric mixture in its most easily ignited concentrations.
Solutions
*ISA-RD12.6 (Instrument Society of America)
F.
Index
C1.48
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Installation Tips: Overview
4. Apply the desired topcoat of latex paint and allow to dry. C1.
Wiring
Duct
5. Install the wiring duct/raceway and covers.
Amines
Ethers D2.
Power
Organic, inorganic and oxidizing acids Connectors
Petrol
D3.
Note: Panduit assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this list. Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Part Number System for Panduct Wiring Duct Labeling
Systems
G .5 X .5 LG 6 -A
E2.
Labels
Type Nominal Width Nominal Height Color Length -A = Adhesive Backed
= Without Adhesive
G = Wide Slot In. or mm In. or mm LG = Light Ft. or m (leave blank) E3.
Flush Design Gray Pre-Printed
NM = No Mounting Holes & Write-On
F = Narrow Slot WH = White Markers
Flush Design BL = Black
FL = Flexible Duct IB = Intrinsic Blue
E4.
FS = Solid Wall Flush Design IG = International Permanent
H = Wide Slot Hinged Design Gray Identification
HN = Narrow Slot Hinged Design
HS = Solid Wall Hinged Design E5.
D = Round Hole Flush Design Lockout/
Tagout
NNC = Halogen-Free Design & Safety
NE = Halogen-Free Wide Slot Design Solutions
MC = Metric Narrow Slot Design
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.49
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Overview Part Number System for Panduct PanelMax DIN Rail Wiring Duct
DRD 22 LG 6
B1.
Cable Ties
Type Size Color Length
C1. Part Number System for Panduct PanelMax Corner Wiring Duct
Wiring
Duct
CWD 3 LG 6
C2.
Surface Type
Raceway
Capability Height Color Length
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C1.50
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Panduit Wiring Duct Approvals and Compliances Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
Logo
(Symbol) Agency Complies with: Requirement Applicable Products B2.
Cable
UL 1565 Accessories
Underwriters Wiring duct types:
File No. E147128 CSA C22.2 No.18.5-02
Laboratories, Inc. H, HS, HN, and DRD
Positioning Devices.
B3.
Stainless
Underwriters Steel Ties
File No. E147128 UL 1565 All types of wiring duct
Laboratories, Inc.
C1.
Canadian Standards CSA C22.2 No.18.5-02 All types of wiring duct Wiring
File No. 016446 Duct
Association Positioning Devices. (except DRD, H, HN, HS)
Logo D1.
(Symbol) Agency Complies with: Requirement Applicable Products Terminals
This European standard specifies
dimensions for slotted trunkings that will
be used in electrical switchgear D2.
assemblies and that conform to the Power
DIN (Deutsches corresponding requirements in DIN VDE Connectors
Institut fur Normung), 060 Part 506. The dimensions specified Wiring duct types:
DIN 43 659
German Institute with the standard include: MC and NNC
for Standardization The channel mounting hole pattern, D3.
Grounding
slot dimensions, pitch, and location Connectors
The distance from the first to last
like size mounting hole
Minimum overall product length E1.
Labeling
Non-metallic ducts shall be permitted Systems
(inside enclosures) only when they are Wiring duct types:
NFPA 79-2007,
made with a flame retardant material. H, G, F, D, MC, NNC,
section 13.3.1
Flame-retardant material is defined in the CWD, HN, and NE
standard by the IEC 60332-1 test method. E2.
Labels
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.51
E L E C T R I C A L S O LU T I O N S
A.
System
Overview Panduit Wiring Duct Approvals and Compliances (continued)
B1.
Cable Ties
Logo
(Symbol) Agency Complies with: Requirement Applicable Products
B2.
Cable UL 508, An insulating barrier material shall comply
PVC divider wall
Accessories section 15 with the properties indicated in Table 15.1.
Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc.
B3. UL 508, Shall comply with minimum thickness
SD*EMI metal barrier
Stainless sections 34, 181 as required in section 6.3.
Steel Ties
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C1.52
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Two system sizes available: 2x2 and 4x4
Minimum 2 inch (50.8mm) bend radius fittings C2.
Surface
protect against signal loss due to excessive Raceway
cable bends
C3.
Snap-on non-slip covers Abrasion
Protection
Compatible with Panduit FiberRunner 12x4, 6x4,
4x4 and 2x2 Routing Systems C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
The 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Routing Systems are comprised of channel, fittings, and brackets designed D2.
Power
to segregate, route, and protect fiber optic and copper cabling to and between racks within the Connectors
telecommunications room.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.53
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Routing Systems Roadmap
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories 7
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
6
5 11
C1.
Wiring 10
Duct 8
C2. 4 12
Surface
Raceway
3
9
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
14
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
2
13
D2.
Power
1
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels FTRBE12 FTRBN12 FUSB Underfloor F2PCLB12 Two-Piece Ladder Rack
Existing Threaded Rod Bracket New Threaded Pedestal Bracket Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to
E3. (page C1.60) Rod Bracket (page C1.60) (page C1.60) 1 1/2" 2" Ladder Rack (page C1.61)
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout FLRB Ladder FLB L Wall FZBA1.5X4 Adjustable FZBLP Low Profile
& Safety Rack Bracket Mount Bracket Z Bracket Z Bracket
Solutions
(page C1.60) (page C1.60) (page C1.60) (page C1.60)
F.
Index
C1.54
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
1 FCF2X2** and FCF4X4** Coupler Fitting (see page C1.56)
B3.
Stainless
2 FEC2X2** and FEC4X4** End Cap Fitting (see page C1.57) Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
3 FFWC2X2** and FFWC4X4** 4-Way Cross Fitting (see page C1.57)
C2.
Surface
4 FIVRA2X2** and FIVRA4X4** Inside Vertical Right Angle (see page C1.57) Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
5 FOVRA2X2** and FOVRA4X4** Outside Vertical Right Angle (see page C1.57) Protection
C4.
Cable
6 FIV452X2** and FIV454X4** Inside Vertical 45 Angle (see page C1.57) Management
D1.
Terminals
7 FOV452X2** and FOV454X4** Outside Vertical 45 Angle (see page C1.57)
D2.
Power
8 FT2X2** and FT4X4** Horizontal Tee Fitting (see page C1.57) Connectors
D3.
Grounding
9 FVT4X4** 4x4 Vertical Tee (see page C1.58) Connectors
E1.
Labeling
10 FRA2X2** FRA4X4** Right Angle Fitting (see page C1.56) Systems
E2.
FRF42** 4x4 to 2x2 Fiber-Duct Reducer Fitting (see page C1.57) Labels
11
E3.
Pre-Printed
12
S2X2**6NM and S4X4**6NM Fiber-Duct Channel (see page C1.56) & Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
13
E2X2**6 and E4X4**6 Fiber-Duct Slotted Channel (see page C1.56) Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
14 TRC2BL and TRC4BL Bend Radius Control Trumpet (see page C1.59) & Safety
Solutions
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.55
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Routing Systems
B1. Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system Compatible with Panduit FiberRunner 2x2, 4x4,
Cable Ties components made from V-0 flame class rated material 6x4 and 12x4 Routing Systems
Snap-on non-slip covers
B2. Std. Std.
Cable System Pkg. Ctn.
Accessories Part Number Part Description Size Qty. Qty.
Fiber-Duct
Channel
B3. S2X2YL6NM Used to carry the cables throughout the 2x2 6 120
Stainless Fiber-Duct Routing System. Accepts cover C2YL6.
Steel Ties S2X2 Cover sold separately.
S4X4
S4X4YL6NM Used to carry the cables throughout the 4x4 6 60
C1. Fiber-Duct Routing System. Accepts cover C4YL6.
Wiring Cover sold separately.
Duct
Fiber-Duct Slotted Channel
E2X2YL6 Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or 2x2 6 120
C2.
Surface the back of equipment racks throughout the system.
Raceway Accepts cover C2YL6. Extra supports required
when used in horizontal applications.
Cover sold separately.
C3.
Abrasion E4X4YL6 Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or 4x4 6 60
E2X2 the back of equipment racks throughout the system.
Protection
E4X4 Accepts cover C4YL6. Extra supports required
when used in horizontal applications.
C4. Cover sold separately.
Cable
Management Fiber-Duct Cover
C2YL6 Cover for Fiber-Duct Channel and Fiber-Duct 2x2 6 120
Slotted Channel. Non-slip cover design incorporates
D1. integral high friction lining to inhibit cover movement.
Terminals
C4YL6 Cover for Fiber-Duct Channel and Fiber-Duct 4x4 6 120
Slotted Channel. Non-slip cover design incorporates
integral high friction lining to inhibit cover movement.
D2. C2
Power C4
Connectors Note: Available with mounting holes. To order, delete NM from the part number.
For fastest installation use NR2WH-L or NR4BL-L snap rivets.
For other colors replace YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
D3.
Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 6' length increments.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling Fiber-Duct System Fittings
Systems
Std. Std.
System Pkg. Ctn.
E2.
Part Number Part Description Size Qty. Qty.
Labels
FCF2X2 Coupler Fitting
E3. FCF4X4 FCF2X2YL Used to join two sections of duct together. 2x2 1 5
Pre-Printed Fiber-Duct Coupler is not required at each
& Write-On FCF4X4YL fitting connection. 4x4 1 5
Markers
Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
E4. FRA2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 horizontal turn 2x2 1 5
Permanent FRA2X2
FRA4X4YL from a straight horizontal run. Cover included. 4x4 1 5
Identification FRA4X4
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
E5. Fittings include 5/16" assembly holes for fast mechanical fastening.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C1.56 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Fiber-Duct System Fittings (continued) Overview
B1.
Std. Std. Cable Ties
System Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Size Qty. Qty.
B2.
Horizontal Tee Fitting Cable
FT2X2
FT2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 horizontal 2x2 1 5 Accessories
FT4X4
branch from a straight horizontal run.
FT4X4YL Cover included. 4x4 1 5
B3.
Four Way Cross Fitting Stainless
Steel Ties
FFWC2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a horizontal four 2x2 1 5
way cross intersection. Cover included.
FFWC2X2 FFWC4X4YL 4x4 1 5
C1.
FFWC4X4 Wiring
End Cap Fitting Duct
FEC2X2YL Used for closing off open ends of the channel. 2x2 1 5
No coupler required. Push-on installation.
C2.
FEC2X2 FEC4X4YL 4x4 1 5 Surface
FEC4X4 Raceway
Inside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
FIV452X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 45 upward angle 2x2 1 5
from a straight horizontal run. Used with outside C3.
vertical 45 angle fitting FOV452X2YL or Abrasion
FIV454X4YL 4x4 1 5 Protection
FOV454X4YL to change level of straight
horizontal runs. Cover included.
FIV452X2 C4.
FIV454X4 Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting Cable
FOV452X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 45 downward 2x2 1 5 Management
angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with
inside vertical 45 angle fitting FIV452X2YL or
FOV454X4YL FIV454X4YL to change level of straight 4x4 1 5 D1.
horizontal runs. Cover included. Terminals
FOV452X2
FOV454X4 Inside Vertical Right Angle Fitting
FIVRA2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 upward angle 2x2 1 5 D2.
from a straight horizontal run. Used with outside Power
vertical 90 angle fitting FOVRA2X2YL or Connectors
FIVRA4X4YL FOVRA4X4YL to change level of straight 4x4 1 5
horizontal runs. Cover included.
D3.
Grounding
FIVRA2X2 Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting Connectors
FIVRA4X4 FOVRA2X2YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 downward 2x2 1 5
angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with
inside vertical 90 angle fitting FIVRA2X2YL or E1.
FOVRA4X4YL FIVRA4X4YL to change level of straight 4x4 1 5 Labeling
horizontal runs. Cover included. Systems
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.57
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Fiber-Duct Spillouts
B1.
Cable Ties Std. Std.
System Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Size Qty. Qty.
B2. 2x2 Vertical Tee
Cable
Accessories FVTHD2X2YL Attaches to 2x2 channel to create a 90 vertical drop 2x2 1 5
from a horizontal run. Hinged door included. Accepts
channel cover in conjunction with channel. Use
B3. QuikLock Coupler FBC2X2YL with HS2X2YL6 or
Stainless H2X2YL6 channels. Use snap rivets NR2WH-L or
Steel Ties bolts F14PN-L with S2X2YL6 or E2X2YL6 channels.
FVTHD2X2 Also accepts FIDT2X2YL.
C1.
Wiring 3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit
Duct FTR2X2YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" 2x2 1 5
(50.8mm) when exiting from a spill-over junction with
a 2x2 exit or from 2x2 Fiber-Duct Channel.
C2.
Surface
Raceway FTR2X2
1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
C3. FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm) 2x2 1 5
Abrasion diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with a spill-over
Protection junction with a 2x2 exit, 2x2 Fiber-Duct Fittings, and
the 2x2 FiberRunner Hinged Channel. Securely holds
split corrugated tubing to ensure system integrity and
C4. easy access to add or remove cables.
Cable
Management FIDT2X2
E2. FIDT4X4BL
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C1.58 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Fiber-Duct Bend Radius Control Trumpets Overview
Provide method to transition cabling into rack system Maintain 1 inch (25.4mm) bend radius control
B1.
Cable Ties
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description System Size Qty. Qty.
B2.
TRC2BL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 2x2 1 10 Cable
sidewall of 2" wall heights of type G, FS, E, or S Accessories
Fiber-Duct Channels.
TRC2BL
TRC4BL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the 4x4 1 10 B3.
sidewall of 4" wall heights of type G, FS, E, or S Stainless
Steel Ties
Fiber-Duct Channels.
C1.
TRC4BL Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Fiber-Duct Accessories Protection
Std. Std.
System Pkg. Ctn. C4.
Part Number Part Description Size Qty. Qty. Cable
Snap Rivets Management
NR2WH-L Snap rivet fastens channel and fittings together for 2x2 50 500
NR2WH - L added strength and rigidity. Snap rivet mounts flush
NR4BL-L to surfaces. 4x4 50 500 D1.
NR4BL - L Terminals
Plastic Bolts and Nuts
F14PWN-L 1/4" plastic bolts and wing nuts fastens channel and 2x2 50 500
fittings together for added strength and rigidity. 4x4 D2.
Power
Plastic Bolts and Nuts Connectors
F14PN-L 1/4" plastic bolts and hex nuts fastens channel and 2x2 50 500
F14PWN-L F14PN - L fittings together for added strength and rigidity. 4x4
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.59
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Fiber-Duct Mounting Brackets
B1.
Cable Ties For Std. Std.
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty.
B2. Existing Threaded Rod Bracket for Fiber-Duct System
Cable FTRBE12 Used for supporting the 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct 1/2" 1 10
Accessories FTRBE12, FTRBE58 Systems from existing threaded rod installations.
FTRBE12M FTRBE58 Bracket is secured to threaded rod with two split nuts. 5/8" 1 10
Contains hardware for attaching to threaded rods
B3. FTRBE12M and hardware for mounting channel to bracket. 12mm 1 10
Stainless
Steel Ties
New Threaded Rod Bracket for Fiber-Duct
System
FTRBN12 Used for supporting the 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct 1/2" 1 10
C1. Systems from new threaded rod installations. Bracket
Wiring FTRBN12, FTRBN58 FTRBN58 is secured to threaded rod with two nuts. Contains 5/8" 1 10
Duct FTRBN12M hardware for attaching to threaded rods and hardware
FTRBN12M for mounting channel to bracket. 12mm 1 10
E2.
Labels FZBLP
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C1.60 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Fiber-Duct Mounting Brackets (continued) Overview
B1.
For Std. Std. Cable Ties
Threaded Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Rod Size Qty. Qty.
Two-Piece Ladder Rack Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" 2" B2.
Ladder Rack Cable
F2PCLB12 Two-piece bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 1/2" 1 10 Accessories
1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2" (50.8mm)
ladder rack rail. Bracket halves slide into position and
clamp together on the ladder rack rail, which allows B3.
Stainless
F2PCLB58 for a one-handed assembly of the threaded rod 5/8" 1 10 Steel Ties
(not included). Contains bracket and hardware
F2PCLB12
for attaching bracket to ladder rack.
F2PCLB58
C1.
Two-Piece Framing Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded Rod to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel Wiring
Auxiliary Framing Bars Duct
FRAFC58 Two-piece framing clip attaches to auxiliary framing 5/8" 1 10
bars. Framing clip halves slide into position and C2.
interlock on the auxiliary framing bars, allowing Surface
easier assembly of the threaded rod to bars. Raceway
Contains two-piece framing clip and hardware
for attaching framing clip to auxiliary framing bars.
FRAFC58 (5/8 threaded rod not included.) C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C1.61
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct
Routing Systems
B1. Cable Fills for 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct Cable Routing Systems
Cable Ties
The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods,
straightness of cables, etc.
B2.
Cable 2x2 Fiber-Duct Cable Routing System
Accessories
Fiber Optic
Flat Ribbon Category 6A Cat. 6
B3. Diameter Diameter Diameter Interconnect Cable Diameter Diameter
Stainless Internal 1.6mm 2.0mm 3.0mm 5.20mm 7.57mm 6.35mm
Steel Ties Fill/Pile Up Area In.2 .063" .079" .118" .205" .298" .250"
2.25"
(57.1mm) 40% Fill
W
C1. 2" Pile Up 3.5 449 288 128 42 20 29
Wiring 2.10" 50% Fill
Duct A = 3.5 in.
2
H
(53.3mm) 2" Pile Up 3.5 562 359 160 53 25 36
(2258mm2)
60% Fill
2" Pile Up 3.5 674 431 192 64 30 43
C2.
Surface Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw
Raceway blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
4x4 Fiber-Duct Cable Routing System
D2.
40% Fill
4.10"
A = 14.6 in.2 2" Pile Up 7.6 976 624 277 92 44 62
Power (9419mm2)
(104.1mm)
Connectors 3" Pile Up 11.3 1450 928 413 137 65 92
4" Pile Up 14.6 1874 1199 533 177 84 119
50% Fill
D3.
2" Pile Up 7.6 1219 780 347 115 54 77
Grounding
Connectors 3" Pile Up 11.3 1813 1160 516 171 81 115
4" Pile Up 14.6 2343 1499 666 221 105 149
60% Fill
E1. 2" Pile Up 7.6 1463 936 416 138 65 93
Labeling
3" Pile Up 11.3 2176 1392 619 205 97 138
Systems
4" Pile Up 14.6 2811 1799 800 265 126 178
Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw
E2. blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C1.62 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Raceway is an innovative routing solution that offers superior benefits over competitive systems:
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
PMR5 and PMR7 Single Channel Metal Raceway
Raceway system features a patent pending bonding C1.
Wiring
design that provides full continuity of the ground Duct
path between fittings and channel, for increased
electrical safety C2.
Surface
System components incorporate an innovative Raceway
snap-mount assembly method for fast installations,
resulting in measurable contractor labor savings C3.
Abrasion
Protection
Fittings and mounts can be attached using various
types and sizes of fasteners, eliminating the
C4.
requirements of using only flat head style screws Cable
Management
One-piece channel construction eliminates the
problem of channel separation, associated with
D1.
competitive two-piece designs, saving Terminals
installation time
PMR40 Multi-Channel Metal Raceway D2.
Power
Raceway accepts standard double gang faceplates Connectors
for increased termination options and reduced
number of components D3.
Grounding
System includes optional faceplates and fittings to Connectors
E3.
Pan-Way Metal Raceway systems include a complete assortment of fittings, junction boxes, Pre-Printed
faceplates and accessories.They are available in white and almond color to match any decor and & Write-On
Markers
most popular electrical outlets. Systems are optimized for use with Panduit Mini-Com Modules
for complete connectivity possibilities. E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview PMR40 Raceway Roadmap
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
P
C1.
Wiring See exploded
Duct
view 1 pg. C2.4 N
B Q
C2. 1 F
Surface
Raceway A C
C3.
Abrasion
Protection J O
See exploded
C4. G K view 2 pg. C2.4
Cable
Management
D
E H L
D1. M
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C4.
Cable
PMR40EC** End Cap CFG4 Mini-Com Frame Management
A (page C2.6)
L (see SA-NCCB51)
D1.
Terminals
D3.
Grounding
PMR40IC** Inside Corner Connectors
C
PMR40TD50 Tee Divider Insert N (page C2.6)
(page C2.6 )
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
PMR40C**7.75 Pre-Cut Cover & Safety
PMR40SC**-X Seam Clip
F for mounting devices on Q (page C2.5)
Solutions
12 centers (page C2.5)
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.3
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview PMR40 Configurations
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion C
Protection
C4.
Cable B
Management
D1.
Terminals Exploded View 2
A
Components Required See page
D2. A. MP2GR** = Double gang rectangular faceplate. C2.17
Power
Connectors B. ERU20** = 20 V specification grade rectangular outlet. C2.61
C. CFG4 = Mini-Com Frame.
D3. D. Mini-Com Modules.
Grounding E. PMR40DB50 = Device bracket. C2.6
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers D
C
E4. E
Permanent
Identification
E5. B
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
A
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way PMR40 Metal Raceway System Overview
c-UL-us listed and rated to 600 V; meets UL 5 and Full capacity 2 inch bend radius fittings provide
CSA22.2 No. 62-93 safety standards necessary cable protection without restricting channel capacity B1.
Raceway accepts standard double gang faceplates for increased Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes Cable Ties
termination options and reduced number of components
System includes optional faceplates and fittings to support high 1.61"
performance Category 6A copper and fiber optic B2.
cabling terminations Cable
5.04" Accessories
PMR40
Internal Area = 7.45 Sq. In.
Std. B3.
Raceway Length Pkg. Stainless
Part Number Part Description Size Color Ft. Qty. Steel Ties
PMR40 fittings are designed to exceed the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high
performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems E3.
Pre-Printed
Std. Std. & Write-On
Pkg. Ctn. Markers
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
PMR40SCWH-X Seam clip. Used to join sections of PMR40 raceway. White 10 100 E4.
Permanent
PMR40BC Base coupler. Used to join sections of PMR40 raceway Gray 10 100 Identification
PMR40SCWH-X PMR40BC
base.
E5.
PMR40RAWH Right angle fitting. Used to join sections of PMR40 White 1 10 Lockout/
raceway at right angles. Tagout
& Safety
PMR40SIC Inside corner fitting w/out bend radius control. Used to Gray 1 10 Solutions
join sections of PMR40 raceway at inside corners.
For other colors replace WH (White) with AL (Almond).
F.
PMR40RA PMR40SIC Index
Table continues on page C2.6
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.5
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way PMR40 Metal Raceway Fittings (continued)
C2.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Cable Fill Capacities for PMR40 Metal Raceway Overview
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according
to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc. B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
a a
Cable
a b Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
A = 7.45 in.2 A = 6.18 in.2 A = 2.64 in.2 B = 3.04 in.2
Cable fill #1: Open channel Cable fill #2: Undivided, Cable fill #3: Divided with C1.
without devices wire retainer only wire retainer Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
a a b a b C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
A = 4.64 in.2 A = 1.87 in.2 B = 2.84 in.2 A = 2.49 in.2 B = 2.21 in.2 Cable
Management
Cable fill #4: Undivided with duplex Cable fill #5: Divided with duplex Cable fill #6: Divided with duplex
receptacle on two sides receptacle on (A) side receptacle on (B) side
D1.
Terminals
SPEC = 40% cable fill Recommended by TIA/EIA-569-B MAX for 60% cable fill Recommended by TIA/EIA-569-B for
for design. unplanned additions.
MAX for 40% power cable fill Based on available internal area. D2.
Power
Connectors
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.7
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview PMR5/7 Raceway Roadmap
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories F
B
B3.
F
Stainless
Steel Ties
A 1 1
2
C1.
Wiring C
Duct
C G P
C2.
Surface
R
Raceway M
J
H
Q
C3. M
Abrasion See exploded
Protection
view 2 pg. C2.10 N
D
C4. J E
Cable O
Management E
S
D1. K
Terminals L
See exploded
view 1 pg. C2.10 C
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B2.
Cable
PMR7** PMR7 Metal Raceway Accessories
2 (page C2.11)
PMR7OC** Outside Corner
L Fitting (page C2.12) B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
PMR5738A** Round
A Fan/Fixture Box (page C2.16) C1.
ERU20** 20 A Specification Wiring
Duct
M Grade Rectangular Outlet
(page C2.61)
C2.
PMR57CB** Corner Box Surface
B (page C2.12)
Raceway
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
PMR5747** Single Gang Solutions
J Shallow Outlet Box (page C2.15)
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.9
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview PMR5/PMR7 Configurations
B1.
Cable Ties
Exploded View 1
Components Required See page
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable C
Management
B
D1.
Terminals
A
D2.
Power
Connectors
Exploded View 2
D3.
Grounding Components Required See page
Connectors
A. PMR57SC-X = Supporting clip. C2.11
B. PMR7*** = PMR7 metal raceway. C2.11
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels B
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5. A
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way PMR5/PMR7 Metal Raceway System Overview
c-UL-us listed and rated to 600 V; meets UL 5 and CSA22.2 Fittings and mounts can be attached using various types and sizes
No. 62-93 safety standards of fasteners, eliminating the requirements of using only flat head B1.
style screws Cable Ties
Raceway system features a patent pending bonding design that
provides full continuity of the ground path between fittings and One-piece channel construction eliminates the problem of channel
channel, for increased electrical safety separation, associated with competitive two-piece designs, saving
B2.
System components incorporate a unique snap mount assembly installation time
Cable
method for faster installation Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
PMR5 PMR5WH10 One-piece single channel metal 0.86" x 0.60" White 10 10 100
surface raceway. Available in 10' (21.8mm x C4.
lengths. 15.2mm) Cable
Management
PMR7 Metal Raceway
PMR7WH5 One-piece single channel metal 0.86" x 0.72" White 5 5 50
surface raceway. Available in 5' (21.8mm x
lengths. 18.3mm) D1.
Terminals
PMR7WH10 One-piece single channel metal 0.86" x 0.72" White 10 10 100
surface raceway. Available in 10' (21.8mm x
lengths. 18.3mm) D2.
PMR7 Power
PMR7 Metal Raceway Connectors
PMR57SC-X Supporting clip used to support Gray 10 100
lengths of PMR5 or PMR7
raceway at any desired point. D3.
Grounding
PMR7 Metal Raceway Connectors
PMR57JC-X Joint coupling used to join two Gray 10 100
lengths of PMR5 or PMR7
raceway. E1.
Labeling
PMR7 Metal Raceway Systems
PMR57SC PMR57JC PMR57GC-X Ground clip used to provide Gray 10 100
additional grounding of raceway
or to ground remote installations. E2.
For use with PMR5 or PMR7 Labels
raceway.
Supporting Clip E3.
Pre-Printed
PMR5WPB-X Bushing used to protect wires Gray 10 100 & Write-On
from abrasion. For use with Markers
PMR57GC PMR5WPB PMR5 raceway.
PMR7WPB
PMR7WPB-X Bushing used to protect wires Gray 10 100 E4.
from abrasion. For use with Permanent
PMR7 raceway. Identification
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.11
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way PMR5/PMR7 Metal Raceway Fittings
B1.
Cable Ties Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
B2. PMR5CCWH-X Coupler fitting for use with PMR5 raceway. White 10 100
Cable PMR7CCWH-X Coupler fitting for use with PMR7 raceway. White 10 100
Accessories PMR5CC PMR5RA
PMR5RAWH Right angle fitting for use with PMR5 raceway. White 1 10
PMR7CC PMR7RA
PMR7RAWH Right angle fitting for use with PMR7 raceway. White 1 10
B3.
Stainless PMR5DAWH Diagonal 45 angle fitting for use with PMR5 raceway. White 1 10
Steel Ties PMR7DAWH Diagonal 45 angle fitting for use with PMR7 raceway. White 1 10
PMR5ICWH Inside corner fitting for use with PMR5 raceway. White 1 10
C1.
PMR7ICWH Inside corner fitting for use with PMR7 raceway. White 1 10
Wiring PMR5DA PMR5IC
Duct PMR7DA PMR7IC PMR5OCWH Outside corner fitting for use with PMR5 raceway. White 1 10
PMR7OCWH Outside corner fitting for use with PMR7 raceway. White 1 10
C2. PMR57LTEWH Left twisted elbow for 90 twist with 90 turn. For double White 1 10
Surface turn at right angles from one surface to another, such as a
Raceway flat run on a sidewall to a flat run on a ceiling. For use with
PMR5 and PMR7 raceway.
C3. PMR5OC PMR57LTE PMR57RTEWH Right twisted elbow for 90 twist with 90 turn. For double White 1 10
Abrasion PMR7OC turn at right angles from one surface to another, such as a
Protection flat run on a sidewall to a flat run on a ceiling. For use with
PMR5 and PMR7 raceway.
C4.
PMR57TWH Tee fitting for use with PMR5 or PMR7 raceway. White 1 10
Cable PMR57EEWH Entrance end fitting. 1/2" conduit breakouts allows entry of White 1 10
Management PMR5 or PMR7 raceway from a box, the ceiling, or a wall.
Spring steel bushing included for use when connecting to
PMR57RTE PMR57T a box.
D1. PMR57AOCWH Adjustable offset allows PMR5 or PMR7 to be mounted White 1 10
Terminals flush to wall when connected to surface type panel boxes.
Adjustable between 5/8" and 1 3/8" from surface to center
of conduit. 1/2" chase nipple and locknut included.
D2.
Power PMR57CBWH Corner box for connecting PMR5 or PMR7 raceway. Each White 1 10
Connectors PMR57EE PMR57AOC leg has 1/2" conduit breakouts and room for splicing.
PMR57CB PMR5TR PMR57EBCWH Elbow box connector used to connect PMR5 or PMR7 White 1 10
E1. PMR7TR raceway to boxes at a right angle. Breakouts for
Labeling 1/2" conduit.
Systems
PMR57ECCWH Elbow conduit connector used to connect PMR5 or PMR7 White 1 10
raceway to conduit at a right angle. Breakouts for
1/2" conduit.
E2.
Labels PMR57JBC50-X Junction box connector used to connect PMR5 or PMR7 White 10 100
PMR57EBC PMR57ECC raceway to boxes with 1/2" conduit breakout.
E3. PMR57JBC75-X Junction box connector used to connect PMR5 or PMR7 White 10 100
Pre-Printed raceway to boxes with 3/4" conduit breakout.
& Write-On
Markers PMR57CC50-X Conduit connector used to connect PMR5 or PMR7 White 10 100
raceway to 1/2" conduit.
E4. PMR57CC75-X Conduit connector used to connect PMR5 or PMR7 White 10 100
Permanent PMR57JBC50 PMR57CC50 raceway to 3/4" conduit.
Identification PMR57JBC75 PMR57CC75 For other colors replace WH (White) with AL (Almond).
E5. *WIREMOLD is a registered trademark of the Wiremold Co.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
PMR5 and PMR7 Raceway Accessories Overview
B1.
Std. Std. Cable Ties
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
PMR57MRT Metal raceway tool. To aid in the installation and removal of Black 1 10 B2.
PMR5 and PMR7 metal raceway base sections. Cable
Accessories
PMRTUPAL Touch-up paint pen. Used to repair areas of metal raceway 1 10
where paint has been removed or damaged.
PMR57MRT PMRTUP** B3.
PMRTUPWH Touch-up paint pen. Used to repair areas of metal raceway 1 10 Stainless
where paint has been removed or damaged. Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.13
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cable Fill Capacities for PMR5/PMR7 Metal Raceway
B1. This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according
Cable Ties to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity based
capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes. on cable interweaving and packing factors.
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cables Data Grade Cables Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable
14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM
RG6 2 Strand
Raceway Type and Fill THHN/T90 Category 6 Category 6A
D2. Configuration Area (In.2)
Power 0.111 0.130 0.164 Dia. = 0.250 Dia. = 0.330 Dia. = 0.275 Dia. = 0.175
Connectors FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL
MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX
40% 40% 40% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60%
D3.
PMR5 0.22 9 6 4 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 5
Grounding
Connectors PMR7 0.30 12 8 5 2 3 1 2 2 3 4 7
AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way Metal Raceway Boxes Overview
F.
Index
Table continues on page C2.16
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.15
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way Metal Raceway Boxes (continued)
F.
Index
C2.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way Metal Raceway Faceplates Overview
B1.
Std. Std.
Cable Ties
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
MP1GBWH Metal single gang blank faceplate. White 1 10 B2.
MP1G106WH Metal single gang 106 duplex faceplate. Covers one White 1 10 Cable
MP1GB MP1G106 NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet or one Accessories
standard 106 communication module frame.
MP1GRWH Metal single gang rectangular faceplate. Covers one White 1 10 B3.
Stainless
NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlet or one Steel Ties
standard rectangular communication module frame.
MP1GR MP1TS MP1TSWH Metal single gang toggle switch faceplate. Covers one White 1 10
C1.
NEMA standard toggle switch. Wiring
Duct
MP2GBWH Metal double gang blank faceplate. White 1 10
MP2G106WH Metal double gang 106 duplex faceplate. Covers two White 1 10
NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlets or two C2.
standard 106 communication module frames. Surface
Raceway
MP2GB MP2G106
MP2GRWH Metal double gang rectangular faceplate. Covers two White 1 10
NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlets or two
C3.
standard rectangular communication module frames. Abrasion
Protection
MP2TSWH Metal double gang toggle switch faceplate. Covers two White 1 10
NEMA standard toggle switches.
MP2GR MP2TS C4.
MP2G106BWH Metal double gang 106 duplex/blank faceplate. Covers one White 1 10 Cable
NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet or standard Management
106 communication module frame with opposite
side blank.
MP2G106TSWH Metal double gang 106 duplex/toggle switch faceplate. White 1 10 D1.
Covers one NEMA standard 106 duplex outlet or standard Terminals
MP2G106B MP2G106TS 106 communication module frame and one NEMA
standard toggle switch.
D2.
MP2GRBWH Metal double gang rectangular/blank faceplate. Covers one White 1 10
Power
NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlet or standard Connectors
rectangular communication module frame with opposite
side blank.
MP2GRB MP2GRTS MP2GRTSWH Metal double gang rectangular/toggle switch faceplate. White 1 10 D3.
Grounding
Covers one NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlet or Connectors
standard rectangular communication module frame and
one NEMA standard toggle switch.
MP2G106RWH Metal double gang 106 duplex/rectangular faceplate. White 1 10 E1.
Labeling
Covers one NEMA standard 106 duplex outlet or standard Systems
106 communication module frame and one NEMA
MP2G106R MP3G106 standard rectangular outlet or standard rectangular
communication module frame.
E2.
MP3G106WH Metal three gang 106 duplex faceplate. Covers three White 1 10 Labels
NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlets or three
standard 106 communication module frames.
E3.
MP3GR MP3TS MP3GRWH Metal three gang rectangular faceplate. Covers three White 1 10 Pre-Printed
NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlets or three & Write-On
standard rectangular communication module frames. Markers
MP3TSWH Metal three gang toggle switch faceplate. Covers three White 1 10 E4.
NEMA standard toggle switches. Permanent
MP3G1062TSWH Metal three gang 106 duplex/two toggle switch faceplate. White 1 10 Identification
MP3G1062TS Covers one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet or
one standard 106 communication module frame and two E5.
Lockout/
NEMA standard toggle switches. Tagout
& Safety
For other colors replace WH (White) with AL (Almond). Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.17
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
PAN-WAY NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY
Pan-Way Non-Metallic Surface Raceways provide maximum flexibility for routing, protecting,
concealing and terminating high performance copper, voice, video, fiber optic and power cabling.
B2.
Cable Panduit surface raceways are designed with attention to function and aesthetics to blend with any dcor.
Accessories
Panduit surface raceway systems include transition fittings that facilitate seamless integration of one
Panduit surface raceway system to another. Panduit Surface Raceway Systems work with all
B3.
Stainless Panduit Mini-Com Modules for complete connectivity possibilities.
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Aesthetically pleasing
C2.
Surface
Raceway Lightweight
Tamper resistant
C3.
Abrasion
Protection Bend radius control
C4.
Resists dents and conceals scratches and chips
Cable
Management Ease of modifications and additions
Lowest installed cost
D1.
Terminals
D2. Panduit surface raceway provides a variety of choices when selecting data and electrical terminations.
Power
Connectors All Panduit surface raceways include a full complement of fittings that are designed to maintain the
proper bend radius control required for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems.All of
D3.
Grounding
the raceways accept either NEMA 70mm standard screw-on faceplates or superior Pan-Way Snap-On
Connectors Faceplates.Panduit surface raceway systems work with all Panduit Mini-Com Modules, for complete
connectivity possibilities.
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.18
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
for routing copper, fiber optic, and/or power cabling when maximum cable capacity is required.
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Large raceway channel provides maximum capacity Duct
Fittings maintain 40mm (1.6 inch)
C2.
bend radius control Surface
Multi-channel two-piece design Raceway
D1.
Terminals
The TG-70 raceway system consists of raceway base and cover, fittings, termination hardware and D2.
accessories. Pan-Way TG-70 Raceway can mount NEMA standard screw-on faceplates or superior Power
Connectors
Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates directly to the channel. Fittings for TG-70 are available to transition to
Pan-Way T-45 and LD raceway. D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.19
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview TG-70 Raceway Roadmap
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
T
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
See exploded See exploded
view 2 pg. C2.22 view 4 pg. C2.23
C1. S
Wiring
Duct
N
C2. R
Surface G P
Raceway 1 L
K
C3. H
Abrasion
Protection
C4. D
Cable Q
Management
A F
2 M
D1.
B J
Terminals
O
D3.
Grounding
C A
Connectors
See exploded
view 1 pg. C2.22
D
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E
E2.
Labels
F
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.20
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B2.
Cable
Accessories
TGDW TG-70 Raceway Divider
1 Wall (page C2.24) TGT** TG-70 Tee Fitting
K (page C2.25)
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
LD2P10** Raceway
2 (page C2.75) TGTD TG Tee Divider C1.
L (page C2.25) Wiring
Duct
C2.
TGEC** TG-70 End Cap
A (page C2.25)
Surface
TGBF** TG-70 Backfeed Fitting Raceway
M (page C2.25)
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
TGTR** TG-70 Transition Fitting
B (page C2.25)
TGIC** TG-70 Inside Corner C4.
N Fitting (page C2.25) Cable
Management
E1.
TGRA** TG-70 Right Angle Labeling
T70FV2** Vertical Sloped Q Fitting (page C2.25) Systems
E Communication Snap-On
Faceplate (page C2.52)
E2.
Labels
CPG** Single Gang Rectangular
R Power and Communication
ERU20** 20 A Rectangular Faceplate (page C2.60) E3.
F Electrical Outlet (page C2.61) Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
T70CC** T-70 Cover Couplers TGEE** TG-70 Entrance End
H T Fitting (page C2.25)
(page C2.25)
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.21
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview TG-70 Configurations
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
A D E
C4.
Cable
Management
B
D1.
Terminals Exploded View 2
Components Required See page
D2.
Power A. T70PG = Single gang rectangular C2.53
Connectors electrical/communication snap-on faceplate.
B. ERU20 = 20 A rectangular electrical outlet C2.61
D3. (screws included).
Grounding C. TG70HB3 = TG-70 3-sided hanging box. C2.26
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3. B
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4. C
Permanent
Identification A
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.22
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
TG-70 Configurations (continued) Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
B
C3.
Abrasion
A Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
Exploded View 4
Components Required See page D1.
Terminals
A. CPG = Single gang rectangular screw-on faceplate C2.60
(screws included).
B. CFG4 = Mini-Com Module Frame 4-port. D2.
C. Mini-Com Modules. Power
Connectors
D. T70DB-X = T70 device bracket. C2.26
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
C
E2.
Labels
D E3.
Pre-Printed
A B & Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.23
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way TG-70 Surface Raceway System
UL and CSA rated 600 V; meets UL 5A and CSA C22.2 Compatible with NEMA standard faceplates or Pan-Way Classic
B1. No. 62.1-03 standards; FT4 rated Series Snap-On Faceplates
Cable Ties Large cable capacity with aesthetically pleasing design Transitions to Panduit T-45 and LD profile raceway
Tamper resistant Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
TG-70
Internal Area = 10.85 Sq. In.
C1.
Wiring Std.
Duct Length Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Raceway Size Color (Ft.) Qty.
C2.
TG-70 Raceway Base and Cover PACKAGED TOGETHER
Surface TG70IW8 TG-70 raceway base in 8' and 10' lengths. 5.32" x 2.68" Off 8 32
Raceway Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes. (135.0mm x White
TG70IW10 68.0mm) 10 40
TG70
C3. T-70/TG-70/Twin-70 Raceway Cover
Abrasion T70CIW8 T-70, TG-70, or Twin-70 raceway cover in 8' Off 8 96
Protection and 10' lengths. White
T70CIW10 10 120
D2.
Power
Connectors
TGDW
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.24 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way TG-70 Raceway Fittings
Overview
TG-70 fittings are designed to exceed the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber
optic cabling systems B1.
Cable Ties
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. B2.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Cable
T70CCIW-X T-70 cover coupler fitting: Joins cover sections of T-70, Twin- Off 10 100 Accessories
70, and TG-70. raceway cover together. White
T70CC TG70BC TG70BCIW-X Base coupler fitting. Each piece includes two base coupler Off 10 B3.
halves for joining sections of TG-70 base together. White Stainless
Steel Ties
TGRAIW Right angle fitting. Used to join sections of TG raceway at 90 Off 1 10
flat junctions. White
C1.
TGICIW Inside corner fitting. Used to join sections of TG raceway at Off 1 Wiring
inside corners. Fittings adjust from 85 to 135 to adapt to White Duct
TGRA TGIC
non-square corners.
C2.
TGSICIW Inside corner fitting non-adjustable. Used to join sections of Off 1 10 Surface
TG raceway at inside corners. White Raceway
TGOCIW Outside corner fitting. Used to join sections of TG raceway at Off 1 C3.
TGSIC TGOC outside corners. Fittings adjust from 85 to 135 to adapt to White Abrasion
non-square corners. Protection
TGSOCIW Outside corner fitting non-adjustable. Used to join sections Off 1 10 C4.
of TG raceway at inside corners. White Cable
Management
TGTIW Tee fitting. Used to join sections of TG raceway at tee Off 1 5
TGT intersections. White
TGSOC
D1.
Terminals
TGTD Tee divider insert. Mounts inside TGT tee fitting to maintain Gray 1 5
channel separation in TG raceway at tee intersections.
TGECIW End cap. Used to terminate or allow entry to TG raceway. Two Off 1 10 D2.
Power
knockouts each for .50"(12.7mm) and 1"(25.4mm) conduit. White Connectors
TGTD TGEC
TGEEIW Entrance end fitting. Accepts large conduit, (up to 2") in line or Off 1 10
at a right angle. Maintains a 40mm bend radius with a White D3.
removable insert and channel separation. Grounding
Connectors
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.25
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way TG-70 Raceway Accessories
TG-70 accessories consist of device mounting brackets, standard faceplate brackets for data, wire retainers and fiber spool brackets;
B1. the three-sided hanging box is used to mount NEMA standard single gang outlet and communications devices
Cable Ties
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
B2.
Cable Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Accessories T70DB-X Device mounting bracket. Used to mount NEMA Gray 10
standard single gang electrical outlets and
communication devices with either screw-on or snap-on
B3. single gang faceplates. Can be used with T-70, Twin-70,
Stainless and TG-70 raceway.
Steel Ties
C2. TG70HB3-X 3-sided hanging box. Mounts standard electrical outlets Gray 10
Surface or communication devices with either NEMA standard
Raceway single gang screw-on or Panduit snap-on faceplates.
When used with TGDW divider wall, box separates and
TG70HB3-X TG70HB3GFCI-X fully encloses device to provide cabling separation.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection TG70HB3GFCI-X GFCI 3-sided hanging box. Accepts single gang U.S. Gray 10
GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) standard
C4. electrical devices. Provides increased internal area for
Cable
connections and excess wire.
Management
TG70WR-X TGFSB TG70WR-X Wire retainer. Holds wires in place during installation. Gray 10 100
D1.
Terminals
TGFSB Fiber spool bracket. Each piece consists of two halves Gray 1 10
D2. that snap into base of TG raceway. Provides method to
Power contain one meter or more of fiber slack and acts as a
Connectors strain relief while maintaining a minimum 32mm bend
TGFSB installed in TG-70 raceway radius. Bracket separation can be adjusted to fit the
length of slack required.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Cable Fill Capacities for TG-70 Raceway Overview
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according
to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc. B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
A = 3.16 in.2 A = 7.20 in.2 A = 3.08 in.2 A = 5.58 in.2
D1.
Cable fill #4: Divided (see 5A Cable fill #5: With Power and data
and 5B for power and using snap-on faceplates and Terminals
data applications). 3-sided power box.
D2.
Power
Connectors
Fiber Optic
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cables Data Grade Cables Audio/Video Cable
CR-SR-TG70-Wirefill1 D3.
14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand Grounding
Fill Connectors
Area THHN/T90 Cat. 6 Cat. 6A
(In.) 0.111 0.130 0.164 DIA. = 0.250 DIA. = 0.330 DIA. = 0.275 DIA. = 0.175
Raceway Type and
Configuration FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL E1.
MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX Labeling
Systems
(UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%)
TG70: Data only using 10.09 82 123 47 70 67 101 167 251
1. screw-on faceplates
and devices. E2.
TG70: Data only using Labels
10.68 87 130 49 74 71 107 177 266
2. snap-on faceplates and
wire retainer.
10.85 40 40 38 88 132 50 76 73 109 180 270 E3.
TG70: Wire retainer Pre-Printed
3.
without devices. & Write-On
Markers
TG70: Divided power and 3.16 28 28 26
4A.
data (A).
E4.
TG70: Divided power and 7.20 58 88 33 50 48 72 119 179 Permanent
4B.
data (B). Identification
TG70: Power and data using 3.08 28 28 26
5A. snap-on faceplates and
E5.
3-sided power box (A). Lockout/
TG70: Power and data using 5.58 45 68 26 39 37 56 92 139 Tagout
5B. snap-on faceplates and & Safety
3-sided power box (B). Solutions
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.27
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1. NOTES
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.28
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
T-70 features the Workstation Outlet Center Offset Box which provides an offset solution to maximize
B3.
channel capacity and outlet density.Twin-70 offers two totally independent channels maintained Stainless
Steel Ties
throughout the system for independent access to power, copper, and fiber optic cabling.
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Aesthetically pleasing
C2.
Lightweight Surface
Raceway
Tamper resistant
Fittings maintain 1 inch bend radius control C3.
Abrasion
T-70 utilizes a single channel with snap-in divider Protection
wall to provide multi-channel capability
C4.
Twin-70 utilizes two independent channels and Cable
covers to provide multi-channel capability Management
D1.
Terminals
The T-70 and Twin-70 raceway systems consist of raceway base and cover, fittings, termination hardware D2.
Power
and accessories. Pan-Way T-70 and Twin-70 Raceway can mount NEMA standard screw-on faceplates or Connectors
superior Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates directly to the channel. Fittings for T-70 and Twin-70 are available
to transition to T-70,Twin-70,T-45 and LD raceways. D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.29
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview T-70 Raceway Roadmap
B1.
Cable Ties
B2. M
Cable
Accessories G
B3.
Stainless J
Steel Ties See exploded
See exploded
view 4 pg. C2.33
view 1 pg. C2.32
C1. K 1
Wiring
Duct
S H K
C2.
B Q
Surface E
Raceway
C
D P
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
A J
C4.
Cable L
Management F
2 S
D1.
Terminals R See exploded T
view 2 pg. C2.32
D2. J
Power
See exploded
Connectors
view 3 pg. C2.33
N
D3.
Grounding
Connectors O
E1.
Labeling S
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.30
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
E2.
T70BF** T-70 Backfeed Fitting Labels
R (page C2.37)
T70CC** T-70 Cover Coupler
F Fitting (page C2.36) E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
T70HB3-X 3-Sided Hanging Box & Safety
T70IC** T-70 Inside Corner T Solutions
H Fitting (page C2.36)
(page C2.40)
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.31
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview T-70 Configurations
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
B
Protection
C4. A D
Cable
Management
D1. C E
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
Exploded View 2
Components Required See page
D3. A. T70PG = Single gang rectangular electrical/ C2.53
Grounding
communication snap-on faceplate.
Connectors
B. ERU20 = 20 A rectangular electrical outlet
(screws included). C2.61
E1.
Labeling
C. T70HB3-X = 3-Sided hanging box. C2.40
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
B
E4.
Permanent
Identification
C
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.32
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
T-70 Configurations (continued) Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
B Abrasion
Protection
C4.
A Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
E2.
C Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
D
E4.
A Permanent
B Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.33
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Twin-70 Raceway Roadmap
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
R
Accessories
B3. A C
Stainless
Steel Ties H
F
C1. A
Wiring J L
Duct M
B S
C2. 1
Surface
Raceway
Q
C3.
Abrasion
Protection 3
P
C4. K
Cable
Management
2 G
O
D1.
Terminals N
D2. C C
Power
Connectors
D F
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E S
E1.
Labeling F
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.34
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B2.
Cable
T45B**, T45C** T-45 Raceway Accessories
2 Base and Cover (page C2.48)
T702T** Twin-70 Tee Fitting
K (page C2.39) B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
T70B**, T70C** T-70 Raceway
3 Base and Cover (page C2.36) C1.
Wiring
T702IC** Twin-70 Inside Corner Duct
L Fitting (page C2.39)
T702EC** Twin-70 End Cap C2.
A Fitting (page C2.39) Surface
Raceway
D2.
T70EC** T-70 End Cap Fitting Power
T70FV2** Vertical Sloped O (page C2.37)
Connectors
D Communication Snap-On
Faceplate (page C2.52) D3.
Grounding
Connectors
UIT70FH4** Ultimate ID Sloped
JBP2FS** Fast-Snap Double P Horizontal Snap-On Faceplate
E1.
E Gang Power Rated Surface (see SA-NCCB51) Labeling
Mount Outlet Box (page C2.52) Systems
E2.
T702RA** Twin-70 Right Angle Labels
ERU20** 20 A Rectangular Q
F Electrical Outlet (page C2.61)
Fitting (page C2.39)
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
T702BC** Twin-70 Base Coupler T70DB-X** T-70 Device Solutions
H Fitting (page C2.39) S Mounting Bracket (page C2.40)
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.35
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way T-70 Surface Raceway System
UL and CSA rated 600 V; meets UL 5A and CSA C22.2 Compatible with NEMA standard 70mm faceplates or Pan-Way
B1. No. 62.1-03 standards; FT4 rated Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates
Cable Ties Large cable capacity with aesthetically pleasing design Transitions to Panduit T-45 and LD profile raceway
Tamper resistant Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties T-70
Internal Area = 5.15 Sq. In.
Std.
C1. Length Ctn.
Wiring Part Number Part Description Raceway Size Color (Ft.) Qty.
Duct
T-70 Raceway Base
C2. T70BIW8 T-70 raceway base in 8' and 10' 8 48
Surface lengths. Supplied with pre-punched 4.07" x 1.77"
Raceway T70BIW10 Off 10 60
mounting holes. (103.3mm x
T70B White
45.0mm)
C3.
Abrasion T-70/TG-70/Twin-70 Raceway Cover
Protection
T70CIW8 T-70, TG-70, or Twin-70 raceway cover in 8 96
8' and 10' lengths.
T70CIW10 Off 10 120
C4.
White
Cable
Management
T70C T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall
T70DW8 T-70/Twin-70 raceway divider wall. Snaps 8 96
D1.
Terminals
onto rails in T-70/Twin-70 raceway base to
create separate channels. Must use wire
retainers to ensure channel separation per Gray
T70DW10 10 120
UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
D2.
Power
Connectors For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), BL (Black) or
T70DW IG (International Gray in 8' lengths ONLY).
Order raceway base and cover separately.
D3. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
Grounding
Connectors
Pan-Way T-70 Raceway Fittings
E1.
Labeling T-70 fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber
Systems optic cabling systems
E2.
Labels Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
E3. T70CCIW-X T-70 cover coupler fitting: Joins cover sections of T-70, Off 10 100
Pre-Printed Twin-70, and TG-70. raceway cover together. White
& Write-On
Markers T70CC T70BC
T70BCIW-X Base coupler fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 raceway Off 10 0
base together. White
E4. T70RAIW Right angle fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 raceway at Off 1 10
Permanent right angles. White
Identification
T70ICIW Inside corner fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 raceway Off 1 10
E5. at inside corners. White
Lockout/
Tagout T70RA T70IC For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), BL (Black), IG (International Gray),
& Safety or WH (White).
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.36 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way T-70 Raceway Fittings (continued) Overview
B1.
Std. Std. Cable Ties
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
T70OCIW Outside corner fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 raceway Off 1 10 B2.
at outside corners. White Cable
T70OC T70T Accessories
T70TIW Tee fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 raceway at tee Off 1 10
intersections. White
T70TD T-70 tee fitting divider. Separates power and data within tee Gray 1 10 B3.
fitting. Replaces T70TDB, T70TDC, and T70TDT. Stainless
Steel Ties
T70ECIW End cap fitting. Used to terminate or allow entry to T-70 Off 1 10
T70TD T70EC raceway with conduit breakouts of 1/2" . White C1.
Wiring
T70EEIW Entrance end fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2", 3/4", 1" Off 1 10 Duct
and 1 1/4" which allows entry from ceiling or wall. White
T70TRIW Transition fitting. Used to transition to any LD profile or T-45 Off 1 10 C2.
raceway while maintaining channel separation. Fitting White Surface
includes bend radius insert. Raceway
T70TRCIW Transition fitting cover. Used to transition to any LD profile Off 1 10 C3.
T70EE T70TR or T-45 raceway. White Abrasion
T70TRC Protection
T70TRI Divided insert for T-70 to LD2P10. Maintains channel Gray 1 10
separation within T70TR fitting.
C4.
T70WM40TRIW WIREMOLD* 4000 to T-70 transition fitting. In-line transition Off 1 10 Cable
fitting from WIREMOLD 4000 to T-70 raceway. White Management
T70BFIW Backfeed fitting. Allows cable entry through the back of the Off 1 10
T-70 raceway. White D1.
Terminals
T70TRI T70WM40TR
T70BFI Backfeed fitting insert. Bend radius insert to be used Gray 1 10
with T70BF.
D2.
T70WCIW Workstation Outlet Center Offset Box for screw-on Off 1 10 Power
faceplates. Two-piece box and bracket accept any NEMA White Connectors
standard screw-on faceplate.
T70WC2IW Workstation Outlet Center Offset Box for Pan-Way Off 1 10 D3.
T70BF T70BFI
Snap-On Faceplates. Two-piece box and bracket accept White Grounding
any standard electrical outlet. Accepts any Pan-Way Connectors
Snap-On Electrical/Communication Faceplates.
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), BL (Black), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). E1.
*WIREMOLD is a registered trademark of the Wiremold Co. Labeling
Systems
T70WC T70WC2
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.37
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way Twin-70 Surface Raceway System
UL and CSA rated 600 V; meets UL 5A and CSA C22.2 Compatible with NEMA standard 70mm faceplates or Pan-Way
B1. No. 62.1-03 standards; FT4 rated Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates
Cable Ties
Separate channels allow independent access to power and Tamper resistant
communication cabling throughout the entire system Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
Transitions to Panduit T-70, T-45, and LD profile raceway
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
TWIN-70
C1. Left Internal Area = 4.59 Sq. In.
Wiring Right Inrenal Area = 4.59 Sq. In.
Duct
Std.
Length Ctn.
C2. Part Number Part Description Raceway Size Color (Ft.) Qty.
Surface Twin-70 Raceway Base
Raceway
T702BIW8 Twin-70 raceway base in 8' and 10' 8 24
lengths. Supplied with pre-punched 7.23" x 1.77"
C3. T702BIW10 mounting holes. Off 10 30
(184.0mm x
Abrasion T702B White
45.0mm)
Protection
T-70/TG-70/Twin-70 Raceway Cover
C4. T70CIW8 T-70, TG-70, or Twin-70 raceway cover in 8 96
Cable 8' and 10' lengths.
Management T70CIW10 Off 10 120
White
D1.
Terminals T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall
T70C T70DW8 T-70/Twin-70 raceway divider wall. Snaps 8 96
onto rails in T-70/Twin-70 raceway base to
D2. create separate channels. Must use wire
Power T70DW10 retainers to ensure channel separation per Gray 10 120
Connectors UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
D3. For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White).
Grounding 2' of cover needed for every 1' of Twin-70 base.
Connectors Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
T70DW
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.38 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way Twin-70 Raceway Fittings Overview
Twin-70 fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and
fiber optic cabling systems B1.
Cable Ties
T702RAIW Right angle fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 raceway at Off 1 10 C1.
Wiring
90 flat junctions. White
Duct
T702RA T702IC
T702ICIW Inside corner fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 raceway Off 1 10
at inside corners. White C2.
Surface
Raceway
T702OCIW Outside corner fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 Off 1 10
raceway at outside corners. White
C3.
T702OC T702T Abrasion
T702TIW Tee fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 raceway at Off 1 5 Protection
tee intersections. White
C4.
Cable
T702ECIW End cap fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2" for entry into Off 1 10 Management
raceway channel. White
T702EC T702EE
T702EEIW Entrance end fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2", 3/4",1", Off 1 5 D1.
1 1/4" and 1 1/2" for entry from ceiling or wall. White Terminals
D2.
T702TR T702TRL T702TRIW Transition fitting. Used to transition to T-70 raceway. Off 1 5 Power
White Connectors
T702TRI T702TRI Transition divider insert for Twin-70 to T-70 or Twin-70 to LD Gray 1 10
profile. Maintains channel separation within T702TR or E1.
T702TRL fittings. Labeling
Systems
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White). T702TRI available in Gray only.
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.39
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way T-70 and Twin-70 Raceway Accessories
T-70 and Twin-70 raceway accessories consist of device mounting brackets, snap-on device brackets, hanging boxes and 3-sided hanging
B1. boxes used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and/or communication devices
Cable Ties
Std. Std.
B2. Pkg. Ctn.
Cable Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Accessories
T70DB-X Device mounting bracket. Used to mount NEMA Gray 10
standard single gang electrical outlets and
B3. communication devices with either screw-on or
Stainless T70DB-X T70SDB-X snap-on single gang faceplates. Can be used with
Steel Ties T-70, Twin-70, and TG-70 raceway.
T70SDB-X Standard faceplate bracket. Used to mount NEMA Gray 10
C1. standard 70mm single gang screw-on faceplates.
Wiring Can be used with T-70, Twin-70, TG-70 raceway and
Duct Pan-Pole Communication Pole.
T70S-X T70WR-X Wire retainer. Holds wires in place during installation. Gray 10 100
D2.
Power T70S-X Spacer plate. Used to mount the CBX4 surface mount 10
Connectors box onto the T70DB-X or T70HB-X/T70HB3-X.
T70FSB Fiber spool bracket. Each piece consists of two halves Gray 1 10
that snap into base of T-70 or Twin-70 raceway.
D3. T70FSB Provides method to contain one meter or more of fiber
Grounding
Connectors slack and acts as a strain relief while maintaining a
minimum 30mm bend radius. Bracket separation can
be adjusted to fit the length of slack required.
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On Use the T70FSB with T-70 or Twin-70 raceway to Use T70S-X spacer plate for mounting
Markers contain 1m or more of fiber slack while the CBX4 surface mount box on T-70
maintaining a 30mm cable bend radius. Brackets or T702.
are adjustable for slack length.
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.40 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Cable Fill Capacities for T-70 Raceway Overview
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to
the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc. B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
a b Stainless
Steel Ties
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
a b C4.
Cable
Management
Fiber Optic
E1.
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cables Data Grade Cables Audio/Video Cable
Labeling
CR-SR-T70-WireFill1 Systems
Fill 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand
Area THHN/T90 Cat 6. (4-pr.) Augmented Cat. 6
(In.) 0.111 0.130 0.164 DIA. = 0.250 DIA. = 0.330 DIA. = 0.275 DIA. = 0.175 E2.
Raceway Type and
Configuration FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL Labels
MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX
(UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) E3.
1. T-70: No devices. Pre-Printed
5.15 24 20 15 41 62 24 36 34 52 85 128
& Write-On
2a. T-70: Power and data using 0.86 14 11 7 Markers
the 3-sided hanging box and
2b. device bracket. 1.72 14 21 8 12 11 17 28 42
E4.
T-70: Data only Permanent
3. 3.67 29 44 17 25 24 37 61 91
(screw-on faceplates). Identification
T-70: Data only
4. 4.71 38 57 22 33 31 47 78 117
(snap-on faceplates). E5.
5a. T-70: Power and data using Lockout/
0.91 14 11 7 Tagout
the Workstation Outlet
5b. Center Offset Box. 3.12 25 38 14 21 21 31 51 77 & Safety
Solutions
AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.41
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cable Fill Capacities for Twin-70 Raceway
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according
B1. to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
a b
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties A = 2.05 in.2 A = 1.43 in.2 A = 4.59 in.2 A = 3.11 in.2 A = 3.32 in.2
Cable fill #1: Power and data Cable fill #2: One Twin-70 Cable fill #3: Data only using Cable fill #4: Power using device
C1. with no devices. channel with no devices. vertical sloped screw-on bracket and NEMA standard
Wiring
communication faceplates. 70mm screw-on faceplates.
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
A = 4.14 in.2 A = 2.33 in.2
C4.
Cable
Cable fill #5: Data only using Cable fill #6: 20 A TVSS
Management horizontal sloped snap-on rectangular outlet using
communication faceplates. device bracket and snap-on
electrical/communication faceplate.
D1.
Terminals
SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable capacity, MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity
D2. leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes. based on cable interweaving and packing factors.
Power MAX for Power cable fill The maximum of electrical cables
Connectors based on UL temperature rise test.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors Fiber Optic
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cables Data Grade Cables Audio/Video Cable
E1. CR-SR-Tw70-WireFill1
Fill 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand
Labeling
Systems Area THHN/T90 Cat 6. (4-pr.) Augmented Cat. 6
(In.) 0.111 0.130 0.164 DIA. = 0.250 DIA. = 0.330 DIA. = 0.275 DIA. = 0.175
Raceway Type and
Configuration FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL
E2. MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX
Labels
(UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%)
1a. Twin-70: Power and data, 2.05 16 25 9 14 13 20 34 51
E3.
Pre-Printed 1b. no terminations. 1.43 16 16 15
& Write-On Twin-70: One channel no
Markers 2. 4.59 37 56 21 32 30 46 76 114
devices (data).
Twin-70: Data only
3. 3.11 25 38 14 21 20 31 51 77
E4. (screw-on faceplate).
Permanent
Twin-70: Power only
Identification 4.
(screw-on faceplate). 3.32 15 13 13
C2.42
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Multi-directional cover hinge allows cable Wiring
Duct
installation from either side
Hinged data and power brackets provide easy access C2.
for terminating outlets Surface
Raceway
Aesthetically pleasing
Lightweight C3.
Abrasion
Tamper resistant Protection
D1.
Terminals
Pan-Way T-45 Surface Raceway accepts NEMA standard screw-on faceplates for superior Pan-Way D2.
Power
Snap-On Faceplates when terminating with the T-45 offset box and surface mount outlet boxes. Connectors
Fittings for T-45 are available to transition to Pan-Way LD Series Raceway.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.43
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
T-45 Raceway Roadmap
B1.
Cable Ties J
B2.
H S
Cable
Accessories
See exploded
R view 4 pg. C2.47
B3.
Stainless L
Steel Ties
1
C1.
2 M
Wiring N
Duct R
K R
C2.
O
Surface G Q
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
A
C4. B See exploded P
Cable view 2 pg. C2.46
Management
F
D1.
Terminals See exploded
view 3 pg. C2.47
C E
D2.
Power
Connectors D
See exploded
view 1 pg. C2.46
D3.
Grounding M
Connectors
R
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.44
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B2.
Cable
T45DW** T-45 Divider Wall Accessories
1 (page C2.48)
T45IC** T-45 Inside Corner
K Fitting (page C2.49) B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
LDPH10** LDPH Raceway
2 (page C2.77) C1.
T45WC** T-45 Offset Box for Wiring
Duct
L Screw-On Faceplates/Receptacles
(page C2.49)
T45EC** T-45 End Cap Fitting
A (page C2.49)
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C4.
Cable
Management
T45WC2** T-45 Offset Box for
JBP2FS** Fast-Snap Double N Snap-On Faceplates (page C2.49)
C Gang Power Rated Surface
D1.
Mount Outlet Box (page C2.52) Terminals
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
T45EE** T-45 Entrance End & Safety
JBP1** Power Rated Single S Fitting (page C2.49) Solutions
H Gang Two-Piece Box (page C2.58)
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.45
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview T-45 Configurations
B1.
Cable Ties
Exploded View 1
Components Required See page
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct B
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
A
Cable
Management
D1.
Exploded View 2
Terminals
Components Required See page
E1.
Labeling C
Systems
E2.
B
Labels
E3.
A
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.46
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
T-45 Configurations (continued) Overview
C1.
Wiring
A Duct
C2.
B Surface
Raceway
C
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
B
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
A
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.47
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way T-45 Surface Raceway System
UL and CSA rated 600 V; meets UL 5A and CSA C22.2 Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
B1. No. 62.1-03 standards; FT4 rated Tamper resistant
Cable Ties
Hinged cover allows easy access from either side Terminates using the T-45 hinged data or power brackets, offset
Optional factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation box, or surface mount outlet box solutions
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
T-45
Internal Area = 2.12 Sq. In.
C1.
Wiring Std.
Duct Length Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Raceway Size Color (Ft.) Qty.
C2. T-45 Raceway Base with Adhesive
Surface T45BIW8-A T-45 raceway base in 8' and 10' lengths 8 160
Raceway with adhesive. Supplied with
pre-punched mounting holes. 2.38" x 1.25"
Off
T45BIW10-A (60.3mm x 10 200
C3. T45B White
32.0mm)
Abrasion
Protection
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.48 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way T-45 Raceway Fittings Overview
T-45 fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber
optic cabling systems B1.
Cable Ties
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. B2.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Cable
T45CCIW-X Cover coupler fitting. Used to join two pieces of T-45 Off 10 100 Accessories
cover together. White
T45CC T45RA
B3.
T45RAIW Right angle fitting. Used to join sections of T-45 raceway at Off 1 10 Stainless
90 flat junction. White Steel Ties
T45ICIW Inside corner fitting. Used to join T-45 raceway at Off 1 10 C1.
inside corner. White Wiring
T45IC T45OC Duct
T45OCIW Outside corner fitting. Used to join T-45 raceway at 90 Off 1 10
outside corner. White
C2.
Surface
T45TIW Tee fitting. Used to join T-45 raceway at tee intersections. Off 1 10 Raceway
White
T45T T45TD C3.
T45TD Divided insert. Used to separate power and data within Gray 1 10 Abrasion
the T45T. Protection
D2.
T45TRI Provides bend radius control at transition from T-70 to T-45 Gray 1 10 Power
when used with T70TR. Connectors
T45RLD T45TRI
T45HDBIW Snap-on hinged data bracket. Used for mounting Panduit Off 1 10
Mini-Com Modules vertically inline within T-45 raceway. Can White D3.
be hinged opened on either side of T-45 base. Grounding
Connectors
T45HEBIW Electrical bracket and box. Used for mounting standard Off 1 10
duplex electrical outlets. White E1.
Labeling
Systems
T45HDB T45HEB T45HEGBIW Electrical bracket and box. Used for mounting standard Off 1 10
rectangular style electrical outlets. White
E2.
T45WR-X Wire retainers. Used to hold wires in place during installation. Gray 10 100 Labels
E3.
T45WCIW Offset box. Allows for the mounting of any standard electrical Off 1 10 Pre-Printed
or communication outlet offset from the raceway channel. White & Write-On
Box accepts any NEMA standard screw-on faceplate or Markers
T45HEGB T45WR-X Pan-Way Electrical Snap-On Faceplates.
T45WC2IW Offset box. Box accepts any Pan-Way Communication Off 1 10 E4.
Snap-On Faceplates. White Permanent
Identification
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or BL (Black). T45TD, T45TRI, and T45WR-X E5.
available in Gray only. Lockout/
T45WC T45WC2 Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.49
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cable Fill Capacities for T-45 Raceway
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to
the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable A = 2.13 in.2 A = 1.72 in.2 A = 0.44 in.2 B = 1.20 in.2
Accessories
Cable fill #1: T-45 with no devices. Cable fill #2: T-45 with wire retainer. Cable fill #3: Power and data using
a wire retainer and divider wall.
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct A = 0.44 in.2 B = 0.68 in.2 C = 0.44 in.2
A = 0.41 in.2 B = 1.06 in.2
Cable fill #4: Power and data using Cable fill #5: Power and data using the offset box.
C2. a wire retainer and divider walls.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable A = 2.00 in.2 A = 0.52 in.2 B = 1.20 in.2 A = 0.22 in.2 B = 0.50 in.2
Management
Cable fill #6: Data only using Cable fill #7: Power and data using hinged Cable fill #8: Power and data using electrical
hinged data bracket. data bracket with divider insert. bracket/box and hinged data bracket.
D1.
Terminals
SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable capacity, MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity
leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes. based on cable interweaving and packing factors.
MAX for Power cable fill The maximum of electrical cables
D2. based on UL temperature rise test.
Power
Connectors
Fiber Optic
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cables Data Grade Cables Audio/Video Cable
D3. CR-SR-T45-WireFill1
Grounding Fill 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 23/24 AWG/UTP 23 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand
Connectors Area THHN/T90 Cat 6. (4-pr.) Augmented Cat. 6
(In.) 0.111 0.130 0.164 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .354 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175
Raceway Type and
Configuration FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL
E1.
Labeling MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX
Systems
(UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%)
1. T-45: No devices. 2.13 36 27 25 17 26 9 14 14 21 35 53
E2. T-45: No devices with
2. 1.72 36 27 25 14 21 8 12 11 17 28 42
Labels wire retainer.
3A. T-45: Power and data with 0.44 12 11 8
wire retainer and divider wall
E3. 3B. (2 channels). 1.20 9 14 5 8 8 12 19 29
Pre-Printed
& Write-On 4A. 0.44 12 11 8 3 5 2 3 2 4 7 10
T-45: Power and data with
Markers 4B. wire retainer and two divider 0.68 5 8 3 4 4 6 11 16
walls (three channels).
4C. 0.44 3 5 2 3 2 4 7 10
E4. 5A.
Permanent T-45: Power and data using 0.41 12 11 8
Identification 5B. the offset box.
1.06 8 12 4 7 7 10 17 26
T-45: Data only using
E5. 6. 2.00 16 24 9 14 13 20 33 49
data bracket.
Lockout/
Tagout 7A. T-45: Power and data using 0.52 12 11 8
& Safety hinged data bracket with
Solutions 7B. divider insert. 1.20 9 14 5 8 8 12 19 29
8A. T-45: Power and data using 0.22 9 7 4
F. 8B. electrical bracket and box.
0.50 4 6 2 3 3 5 8 12
Index
AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
C2.50
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
appearance. Pan-Way Snap-On Communication Faceplates are available in vertical and horizontal
B3.
orientation and accept Panduit Mini-Com Copper and Fiber Optic Modules. Electrical outlets are Stainless
Steel Ties
available in colors to complement Panduit raceway and are available in 20 A, 106 duplex, rectangular,
TVSS and GFCI.
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Snap-on faceplates install without the use of screws Raceway
providing faster installation and superior aesthetics
Fast-Snap Boxes assemble without the use of C3.
Abrasion
screws and accept Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates Protection
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
Surface mount outlet boxes are available for both power and communication applications.They are
compatible with Pan-Way LD, LDPH, LD2P10 and T-45 Raceway Systems. Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates E1.
mount directly to Cove,TG-70,T-70,Twin-70 raceways, Pan-Way Fast-Snap Boxes and Labeling
Systems
Pan-Pole Aluminum Outlet Poles.
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.51
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way Fast-Snap Surface Mount Outlet Boxes
JB1FS and JBP2FS assemble without the use of screws for JB1FS and JBP2FS accept Pan-Way Snap-on Faceplates for
B1. faster installation superior aesthetics
Cable Ties
JB1FS and JBP2FS are supplied with adhesive backing to
speed installation
C4. Pan-Way Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use with Panduit
Cable
Management
Mini-Com Modules
Can be used with Pan-Way Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, Fast-Snap Outlet Boxes and Pan-Pole Aluminum
Outlet Pole
D1.
Terminals Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
D2. T70FH2IW Snap-on horizontal sloped communication faceplate. Accepts Off 1 10
Power two Panduit Mini-Com Modules (not included). No additional White
Connectors mounting hardware required.
T70FH2 T70FH4
T70FH4IW Snap-on horizontal sloped communication faceplate. Accepts Off 1 10
D3. four Panduit Mini-Com Modules (not included). No additional White
Grounding mounting hardware required.
Connectors
T70FV2IW Snap-on vertical sloped communication faceplate. Accepts two Off 1 10
Panduit Mini-Com Modules (not included). No additional White
E1. mounting hardware required.
Labeling
Systems
T70FV4IW Snap-on vertical sloped communication faceplate. Accepts four Off 1 10
Panduit Mini-Com Modules (not included). No additional White
T70FV2 T70FV4 mounting hardware required.
E2.
Labels
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart below.
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On Component Labels for Pan-Way Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use with
Markers Panduit Mini-Com Modules and Inserts
E4.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Permanent TDP43MY
Identification Laser/Ink Thermal Transfer PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
Faceplate Part Jet Desktop Desktop Hand-Held Hand-Held
E5. Number Printer Label Printer Label Printer Label Printer Label
Lockout/
Tagout T70FH2IW
& Safety T70FV2IW
Solutions C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
T70FV4IW
F. All T70B Parts
Index T70FH4IW C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
C2.52 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use with Panduit Overview
Mini-Com Inserts
Single gang vertical or horizontal sloped communication faceplates Can be used with Pan-Way Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 B1.
accept one or two Panduit Mini-Com Inserts Raceway Systems, Fast-Snap Outlet Boxes and Pan-Pole Cable Ties
Aluminum Outlet Pole
B2.
Std. Std. Cable
Pkg. Ctn. Accessories
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
T70BH1IW Snap-on horizontal communication faceplate. Accepts one Off 1 10 B3.
1/2-size Panduit Mini-Com Insert and two modules. White Stainless
No additional mounting hardware required. Steel Ties
T70BH1 T70BH2 T70BH2IW Snap-on horizontal communication faceplate. Accepts two Off 1 10
1/2-size Panduit Mini-Com Inserts and four modules. White C1.
No additional mounting hardware required. Wiring
Duct
T70B1IW Snap-on vertical communication faceplate. Holds one Off 1 10
1/2-size Panduit Mini-Com Insert and two modules. White
No additional mounting hardware required. C2.
T70B2IW Snap-on vertical communication faceplate. Holds two Off 1 10 Surface
Raceway
1/2-size Panduit Mini-Com Inserts and four modules. White
No additional mounting hardware required.
T70B1 T70B2 C3.
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). Abrasion
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart on previous page. Protection
C4.
Cable
Pan-Way Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Communication/Power Management
Can be used with Pan-Way Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, Fast-Snap Outlet Boxes and Pan-Pole Aluminum D1.
Outlet Pole Terminals
Std. Std.
D2.
Pkg. Ctn. Power
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Connectors
T70PIW Snap-on single gang 106 duplex electrical/communication Off 1 10
faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard 106 duplex White
electrical outlet. In communication applications, covers one D3.
standard 106 duplex communication module frame. Grounding
T70P T70PG Connectors
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.53
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Panduit NetKey Snap-On Sloped Keystone Faceplates
Accept all Panduit NetKey Keystone Copper Modules and Tamper resistant
B1. Duplex Fiber Optic Modules Can be used with Pan-Way Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70, T-45
Cable Ties
Snap into raceway channel, requires no additional mounting Raceway Systems, Fast-Snap Outlet Boxes, and Pan-Pole
hardware or adapters greatly reducing installation time Aluminum Outlet Poles
Lowest cost for moves, adds, and changes
B2.
Cable
Accessories
Std. Std.
B3.
Pkg. Ctn.
Stainless Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Steel Ties NK2HSRFIW Snap-on 2-position sloped horizontal faceplate accepts any Off 1 10
Panduit NetKey Module. Compatible with Panduit NetKey White
NK2HSRF Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems, and Pan-Pole
C1. NK4HSRF
Outlet Poles.
Wiring
Duct NK4HSRFIW Snap-on 4-position sloped horizontal faceplate accepts any Off 1 10
Panduit NetKey Module. Compatible with Panduit NetKey White
Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems, and
C2. Pan-Pole Outlet Poles.
Surface
Raceway
NK4VSRFIW Snap-on 4-position sloped vertical faceplate accepts any Off 1 10
Panduit NetKey Module. Compatible with Panduit NetKey White
Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems, and Pan-Pole
C3.
NK4VSRF Outlet Poles.
Abrasion
Protection
Panduit NetKey faceplates are NOT compatible with Panduit Mini-Com Modules.
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
C4. For complete labeling solutions, reference chart below.
Cable
Management
C2.54 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates for SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules Overview
Can be used with Pan-Way Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, Fast-Snap Outlet Boxes, and Pan-Pole Aluminum
Outlet Poles B1.
Cable Ties
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. B2.
Cable
T70L2IW Snap-on horizontal communication faceplate designed to Off 1 10
Accessories
accept two SYSTIMAX* communication modules (not White
included). Can be used with Panduit surface raceway systems
and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional B3.
T70L2 mounting hardware required. Stainless
Steel Ties
T70LV4 D2.
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). Power
*SYSTIMAX is a registered trademark of Commscope, Inc. Connectors
For complete labeling solutions, reference chart below.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Component Labels for Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates for use Labeling
Systems
with SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
E2.
Faceplate Part Laser/Ink Jet Desktop PanTher LS8E Hand-Held Cougar LS9 Hand-Held Labels
Number Printer Label Printer Label Printer Label
T70L2IW
C125X030FJJ C125X030FJC E3.
T70LV2IW
Pre-Printed
T70LV4IW 2-C125X030FJJ 2-C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK & Write-On
Markers
T70L4IW C261X030FJJ C125X030FJC
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.55
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates for Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules
Can be used with Pan-Way Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, Fast-Snap Outlet Boxes, and Pan-Pole Aluminum
B1.
Cable Ties Outlet Poles
Std. Std.
B2. Pkg. Ctn.
Cable
Accessories Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
T70N2IW Snap-on horizontal communication faceplate designed to Off 1 10
accept two Nordx/CDT* communication modules (not White
B3. included). Can be used with Panduit surface raceway systems
Stainless T70N2 and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates.
Steel Ties No additional mounting hardware required.
C1.
Wiring
Duct T70N4IW Snap-on horizontal communication faceplate designed to Off 1 10
accept four Nordx/CDT* communication modules (not White
included). Can be used with Panduit surface raceway systems
C2. and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates.
Surface
T70N4 No additional mounting hardware required.
Raceway
D2.
Power
Connectors
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory).
*Nordx/CDT is a registered trademark of Nordx/CDT, Inc.
D3. T70NV4 For complete labeling solutions, reference chart below.
Grounding
Connectors
E2.
Faceplate Part Laser/Ink Jet Desktop PanTher LS8E Hand-Held Cougar LS9 Hand-Held
Labels Number Printer Label Printer Label Printer Label
T70N2IW
C125X030FJJ C125X030FJC
T70NV2IW
E3. T031X000FJC-BK
T70NV4IW 2-C125X030FJJ 2-C125X030FJC
Pre-Printed
& Write-On T70N4IW C261X030FJJ C125X030FJC
Markers
*Nordx/CDT is a registered trademark of Nordx/CDT, Inc.
For complete labeling solutions, reference charts on pages E2.4 and E2.5.
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.56 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way Low Voltage Surface Mount Outlet Boxes
Overview
JBX3510 assembles without the use of screws for faster installation JB1 and JB1D are a one-piece design requiring no assembly
B1.
JBX3510, JB1, and JB1D are supplied with adhesive backing to Cable Ties
speed installation
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.57
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Boxes
JBP1FS and JBP2FS assemble without the use of screws for faster JBP1FS and JBP2FS accept Pan-Way Snap-on Faceplates for
B1.
Cable Ties installation superior aesthetics
JBP1FS and JBP2FS are supplied with adhesive backing to speed
installation
B2.
Cable Std. Std.
Accessories Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
JBP1IW Single gang two-piece screw together outlet box. Box accepts Off 1 10
B3. Pan-Way Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard White
Stainless single gang faceplate. For use with Pan-Way LD profile
Steel Ties raceway. 5.19"L x 3.45"W x 1.75"H (131.9mm x 87.7mm x
JBP1 JBP2
44.4mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
C1.
Wiring JBP2IW Double gang two-piece screw together outlet box. Box Off 1 10
Duct accepts Pan-Way Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA White
standard double gang faceplates. For use with Pan-Way
LD profile raceway. 5.05"L x 5.05"W x 1.62"H
C2. (128.2mm x 128.2mm x 41.1mm).
Surface Breakouts for 1/2" or 3/4" diameter conduit.
Raceway
JBP1D JBP2D JBP1DIW Single gang two-piece screw together deep outlet box. Box Off 1 10
accepts Pan-Way Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA White
C3. standard single gang faceplate. For use with Pan-Way T-45,
Abrasion LD2P10 (when used with JBD1), or LD profile raceway. 5.19"L
Protection x 3.45"W x 2.75"H (131.9mm x 87.7mm x 69.8mm).
Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
JBP2DIW Double gang two-piece screw together deep outlet box. Box Off 1 10
C4. accepts Pan-Way Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA White
Cable
Management standard double gang faceplate. For use with Pan-Way
JBP1E JBP1I T-45 or LD profile raceway. 5.19"L x 5.19"W x 2.75"H
(131.9mm x 131.9mm x 69.8mm).
Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
D1.
Terminals JBP1EIW Single gang two-piece screw together extension outlet box. Off 1 10
Box accepts Pan-Way Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA White
standard single gang faceplate. For use with Pan-Way
LD profile raceway. 4.99"L x 3.30"W x 1.00"H
D2.
Power
(126.7mm x 83.8mm x 25.4mm).
Connectors Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
PSJBX JBP1IIW Single gang two-piece screw together intermediate outlet box. Off 1 10
Box accepts Pan-Way Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA White
D3. standard single gang faceplate. For use with Pan-Way
Grounding LD profile raceway. 5.12"L x 3.38"W x 2.27"H
Connectors
(130.2mm x 86.0mm x 57.7mm).
Breakouts for 1/2" or 3/4" diameter conduit.
E1. PSJBXIW Single gang two-piece snap together power source box. For Off 1 10
Labeling use with Pan-Way LDPH3, 5, 10, or LDS3, or 5 profile White
Systems raceway. 5.02"L x 3.32"W x 1.31"H
(127.6mm x 83.0mm x 33.3mm).
Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
E2.
Labels For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.58 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Pan-Way Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Boxes (continued) Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
RJBX3510IW Single gang two-piece screw together round outlet box. Box Off 1 5 E1.
accepts UL/CSA devices not to exceed 10lbs. (5lbs. per White Labeling
CSA). For use with Pan-Way LD profile raceway. Systems
Dia. = 5.48"D x 1.14"H (139.2mm x 29.0mm).
Breakouts for 3/4" or 1" diameter conduit.
E2.
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.59
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way Classic Series Faceplates for Power and Communication Applications
Std. Std.
B2. Pkg. Ctn.
Cable Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Accessories
FP2DCIW Covers one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical receptacle Off 1 10
and accepts Panduit Mini-Com 1/2-size, 1/3-size, and 2/3- White
B3. size Inserts. For product application, please reference LD
Stainless profile raceway section.
Steel Ties
FP2DC FP2RC
FP2RCIW Covers one NEMA standard rectangular electrical receptacle Off 1 10
and accepts Panduit Mini-Com 1/2-size, 1/3-size, and 2/3- White
C1. size Inserts. For product application, please reference LD
Wiring profile raceway section.
Duct
CP106IW Screw-on single gang 106 duplex faceplate. Covers one Off 1 10
C2. NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet or one standard White
Surface 106 communication module frame.
Raceway
CP106 CP106**-2G CP106IW-2G Screw-on double gang 106 duplex faceplate. Covers two Off 1 10
NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlets or two standard White
C3. 106 communication module frames.
Abrasion
Protection CPGIW Screw-on single gang rectangular faceplate. Covers one Off 1 10
NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlet or one standard White
rectangular communication module frame.
C4.
Cable CPGIW-2G Screw-on double gang rectangular faceplate. Covers two Off 1 10
Management NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlets or two standard White
rectangular communication module frames.
CPG CPG**-2G
D1. CPNIW Screw-on single gang blank cover faceplate. Can be used Off 1 10
Terminals with Pan-Way Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway White
Systems, Fast-Snap Outlet Boxes and Pan-Pole Aluminum
Outlet Pole. Supplied with two mounting screws.
D2.
Power CPNIW-2G Screw-on double gang blank cover faceplate. For use with Off 1 10
Connectors Pan-Way Surface Mount Outlet Boxes. Supplied with four White
mounting screws.
D3. CPN CPN**-2G
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), WH (White),
Grounding or AL (Almond).
Connectors
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.
For complete labeling solutions, reference label chart below.
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Component Labels for Pan-Way Classic Series Faceplates for
E2.
Power and Communication Applications
Labels
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Laser/Ink Jet TDP43MY Thermal PanTher LS8E Cougar LS9
E3.
Pre-Printed Faceplate Part Desktop Printer Transfer Desktop Hand-Held Printer Hand-Held Printer
& Write-On Number Label Printer Label Label Label
Markers
CPGIW C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
E4. T70PGS
Permanent
Identification CPGIW-2G 2-C125X030FJJ 2-C125X030YPT 2-C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
FP2RC
E5.
Lockout/ T70PG C261X030FJJ T031X000FJT C261X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.60 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way Stainless Steel Faceplates Overview
C1.
Wiring
Pan-Way Electrical Outlets Duct
Electrical outlets are standard electrical devices that fit into Pan-Way Outlet Boxes or any NEMA standard outlet boxes
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. C3.
EDU20IW-X 20 A specification grade 106 duplex outlet. Off 10 Abrasion
White Protection
D3.
Grounding
Pan-Way Surface Mount Outlet Box with 20 A Electrical Outlet
Connectors
Supplied with a 20 A U.S. style rectangular electrical outlet and a 20 A 106 duplex electrical outlet. E1.
Labeling
Systems
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
E2.
JBP1MR20IW Single gang two-piece power rated low profile snap Off 1 10 Labels
together outlet box. Includes 20 A U.S. style rectangular White
electrical outlet. For use with Pan-Way LDPH3, 5, 10 or
LDS3 or 5 profile raceway only. 4.84"L x 2.90"W x 1.20"H E3.
(122.9mm x 73.6mm x 30.4mm). Pre-Printed
JBP1MR20 & Write-On
JBP1MD20IW Single gang two-piece power rated low profile snap Off 1 10 Markers
together outlet box. Includes 20 A U.S. style 106 duplex White
electrical outlet. For use with Pan-Way LDPH3, 5, 10 or E4.
LDS3 or 5 profile raceway only. 4.84"L x 2.90"W x 1.22"H Permanent
(122.9mm x 73.6mm x 30.9mm). Identification
For other color replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
JBP1MD20 Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.61
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Selection Chart for using Pan-Way Surface Raceway with Pan-Way
Surface Mount Outlet Boxes
B1.
Cable Ties
How to use this chart:
1. Locate the desired Pan-Way Raceway in the left column.
B2.
Cable
2. Locate the desired Pan-Way Outlet Box in the top row.
Accessories 3. Match up the raceway with the outlet box to see if they are compatible (Y = yes, N = no).
4. Select correct surface mount outlet box.
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Pan-Way Surface Mount Outlet Boxes
C1.
Wiring
Low Voltage
Duct or Fiber Power, Low Voltage, or Fiber Optic
Optic ONLY
C2. JB1, JB1D JBP2S
Surface JBP1I JBP1MR20
Raceway JB1FS RJBX3510 JBP1 JBP1D JBP1E JBP2D PSJBX
JBP2 JBP1MD20
JBX3510 JBP2FS
C4. LD5 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y
Cable
Management LD10 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y
LDPH5 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
D2.
Power
Connectors LDPH10 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
LDS5 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
E1.
Labeling Type LD2P10 (Power, Low Voltage, or Fiber Optic)
Systems
LD2P10 N N N Y w/JBD1 N N Y N N
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.62
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
D1.
Terminals
Pan-Way LD Profile Raceways include a full complement of fittings for standard, bend radius control, D2.
Power
power rated and multi-channel use, and transition easily to other Panduit raceway such as Cove, Connectors
TG-70,T-70,Twin-70 and T-45.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.63
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview LD2P10 Profile Raceway Roadmap
B1.
Cable Ties
R
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties E
1
C1. G See exploded
Wiring view 3 pg. C2.67
Duct
H K
N
C2.
Surface
Raceway
J
B
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
A Q
C4. O
Cable
Management See exploded
F view 2 pg. C2.66 P
D1.
Terminals
E
D2.
Power C See exploded
Connectors view 1 pg. C2.66 L
D3.
D M
Grounding
Connectors
E
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.64
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
LD2P10** Raceway
1 (page C2.75) ICFX10** Power Rated Inside B1.
K Corner Fitting (page C2.75)
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
ECFX10** Power Rated End Cap Accessories
A Fitting (page C2.75)
JBP1** Power Rated Single B3.
L Gang Two-Piece Box (page C2.58) Stainless
Steel Ties
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
CPG**-2G Double Gang & Safety
J Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate Solutions
(page C2.60)
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.65
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview LD2P10 Configurations
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
D
C3. A
Abrasion
Protection C
C4. B
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals Exploded View 2
Components Required See page
D2.
Power A. JBD2 = Double gang pass-through divider for
C2.59
Connectors LD2P10 raceway.
B. JBP2D = Power rated double gang two-piece C2.58
deep box.
D3.
Grounding C. ERU20 = 20 A rectangular electrical outlet
Connectors (screws included). C2.61
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
A
& Write-On D
Markers
B
E4.
Permanent
Identification
C
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety E
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.66
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
LD2P10 Configurations (continued) Overview
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C
C2.
Surface
Raceway
A C3.
Abrasion
Protection
D
C4.
Cable
B Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.67
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview LD Profile Raceway Roadmap
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
O
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
See exploded
C1.
Wiring view 2 pg. C2.71
Duct
H
C2.
Surface
Raceway
1 G
C3. B
Abrasion
Protection
A J
C4. L N
Cable
Management C K
F M
2
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D See exploded
D3. view 1 pg. C2.70
Grounding
Connectors E
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.68
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
1 LD10** Raceway (page C2.76)
G
CF10** Coupler Fitting Cable Ties
(page C2.79)
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
2 LD5** Raceway (page C2.76) Stainless
ICF10** Inside Corner Fitting Steel Ties
H (page C2.79)
C1.
Wiring
Duct
E3.
Pre-Printed
CPG** Single Gang Rectangular
E Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.60) N
RAF10** Right Angle Fitting & Write-On
Markers
(page C2.79)
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
OCF10** Outside Corner Fitting DCF10** Drop Ceiling/Entrance & Safety
F (page C2.79)
O End Fitting (page C2.79) Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.69
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview LD Configurations
B1. Exploded View 1
Cable Ties
Components Required See page
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2. D
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
B
C4.
A C
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.70
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
LD Configurations (continued) Overview
B1.
Exploded View 2 Cable Ties
Components Required See page
A. T70FV2 = Snap-on vertical B2.
sloped communication faceplate 2-port. C2.52 Cable
Accessories
B. Panduit Mini-Com Modules.
C. JBP2FS = Fast-Snap double gang power rated
surface mount outlet box. C2.52 B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C
B C4.
Cable
Management
A
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.71
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview LDPH Profile Raceway Roadmap
B1.
Cable Ties
O
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
See exploded
C1. view 2 pg. C2.74
Wiring
Duct K
C2.
Surface
Raceway 1
B H
C3.
Abrasion A F
Protection N
D
C4. C L
Cable G E
Management 2 M
F
D1.
Terminals
J
D2.
Power
Connectors D See exploded
view 1 pg. C2.74
D3. E
Grounding
Connectors
F
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.72
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
(page C2.81)
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
2 LDPH5** Raceway (page C2.77) CFX10** Power Rated/1 Inch Stainless
H Bend Radius Coupler Fitting Steel Ties
(page C2.80)
C1.
Wiring
Duct
E3.
CPG** Single Gang Rectangular Pre-Printed
RAFX10** Power Rated Right
E Screw-On Faceplate
N Angle Fitting
& Write-On
Markers
(page C2.60)
(page C2.81)
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
DCEFX** Power Rated/1 Inch Lockout/
ERU20** 20 A Rectangular Tagout
Bend Radius Drop Ceiling & Safety
F Electrical Outlet O Entrance End Fitting Solutions
(page C2.61) (page C2.80)
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.73
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
LDPH Configurations
B1.
Cable Ties
Exploded View 1
Components Required See page
C1.
Wiring C
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion A
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
B
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors Exploded View 2
Components Required See page
D3.
Grounding A. CPG**2G = Double gang rectangular screw-on
C2.60
Connectors faceplate (screws included).
B. ERU20 = 20 A rectangular electrical outlet
C2.61
(screws included).
E1.
Labeling C. JBP2 = Power rated double gang two-piece box
Systems (screws included). C2.58
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
A
E4.
Permanent
Identification
C
E5.
Lockout/ B
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.74
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way Type LD2P10 Multi-Channel Surface Raceway System Overview
UL and CSA rated 600 V; meets UL 5A and CSA C22.2 Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation
No. 62.1-03 standards; FT4 rated B1.
Terminates using JBP1D, JBP2D, JBP2FS or JBP2S surface Cable Ties
Routes power and data together mount outlet box solutions
One-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in
Tamper resistant B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Left Internal Area = .43 Sq. In.
Wiring
Right Internal Area = .50 Sq. In. Duct
Std. C2.
Raceway Length Ctn. Surface
Part Number Part Description Size Color (Ft.) Qty. Raceway
LD2P10IW8-A Two channel tamper resistant one-piece 8 160
latching surface raceway. Supplied with 1.52" x
pre-applied adhesive backed tape. .86" Off C3.
LD2P10IW10-A Available in 8' and 10' lengths. (39.0mm x White 10 200 Abrasion
22.0mm) Protection
LD2P raceway requires screw mounting if it is being used for power cabling applications.
Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments. C4.
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). Cable
Management
RAFX10IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
White E1.
Labeling
Systems
ICFX10IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
ICFX10 OCFX10 White
E2.
Labels
OCFX10IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
White
E3.
Pre-Printed
TFXD10IW-X Tee fitting with divided insert to maintain separation of power and Off 10 & Write-On
TFXD10 ECFX10 data cabling. For use with LD2P10 raceway. White Markers
E4.
ECFX10IW-X End cap fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10 Permanent
White Identification
E5.
EEFXIW Entrance end fitting for LD2P10 raceway. Breakouts for 1/2" and Off 1 Lockout/
3/4" diameter conduit. White Tagout
& Safety
EEFX Solutions
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.75
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way LD Surface Raceway System
For routing data and low voltage cabling FT4 rated
B1.
Cable Ties One-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or
Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation Panduit Mini-Com Surface Mount Boxes
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
E1.
Labeling For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
Systems Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments.
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.76 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way LDPH Surface Raceway System Overview
UL and CSA rated 600 V; meets UL 5A and CSA C22.2 Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation B1.
No. 62.1-03 standards; FT4 rated Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or Cable Ties
Two-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in Panduit Mini-Com Surface Mount Boxes
Tamper resistant
B2.
Cable
Accessories
.86
.41" .55"
B3.
.75" 1.02" 1.52 Stainless
LDPH3 LDPH5 LDPH10 Steel Ties
Internal Area = .17 Sq. In. Internal Area = .33 Sq. In. Internal Area = .89 Sq. In.
Std. C1.
Wiring
Raceway Length Ctn. Duct
Part Number Part Description Size Color (Ft.) Qty.
LDPH3 Surface Raceway
C2.
LDPH3IW8-A Tamper resistant one-piece latching 8 160 Surface
LDPH3 surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied Raceway
adhesive backed tape. .75" x .41"
Off
Available in 8' and 10' lengths. (20.0mm x
LDPH3IW10-A White 10 200
10.4mm) C3.
Abrasion
Protection
LDPH5 Surface Raceway
LDPH5IW8-A Tamper resistant one-piece latching 8 160
C4.
LDPH5 surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied Cable
adhesive backed tape. 1.02" x .55" Management
Off
Available in 8' and 10' lengths. (26.0mm x
LDPH5IW10-A White 10 200
14.0mm)
D1.
Terminals
LDPH10 Surface Raceway
LDPH10IW8-A Tamper resistant two-piece latching 8 160
LDPH10 surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied
D2.
adhesive backed tape. 1.52" x .86" Power
Off
Available in 8' and 10' lengths. (39.0mm x Connectors
LDPH10IW10-A White 10 200
22.0mm)
D3.
LDPH raceway requires screw mounting for power cabling applications. Grounding
Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments. Connectors
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.77
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way LDS Surface Raceway System
UL and CSA rated 600 V; meets UL 5A and CSA C22.2 LDS raceway requires screw mounting using the LMD mounting
B1.
Cable Ties No. 62.1-03 standards; FT4 rated straps for power cabling installations
Tamper resistant non-hinged design Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or
Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation Panduit Mini-Com Surface Mount Boxes
B2. Type LDS is the only non-metallic raceway that is bendable in
Cable low voltage applications to route around and over obstructions
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring LDS5
LDS3
Duct Internal Area = .38 Sq. In.
Internal Area = .21 Sq. In.
C2. Std.
Surface Length Ctn.
Raceway Part Number Part Description Raceway Size Color (Ft.) Qty.
LDS3 Surface Raceway
C3. LDS3IW10-A Tamper resistant one-piece surface .77" x .41" Off 10 200
Abrasion raceway. Supplied with pre-applied (20.0mm x White
Protection adhesive backed tape. Available in 10.4mm)
LDS3
10' lengths.
C4.
Cable LDS5 Surface Raceway
Management LDS5IW10-A Tamper resistant one-piece surface 1.01" x .55" Off 10 200
raceway. Supplied with pre-applied (26.0mm x White
adhesive backed tape. Available in 14.0mm)
D1. 10' lengths.
Terminals
LDS5 Mounting Straps
LMD3IW-Q For use with LDS3 raceway. Size 3 Off 100
D2. White
Power
LMD5IW-Q For use with LDS5 raceway. Size 5 Off 100
Connectors
White
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
D3. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments.
Grounding
Connectors LMD3
LMD5
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
1) Slide 18" to 30" section of LDS Raceway 2) Allow section to heat approximately 3) Remove raceway section from blanket
E5. into PVC pipe heating blanket. 2 3 minutes. Raceway will be soft and and hold in desired position until the
Lockout/ *(Recommended blanket designed for pliable, but should not stretch. (Time raceway cools. Install mounting
Tagout bending 1/2" to 1 1/2" PVC conduit.) will vary with blanket temperature straps immediately.
& Safety and raceway size.)
Solutions
*Heating blanket not offered by Panduit .
F.
Index
C2.78 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Standard Fittings for Low Voltage Applications Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. B2.
CF3IW-E Coupler fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20 Cable
White Accessories
RAF3IW-E Right angle fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20
White C1.
RAF5IW-E Right angle fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20 Wiring
White Duct
RAF10IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10
ICF OCF
White C2.
ICF3IW-E Inside corner fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20 Surface
White Raceway
ICF5IW-E Inside corner fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20
White C3.
ICF10IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10 Abrasion
White Protection
OCF3IW-E Outside corner fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20
TF ECF White C4.
OCF5IW-E Outside corner fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20 Cable
Management
White
OCF10IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10
White
D1.
TF3IW-E Tee fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 20 Terminals
White
TF5IW-E Tee fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 20
CRFC DCF White D2.
TF10IW-X Tee fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10 Power
White Connectors
ECF3IW-E End cap fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off
White D3.
ECF5IW-E End cap fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off Grounding
Connectors
White
ECF10IW-X End cap fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off
FBA RF
White E1.
CRFC5IW-X 4-way cross fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10 Labeling
Systems
White
DCF3IW-X Drop ceiling/entrance end fitting for use with LD3 raceway. Off 10
White
E2.
DCF5IW-X Drop ceiling/entrance end fitting for use with LD5 raceway. Off 10 Labels
White
DCF10IW-X Drop ceiling/entrance end fitting for use with LD10 raceway. Off 10
White E3.
Pre-Printed
FBA5IW-X Fire box adapter for use with LD5/LDPH5 profile raceway. Off 10 & Write-On
Note: For low voltage applications only. White Markers
FBA10IW-X Fire box adapter for use with LD10/LDPH10 profile raceway. Off 10
Note: For low voltage applications only. White E4.
Permanent
RF5X3IW-E Reducer fitting for LD raceway from size 5 to size 3. For use with Off 20 Identification
LD5 and LD3 raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CF5**. White
RF10X3IW-X Reducer fitting for LD raceway from size 10 to size 3. For use with Off 10 E5.
Lockout/
LD3 and LD10 raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CF10**. White
Tagout
RF10X5IW-X Reducer fitting for LD raceway from size 10 to size 5. For use with Off 10 & Safety
LD5 and LD10 raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CF10**. White Solutions
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.79
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview One Inch Bend Radius Fittings for TIA/EIA Compliance
1 inch bend radius fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance
B1.
copper and fiber optic cabling systems
Cable Ties
Std.
B2.
Pkg.
Cable Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
Accessories CFX3IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
White
B3. CFX5IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
Stainless CFX RAFC White
Steel Ties CFX10IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD10, LDPH10, and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
White
C1. RAFC3IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
Wiring White
Duct RAFC5IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
White
C2. RAFC10IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. Off 10
Surface White
Raceway ICFC OCFX
ICFC3IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
White
C3. ICFC5IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
Abrasion White
Protection ICFC10IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. Off 10
White
C4. OCFX3IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
Cable White
Management OCFX5IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
TFC CRFC5
White
OCFX10IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
D1. White
Terminals
TFC3IW-X Tee fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
White
D2. TFC5IW-X Tee fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
Power White
Connectors ECFX DCEFX TFC10IW-X Tee fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. Off 10
White
D3. CRFC5IW-X 4-way cross fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
Grounding White
Connectors ECFX3IW-X End cap fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
White
E1. ECFX5IW-X End cap fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
Labeling White
Systems ECFX10IW-X End cap fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
RAEFX RFX White
DCEFXIW-X Drop ceiling/entrance end fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, Off 10
E2. LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. Use CA3 or CA5 White
Labels adapters for LD3 or LD5 profile raceway.
RAEFXIW-X Right angle/entrance end fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, Off 10
E3. LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. CA3 or CA5 White
Pre-Printed adapters for LD3 or LD5 profile raceway.
& Write-On
Markers RFX53IW-X Reducer fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5 and Off 10
LDS5 raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CFX5**. White
E4. RFX103IW-X Reducer fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LD10 and LDPH10 Off 10
Permanent raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CFX10**. White
Identification RFX105IW-X Reducer fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10 and LDPH10 Off 10
raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CFX10**. White
E5.
Lockout/ For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.80 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Power Rated Fittings for Power to 600 V LDPH/LDS/LD2P Raceway Only Overview
B1.
Std. Cable Ties
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
B2.
CFX3IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
Cable
White Accessories
CFX RAFX CFX5IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
White
B3.
CFX10IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD10, LDPH10, and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
Stainless
White Steel Ties
RAFX3IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
White
C1.
RAFX5IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 raceway. Off 10 Wiring
White Duct
RAFX10IW-X Right angle fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
ICFX OCFC White
C2.
ICFX3IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 raceway. Off 10 Surface
White Raceway
ICFX5IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
White
C3.
ICFX10IW-X Inside corner fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10 Abrasion
White Protection
OCFC3IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
White
TFX CRFX C4.
OCFC5IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 raceway. Off 10 Cable
White Management
OCFC10IW-X Outside corner fitting for use with LDPH10 raceway only. Off 10
White
TFX3IW-X Tee fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 raceway. Off 10 D1.
White Terminals
TFX5IW-X Tee fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
White
D2.
CEFX ECFX TFX10IW-X Tee fitting for use with LDPH10 raceway only. Off 10 Power
White Connectors
CRFX5IW-X 4-way cross fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
White
D3.
CEFXIW-X Conduit entrance end fitting. This power rated two-piece fitting is Off 10 Grounding
designed to accommodate the entrance of 1/2" conduit or align with White Connectors
knockouts on surface mount electrical boxes. For use with
LD3/LDPH3 and has breakouts available to work with LD5/LDPH5
and LD10/LDPH10. Cover and base snap together no hardware E1.
DCEFX RAEFX is required. Labeling
Systems
ECFX3IW-X End cap fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 raceway. Off 10
White
ECFX5IW-X End cap fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 raceway. Off 10
E2.
White Labels
ECFX10IW-X End cap fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 raceway. Off 10
White
DCEFXIW-X Drop ceiling/entrance end fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, Off 10 E3.
RFX Pre-Printed
LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. Use CA3 or CA5 White & Write-On
adapters for LD3 or LD5 profile raceway. Markers
RAEFXIW-X Right angle/entrance end fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, Off 10
LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10 and LDPH10 raceway. CA3 or CA5 White E4.
adapters for LD3 or LD5 profile raceway. Permanent
Identification
RFX53IW-X Reducer fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5 and Off 10
LDS5 raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CFX5**. White
E5.
RFX103IW-X Reducer fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LD10 and LDPH10 Off 10 Lockout/
raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CFX10**. White Tagout
& Safety
RFX105IW-X Reducer fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10 and LDPH10 Off 10 Solutions
raceway. For in-line terminations, use with CFX10**. White
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.81
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Raceway Adapters for LD Raceway
Fit into universal breakout of DCEFX or RAEFX fittings
B1. For use with types LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5 and LDS5 raceway
Cable Ties
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
B2. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
Cable
Accessories CA3IW-X Adapter fits into universal breakout of DCEFX or RAEFX Off 10 50
fittings. For use LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 raceway. White
CA5IW-X Adapter fits into universal breakout of DCEFX or RAEFX Off 10 50
B3. fittings. For use LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 raceway. White
Stainless
Steel Ties CA3
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
CA5
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface Cable Fill Capacities for LD Profile Raceway
Raceway
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according
to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
LD3 LD5 LD10 LDPH3 LDPH5 LDPH10 LD2P10 Left LDP210 Right LDS3 LDS5
.21 in.2 .38 in.2 1.00 in.2 .17 in.2 .33 in.2 98 in.2 .43 in.2 .50 in.2 .21 in.2 .38 in.2
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable capacity, MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity
Connectors leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes. based on cable interweaving and packing factors.
MAX for Power cable fill The maximum of electrical cables
based on UL temperature rise test.
D3.
Grounding Fiber Optic
Connectors Electrical Cables Data Grade Cables Data Grade Cables Audio/Video Cable
14 12 10
AWG AWG AWG 23/24 AWG/UTP 23 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand
E1. Fill
Labeling Area THHN/T90 Category 6 (4-pr.) Augmented Category6
Systems (In.) 0.111 0.130 0.164 Dia. = 0.250 Dia. = 0.354 Dia. = 0.275 Dia. = 0.175
Raceway Type and
Configuration FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL
E2. MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX
Labels (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%)
LD3 0.21 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 5
E3. LD5 0.38 3 4 1 2 2 3 6 9
Pre-Printed LD10 1.00 8 12 4 7 6 10 16 24
& Write-On
Markers LDPH3 0.17 9 7 4 1 2 0 1 1 1 2 4
LDPH5 0.33 14 12 8 2 4 1 2 2 3 5 8
E4. LDPH10 0.89 18 18 16 7 10 4 6 5 8 14 22
Permanent
LD2P10 Left channel 0.43 14 11 8
Identification
LD2P10 Right channel 0.50 4 6 2 3 3 5 8 12
E5. LDS3
Lockout/ 0.21 9 6 4 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 5
Tagout LDS5 0.38 10 8 5 3 4 1 2 2 3 6 9
& Safety
Solutions AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
F.
Index
C2.82 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Floor Guard Overview
Accessory to route cables over carpet, concrete, or tile Cables route through underside of product
to prevent tripping
B1.
Flexible vinyl material can be easily cut to specific lengths Cable Ties
Std.
Pkg. B2.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Cable
Accessories
FG1EI5.0-A Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, Electric 5
tile, and concrete. Product available in 5' strips. Ivory
B3.
FG1EI50.0-A Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, Electric 50 Stainless
Steel Ties
tile, and concrete. Product available in 50' rolls. Ivory
FG3EI5.0-A Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, Electric 5 C1.
tile, and concrete. Product available in 5' strips. Ivory Wiring
FG1 Duct
FG3
FG5 FG3EI50.0-A Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, Electric 50
tile, and concrete. Product available in 50' rolls. Ivory C2.
Surface
Raceway
FG5EI5.0-A Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, Electric 5
tile, and concrete. Product available in 5' strips. Ivory
C3.
Abrasion
FG5EI25.0-A Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, Electric 25 Protection
tile, and concrete. Product available in 25' rolls. Ivory
C4.
Standard Package Quantity listed is in Feet. Cable
For other colors replace EI (Electric Ivory) with BR (Brown), YL (Safety Yellow), or BL (Black). Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
Pan-Way Surface Raceway Cutting Tool
D3.
Std. Std. Grounding
Pkg. Ctn. Connectors
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
SRT Used to cut all LD profile raceway. Leaves a clean burr-free finish on 1 10 E1.
raceway. Can also be used to cut plastic conduit. Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.83
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Foam Tape
Acrylic foam tape Recommended for high temperature and Rubber foam tape Excellent quick tack designed for long term
B1. outdoor applications (180F) and exposure to UV light shear loads in indoor applications up to 120F
Cable Ties
D3. P32W2R1-150-72 Foam tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1.5" (wide) x 72 yards, White 1 4
Grounding rubber adhesive.
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.84 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
UL and CSA rated 600 V Wiring
Duct
Bend radius control is maintained throughout the
entire system as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B C2.
Product mounts high out of reach for increased Surface
Raceway
tamper resistance
Divided channel system allows for routing and C3.
Abrasion
terminations of both power and data cabling Protection
D1.
Terminals
Pan-Way Cove Raceway includes a full complement of fittings and transitions easily to other Panduit D2.
Power
raceway such as LD, LDPH, LD2P10,T-45 and T-70. Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.85
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cove Raceway Roadmap
B1.
Cable Ties
B2. D
Cable
See exploded
Accessories
view 3 pg. C2.89 T U
B3.
U V
Stainless G
Steel Ties 1
C1.
Wiring
Duct
B L M N O See exploded
view 4 pg. C2.89
C2. F
Surface
Raceway
A
C3. 2 3
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
C H P
Q 4 S
D1. See exploded
Terminals D J
view 1 pg. C2.88 See exploded R
view 2 pg. C2.88
E K
D2. D
Power
Connectors D
K
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.86
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.87
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cove Configurations
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C
B
C3.
Abrasion
Protection D
C4.
Cable
Management
Exploded View 2
D1.
Terminals Components Required See page
A. WCM35TR = Cove raceway transition fitting. C2.91
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification F
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety D B
Solutions
C
F. E
Index
C2.88
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Cove Configurations (continued) Overview
D C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
A
C4.
Cable
B Management
C
D1.
Terminals
Exploded View 4
D2.
Components Required See page Power
Connectors
A. WCM35DBF = Cove raceway device box and C2.91
faceplate adapter.
D3.
B. Mini-Com Modules. Grounding
C. UIT70FH4 = Ultimate ID Horizontal Connectors
Snap-On Faceplate.
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
A
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
A Identification
E5.
B Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
C Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.89
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way Cove Raceway System
UL and CSA rated 600 V; meets UL 5A and CSA C22.2 Tamper resistant
B1.
Cable Ties No. 62.1-03 standards; FT4 rated Transitions to Panduit T-70, T-45, and LD profile raceway
Bend radius control is maintained throughout the entire cove Cove raceway and fittings may be painted to blend with any decor
raceway system as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B
Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
B2.
Cable
Accessories
3.50"
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
3.50"
Std.
C2. Raceway Length Ctn.
Surface Part Number Part Description Size Color (Ft.) Qty.
Raceway
Cove Raceway Base
WCM35BIW8 Cove raceway base is available in 8' lengths 3.50" x Off 8 64
C3. and is used for mounting in the horizontal 3.50" White
Abrasion corner between the ceiling and wall or (89.0mm
Protection vertical corner between walls. x
89.0mm)
WCM35B
C4.
Cable
Management Cove Raceway Cover
WCM35CIW8 Cove raceway cover available in 8' lengths. Off 8 64
White
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
WCM35C
Cove Raceway Divider Wall
Connectors
WCM35DW8 Cove raceway divider wall. Snaps onto rails Gray 8 64
in cove raceway base to create separate
D3. channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure
Grounding channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in
Connectors 8' lengths.
E1.
Labeling All parts available in IW (Off White) only except for WCM35DW8 which is available in gray only.
Systems WCM35DW Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
Order raceway base and cover separately.
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.90 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way Cove Raceway Fittings Overview
Cove raceway fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper
B1.
and fiber optic cabling systems Cable Ties
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. B2.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Cable
Accessories
WCM35CCIW-X Cover coupler fittings. Used to join two pieces of cove Off 10 100
raceway cover together. White
WCM35CC WCM35IC B3.
WCM35ICIW Inside corner fitting. Used to join cove raceway at inside Off 1 10 Stainless
corners. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius of cabling. White Steel Ties
WCM35OCIW Outside corner fitting. Used to join cove raceway at Off 1 10 C1.
outside corners. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius White Wiring
of cabling. Duct
WCM35OC WCM35T WCM35TIW Tee fitting. Used to join sections of cove raceway to form a Off 1 10
tee junction. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius White
C2.
of cabling. Surface
Raceway
WCM35TI Tee fitting insert. Mounts inside cove raceway tee fitting to Gray 1 10
maintain channel separation at tee junctions. Maintains a
minimum 1" bend radius of cabling. C3.
Abrasion
WCM35TI WCM35EC WCM35ECIW End cap fitting. Used to terminate or enter cove raceway. Off 1 10 Protection
Includes breakouts for 1/2" and 3/4" conduit. White
WCM35TRIW Transition fitting. Used to transition from cove raceway to Off 1 10 C4.
Cable
Pan-Way T-45 raceway or LD profile raceway. White
Management
WCM35TR5IW Low profile transition fitting. Used to transition from cove Off 1 10
WCM35TR WCM35TR5 raceway to LD/LDPH5. White
D1.
Terminals
WCM35TR10IW Low profile transition fitting. Used to transition from cove Off 1 10
raceway to LD/LDPH10. White
D2.
WCM35TR70IW Low profile transition fitting. Used to transition from cove Off 1 10 Power
raceway to T-70. White Connectors
WCM35TR10 WCM35TR70 WCM35DBFIW Device box and faceplate adapter. Used in cove raceway Off 1 10 D3.
to install single or double gang power and/or data devices White Grounding
in-line. Will accept snap-on or screw-on single gang Connectors
faceplate or screw-on double gang faceplate.
Note: Will accept GFCI or TVSS outlets in single gang
configuration only. E1.
Labeling
Systems
WCM35BFIW Backfeed fitting. Inserts allow cable entry and exit through Off 1 10
WCM35DBF WCM35BF the back of the raceway and conduit. Breakouts include White
1/2", 3/4", and 1".
E2.
WCM35WR-X Wire retainer. Holds wires in place. Will not interfere with Gray 10 Labels
cover installation.
E3.
All parts available in IW (Off White) only except WCM35WR-X and WCM35TI which are available in gray only.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
WCM35WR-X Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.91
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cable Fill Capacities for Cove Raceway
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to
B1. the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
C2.92
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
unauthorized access, yet the system is accessible by a qualified installer for moves, adds, and changes.
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.93
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Office Furniture Raceway Roadmap
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
M N
C2. D
Surface
Raceway P 1
T
C3. O R
Abrasion
S
Protection
Q
C4.
Cable
Management L
D1.
Terminals
G
D2.
Power See exploded
Connectors view 2 pg. C2.97 F
E2.
Note: Office furniture raceway is designed to blend with its environment. Shown in white on office slate furniture for illustration purposes only.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.94
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B2.
OFCR70**6 Corner Raceway Base OFR20WE** Wall Entrance Fitting Cable
A (page C2.98) M (page C2.100)
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
OFCRC70**6 Corner Raceway Cover OFR20RA** Right Angle Fitting
B (page C2.98)
N (page C2.100)
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C4.
OFR20OFCR70**4 Four Cubicle Drop OFR20IC** Inside Corner Fitting Cable
E Fitting (page C2.99)
Q (page C2.101) Management
D1.
Terminals
OFR20OFCR70**2 Two Cubicle Drop OFR20OC** Outside Corner Fitting
F Fitting (page C2.99)
R (page C2.101)
D2.
Power
Connectors
E1.
OFCR70EC** End Cap Fitting OFR20EC** End Cap Fitting
H (page C2.100)
T (page C2.101)
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
OFR20SO** Spill-Over Fitting OF70FV4** Vertical Sloped
J (page C2.100) U Communication Snap-On Faceplate
(page C2.101) E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
OFR20DMB** Desk Mount Box OF70FH4** Horizontal Sloped
K (page C2.100) V E4.
Communication Snap-On Faceplate
Permanent
(page C2.101) Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.95
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Office Furniture Configurations
C2. A
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
F
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling E
Systems
B
E2.
Labels
D
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
C
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.96
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Office Furniture Configurations (continued) Overview
D. Mini-Com Modules.
B3.
Stainless
E. OF70FH4** = Horizontal sloped communication Steel Ties
C2.101
snap-on faceplate.
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
A C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
B D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
C Systems
D E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
E & Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.97
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way Office Furniture Raceway System
UL listed in accordance with UL 5C requirements for Class 2 Product supplied with adhesive backing for fast and
B1.
Cable Ties Communication Cable Management Systems easy installation
Maintains bend radius control throughout the entire office furniture Creates a virtually invisible solution for routing data cables on
raceway system as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B panels from all common manufacturers with a top cap width
B2. Faceplates are compliant with the labeling requirements of the between 1.88 and 2.30 inches
Cable TIA/EIA-606-A standard Designed for use with Pan-Net Connectivity, also accepts all
Accessories common manufacturers connectivity with use of a NEMA standard
Robust design and tamper resistant closure increases product
stability and prevents damage to cabling during and 70mm faceplate or module frame
B3. after installation
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
1.71"
Duct
C2.
1.88"
Surface
Raceway OFFICE FURNITURE RACEWAY
Internal Area = 2.31 Sq. In.
Office Beige (OB) Office Gray (OG) Office Slate (OS) Medium Tone (MT)
C3.
Abrasion Std. Std.
Protection Raceway Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Size Color (Ft.) Qty. Qty.
OFR20OB6 One-piece single channel low voltage 1.88" x 1.71" Office 6 6 48
C4. raceway with adhesive tape backing (48.0mm x Beige
Cable for data cable routing along top of 44.0mm)
Management modular furniture partitions. Available
in 6' lengths.
D1. OFR20
Terminals OFR20OB8 One-piece single channel low voltage 1.88" x 1.71" Office 8 8 64
raceway with adhesive tape backing (48.0mm x Beige
for data cable routing along top of 44.0mm)
modular furniture partitions. Available
D2. in 8' lengths.
Power
Connectors
For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray), or MT (Medium Tone).
D3. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
Grounding
Connectors
C2.98 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way Office Furniture Raceway Fittings (continued) Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
Std. Std.
Labels Pkg. Ctn. B2.
Part Number Part Description Required Color Qty. Qty. Cable
OFR20CPOB8 Communication pole. Allows for data cable entry Office 1 Accessories
into office furniture raceway from suspended Beige
ceiling. 8' pole allows maximum 7' distance from
top of furniture partition to ceiling. B3.
Must be used with OFR20MPT**. Stainless
OFR20CP Note: Not intended for use at intersection Steel Ties
of furniture panels.
OFR20OFCR70OB4 Four cubicle drop fitting. Allows the transition Office 1 10
from office furniture raceway run horizontally Beige C1.
along partition wall to office furniture corner Wiring
raceway mounted vertically in four cubicles at Duct
the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1"
minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with
adhesive tape. C2.
OFR20OFCR70**4 Surface
Raceway
OFR20OFCR70OB2 Two cubicle drop fitting. Allows the transition Office 1 10
from office furniture raceway run horizontally Beige
along partition wall to office furniture corner C3.
raceway mounted vertically in two cubicles at Abrasion
the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" Protection
minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with
adhesive tape.
OFR20OFCR70**2 C4.
Cable
Management
OFR20OFCR70OB1 One cubicle drop fitting. Allows the transition Office 1 10
from office furniture raceway run horizontally Beige
along partition wall to office furniture corner
raceway mounted vertically in one cubicle at the D1.
intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" Terminals
minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with
OFR20OFCR70**1 adhesive tape.
D2.
Power
OFR20OFCR70OB1P One cubicle drop bypass fitting. Allows the Office 1 10
Connectors
transition from office furniture raceway run Beige
horizontally along partition wall, around existing
furniture pole, to office furniture corner raceway D3.
mounted vertically in one cubicle at the Grounding
intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" Connectors
OFR20OFCR70**1P minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with
adhesive tape.
E1.
Labeling
OFR20OFCR70OB2P Two cubicle drop bypass fitting. Allows the Office 1 10 Systems
transition from office furniture raceway run Beige
horizontally along partition wall, around existing
furniture pole, to office furniture corner raceway
mounted vertically in two cubicles at the E2.
intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" Labels
OFR20OFCR70**2P minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with
adhesive tape.
E3.
Pre-Printed
OFR20OFCR70OB4P Four cubicle drop bypass fitting. Allows the Office 1 10 & Write-On
transition from office furniture raceway run Beige Markers
horizontally along partition wall, around existing
furniture pole, to office furniture corner raceway
mounted vertically in four cubicles at the E4.
OFR20OFCR70**4P intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" Permanent
minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with Identification
adhesive tape.
E5.
Lockout/
For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray), or MT (Medium Tone). Tagout
& Safety
Computer printable labels found on pages E2.4 and E2.5
Solutions
F.
Index
Table continues on page C2.100
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.99
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Way Office Furniture Raceway Fittings (continued)
B1.
Cable Ties
Std. Std.
Labels Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Required Color Qty. Qty.
B2. OFCR70ECOB Corner raceway end cap fitting. Opening allows Office 1 10
Cable cord passage through fitting such as Beige
Accessories monitor and keyboard cables. Supplied with
OFRCR70EC adhesive tape.
B3.
OFR20SOOB Spill-over fitting. Allows transition from office Office 1 10
Stainless
furniture raceway run horizontally along partition Beige
Steel Ties
wall to office furniture vertical raceway in one
location. Adjustable fitting maintains 1" minimum
bend radius of cabling and works with various
C1. panel widths between 1.88" 2.30" (47.7mm -
Wiring 58mm). Supplied with adhesive tape.
Duct OFR20SO
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.100 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Way Office Furniture Raceway Fittings (continued) Overview
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.101
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cable Fill Capacities for Office Furniture Raceway
B1. This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according
Cable Ties to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
A = 2.31 in.2
C2.
Surface Cable fill #1: Open channel
Raceway
without devices
C3.
Abrasion
Protection SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity based
capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes. on cable interweaving and packing factors.
C4.
Cable
Management
D1. Electrical Cables Data Grade Cables Data Grade Cables Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable
Terminals 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM
RG6 2 Strand
Raceway Type and Fill Area THHN/T90 Cat. 6 Cat. 6A
Configuration (In.2) 0.111 0.130 0.164 DIA. = 0.250 DIA. = 0.330 DIA. = 0.275 DIA. = 0.175
D2. FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL
Power
Connectors MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX
40% 40% 40% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60%
OFR20 2.3 18 28 10 16 15 23 38 57
D3.
Grounding AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.102
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Tamper resistant cover
C2.
Bend radius control fitting (above ceiling) as Surface
required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B. Raceway
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
Pan-Pole Power and Communication Poles accept NEMA standard 70mm screw-on faceplates or D2.
superior Pan-Way Snap-On Faceplates. Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.103
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Pole Power Pole
Dual channel aluminum pole is equipped with pre-terminated 3. Power entry with 1/2" and 3/4" conduit breakouts
B1.
Cable Ties electrical outlets and provides channel separation for the 4. Removable plate for power wiring connections
installation of communication cabling and modules
5. Ground screw pre-mounted behind removable plate
UL and CSA rated 600 V
Supplied mounting hardware includes:
B2. Available in 11 or 13 foot lengths and supplied with a
Cable non-metallic cover 1. Entry end bend radius fitting
Accessories 2. Ceiling T-bar bracket
Electrical outlets are pre-wired
3. Ceiling tile trim plate
B3. Pre-installed components include: 4. End cap
Stainless 5. End cap floor grip pad
Steel Ties 1. Blank non-metallic cover
2. Two 20 A factory wired rectangular outlets with wiring
C1. fed through power channel to base of power entry box
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
Std.
Pkg.
C4. Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
Cable PCPA11R20IW Pan-Pole Power Pole assembly is supplied in 11' length for Off 1
Management maximum ceiling height of 10'. Dual channel design allows for the White
installation of communication outlets.
PCPA13R20IW Pan-Pole Power Pole assembly is supplied in 13' length for Off 1
D1. maximum ceiling heights of 12'. Dual channel design allows for White
Terminals the installation of communication outlets.
Communication components sold separately.
D2. For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory).
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
PCPA11R20
PCPA13R20
F.
Index
C2.104 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Installation of Communication Outlets on Pan-Pole Power Pole
B1.
Utilizing Standard Screw-On Faceplates Cable Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
C D
E1.
B Labeling
Systems
A
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.105
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Installation of Communication Outlets on Pan-Pole
Power Pole (continued)
B1.
Cable Ties
Utilizing Panduit Snap-On Faceplates
B2.
Cable Components Required See page
Accessories
A. UIT70FV2** = Single gang vertical sloped
communication snap-on faceplate.
B3. B. Mini-Com Modules.
Stainless
Steel Ties C. PCPA**R20 power pole. C2.104
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding B
Connectors
E1.
Labeling A
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
C
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.106
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Pole Communication Pole Overview
Single channel aluminum pole for routing low voltage Supplied mounting hardware includes:
B1.
communication cabling only 1. Entry end bend radius fitting Cable Ties
Poles are available in 11 or 13 foot lengths and are supplied with a 2. Ceiling T-bar bracket
non-metallic cover
3. Ceiling tile trim plate
B2.
4. End cap Cable
5. End cap floor grip pad Accessories
B3.
Std. Stainless
Pkg. Steel Ties
Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
PCPA11IW Pan-Pole Communication Pole assembly is supplied in 11' length for Off 1 C1.
maximum ceiling height of 10'. White Wiring
Duct
PCPA13IW Pan-Pole Communication Pole assembly is supplied in 13' length for Off 1
maximum ceiling height of 12'. White C2.
Surface
Raceway
Communication components sold separately.
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory).
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
PCPA11 Permanent
PCPA13 Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.107
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Installation of Communication Outlets on Pan-Pole
Communication Pole
B1.
Cable Ties
Utilizing Standard Screw-On Faceplates
B2. Components Required See page
Cable
Accessories A. CPG** = Single gang rectangular screw-on C2.60
faceplate (screws included).
B3. B. CFG2** = Mini-Com Module Frame 2-port.
Stainless
Steel Ties C. Mini-Com Modules.
D. T70SDB-X = Standard faceplate bracket. C2.40
C1. E. PCPA** = Communication pole. C2.107
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
C D
Labeling
Systems
B
E2.
A
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent E
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.108
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Installation of Communication Outlets on Pan-Pole Overview
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
B
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
A
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
C
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.109
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pan-Pole Extension Kits
B1.
Cable Ties Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
B2. PCPAK22IW Pan-Pole Extension Kit. To extend the 11' pole to 22'. Extension Off 1
Cable kit includes: Fully assembled 11' pole with brace/coupler, White
Accessories additional wiring, and screws.
Note: Customer needs to purchase a separate standard 11' pole
to make the required length.
B3.
Stainless PCPAK16IW Pan-Pole Extension Kit. To extend the 13' pole to 16'. Extension Off 1
Steel Ties kit includes: fully assembled 3' pole with brace/coupler, additional White
wiring, and screws.
Note: Customer needs to purchase a separate standard 13' pole
C1. to make the required length.
Wiring
Duct PCPAK22 All product color is (IW) Off White.
PCPAK16
C2.
Surface
Raceway
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
T70SDB-X
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C2.110 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Pan-Pole Replacement Parts
Overview
C1.
PCPBRC Replacement bend radius control ramp with T-bar bracket for Gray 1 Wiring
attaching pole to T-bar. Includes mounting screws. Duct
PCPEC
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
PCPBRC Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C2.111
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cable Fill Capacities for Pan-Pole Power and Communication Poles
The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B1.
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
2A 2B 2A 2B
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
A = .47 in.2 A = 2.75 in.2 A = .43 in.2 A = 2.15 in.2
C1.
Wiring Cable fill #1: Power pole with data Cable fill #2: Power pole with data
Duct terminals using vertical sloped terminals using sloped screw-on
snap-on communication faceplate. communication faceplate.
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
3 4
C4.
Cable
Management A = 3.47 in.2 A = 2.83 in.2
Cable fill #3: Communication pole Cable fill #4: communication pole
D1. using vertical sloped snap-on using sloped screw-on
Terminals communication faceplate. communication faceplate.
D2.
Power SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity
Connectors capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes. based on cable interweaving and packing factors.
MAX for Power cable fill The maximum of electrical cables
based on UL temperature rise test.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
Fiber Optic
E1. Electrical Cables Data Grade Cables Data Grade Cables Audio/Video Cable
Labeling
Systems CR-SR-PanPole-WireFill1 14 12 10
AWG AWG AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand
Fill
Area THHN/T90 Cat. 6 (4-pr.) Augmented Cat. 6
(In.) 0.111 0.130 0.164 DIA .= 0.250 DIA. = 0.354 DIA. = 0.275 DIA. = 0.175
E2. Raceway Type and
Labels Configuration FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL
MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX
(UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%)
E3.
Pre-Printed Power and communication:
1A. 0.47 11 32 4 7 11
& Write-On snap-on faceplates (power).
Markers
1B. Communication. 2.75 22 33 12 19 18 27 45 68
C2.112
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Part Number System for Pan-Wrap
PW 50 F C 20
B1.
Cable Ties
C1.
Wiring Pan-Wrap Split Harness Wrap
Duct
Patented slot pattern provides improved flexibility Considerably reduces installation time
and abrasion protection in any application Large overlap accommodates a wide range
C2. Unique wall design provides for easy of bundle diameters
Surface
Raceway cable breakouts Packaged on a reel for easy handling
Innovative design maintains uniform bundle and dispensing of product
protection in dynamic applications
C3.
Abrasion
Protection Length Max. Bundle Min. Bundle Nominal
Std.
Per Reel Diameter Diameter I.D.
Temperature Pkg.
Part Number Material Color Ft. m In. mm In. mm Range In. mm Qty.*
C4.
Cable PW38F-TL Polyethylene Natural 250 76.2 0.43 10.9 0.25 6.4 -40F 122F 0.38 9.5 1
Management PW38F-TL20 Polyethylene Black 250 76.2 0.43 10.9 0.25 6.4 (-40C 50C) 0.38 9.5 1
PW38FR-TLY Flame Retardant Natural 250 76.2 0.43 10.9 0.25 6.4 0.38 9.5 1
Polyethylene -4F 167F
D1. PW38FR-TL20Y Flame Retardant Black 250 76.2 0.43 10.9 0.25 6.4 (-20C 75C) 0.38 9.5 1
Terminals Polyethylene
PW50F-T Polyethylene Natural 200 61.0 0.55 14.0 0.43 10.9 0.50 12.7 1
PW50F-T20 Polyethylene Black 200 61.0 0.55 14.0 0.43 10.9 -40F 122F 0.50 12.7 1
D2. Polyethylene Orange 200 61.0 0.55 14.0 0.43 10.9 (-40C 50C) 0.50 12.7 1
PW50F-T3
Power
PW50F-T4 Polyethylene Yellow 200 61.0 0.55 14.0 0.43 10.9 0.50 12.7 1
Connectors
PW50FR-TY Flame Retardant Natural 200 61.0 0.55 14.0 0.43 10.9 0.50 12.7 1
Polyethylene -4F 167F
D3. PW50FR-T20Y Flame Retardant Black 200 61.0 0.55 14.0 0.43 10.9 (-20C 75C) 0.50 12.7 1
Grounding Polyethylene
Connectors PW75F-C Polyethylene Natural 100 30.5 0.81 20.6 0.55 14.0 0.75 19.1 1
PW75F-C20 Polyethylene Black 100 30.5 0.81 20.6 0.55 14.0 -40F 122F 0.75 19.1 1
E1. PW75F-C3 Polyethylene Orange 100 30.5 0.81 20.6 0.55 14.0 (-40C 50C) 0.75 19.1 1
Labeling PW75F-C4 Polyethylene Yellow 100 30.5 0.81 20.6 0.55 14.0 0.75 19.1 1
Systems PW75FR-CY Flame Retardant Natural 100 30.5 0.81 20.6 0.55 14.0 0.75 19.1 1
Polyethylene -4F 167F
PW75FR-C20Y Flame Retardant Black 100 30.5 0.81 20.6 0.55 14.0 (-20C 75C) 0.75 19.1 1
E2. Polyethylene
Labels PW100F-C Polyethylene Natural 100 30.5 1.13 28.6 0.81 20.6 1.00 25.4 1
PW100F-C20 Polyethylene Black 100 30.5 1.13 28.6 0.81 20.6 -40F 122F 1.00 25.4 1
E3. PW100F-C3 Polyethylene Orange 100 30.5 1.13 28.6 0.81 20.6 (-40C 50C) 1.00 25.4 1
Pre-Printed PW100F-C4 Polyethylene Yellow 100 30.5 1.13 28.6 0.81 20.6 1.00 25.4 1
& Write-On
PW100FR-CY Flame Retardant Natural 100 30.5 1.13 28.6 0.81 20.6 1.00 25.4 1
Markers
Polyethylene -4F 167F
PW100FR-C20Y Flame Retardant Black 100 30.5 1.13 28.6 0.81 20.6 (-20C 75C) 1.00 25.4 1
E4. Polyethylene
Permanent PW150F-L Polyethylene Natural 50 15.2 1.63 41.3 1.13 28.6 1.50 38.1 1
Identification
PW150F-L20 Polyethylene Black 50 15.2 1.63 41.3 1.13 28.6 -40F 122F 1.50 38.1 1
E5. PW150F-L3 Polyethylene Orange 50 15.2 1.63 41.3 1.13 28.6 (-40C 50C) 1.50 38.1 1
Lockout/ Polyethylene Yellow 50 15.2 1.63 41.3 1.13 28.6 1.50 38.1 1
PW150F-L4
Tagout
& Safety PW150FR-LY Flame Retardant Natural 50 15.2 1.63 41.3 1.13 28.6 1.50 38.1 1
Solutions Polyethylene -4F 167F
PW150FR-L20Y Flame Retardant Black 50 15.2 1.63 41.3 1.13 28.6 (-20C 75C) 1.50 38.1 1
Polyethylene
F.
Index Diameter can be further reduced with the use of Panduit cable ties.
*Order number of reels required.
C3.2
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Pan-Wrap Installation Tools
Patented installation tool with 180 opening allows easy loading of maximum bundle diameters to speed installation, providing the lowest
installed cost B1.
Cable Ties
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Color For Use With Qty.** B2.
PWT38 White PW38F- Series 1 Cable
PWT50 White PW50F- Series 1 Accessories
PWT75 White PW75F- Series 1
PWT100 White PW100F- Series 1 B3.
PWT150 White PW150F- Series 1 Stainless
Steel Ties
**Order number of tools required.
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Part Number System for Spiral Wrap Raceway
T 25 F C 16
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
Type Outside Diameter Material Package Size Color Suffix
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.3
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Spiral Wrap
Harness multiple cables into a single Multiple colors allow easy identification of
B1. manageable bundle cable bundles
Cable Ties
Allows breakouts of single/multiple cables Installation tool supplied in each package
Provides abrasion protection for wire, cables, Available in multiple materials
hoses, and tubing Reusable
B2.
Cable
Accessories
Length Bundle Diameter Outside Wall Std.
Per Reel Range Diameter Temperature Thickness Pkg.
B3. Part Number Material* Color Ft. m In. mm In. mm Range In. mm Qty.
Stainless
T12F-C Polyethylene Natural 100 30.5 1/16 1/2 1.6 12.7 0.12 3.2 -40F 122F 0.030 0.76 1
Steel Ties
(-40C 50C)
T12F-D Polyethylene Natural 500 152.4 1/16 1/2 1.6 12.7 0.12 3.2 -40F 122F 0.030 0.76 1
C1. (-40C 50C)
Wiring T19F-C Polyethylene Natural 100 30.5 1/8 1 3.2 25.4 0.19 4.8 -40F 122F 0.035 0.89 1
Duct (-40C 50C)
T19F-M Polyethylene Natural 1,000 304.8 1/8 1 3.2 25.4 0.19 4.8 -40F 122F 0.035 0.89 1
(-40C 50C)
C2. T25F-C Polyethylene Natural 100 30.5 3/16 2 4.8 50.8 0.25 6.4 -40F 122F 0.040 1.02 1
Surface (-40C 50C)
Raceway T25F-C1 Polyethylene Brown 100 30.5 3/16 2 4.8 50.8 0.25 6.4 -40F 122F 0.040 1.02 1
(-40C 50C)
T25F-C2 Polyethylene Red 100 30.5 3/16 2 4.8 50.8 0.25 6.4 -40F 122F 0.040 1.02 1
C3. (-40C 50C)
Abrasion
Protection T25F-C3Y Polyethylene Orange 100 30.5 3/16 2 4.8 50.8 0.25 6.4 -40F 122F 0.040 1.02 1
(-40C 50C)
T25F-C4Y Polyethylene Yellow 100 30.5 3/16 2 4.8 50.8 0.25 6.4 -40F 122F 0.040 1.02 1
C4. (-40C 50C)
Cable T25F-C5 Polyethylene Green 100 30.5 3/16 2 4.8 50.8 0.25 6.4 -40F 122F 0.040 1.02 1
Management (-40C 50C)
T25F-C6 Polyethylene Blue 100 30.5 3/16 2 4.8 50.8 0.25 6.4 -40F 122F 0.040 1.02 1
(-40C 50C)
D1. T25F-C7 Polyethylene Purple 100 30.5 3/16 2 4.8 50.8 0.25 6.4 -40F 122F 0.040 1.02 1
Terminals (-40C 50C)
T25F-C8 Polyethylene Gray 100 30.5 3/16 2 4.8 50.8 0.25 6.4 -40F 122F 0.040 1.02 1
(-40C 50C)
T25F-C10 Polyethylene White 100 30.5 3/16 2 4.8 50.8 0.25 6.4 -40F 122F 0.040 1.02 1
D2. (-40C 50C)
Power
Connectors T25F-C16 Polyethylene Pink 100 30.5 3/16 2 4.8 50.8 0.25 6.4 -40F 122F 0.040 1.02 1
(-40C 50C)
T25F-M Polyethylene Natural 1,000 304.8 3/16 2 4.8 50.8 0.25 6.4 -40F 122F 0.040 1.02 1
D3. (-40C 50C)
Grounding T38F-C Polyethylene Natural 100 30.5 5/16 3 7.9 76.2 0.38 9.5 -40F 122F 0.055 1.40 1
Connectors (-40C 50C)
T38F-TL Polyethylene Natural 250 76.2 5/16 3 7.9 76.2 0.38 9.5 -40F 122F 0.055 1.40 1
(-40C 50C)
E1. T50F-X Polyethylene Natural 10 3.1 3/8 4 9.5 101.6 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F 0.060 1.52 1
Labeling (-40C 50C)
Systems T50F-C Polyethylene Natural 100 30.5 3/8 4 9.5 101.6 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F 0.060 1.52 1
(-40C 50C)
T50F-C1 Polyethylene Brown 100 30.5 3/8 4 9.5 101.6 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F 0.060 1.52 1
E2. (-40C 50C)
Labels T50F-C2 Polyethylene Red 100 30.5 3/8 4 9.5 101.6 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F 0.060 1.52 1
(-40C 50C)
T50F-C3Y Polyethylene Orange 100 30.5 3/8 4 9.5 101.6 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F 0.060 1.52 1
E3. (-40C 50C)
Pre-Printed T50F-C4Y Polyethylene Yellow 100 30.5 3/8 4 9.5 101.6 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F 0.060 1.52 1
& Write-On (-40C 50C)
Markers
T50F-C5 Polyethylene Green 100 30.5 3/8 4 9.5 101.6 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F 0.060 1.52 1
(-40C 50C)
E4. T50F-C6 Polyethylene Blue 100 30.5 3/8 4 9.5 101.6 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F 0.060 1.52 1
Permanent (-40C 50C)
Identification T50F-C7 Polyethylene Purple 100 30.5 3/8 4 9.5 101.6 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F 0.060 1.52 1
(-40C 50C)
E5.
T50F-C8 Polyethylene Gray 100 30.5 3/8 4 9.5 101.6 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F 0.060 1.52 1
Lockout/
(-40C 50C)
Tagout
& Safety T50F-C10 Polyethylene White 100 30.5 3/8 4 9.5 101.6 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F 0.060 1.52 1
Solutions (-40C 50C)
T50F-C16 Polyethylene Pink 100 30.5 3/8 4 9.5 101.6 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F 0.060 1.52 1
(-40C 50C)
F.
Index *Flame retardant products are manufactured from a material that is rated UL 94V-0.
Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Panduit Customer Service for further information.
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.7
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Part Number System for Grommet Edging
B1. GEE 36 F A C 0
Cable Ties
C2.
Surface
Raceway
B
D1.
Terminals
D2. A
Power
Connectors
Width Height Std.
D3. A B Panel Thickness Range Temperature Pkg.
Grounding Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Range Qty.
Connectors
Slotted
GEE36F-C 0.11 2.7 0.12 3.0 0.026 0.036 0.7 0.9 Polyethylene Natural 1
E1.
Labeling
Systems GEE36F-C0 0.11 2.7 0.12 3.0 0.026 0.036 0.7 0.9 Weather Resistant Black 1
Polyethylene
GEE62F-C 0.13 3.3 0.16 4.1 0.036 0.062 0.9 1.6 Polyethylene Natural 1
E2.
Labels GEE62F-C0 0.13 3.3 0.16 4.1 0.036 0.062 0.9 1.6 Weather Resistant Black 1
Polyethylene -40F 122F
E3. GEE99F-C 0.17 4.3 0.19 4.7 0.062 0.099 1.6 2.5 Polyethylene Natural (-40C 50C) 1
Pre-Printed
& Write-On GEE99F-C0 0.17 4.3 0.19 4.7 0.062 0.099 1.6 2.5 Weather Resistant Black 1
Markers
Polyethylene
GEE144F-C 0.21 5.4 0.22 5.6 0.099 0.144 2.5 3.7 Polyethylene Natural 1
E4.
Permanent
Identification GEE144F-C0 0.21 5.4 0.22 5.6 0.099 0.144 2.5 3.7 Weather Resistant Black 1
Polyethylene
E5.
Lockout/ Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Panduit Customer Service for further information.
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
GES62F-A-C0 0.13 3.3 0.16 4.1 0.036 0.062 0.9 1.6 Weather Resistant Black 1
Polyethylene E1.
Labeling
GES99F-A-C 0.17 4.3 0.19 4.7 0.062 0.099 1.6 2.5 Polyethylene Natural 1 Systems
-40F 122F
GES99F-A-C0 0.17 4.3 0.19 4.7 0.062 0.099 1.6 2.5 Weather Resistant Black (-40C 50C) 1
Polyethylene E2.
GES144F-A-C 0.21 5.4 0.22 5.6 0.099 0.144 2.5 3.7 Polyethylene Natural 1 Labels
GES144F-A-C0 0.21 5.4 0.22 5.6 0.099 0.144 2.5 3.7 Weather Resistant Black 1
Polyethylene E3.
Pre-Printed
Slotted Flame Retardant & Write-On
GEE36FR-CY 0.11 2.7 0.12 3.0 0.026 0.036 0.7 0.9 Flame Retardant Natural 1 Markers
Polyethylene
GEE62FR-CY 0.13 3.3 0.16 4.1 0.036 0.062 0.9 1.6 Flame Retardant Natural 1 E4.
Polyethylene -4F 167F Permanent
Identification
GEE99FR-CY 0.17 4.3 0.19 4.7 0.062 0.099 1.6 2.5 Flame Retardant Natural (-20C 75C) 1
Polyethylene E5.
GEE144FR-CY 0.21 5.4 0.22 5.6 0.099 0.144 2.5 3.7 Flame Retardant Natural 1 Lockout/
Polyethylene Tagout
& Safety
Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Panduit Customer Service for further information. Solutions
F.
Index
Table continues on page C3.10
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.9
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Grommet Edging (continued)
B1. Width Height
Cable Ties Std.
A B Panel Thickness Range Temperature Pkg.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Range Qty.
B2. Solid Flame Retardant Used on straight edges only
Cable GES36FR-CY 0.11 2.7 0.12 3.0 0.026 0.036 0.7 0.9 Flame Retardant Natural 1
Accessories Polyethylene
GES62FR-CY 0.13 3.3 0.16 4.1 0.036 0.062 0.9 1.6 Flame Retardant Natural 1
B3. Polyethylene -4F 167F
Stainless GES99FR-CY 0.17 4.3 0.19 4.7 0.062 0.099 1.6 2.5 Flame Retardant Natural (-20C 75C) 1
Steel Ties Polyethylene
GES144FR-CY 0.21 5.4 0.22 5.6 0.099 0.144 2.5 3.7 Flame Retardant Natural 1
C1. Polyethylene
Wiring
Duct
Slotted Nylon
GEE47N-C 0.13 3.2 0.14 3.6 0.039 0.055 1.0 1.4 Nylon 6 Natural 1
C2. GEE55N-C 0.13 3.4 0.14 3.6 0.047 0.063 1.2 1.6 Nylon 6 Natural 1
Surface
Raceway
GEE71N-C 0.15 3.8 0.14 3.6 0.063 0.079 1.6 2.0 Nylon 6 Natural -40F 149F 1
(-40C 65C)
C3.
Abrasion GEE98N-C 0.18 4.6 0.14 3.6 0.091 0.106 2.3 2.7 Nylon 6 Natural 1
Protection
GEE134N-C 0.21 5.3 0.14 3.6 0.126 0.142 3.2 3.6 Nylon 6 Natural 1
C4.
Cable Military Standard MS21266 in 12 3/4" Lengths
Management GE52-C 0.15 3.8 0.16 3.9 0.015 0.052 0.4 1.3 Nylon 6.6 Natural 100
GE52-C69* 0.15 3.8 0.16 3.9 0.015 0.052 0.4 1.3 Flame Retardant Natural 100
D1. Nylon 6.6
Terminals
GE85-C 0.18 4.5 0.16 3.9 0.052 0.085 1.3 2.2 Nylon 6.6 Natural 100
D2. GE85-C69* 0.18 4.5 0.16 3.9 0.052 0.085 1.3 2.2 Flame Retardant Natural 100
Power Nylon 6.6
Connectors
GE128-C 0.22 5.6 0.16 3.9 0.085 0.128 2.2 3.3 Nylon 6.6 Natural 100
D3. GE128-C69* 0.22 5.6 0.16 3.9 0.085 0.128 2.2 3.3 Flame Retardant Natural 100
Grounding Nylon 6.6
Connectors -40F 149F
GE192-L 0.33 8.3 0.23 5.8 0.128 0.192 3.3 4.9 Nylon 6.6 Natural (-40C 65C) 50
E1. GE192-L69* 0.33 8.3 0.23 5.8 0.128 0.192 3.3 4.9 Flame Retardant Natural 50
Labeling Nylon 6.6
Systems
GE255-L 0.39 9.8 0.24 6.1 0.192 0.255 4.9 6.5 Nylon 6.6 Natural 50
E2. GE318-L 0.46 11.3 0.26 6.5 0.255 0.318 6.5 8.1 Nylon 6.6 Natural 50
Labels
GE380-Q 0.52 13.1 0.26 6.5 0.318 0.380 8.1 9.7 Nylon 6.6 Natural 25
E3.
Pre-Printed GE510-Q 0.64 16.3 0.26 6.5 0.380 0.510 9.7 13.0 Nylon 6.6 Natural 25
& Write-On
Markers
Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Panduit Customer Service for further information.
E4. *This material is not listed under Military Standard MS21266.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.
Terminals
Length Inside Outside Std.
Per Reel Diameter Diameter Temperature Pkg.
Part Number Material Color Ft. m In. mm In. mm Range Qty.*
D2.
Slit Wall Power
CLT25F-C3 Polyethylene Orange 100 30.5 0.28 7.0 0.40 10.1 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1 Connectors
CLT25F-C4 Polyethylene Yellow 100 30.5 0.28 7.0 0.40 10.1 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1
CLT25F-C20 Polyethylene Black 100 30.5 0.28 7.0 0.40 10.1 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1 D3.
CLT25F-10M20 Polyethylene Black 10,000 3048.0 0.28 7.0 0.40 10.1 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1 Grounding
Connectors
CLT35F-C3 Polyethylene Orange 100 30.5 0.35 8.9 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1
CLT35F-C4 Polyethylene Yellow 100 30.5 0.35 8.9 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1
E1.
CLT35F-C20 Polyethylene Black 100 30.5 0.35 8.9 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1 Labeling
CLT35F-7M20 Polyethylene Black 7,000 2133.6 0.35 8.9 0.50 12.7 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1 Systems
CLT38F-C3 Polyethylene Orange 100 30.5 0.42 10.5 0.56 14.1 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1
CLT38F-C4 Polyethylene Yellow 100 30.5 0.42 10.5 0.56 14.1 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1
E2.
CLT38F-C20 Polyethylene Black 100 30.5 0.42 10.5 0.56 14.1 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1 Labels
CLT38F-5M20 Polyethylene Black 5,000 1524.0 0.42 10.5 0.56 14.1 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1
CLT50F-C3 Polyethylene Orange 100 30.5 0.51 12.8 0.67 17.0 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1 E3.
CLT50F-C4 Polyethylene Yellow 100 30.5 0.51 12.8 0.67 17.0 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1 Pre-Printed
& Write-On
CLT50F-C20 Polyethylene Black 100 30.5 0.51 12.8 0.67 17.0 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1 Markers
CLT50F-4M20 Polyethylene Black 4,000 1219.2 0.51 12.8 0.67 17.0 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1
CLT62F-C3 Polyethylene Orange 100 30.5 0.65 16.5 0.82 20.7 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1 E4.
Permanent
CLT62F-C4 Polyethylene Yellow 100 30.5 0.65 16.5 0.82 20.7 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1
Identification
CLT62F-C20 Polyethylene Black 100 30.5 0.65 16.5 0.82 20.7 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1
CLT62F-2.5M20 Polyethylene Black 2,500 762.0 0.65 16.5 0.82 20.7 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1 E5.
Lockout/
CLT75F-C3 Polyethylene Orange 100 30.5 0.76 19.3 0.94 23.8 -40F 122F (-40C 50C) 1 Tagout
& Safety
*Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Panduit Customer Service for further information. Solutions
F.
Index
Table continues on page C3.12
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
*Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Panduit Customer Service for further information.
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.13
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Corrugated Loom Tubing Fittings
Provide a secure way to join CLT at junctions and breakouts while Color: Black
B1. improving the appearance of wire harnesses Material: Polypropylene
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable Branch Trunk Std. Std.
Accessories Diameter Diameter Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
CF382538F-Q 0.38 9.5 0.25 6.4 25 100
B3.
Stainless CF502550F-Q 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 25 100
Steel Ties
CF503850F-Q 0.50 12.7 0.38 9.5 25 100
CF752575F-Q 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 25 100
C1. CF753875F-Q 0.75 19.1 0.38 9.5 25 100
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
Part Number System for Braided Expandable Sleeving
SE 25 PFR M R 0
D1.
Terminals
Type Nominal I.D. Size Material Package Size R = Reel Color Suffix
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.15
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Braided Expandable Sleeving Flame Retardant Polyethylene Terephthalate
Provides continuous abrasion protection for wires, cables, hoses Allows for use with irregular shapes
B1. and tubing Flammability: Meets UL 1441 VW-1
Cable Ties Highly flexible open weave will not trap heat or humidity Compliant with U.S. and European passenger rail standards
Rated for use up to 257F (125C)
B2.
Cable
Accessories Nominal Nominal Length Std. Std.
I.D. Diameter Range per reel Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm Ft. m Qty. Qty.
B3. SE12PFR-TR0 Black 0.12 3.2 0.094 0.250 2.4 6.4 200 61.0 1 4
Stainless
Steel Ties SE12PFR-MR0 Black 0.12 3.2 0.094 0.250 2.4 6.4 1000 304.8 1 2
SE12PFR-TR8 Gray 0.12 3.2 0.094 0.250 2.4 6.4 200 61.0 1 4
SE12PFR-MR8 Gray 0.12 3.2 0.094 0.250 2.4 6.4 1000 304.8 1 2
C1.
Wiring SE12PFR-MR10 White 0.12 3.2 0.094 0.250 2.4 6.4 1000 304.8 1 2
Duct SE25PFR-TR0 Black 0.25 6.4 0.125 0.375 3.2 9.5 200 61.0 1 4
SE25PFR-MR0 Black 0.25 6.4 0.125 0.375 3.2 9.5 1000 304.8 1 2
C2.
SE25PFR-TR8 Gray 0.25 6.4 0.125 0.375 3.2 9.5 200 61.0 1 4
Surface SE25PFR-MR8 Gray 0.25 6.4 0.125 0.375 3.2 9.5 1000 304.8 1 2
Raceway White 0.25 6.4 0.125 0.375 3.2 9.5 1000 304.8 1 2
SE25PFR-MR10
SE38PFR-MR0 Black 0.38 9.5 0.188 0.625 4.8 15.9 1000 304.8 1 2
C3. SE38PFR-TR0 Black 0.38 9.5 0.188 0.625 4.8 15.9 200 61.0 1 4
Abrasion SE38PFR-TR8 Gray 0.38 9.5 0.188 0.625 4.8 15.9 200 61.0 1 4
Protection
SE38PFR-MR8 Gray 0.38 9.5 0.188 0.500 4.8 12.7 1000 304.8 1 2
SE38PFR-MR10 White 0.38 9.5 0.188 0.500 4.8 12.7 1000 304.8 1 2
C4. SE50PFR-CR0 Black 0.50 12.7 0.250 0.750 6.4 19.1 100 30.5 1 4
Cable SE50PFR-CR8 Gray 0.50 12.7 0.250 0.750 6.4 19.1 100 30.5 1 4
Management
SE50PFR-DR0 Black 0.50 12.7 0.250 0.750 6.4 19.1 500 152.4 1 2
SE50PFR-DR8 Gray 0.50 12.7 0.250 0.750 6.4 19.1 500 152.4 1 2
D1. SE50PFR-DR10 White 0.50 12.7 0.250 0.750 6.4 19.1 500 152.4 1 2
Terminals SE75PFR-CR0 Black 0.75 19.1 0.500 1.25 12.7 31.8 100 30.5 1 4
SE75PFR-CR8 Gray 0.75 19.1 0.500 1.25 12.7 31.8 100 30.5 1 4
SE75PFR-DR0 Black 0.75 19.1 0.500 1.25 12.7 31.8 500 152.4 1 2
D2.
Power SE75PFR-DR8 Gray 0.75 19.1 0.500 1.25 12.7 31.8 500 152.4 1 2
Connectors SE75PFR-DR10 White 0.75 19.1 0.500 1.25 12.7 31.8 500 152.4 1 2
SE125PFR-LR0 Black 1.25 31.8 0.750 1.50 19.1 38.1 50 15.2 1 4
SE125PFR-LR8 Gray 1.25 31.8 0.750 1.50 19.1 38.1 50 15.2 1 4
D3.
Grounding SE125PFR-TR0 Black 1.25 31.8 0.750 1.50 19.1 38.1 200 61.0 1 2
Connectors SE125PFR-TR8 Gray 1.25 31.8 0.750 1.50 19.1 38.1 200 61.0 1 2
SE125PFR-TR10 White 1.25 31.8 0.750 1.50 19.1 38.1 200 61.0 1 2
E1. SE150PFR-LR0 Black 1.50 38.1 1.00 2.13 25.4 54.0 50 15.2 1 4
Labeling SE150PFR-LR8 Gray 1.50 38.1 1.00 2.13 25.4 54.0 50 15.2 1 4
Systems SE150PFR-TR0 Black 1.50 38.1 1.00 2.13 25.4 54.0 200 61.0 1 2
SE150PFR-TR8 Gray 1.50 38.1 1.00 2.13 25.4 54.0 200 61.0 1 2
SE150PFR-TR10 White 1.50 38.1 1.00 2.13 25.4 54.0 200 61.0 1 2
E2.
Labels SE175PFR-TR0 Black 1.75 44.5 1.25 2.75 31.8 69.9 200 61.0 1 2
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On Tooling Head
Markers
Sleeving cutter/end sealer blade used with popular soldering guns to cut and seal sleeving
E4.
Permanent Std.
Identification
Pkg.
Part Number Description Qty
E5.
Lockout/ HKBS For dual straight shank soldering guns with .500'' spacing 1
Tagout typical guns: WELLER Straight Shank Model 8200;
& Safety WEN Model 199 or 100 (Replace tip holding screws with
Solutions (2) screws included).
F.
Index
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.17
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Part Number System for Non-Shrink PVC Tubing
TV105 12 M
B1. Type Nominal Size Package Quantity
Cable Ties
TV105 = PVC Tubing 12 = 12 AWG C = 100' (30.5m) Color Suffix
6 = 6 AWG TL = 250' (76.2m) Leave Blank = Clear
B2. 3 = 3 AWG D = 500' (152.4m) 20 = Black
Cable 1 = 1 AWG M = 1000' (304.8m)
Accessories
0.38 = 3/8"
0.50 = 1/2"
B3. 0.75 = 3/4"
Stainless
Steel Ties 1.0 = 1"
C1.
Wiring
Non-Shrink PVC Tubing
Duct Provides insulation and protection for lead wires, wire harness Voltage rating: 300 V and 600 V
assemblies, soldered joints and components in electrical and ASTM D-922 Grade CFR
electronic equipment
C2. MIL-I-631 Type F, Form U, Grade C- Class 1 Category 1
Surface All purpose flexible and non-shrinkable
Raceway
Material: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
Resistant to heat and moisture
UL oil resistant class 1 rating
Flammability: Meets UL 224 VW-1
Continuous use temperature range: -4F 221F (-20C 105C)
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
C1.
Wiring
UL 94 Vertical Burning Test Duct
Test samples of material, with dimension 125 5mm by 13.0 5mm and provided in the minimum and maximum thickness
C2.
of the intended end use product, are tested in an unconditioned (as manufactured) state and in a conditioned state Surface
(7 days at 168F, 75C). The test requires the placement of a precisely controlled flame under a vertically supported Raceway
specimen for a 10 second period. The flame is removed and the duration of flaming is recorded. If the flame extinguishes, the
specimen is immediately subjected to a second 10 second ignition period. Duration of flaming is again recorded. A piece of
C3.
100% cotton is placed under the specimen. Also observed and documented is if the sample drips flaming particles that ignite Abrasion
the cotton indicator below. Protection
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.19
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Ratings and Approvals Physical Properties Chemical Resistance
Abrasion
Water Absorption
(Lower number
Flammability
Specific Gravity
Petro-Chemicals
Temperature
Minimum Tensile
Temperature
B1.
Protection
(Max. 24 hrs.)
Resistance
(UL 94)
@23C (psi)
Abrasion
is better)
Solvents
Melting
Cable Ties
Alkalies
Organic
Index
Acids
(D792)
UL
Materials
B2.
Cable
Technical Data
Accessories
Natural Polyethylene
Lowest cost material for indoor use -40F Resistant
Resistant
up to 122F. (-40C) below 140F
239F 0.91 1400 except to Some
B3. Natural is available in all sizes. to HB
(115C)
22 mg
0.93 (D368)
0.01% (60C) except Resistant
oxidizing Discoloration
Stainless 122F to chlorinated
acids
Steel Ties (50C) solvents
(75C)
Natural Polyethylene
-40F Resistant below
Lowest cost material for indoor use Resistant
(-40C) 140F (60C)
E3. up to 122C. 239F 0.91 1400 except to Some
to HB 22 mg 0.01% except to Resistant
Natural is available in all sizes. (115C) 0.93 (D638) oxidizing Discoloration
Pre-Printed 122F chlorinated
acids
& Write-On (50C) solvents
Markers Flame Retardant Polyethylene*
-4F
UL94-V-0 Rating. This material is self
(-20C) Resistant except Resistant
extinguishing and passes the UL94 270F 1500
to V0 22 mg 1.15 0.02% to halogenated Resistant Resistant Some
E4. flame retardant test with a V-0 rating. (132C) (D876)
167F hydrocarbons Discoloration
Permanent (75C)
Identification
Note: Typical operating temperature ranges are extended based on end use application and specific environment tests.
E5. TFE is Polytetrafluoroethylene material.
Lockout/ *Contains halogens. Other materials are halogen free.
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
Water Absorption
Specific Gravity
Petro-Chemicals
Protection B1.
(Lower number
Minimum Tensile
Flammability
Temperature
Temperature
(Max. 24 hrs.)
Resistance
Cable Ties
@23C (psi)
(UL 94)
Abrasion
is better)
Solvents
Melting
Alkalies
Organic
(D792)
Acids
Index
Materials
UL
Technical Data B2.
Cable
(continued) Accessories
Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET)
This material is a thermoplastic
polyester material designed for indoor -94F
(-70C) Resistant Resistant to B3.
applications.It is rated for use up to 500F 100,000 Some
257F and will tolerate short-term to HB 1.39 0.08% to most weak Resistant Stainless
(260C) (D876) Discoloration
exposure up to 446F. Colors: Black, 257F some solvents bases Steel Ties
SLEEVING
hydrocarbons
Protection
Nylon 6 -40F Resistant
Nylon is a strong, impact modified, (-40C) except Resistant
heat stabilized, durable high abrasion 410F 1.06 8000
to HB to Resistant Not recommended No
resistant material. (211C) 1.16 (D638) C4.
230F halogenated Discoloration
(110C) hydrocarbons Cable
PVC Non-Shrink Tubing* Management
This material provides insulation Resistant
-4F
except to
PVC
Black Polyethylene
CLT FITTINGS
D3.
Grounding
Natural Polyethylene Connectors
Lowest cost material for indoor use -40F Resistant
Resistant
up to 122 F. (-40C) below 140F
239F 0.91 1400 except to Some
Natural is available in all sizes. to HB 22 mg (60C) except Resistant
(115C) 1.09 (D638) oxidizing Discoloration
122F to chlorinated
(50C) solvents
acids E1.
Labeling
Weather Resistant Polyethylene Systems
This material has the same
properties as natural polyethylene, -40F Resistant
and also has additives which allow Resistant
(-40C) below 140F
GROMMET EDGING
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.21
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Panduit Heat Shrink Tubing
Heat Shrink Tubing Quick Selection Guide
B1.
Cable Ties Quick reference for Panduit Heat Shrink for specific location applications
B2.
Cable
Accessories
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
EC
TT
TT
TT
TT
TT
TT
TT
TT
TT
TTA
EC
TT
B3.
T
VA
PN
FR
RA
N
4A
T
V
P
Stainless
Steel Ties
U.L. Listed X
UL Recognized X X X X X X X X
C1.
Wiring CSA Certified X X X X X X
Duct
VW-1-Rated X X X X X^ X^ X^ X^ X
Very Flexible X X
C2.
Flexible X X X X X
Surface
Raceway Semi-Rigid X X X X X
C H A R AC T E R I S T I C S
Thin Wall X X X X X X X X X X X
C3. Thick Wall X X X
Abrasion
Protection Cross-Linked Material X X X X X X X X X X X X
Colors Available X X X*
C4. Shrink Ratio 2:1 2:1 2:1 2:1 2:1 2:1 2:1 2:1 2.5:1 3:1 4:1 3:1 2.5:1 3:1
Cable min.
Management
Flame Retardant X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Adhesive Lined (Dual Wall) X X X X X X X
D1. Meets Military Specifications X X X X X X X X X X X
Terminals
Below Ground Application X
High Temp Applications (>250F) X X
D2. Highly Chemical Resistant X X X
Power
Connectors Low Coefficient of Friction X
Custom Cut Lengths X X X X X X X X X X
D3. Standard 6" pieces X X X X
Grounding
Standard 4' lengths X X X X X X X X X
Connectors
Small 25' Reels X X X X
Large Reels X X X X X
E1.
Labeling UV Resistant X# X# X# X X X# X# X# X# X# X# X# X#
Systems
Shrink Temperature 194F 194F 275F 275F 644F 212F 212F 248F 257F 248F 248F 248F 248F 248F
Shelf Life (years) 5 5 5** 5 4 1 1 5 5 5 5 10 5 5
E2. Found on Page... C3.24 C3.28 C3.33 C3.35 C3.34 C3.32 C3.33 C3.35 C3.37 C3.36 C3.37 C3.38 C3.39 C3.39
Labels C3.27 C3.31 C3.36
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers *Black/Red
**Excluding HSTTN300 which is 2 years.
Except Clear
E4. ^Outer Wall
Permanent Material Performance only
Identification #Black only
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
HSTT = Thin Wall 05 = 3/64" (1.2mm) 3 = 3" (76.2mm) (If Tube Length Specified) NONE = Black B2.
Cable
HSTTV = Thin Wall VW-1 06 = 1/16" (1.6mm) 6 = 6" (152.4mm) 1 = 1 pc. C = Clear Accessories
HSTTN = Thin Wall Neoprene 09 = 3/32" (2.4mm) 9 = 9" (228.6mm) 2 = 2 Pcs. 2 = Red
HSTTK = Thin Wall PVDF KYNAR 12 = 1/8" (3.2mm) 12 = 12" (304.8mm) 3 = 3 Pcs. 4 = Yellow
B3.
HSTTT = Thin Wall TFE 19 = 3/16" (4.8mm) 48 = 48" (1.2m) 5 = 5 Pcs. 5 = Green Stainless
HSTTP = Thin Wall PVC 25 = 1/4" (6.4mm) NONE = REEL 6 = Blue Steel Ties
X = 10 Pcs.
HSTTPN = Crystal Clear Thin Wall PVC 38 = 3/8" (9.5mm) Q = 25 Pcs. 10 = White
HSTTVA = Flexible Adhesive Lined 50 = 1/2" (12.7mm) LQ = 75 Pcs. 45 = Yellow/ C1.
HSTTRA = Semi-Rigid Adhesive Lined 75 = 3/4" (19.1mm) Green Wiring
CQ = 125 Pcs. Duct
HSTTA = Thin Wall Adhesive Lined 100 = 1" (25.4mm) T = 200 Pcs.
HSTT4A = 4:1 Thin Wall Adhesive Lined 150 = 1 1/2" (38.1mm) TL = 250 Pcs.
C2.
HST = Thick Wall Adhesive Lined 200 = 2" (50.8mm) Y = 6" Pcs. Surface
HSEC = Heat Shrink End Caps 300 = 3" (76.2mm) Raceway
i Adhesive Lined 400 = 4" (101.6mm)
HSECFR = Heat Shrink End Caps Reels
0.4 = .40" (10.2mm) (If No Tube Length Specified) C3.
Flame Retardant
Adhesive Lined 0.5 = .47" (11.9mm) Abrasion
Q = 25' (7.6m) Protection
0.8 = .80" (20.3mm)
1.0 = 1.0" (25.4mm) L = 50' (15.2m)
1.1 = 1.1" (27.9mm) C = 100' (30.5m) C4.
T = 200' (61.0m) Cable
1.5 = 1.5" (38.1mm) Management
2.0 = 2.0" (50.8mm) D = 500' (152.4m)
3.0 = 3.0" (76.2mm) M = 1000' (304.8m)
4.0 = 4.0" (101.6mm) D1.
Terminals
For Standard Packages containing 6" (152.4mm) lengths, refer to individual pages for complete part number offering.
Note: The above information is to be used as a guide. For specific part number offerings review individual pages for verification.
KYNAR is a registered trademark of Atofina Chemicals, Inc.
TFE is Polytetrafluoroethylene material. D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.23
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
HSTT Heat Shrink 4 Foot Pieces and Reels
B1. Applications include insulating, protecting, and color coding wires UL Recognized, CSA Certified
Cable Ties and cables Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/5 Class 1 (Colors) Class 2 (Clear)
Voltage: 600 V Temperature range: -67F to 275F (-55C to 135C)
Shrink ratio: 2:1 For dry locations
B2.
Cable Flammability: Flame retardant EXCEPT clear Material: Black cross-linked Polyolefin
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Nominal
Nominal Min. Expanded Max. Recovered Recovered Wall Length Std. Std
C2.
Surface Diameter I.D. I.D. Thickness Length per Reel Pkg. Ctn.
Raceway Part Number* In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Ft. m Ft. m Qty. Qty.
HSTT05-48-Q 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 4 1.2 25
C3. HSTT05-48-TL 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 4 1.2 250
Abrasion
Protection HSTT05-C 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 100 30.5 1 10
HSTT05-M 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 1000 304.8 1 2
C4. HSTT06-48-Q 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 4 1.2 25
Cable
Management HSTT06-48-TL 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 4 1.2 250
HSTT06-C 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 100 30.5 1 10
HSTT06-M 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 1000 304.8 1 2
D1.
Terminals HSTT09-48-Q 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 4 1.2 25
HSTT09-48-TL 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 4 1.2 250
D2. HSTT09-C 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 100 30.5 1 10
Power HSTT09-M 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 1 2
Connectors
HSTT12-48-Q 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 4 1.2 25
D3. HSTT12-48-TL 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 4 1.2 250
Grounding HSTT12-C 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 100 30.5 1 10
Connectors
HSTT12-M 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 1 2
HSTT19-48-Q 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 4 1.2 25
E1.
Labeling HSTT19-48-TL 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 4 1.2 250
Systems
HSTT19-C 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 100 30.5 1 10
HSTT19-M 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 1 2
E2.
Labels
HSTT25-48-Q 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 4 1.2 25
HSTT25-48-TL 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 4 1.2 250
E3. HSTT25-C 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 100 30.5 1 10
Pre-Printed HSTT25-D 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 500 152.4 1 2
& Write-On
Markers HSTT38-48-Q 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 4 1.2 25
HSTT38-48-TL 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 4 1.2 250
E4.
Permanent HSTT38-C 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 100 30.5 1 10
Identification
HSTT38-T 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 200 61.0 1 2
E5. *For colors, add C (Clear), 2 (Red), 4 (Yellow), 45 (Yellow/Green), 5 (Green), 6 (Blue) and 10 (White) to end of part number.
Lockout/ Part sold per reel
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
HSTT50-48-Q 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 4 1.2 25
HSTT50-48-T 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 4 1.2 200 B3.
Stainless
HSTT50-C 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 100 30.5 1 10 Steel Ties
HSTT50-T 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 200 61.0 1 2
HSTT75-48-5 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 4 1.2 5 C1.
Wiring
HSTT75-48-CQ 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 4 1.2 125 Duct
HSTT75-C 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 100 30.5 1 10
HSTT75-T 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 200 61.0 1 2 C2.
HSTT100-48-5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.035 0.9 4 1.2 5 Surface
Raceway
HSTT100-48-LQ 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.035 0.9 4 1.2 75
HSTT100-C 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.035 0.9 100 30.5 1 2
C3.
HSTT150-48-5 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.750 19.1 0.040 1.0 4 1.2 5 Abrasion
Protection
HSTT150-C 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.750 19.1 0.040 1.0 100 30.5 1 2
HSTT200-48-5 2.00 50.8 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.045 1.1 4 1.2 5
C4.
HSTT200-L 2.00 50.8 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.045 1.1 50 15.2 1 2 Cable
HSTT300-48-2 3.00 76.2 3.00 76.2 1.50 38.1 0.050 1.3 4 1.2 2 Management
HSTT300-L 3.00 76.2 3.00 76.2 1.50 38.1 0.050 1.3 50 15.2 1 0
HSTT400-48-2 4.00 101.6 4.00 101.6 2.00 50.8 0.055 1.4 4 1.2 2 D1.
HSTT400-L 4.00 101.6 4.00 101.6 2.00 50.8 0.055 1.4 50 15.2 1 0 Terminals
*For colors, add C (Clear), 2 (Red), 4 (Yellow), 45 (Yellow/Green), 5 (Green), 6 (Blue) and 10 (White) to end of part number.
Part sold per reel
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
HSTT Heat Shrink on 25 Foot Reels Grounding
Connectors
Applications include insulating and protecting wires and cables Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/5 Class 1 (Black) Class 2 (Clear)
Voltage: 600 V Temperature range: -67F to 275F (-55C to 135C)
E1.
Shrink ratio: 2:1 For dry locations Labeling
Flammability: Flame retardant EXCEPT clear Material: Cross-linked Polyolefin Systems
UL Recognized, CSA Certified
Nominal E2.
Labels
Nominal Min. Max. Recovered Std. Std.
Diameter Expanded I.D. Recovered I.D. Wall Thickness Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number* In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty. E3.
HSTT05-Q 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 1 10 Pre-Printed
& Write-On
HSTT06-Q 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 1 10 Markers
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.25
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Heat Shrink in 6 Inch Pieces; Black, Single Diameter
Applications include insulating, protecting, and color coding Temperature range: -67F to 275F (-55C to 135C)
B1. wires and cables For dry locations
Cable Ties Voltage: 600 V Material: Cross-linked Polyolefin
Shrink ratio: 2:1
B2. Flammability: Flame retardant
Cable UL Recognized, CSA Certified
Accessories
Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/5 Class 1
B3. Nominal
Stainless Nominal Min. Max. Recovered Total Std. Std.
Steel Ties Diameter Expanded I.D. Recovered I.D. Wall Thickness No. Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Pcs. Qty. Qty.
C1. HSTT06-Y 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 26 1 10
Wiring
Duct HSTT09-Y 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 24 1 10
HSTT12-Y 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 20 1 10
C2. HSTT19-Y 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 18 1 10
Surface
Raceway HSTT25-Y 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 14 1 10
HSTT38-Y 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 12 1 10
C3.
Abrasion HSTT50-Y 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 10 1 10
Protection
HSTT75-Y 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 8 1 10
HSTT100-Y 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.035 0.9 6 1 10
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
Heat Shrink in 6 Inch Pieces; Multi-Color, Single Diameter
D2. Applications include insulating, protecting, and color coding wires Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/5 Class 1 (Colors) Class 2 (Clear)
Power and cables Temperature range: -67F to 275F (-55C to 135C)
Connectors
Voltage: 600 V For dry locations
Shrink ratio: 2:1 Material: Cross-linked Polyolefin
D3. Flammability: Flame retardant EXCEPT clear
Grounding Colors include: clear, red, yellow, green, blue and white
Connectors UL Recognized, CSA Certified
E1.
Labeling Each
Systems Nominal Min. Max. Total Black Color Std. Std.
Diameter Expanded I.D. Recovered I.D. No. No. of No. of Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Pcs. Pieces Pieces Qty. Qty.
E2. HSTT06-YK1 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 26 8 3 1 10
Labels
HSTT09-YK1 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 24 6 3 1 10
F.
Index
HSTT-YK2 Various Larger Range Two pcs. each 3/8", 1/2", 8 1 10 C1.
3/4", 1" Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Heat Shrink in 6 Inch Pieces; Yellow/Green Stripe, Multiple Diameters
Applications include insulating, protecting, and color coding wires UL Recognized, CSA Certified C3.
and cables Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/5 Class 1 Abrasion
Voltage: 600 V Protection
Temperature range: -67F to 275F (-55C to 135C)
Shrink ratio: 2:1 For dry locations
Flammability: Flame retardant Material: Cross-linked Polyolefin C4.
Cable
Management
Total Std. Std.
No. of Pieces No. Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Nominal Diameter by Diameter Pcs. Qty. Qty.
D1.
HSTT-YK1-45 Various Smaller Range Two pcs. each 1/8", 3/16", 8 1 10 Terminals
1/4", 3/8"
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.27
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
HSTTV Heat Shrink 4 Foot Pieces
Applications include insulating and protecting wires and cables UL Recognized, CSA Certified
B1.
Fast shrink time Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/5 Class 3
Cable Ties
Voltage: 600 V Temperature range: -67F to 275F (-55C to 135C)
Shrink ratio: 2:1 For dry locations
B2. Flammability: Meets UL 224 VW-1 Material: Black cross-linked Polyolefin
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Nominal Min. Max. Recovered Nominal Recovered
Diameter Expanded I.D. I.D. Wall Thickness Std. Std.
C2. Pkg. Ctn.
Surface Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
Raceway
HSTTV05-48-Q 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 25
C3. HSTTV05-48-TL 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 250
Abrasion
Protection HSTTV06-48-Q 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 25
HSTTV06-48-TL 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 250
C4.
Cable HSTTV09-48-Q 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 25
Management
HSTTV09-48-TL 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 250
D1. HSTTV12-48-Q 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 25
Terminals
HSTTV12-48-TL 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 250
D2. HSTTV19-48-Q 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 25
Power
Connectors HSTTV19-48-TL 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 250
HSTTV50-48-T 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 200
E2.
Labels
HSTTV75-48-5 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 5
E3. HSTTV75-48-CQ 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 125
Pre-Printed
& Write-On HSTTV100-48-5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.035 0.9 5
Markers
HSTTV100-48-LQ 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.035 0.9 75
E4.
Permanent HSTTV150-48-5 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.750 19.1 0.040 1.0 5
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
Nominal
Nominal Min. Max. Recovered Std. Std. B3.
Diameter Expanded I.D. Recovered I.D. Wall Thickness Pkg. Ctn. Stainless
Steel Ties
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
HSTTV05-C 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 1 10
HSTTV06-C 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 1 10 C1.
Wiring
HSTTV09-C 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 1 10 Duct
HSTTV12-C 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 1 10
HSTTV19-C 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 1 10 C2.
HSTTV25-C 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 1 10 Surface
Raceway
HSTTV38-C 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 1 10
HSTTV50-C 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 1 10
C3.
HSTTV75-C 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 1 10 Abrasion
HSTTV100-C 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.035 0.9 1 2 Protection
HSTTV100-C5* 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.035 0.9 1 2
HSTTV150-C 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.750 19.1 0.040 1.0 1 2 C4.
Cable
*Green. Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.29
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
HSTTV Heat Shrink on Bulk Reels
Applications include insulating, protecting, and color coding wires UL Recognized, CSA Certified
B1. and cables Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/5 Class 3
Cable Ties
Fast shrink time Temperature range: -67F to 275F (-55C to 135C)
Voltage: 600 V For dry locations
B2. Shrink ratio: 2:1 Material: Cross-linked Polyolefin
Cable Flammability: Meets UL 224 VW-1
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Nominal
C2.
Nominal Min. Max. Recovered Length Std. Std.
Surface
Raceway Diameter Expanded I.D. Recovered I.D. Wall Thickness Per Reel Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Ft. m Color Qty. Qty.
HSTTV05-M 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 1000 304.8 Black 1 2
C3.
Abrasion HSTTV05-M2 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 1000 304.8 Red 1 2
Protection HSTTV05-M4 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 1000 304.8 Yellow 1 2
HSTTV05-M6 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 1000 304.8 Blue 1 2
C4. HSTTV06-M 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 1000 304.8 Black 1 2
Cable
Management HSTTV06-M2 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 1000 304.8 Red 1 2
HSTTV06-M4 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 1000 304.8 Yellow 1 2
HSTTV06-M6 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 1000 304.8 Blue 1 2
D1. HSTTV09-M 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 Black 1 2
Terminals
HSTTV09-M2 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 Red 1 2
HSTTV09-M4 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 Yellow 1 2
D2. HSTTV09-M6 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 Blue 1 2
Power
Connectors HSTTV12-M 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 Black 1 2
HSTTV12-M2 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 Red 1 2
HSTTV12-M4 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 Yellow 1 2
D3.
Grounding HSTTV12-M6 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 Blue 1 2
Connectors HSTTV19-M 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 Black 1 2
HSTTV19-M2 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 Red 1 2
E1. HSTTV19-M4 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 Yellow 1 2
Labeling
Systems HSTTV19-M6 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 Blue 1 2
HSTTV25-D 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 500 152.4 Black 1 2
HSTTV25-D2 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 500 152.4 Red 1 2
E2. HSTTV25-D4 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 500 152.4 Yellow 1 2
Labels
HSTTV25-D6 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 500 152.4 Blue 1 2
HSTTV38-T 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 200 61.1 Black 1 2
E3.
Pre-Printed HSTTV38-T2 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 200 61.1 Red 1 2
& Write-On HSTTV38-T4 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 200 61.1 Yellow 1 2
Markers
HSTTV38-T6 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 200 61.1 Blue 1 2
HSTTV50-T 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 200 61.1 Black 1 2
E4.
Permanent HSTTV50-T2 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 200 61.1 Red 1 2
Identification
HSTTV50-T4 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 200 61.1 Yellow 1 2
E5. HSTTV50-T6 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 200 61.1 Blue 1 2
Lockout/ HSTTV75-T 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 200 61.1 Black 1 2
Tagout
& Safety HSTTV75-T2 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 200 61.1 Red 1 2
Solutions HSTTV75-T4 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 200 61.1 Yellow 1 2
HSTTV75-T6 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 200 61.1 Blue 1 2
F.
Index
Nominal
Nominal Min. Max. Recovered B3.
Std. Std. Stainless
Diameter Expanded I.D. Recovered I.D. Wall Thickness Pkg. Ctn.
Steel Ties
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
HSTTV05-Q 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 1 10
C1.
HSTTV06-Q 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 1 10 Wiring
Duct
HSTTV09-Q 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 1 10
HSTTV12-Q 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 1 10 C2.
HSTTV19-Q 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 1 10 Surface
Raceway
HSTTV25-Q 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 1 10
HSTTV38-Q 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 1 10 C3.
Abrasion
HSTTV50-Q 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 1 10 Protection
HSTTV75-Q 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 1 10
HSTTV100-Q 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.035 0.9 1 2 C4.
Cable
Management
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.31
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
HSTTP PVC Heat Shrink
Applications include insulating and protecting wires and cables UL Recognized, CSA Certified
B1.
Cable Ties
Good resistance to most fuels and oils Temperature range: -4F to 221F (-20C to 105C)
Voltage: 600 V For dry locations
Shrink ratio: 2:1 Material: Black cross-linked Polyvinyl Chloride
B2. Flammability: Meets UL 224 VW-1 Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/2 Class 1
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Nominal
Nominal Min. Max. Recovered Length Std. Std.
C2. Diameter Expanded I.D. Recovered I.D. Wall Thickness Per Reel
Surface Pkg. Ctn.
Raceway Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Ft. m Qty. Qty.
HSTTP05-QY 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.02 0.5 25 7.6 1 10
C3. HSTTP05-CY 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.02 0.5 100 30.5 1 2
Abrasion
Protection HSTTP05-MY 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.02 0.5 1000 304.8 1 2
HSTTP06-QY 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.02 0.5 25 7.6 1 10
C4. HSTTP06-CY 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.02 0.5 100 30.5 1 2
Cable
Management HSTTP06-MY 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.02 0.5 1000 304.8 1 2
HSTTP09-QY 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.025 0.6 25 7.6 1 10
D1. HSTTP09-CY 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.025 0.6 100 30.5 1 2
Terminals
HSTTP09-MY 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.025 0.6 1000 304.8 1 2
HSTTP12-QY 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.025 0.6 25 7.6 1 10
D2.
Power HSTTP12-CY 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.025 0.6 100 30.5 1 2
Connectors
HSTTP12-MY 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.025 0.6 1000 304.8 1 2
HSTTP19-QY 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.025 0.6 25 7.6 1 10
D3.
Grounding HSTTP19-CY 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.025 0.6 100 30.5 1 2
Connectors
HSTTP19-MY 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.025 0.6 1000 304.8 1 2
E1. HSTTP25-QY 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 25 7.6 1 10
Labeling
Systems HSTTP25-CY 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 100 30.5 1 2
HSTTP25-DY 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 500 152.4 1 2
E2. HSTTP38-QY 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.03 0.8 25 7.6 1 10
Labels
HSTTP38-CY 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.03 0.8 100 30.5 1 2
HSTTP38-TY 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.03 0.8 200 61.0 1 2
E3.
Pre-Printed HSTTP50-QY 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.03 0.8 25 7.6 1 10
& Write-On
Markers HSTTP50-CY 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.03 0.8 100 30.5 1 2
HSTTP75-QY 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.035 0.9 25 7.6 1 10
E4.
Permanent HSTTP75-CY 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.035 0.9 100 30.5 1 2
Identification
HSTTP100-QY 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.04 1.0 25 7.6 1 2
E5.
Lockout/ HSTTP100-CY 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.04 1.0 100 30.5 1 2
Tagout
HSTTP150-QY 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.750 19.1 0.045 1.1 25 7.6 1 2
& Safety
Solutions HSTTP150-CY 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.750 19.1 0.045 1.1 100 30.5 1 2
F.
HSTTP200-QY 2.00 50.8 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.05 1.3 25 7.6 1 2
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Min. Nominal
C1.
Nominal Expanded Max. Recovered Recovered Wall Length Std. Std. Wiring
Diameter I.D. I.D. Thickness Length Per Reel Pkg. Ctn. Duct
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Ft. m Qty. Qty.
HSTTPN50-438-L 0.46 11.7 0.46 11.7 0.25 6.4 0.022 0.6 4.38 111.3 50 500
C2.
HSTTPN50-713-Q 0.46 11.7 0.46 11.7 0.25 6.4 0.022 0.6 7.13 181.1 25 250 Surface
HSTTPN62-750-Q 0.56 14.3 0.56 14.3 0.31 8.0 0.027 0.7 7.50 190.5 25 250 Raceway
HSTTPN75-775-Q 0.70 17.7 0.70 17.7 0.38 9.5 0.027 0.7 7.75 196.9 25 250
HSTTPN100-775-Q 0.90 22.9 0.90 22.9 0.50 12.7 0.030 0.8 7.75 196.9 25 250 C3.
Abrasion
HSTTPN150-925-X 1.40 35.4 1.40 35.4 0.75 19.1 0.030 0.8 9.25 235.0 10 100 Protection
HSTTPN200-950-X 1.80 45.7 1.80 45.7 1.00 25.4 0.039 1.0 9.50 241.3 10 100
HSTTPN50-CC 0.46 11.7 0.46 11.7 0.25 6.4 0.022 0.6 100 30.5 1 2
C4.
HSTTPN62-CC 0.56 14.3 0.56 14.3 0.31 8.0 0.027 0.7 100 30.5 1 2 Cable
HSTTPN75-CC 0.70 17.7 0.70 17.7 0.38 9.5 0.027 0.7 100 30.5 1 2 Management
HSTTPN100-CC 0.90 22.9 0.90 22.9 0.50 12.7 0.030 0.8 100 30.5 1 2
HSTTPN150-CC 1.40 35.4 1.40 35.4 0.75 19.1 0.030 0.8 100 30.5 1 2 D1.
HSTTPN200-CC 1.80 45.7 1.80 45.7 1.00 25.4 0.039 1.0 100 30.5 1 2 Terminals
D2.
HSTTN Neoprene Heat Shrink Power
Connectors
Applications include insulating, protecting, and color coding Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/1 Class 2
wires and cables Temperature range: -94F to 250F (-70C to 121C)
Excellent chemical resistance especially to fuels and oils For dry locations D3.
Voltage: 600 V Grounding
Material: Black cross-linked Neoprene Connectors
Shrink ratio: 2:1
E1.
Nominal Labeling
Min. Max. Recovered Systems
Nominal Expanded Recovered Wall Length Std. Std.
Diameter I.D. I.D. Thickness per Reel Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Ft. m Qty. Qty. E2.
HSTTN25-CY 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.143 3.6 0.035 0.9 100 30.5 1 2 Labels
HSTTN38-CY 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.211 5.4 0.040 1.0 100 30.5 1 2
E3.
HSTTN50-CY 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.286 7.3 0.048 1.2 100 30.5 1 2 Pre-Printed
& Write-On
HSTTN63-CY 0.625 15.9 0.625 15.9 0.357 9.1 0.052 1.3 100 30.5 1 2 Markers
HSTTN75-CY 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.428 10.9 0.057 1.5 100 30.5 1 2
E4.
HSTTN88-CY 0.875 22.2 0.875 22.2 0.500 12.7 0.065 1.7 100 30.5 1 2 Permanent
Identification
HSTTN100-CY 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.570 14.5 0.070 1.8 100 30.5 1 2
HSTTN125-CY 1.25 31.8 1.25 31.8 0.714 18.1 0.087 2.2 100 30.5 1 2 E5.
Lockout/
HSTTN150-CY 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.857 21.8 0.095 2.4 100 30.5 1 2 Tagout
& Safety
HSTTN175-CY 1.75 44.5 1.75 44.5 1.00 25.4 0.107 2.7 100 30.5 1 1 Solutions
HSTTN200-QY 2.00 50.8 2.00 50.8 1.14 29.0 0.110 2.8 25 7.6 1 2
F.
HSTTN300-QY 3.00 76.2 3.00 76.2 1.71 43.4 0.125 3.8 25 7.6 1 2 Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.33
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
TFE Heat Shrink 4 Foot Pieces
Applications include insulating and protecting wires and cables Color: Opaque
B1.
Cable Ties Voltage: 600 V For dry locations
Shrink ratio: 2:1 Material: Polytetrafluoroethylene (TFE)
Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/12 Class 3 High temperature; resists corrosive atmosphere
B2. Temperature range: -88F to 482F (-67C to 250C) See page C3.42 for shrink instructions
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless Min. Max. Nominal
Steel Ties Nominal Expanded Recovered Recovered Std.
Diameter I.D. I.D. Wall Thickness Length Pkg.
C1. Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Ft. m Qty.
Wiring HSTTT03-48-Q 30 AWG 0.9 0.034 0.9 0.015 0.4 0.009 0.2 4 1.2 25
Duct
HSTTT04-48-Q 28 AWG 1.0 0.038 1.0 0.018 0.5 0.009 0.2 4 1.2 25
C2. HSTTT046-48-Q 26 AWG 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.022 0.5 0.010 0.3 4 1.2 25
Surface
Raceway HSTTT05-48-Q 24 AWG 1.3 0.050 1.3 0.027 0.7 0.010 0.3 4 1.2 25
HSTTT055-48-Q 22 AWG 1.4 0.055 1.4 0.032 0.8 0.012 0.3 4 1.2 25
C3. HSTTT06-48-Q 20 AWG 1.5 0.060 1.5 0.039 1.0 0.012 0.3 4 1.2 25
Abrasion
Protection HSTTT08-48-Q 18 AWG 1.9 0.076 1.9 0.049 1.2 0.012 0.3 4 1.2 25
HSTTT09-48-Q 16 AWG 2.3 0.093 2.3 0.061 1.6 0.012 0.3 4 1.2 25
C4.
Cable HSTTT12-48-Q 14 AWG 3.0 0.120 3.0 0.072 1.8 0.012 0.3 4 1.2 25
Management
HSTTT15-48-Q 12 AWG 3.8 0.150 3.8 0.089 2.3 0.012 0.3 4 1.2 25
HSTTT19-48-Q 10 AWG 4.9 0.191 4.9 0.112 2.8 0.012 0.3 4 1.2 25
D1.
HSTTT24-48-Q 8 AWG 6.0 0.240 6.0 0.141 3.6 0.015 0.4 4 1.2 25
Terminals
HSTTT30-48-Q 6 AWG 7.7 0.302 7.7 0.178 4.5 0.015 0.4 4 1.2 25
HSTTT37-48-Q 4 AWG 9.4 0.370 9.4 0.224 5.7 0.015 0.4 4 1.2 25
D2.
Power HSTTT43-48-Q 2 AWG 10.9 0.430 10.9 0.278 7.0 0.015 0.4 4 1.2 25
Connectors
HSTTT47-48-Q 0 AWG 11.9 0.470 11.9 0.347 8.8 0.015 0.4 4 1.2 25
D3. HSTTT56-48-5 9/16 14.2 0.560 14.2 0.399 10.1 0.015 0.4 4 1.2 5
Grounding
Connectors HSTTT66-48-5 5/8 16.6 0.655 16.6 0.462 11.7 0.018 0.5 4 1.2 5
HSTTT75-48-5 3/4 19.1 0.750 19.0 0.524 13.3 0.018 0.5 4 1.2 5
E1. HSTTT93-48-5 15/16 23.6 0.930 23.6 0.655 16.6 0.020 0.5 4 1.2 5
Labeling
Systems HSTTT112-48-5 1 1/8 28.6 1.12 28.6 0.786 20.0 0.025 0.6 4 1.2 5
HSTTT131-48-2 1 5/16 33.3 1.31 33.3 0.911 23.1 0.030 0.8 4 1.2 2
E2. HSTTT150-48-2 1 1/2 38.1 1.50 38.1 1.036 26.3 0.030 0.8 4 1.2 2
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B3.
Nominal Stainless
Nominal Min. Max. Recovered Recovered Std. Steel Ties
Diameter Expanded I.D. I.D. Wall Thickness Pkg.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty.
C1.
HSTTK05-48-Q 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.010 0.3 25 Wiring
Duct
HSTTK06-48-Q 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.010 0.3 25
HSTTK09-48-Q 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.010 0.3 25
C2.
HSTTK12-48-Q 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.010 0.3 25 Surface
Raceway
HSTTK19-48-Q 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.010 0.3 25
HSTTK25-48-Q 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.012 0.3 25 C3.
Abrasion
HSTTK38-48-Q 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.012 0.3 25 Protection
HSTTK50-48-5 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.012 0.3 5
HSTTK75-48-5 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.017 0.4 5 C4.
Cable
HSTTK100-48-5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.019 0.5 5 Management
D2.
Power
HSTTVA Heat Shrink 4 Foot and 6 Inch Pieces Connectors
Applications include insulating and protecting wires and cables Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/4 Class 2
D3.
Flexible tubing with an adhesive inner wall which seals and Temperature range: -67F to 230F (-55C to 110C) Grounding
protects components from moisture and corrosion For damp locations Connectors
Voltage rating: 600 V Material: Adhesive lined black cross-linked Polyolefin
Shrink ratio: 2:1 E1.
Flammability: Outer wall flame retardant Labeling
Systems
E2.
Min. Max. Nominal Labels
Nominal Expanded Recovered Recovered Std.
Diameter I.D. I.D. Wall Thickness Pkg.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. E3.
Pre-Printed
4' (1.22m) Pieces & Write-On
HSTTVA12-48-Q 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.021 0.5 25 Markers
D3.
HSTTA50-48-5 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.160 4.1 0.070 1.8 5
Grounding HSTTA50-48-T 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.160 4.1 0.070 1.8 200
Connectors
HSTTA75-48-5 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.250 6.4 0.085 2.2 5
E1. HSTTA75-48-C 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.250 6.4 0.085 2.2 100
Labeling
Systems HSTTA100-48-5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.320 8.1 0.100 2.5 5
HSTTA100-48-L 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.320 8.1 0.100 2.5 50
E2. HSTTA150-48-5 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.510 12.9 0.100 2.5 5
Labels
HSTTA150-48-Q 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.510 12.9 0.100 2.5 25
E3.
Pre-Printed Min. Max. Nominal
& Write-On Nominal Expanded Recovered Recovered Std. Std. Pieces
Markers Diameter I.D. I.D. Wall Thickness Pkg. Ctn. per
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty. Package
E4.
Permanent 6" (152.4mm) Pieces
Identification HSTTA19-Y 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.062 1.6 0.040 1.0 1 10 6
E5. HSTTA25-Y 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.080 2.0 0.040 1.0 1 10 4
Lockout/ HSTTA38-Y 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.120 3.0 0.055 1.4 1 10 3
Tagout
& Safety HSTTA50-Y 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.160 4.1 0.070 1.8 1 10 3
Solutions HSTTA75-Y 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.250 6.4 0.085 2.2 1 10 2
HSTTA100-Y 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.320 8.1 0.100 2.5 1 10 2
F. HSTTA150-Y 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.510 12.9 0.100 2.5 1 10 1
Index
B3.
Nominal
Stainless
Min. Max. Recovered Steel Ties
Nominal Expanded Recovered Wall Std.
Diameter I.D. I.D. Thickness Length Pkg.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Ft. m Qty. C1.
Wiring
HSTT4A15-48-Q 0.158 4.0 0.158 4.0 0.039 1.0 0.043 1.10 4 1.2 25 Duct
HSTT4A31-48-Q 0.315 8.0 0.315 8.0 0.079 2.0 0.043 1.10 4 1.2 25
HSTT4A47-48-Q 0.472 12.0 0.472 12.0 0.118 3.0 0.055 1.40 4 1.2 25 C2.
Surface
HSTT4A62-48-5 0.630 16.0 0.630 16.0 0.158 4.0 0.070 1.80 4 1.2 5 Raceway
HSTT4A94-48-5 0.945 24.0 0.945 24.0 0.236 6.0 0.088 2.25 4 1.2 5
C3.
HSTT4A125-48-5 1.26 32.0 1.26 32.0 0.315 8.0 0.100 2.54 4 1.2 5 Abrasion
HSTT4A200-48-5 2.05 52.0 2.05 52.0 0.512 13.0 0.100 2.54 4 1.2 5 Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
HSTTRA Heat Shrink 4 Foot Pieces
Applications include insulating and protecting wires and cables Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/4 Class 1 D1.
Semi-rigid tubing with an adhesive inner wall seals and protects Temperature range: -67F to 230F (-55C to 110C) Terminals
components from moisture and corrosion For damp locations
Voltage rating: 600 V Material: Adhesive lined black cross-linked Polyolefin D2.
Shrink ratio: 2.5:1 Minimum Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Min. Max. Nominal Connectors
Nominal Expanded Recovered Recovered Wall Std.
Diameter I.D. I.D. Thickness Pkg.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. E1.
Labeling
HSTTRA12-48-Q 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.023 0.6 0.038 1.0 25 Systems
HSTTRA19-48-Q 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.060 1.5 0.043 1.1 25
HSTTRA25-48-Q 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.080 2.0 0.047 1.2 25 E2.
Labels
HSTTRA38-48-Q 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.135 3.4 0.050 1.3 25
HSTTRA50-48-5 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.195 5.0 0.055 1.4 5
E3.
HSTTRA75-48-5 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.313 8.0 0.065 1.7 5 Pre-Printed
& Write-On
HSTTRA100-48-5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.400 10.2 0.075 1.9 5 Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.37
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Thick Wall Polyolefin Heat Shrink
B1.
Applications include insulating and protecting wires and cables UL Listed, UL Recognized and CSA Certified
Cable Ties Adhesive-lined inner wall seals and protects against moisture (Except HST3.0 and HST3.5)
Thick wall suitable for direct burial according to UL 486D and Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/15
provides excellent protection Temperature range: -67F to 230F (-55C to 110C)
B2. Voltage rating: UL 486D Listed for 600 V 90C continuous use For wet locations
Cable
Accessories Shrink ratio: 3:1 Suitable for outdoor, direct sunlight applications (Black only)
Flammability: Flame retardant outer wall meets UL 224 VW-1 Material: Adhesive lined black and red cross-linked Polyolefin
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway Min. Expanded Max. Recovered Nominal Recovered Std. Std.
I.D. I.D. Wall Thickness Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
C3. HST0.4-3-Q2Y* 0.40 10.2 0.16 4.1 0.08 2.0 3.0 76.2 25 100
Abrasion
Protection HST0.4-3-QY* 0.40 10.2 0.16 4.1 0.08 2.0 3.0 76.2 25 100
HST0.4-48-5-2Y* 0.40 10.2 0.16 4.1 0.08 2.0 48.0 1219.2 5 20
HST0.4-48-5Y* 0.40 10.2 0.16 4.1 0.08 2.0 48.0 1219.2 5 20
C4.
HST0.4-6-3Y* 0.40 10.2 0.16 4.1 0.08 2.0 6.0 152.4 3 30
Cable
Management HST0.4-6-X2Y* 0.40 10.2 0.16 4.1 0.08 2.0 6.0 152.4 10 100
HST0.4-6-XY* 0.40 10.2 0.16 4.1 0.08 2.0 6.0 152.4 10 100
HST0.8-12-5-2Y* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 12.0 304.8 5 50
D1. HST0.8-12-5Y* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 12.0 304.8 5 50
Terminals
HST0.8-48-5-2Y* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 48.0 1219.2 5 20
HST0.8-48-5Y* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 48.0 1219.2 5 20
HST0.8-6-3Y* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 6.0 152.4 3 30
D2.
Power HST0.8-6-X2Y* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 6.0 152.4 10 100
Connectors HST0.8-6-XY* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 6.0 152.4 10 100
HST0.8-9-X2Y* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 9.0 228.6 10 100
D3. HST0.8-9-XY* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 9.0 228.6 10 100
Grounding HST1.1-12-5-2Y 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 12.0 304.8 5 50
Connectors HST1.1-12-5Y 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 12.0 304.8 5 50
HST1.1-48-5-2Y 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 48.0 1219.2 5 20
E1. HST1.1-48-5Y 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 48.0 1219.2 5 20
Labeling HST1.1-6-3Y 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 6.0 152.4 3 30
Systems
HST1.1-6-X2Y 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 6.0 152.4 10 100
HST1.1-6-XY 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 6.0 152.4 10 100
E2.
HST1.1-9-2Y 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 9.0 228.6 2 20
Labels HST1.1-9-X2Y 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 9.0 228.6 10 100
HST1.1-9-XY 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 9.0 228.6 10 100
HST1.5-12-1Y 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 12.0 304.8 1 10
E3.
Pre-Printed HST1.5-12-5Y 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 12.0 304.8 5 50
& Write-On HST1.5-48-5-2Y 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 48.0 1219.2 5 15
Markers HST1.5-48-5Y 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 48.0 1219.2 5 15
HST1.5-9-XY 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 9.0 228.6 10 100
E4. HST2.0-12-2Y 2.00 50.8 0.67 16.9 0.16 4.1 12.0 304.8 2 20
Permanent
Identification HST2.0-48-2Y 2.00 50.8 0.67 16.9 0.16 4.1 48.0 1219.2 2 8
HST2.0-9-5Y 2.00 50.8 0.67 16.9 0.16 4.1 9.0 228.6 5 50
E5. HST2.7-12-2Y 2.70 68.6 0.87 22.1 0.16 4.1 12.0 304.8 2 20
Lockout/
Tagout HST2.7-48-2Y 2.70 68.6 0.87 22.1 0.16 4.1 48.0 1219.2 2 8
& Safety HST3.0-12-2 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 0.16 4.1 12.0 304.8 2 20
Solutions HST3.0-48-2 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 0.16 4.1 48.0 1219.2 2 8
HST3.5-12-2Y 3.50 88.9 1.20 30.5 0.16 4.1 12.0 304.8 2 20
F. HST3.5-48-2Y 3.50 88.9 1.20 30.5 0.16 4.1 48.0 1219.2 2 6
Index
*Product meets performance requirements of AMS-DTL-23053/15; some dimensions differ from specification.
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
HSEC HSECFR
C2.
Surface
Min. Expanded Max. Recovered Nominal Recovered Std. Std. Raceway
I.D. I.D. Wall Thickness Cap Length Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm. In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
C3.
HSEC0.5-X 0.47 11.9 0.18 4.6 0.09 2.2 1.5 37.6 10 100 Abrasion
HSEC0.8-X 0.79 20.1 0.30 7.6 0.10 2.4 1.8 45.5 10 100 Protection
HSEC1.0-X 1.15 29.2 0.45 11.4 0.11 2.8 2.8 71.1 10 100
HSEC1.5-5 1.58 40.1 0.68 17.3 0.14 3.6 3.2 82.0 5 50 C4.
Cable
HSEC2.0-5 2.25 57.2 0.98 24.9 0.15 3.8 4.3 109.0 5 50
Management
HSEC4.0-2 3.92 99.6 1.78 45.2 0.15 3.8 5.4 136.4 2 10
Heat Shrink End Caps Flame Retardant
HSECFR0.5-XY 0.51 13.0 0.16 4.1 0.09 2.3 2.5 63.5 10 100 D1.
Terminals
HSECFR0.8-XY 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.09 2.3 2.5 63.5 10 100
HSECFR1.0-XY 1.10 27.9 0.35 8.9 0.12 3.0 3.0 76.2 10 100
HSECFR1.5-5Y 1.50 38.1 0.47 11.9 0.16 4.1 3.5 88.9 5 50 D2.
Power
HSECFR2.0-5Y 2.00 50.8 0.63 16.0 0.16 4.1 3.5 88.9 5 50 Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.39
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Plastic Heat Shrink Tubing Kit Boxes For Dry Locations
B1. Std.
Cable Ties Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Contents Qty.
KP-HSTT1 Heat shrink kit box plastic case, 35 ea. of 3/32",1/8" 1
B2. various sizes. Black only. 21 ea. of 3/16",1/4"
Cable 7 ea. of 3/8",1/2"
Accessories
KP-HSTT2 Heat shrink kit box plastic case, 35 ea. (5 ea. color) 3/32",1/8" 1
various sizes, various colors. 21 ea. (3 ea. color) 3/16",1/4"
B3. 7 ea. (1 ea. color) 3/8", 1/2"
Stainless
Steel Ties KP-HSTTA Dual Wall Adhesive Lined Thin Wall 14 ea. 3/16" 1
Heat Shrink: Plastic Kit Box 12 ea. 1/4"
Black only. 10 ea. 3/8"
C1. 6 ea. 1/2"
Wiring 3 ea. 3/4"
Duct 2 ea. 1"
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Heat Shrink Tools and Accessories
Abrasion
Protection
Std. Std.
C4. Pkg. Ctn.
Cable Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Management HSG-115V-650 Heat gun with stand. Temperature range of 650F (343C) to 1
900F (482C) plus stand. (Case and accessories not included).
HSG-A1 Shrink tube reflector for tubing up to 3/4" inside diameter. Directs 1 10
D1.
Terminals
heat around tubing to reduce shrink time.
HSG-A2 Shrink tube reflector for tubing up to 1 1/2" inside diameter. 1 10
Directs heat around tubing to reduce shrink time.
D2. HSG-A4 Black polyethylene case stores heat gun, stand, and both 1
Power accessories.
Connectors
HSG-P1 Replacement brush / spring kit. 1 5
HSG-P2 Replacement switch 20 Amp. 1 5
D3.
Grounding HSG-P3 Replacement bearing kit. 1 5
Connectors HSG-P7 Replacement heat element 650F. 1
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C1.
Expansion Wiring
Duct
The cross-linked tube is heated and the crystalline bonds dissolve, however, the cross-link bonds remain. The tube now is
softer and can be expanded. This causes the cross-link bonds to stretch when cooled quickly, the crystalline bonds reform,
freezing the tube in the expanded size. The tubing has now completed the manufacturing process. C2.
Surface
Raceway
Recovery
With the proper type and size of tube selected, the tube is placed over the object to be covered. Heat is now applied. C3.
This causes the crystalline bonds to dissolve again and the tube softens. The stretched cross-link bonds now return to Abrasion
Protection
their original length and the tube shrinks to the diameter it had when cross-linked, unless it encounters an object larger
than this diameter. In this case, it conforms tightly to this object.
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Extrusion Cross-Link Expansion Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.41
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Heat Shrink Installation Instructions
B1.
General Instructions
Cable Ties Position heat shrink over the object to be covered. Using a heat gun, soft yellow flame torch, infrared heat source or oven,
evenly heat the tubing until it has fully recovered and conforms to the object. Use caution not to char or burn the tubing.
B2.
Cable Special Instructions for HSTTT
Accessories TFE Heat Shrink is the most difficult to recover due to its high shrink temperature. TFE shrink tubing must be heated to the
gel state 621F (327C) to completely recover. This can be recognized when the tubing changes from milky white to clear.
B3. Because of the unique characteristics of this material, a controlled temperature oven will achieve the most reliable results
Stainless it is difficult to consistently recover this product using a high-temp heat gun or similar heat source. These methods have a
Steel Ties tendency to overheat the tube in one area while other areas remain cool.
C1. When recovering onto objects, use a temperature controlled oven set at 660F 680F (349C 360C) for approximately
Wiring 10 minutes is recommended. It is best to place the product on a fiberglass mat or suspend as opposed to contacting the
Duct
oven rack. Do NOT heat the product above 700F (371C), or degradation damage to the TFE polymer will occur.
C4.
Cable Expanded I.D Recovered I.D.
Management Part Number In. (mm) In. (mm)
HSTT75-48-5 .750 (19.1) .375 (9.5)
D1. HSTT100-48-5 1.00 (25.4) .500 (12.7)
Terminals
D2. The proper choice is HSTT100-48-5 since the tube will recover more than HSTT75-48-5. The HSTT75-48-5 will fit over the
Power .700 inch (17.8mm) outside diameter; however, this is not the proper choice since it is smaller than the HSTT100-48-5. In
Connectors general, heat shrink should recover at least 10% 20% to reduce stress and yield the longest service life.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C3.43
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Dry-Shrink , Damp-Shrink , and Wet-Shrink Heat Shrink Tubing
B1. Technical Data
Cable Ties
General Information
Product Type Typical Applications Specific Gravity Flammability Water Absorption Dielectric Strength
B2.
Cable HSTT Economical and easy way to insulate, protect, Class 1, 1.35 Class 1 Self .5% MAX. 500 V/MIL.
Accessories harness and identify electrical and electronic Class 2, 1.0 Extinguishing ASTM (19.7 Kv/mm) min.
components in a wide variety of applications. ASTM D792 ASTM D2671 D570 ASTM D2671
Black is U.V. Resistant. Suitable for use in dry locations. Procedure B
B3. HSTTV Use where UL recognition with VW-1 rating is required. 1.50 VW-1 per UL 224 .5% MAX. 500 V/MIL.
Stainless Use where the wire component cannot tolerate ASTM D792 ASTM (19.7 Kv/mm) min.
Steel Ties higher shrink temperatures, reduces application time to D570 ASTM D2671
insulate, protect, identify, etc. Black is U.V. Resistant.
Suitable for use in dry locations.
C1.
Wiring HSTTP Ripple free conformance around sharp bends as 1.35 MAX. VW-1 per UL 224 1.0% MAX. 400 V/MIL.
Duct in appliance handles and bus bars. Good cut through ASTM (15.8 Kv/mm) min.
and solder-iron resistance. Black is U.V. Resistant. D570 ASTM D2671
Suitable for use in dry locations.
C2.
Surface HSTTPN Crystal clear product that is excellent for protecting wire N/A VW-1 per UL 224 1.0% MAX. 400 V/MIL.
Raceway and cable markers and continuous inspection of splices. ASTM (15.8 Kv/mm) min.
Suitable for use in dry locations. D570 ASTM D2671
HSTTN Insulation and abrasion resistance, extensive 1.30 Self Extinguishing 1.0% MAX. 300 V/MIL.
C3. military uses on vehicles and ship-board. ASTM ASTM D876 ASTM (11.8 Kv/mm) min.
Abrasion Excellent chemical resistance especially to D792 D570 ASTM D2671
Protection fuels and oils. Black is U.V. Resistant.
Suitable for use in dry locations.
C4. HSTTT High insulation and abrasion resistance. 2.2 MAX. VW-1 per UL 224 .01% MAX. 800 V/MIL.
Cable High temperature, strain relief, resists corrosive ASTM ASTM (31.5 Kv/mm) min.
Management atmosphere, self lubrication and non-wetting. D792 D570 ASTM D2671
Can be used with fiber optics and as a strain relief
for high density connectors. U.V. Resistant.
Suitable for use in dry locations.
D1.
Terminals
HSTTK Protection and strain relief for wires or 1.8 MAX. VW-1 per UL 224 .5% MAX. Size to (12.7mm)
connectors in a high temperature or solvent ASTM ASTM 800 V/MIL.
rich environment. Insulation of heater leads. D792 D570 (31.5 Kv/mm) min
D2. Suitable for use in dry locations. Over (12.7mm)
Power 600 V/MIL.
Connectors (23.6 Kv/mm) min
ASTM D2671
HSTTVA Seals and protects components from N/A Self .5% MAX. 500 V/MIL.
D3. moisture and corrosion. Use where a flexible Extinguishing ASTM (19.7 Kv/mm) min.
Grounding tubing is needed. Suitable for damp locations. ASTM D2671 D570 ASTM D2671
Connectors Procedure B
HSTTA Environmentally seals and protects N/A Self Extinguishing 1.0% MAX. 300 V/MIL.
components. The 3:1 shrink ratio is a benefit ASTM D2671 ASTM (11.8 Kv/mm) min.
E1. when working with connector to cable transitions. Procedure B D570 ASTM D2671
Labeling Suitable for damp locations.
Systems
HSTT4A Seals and protects components from moisture N/A VW-1 per UL 224 1.0% MAX. 500 V/MIL.
and corrosion. The 4:1 shrink ratio is a benefit when ASTM (19.7 Kv/mm) min.
working with large transitions. Use where a flexible D570 ASTM D2671
E2. tubing is needed. Suitable for damp locations.
Labels
HSTTRA Environmentally seals and protects N/A N/A .5% MAX. 500 V/MIL.
components forming a rugged and heavy duty ASTM (19.7 Kv/mm) min.
E3. covering. The 2.5:1 shrink ratio is a benefit D570 ASTM D2671
Pre-Printed when working with connector to cable
& Write-On transitions. Suitable for damp locations.
Markers
HST Seals and protects electrical connections 1.2 MAX. VW-1 per UL 224 .5% MAX. 200 V/MIL.
and splices above or below ground, 3:1 shrink ASTM (7.9 Kv/mm) min.
E4. ratio. Suitable for outdoor and wet locations. D570 ASTM D2671
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Maintains bend radius control and cable
performance while bundling and securing cable C1.
Wiring
to prevent snags and stress from over bending Duct
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Panduit solutions provide the options necessary to handle the most demanding installations while Terminals
providing the flexibility to facilitate system upgrades now and in the future.
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C4.1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Cool Boot Raised Floor Assembly
Patented design with air tight fabric minimizes bypass of air Flexible polycarbonate outer ring houses fabric to allow user to
B1. through cutouts in the raised floor to decrease energy costs secure product to raised floor tile; slit allows outer ring to flex so
Cable Ties in hot aisle/cold aisle data center designs entire cable bundle can be inserted to allow for retrofit installations
Ultra-Cinch Tie closes top of fabric to prevent air from escaping even when vertical cable managers are already in place
around cable bundles Low profile polycarbonate outer ring allows compatibility with
B2. Electrostatic dissipative material provides a pathway to ground vertical cable managers
Cable reducing the chance of damaging network equipment with Self-tapping #6 screws (included) allow a secure fastening method
Accessories electric shock to top of raised floor tile that also provides a pathway to ground
Vertical Hook and Loop Cable Tie closure system allows for Color: Black polycarbonate outer ring with navy blue fabric
B3. installation on existing cable bundles Manufactured from flame retardant material
Stainless Horizontal Hook and Loop Cable Tie closure system allows two or A
Steel Ties A
more bundles to be separated in existing or new installations
C1.
Wiring B
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3. 0.6
Abrasion (REF.)
0.6
Protection (REF)
RFG*X*SMY Surface Mount
C4.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Cool Boot Raised Floor Assembly (continued) Overview
A A
B1.
B Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
0.6
(REF.) 0.6
(REF.)
0.10
(REF.) 0.10
(REF.)
B3.
RFG*X*Y 2.5
2.5
Stainless
(REF.)
(REF.) Steel Ties
Integral Mount
C1.
Max. Bundle Wiring
Std. Std. Duct
Length Width Diameter Diameter Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Material In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
C2.
Integral Mount* Surface
RFG6X8Y Flame Retardant 8.0 203.2 6.0 152.4 4.2 x 6.2 106.7 x 1 10 Raceway
Electrostatic Dissipative 157.4
Polycarbonate with an
Electrostatic Dissipative C3.
Fabric and Thermoplastic Abrasion
Elastomer Protection
RFG8X8Y Flame Retardant 8.0 203.2 8.0 203.2 6.2 x 6.2 157.4 x 1 10
Electrostatic Dissipative 157.4 C4.
Polycarbonate with an Cable
Electrostatic Dissipative Management
Fabric and Thermoplastic
Elastomer
RFG10X8Y Flame Retardant 8.0 203.2 10.0 254.0 8.2 x 6.2 208.3 x 1 10 D1.
Electrostatic Dissipative 157.4 Terminals
Polycarbonate with an
Electrostatic Dissipative
Fabric and Thermoplastic D2.
Elastomer Power
Connectors
RFG12X4Y Flame Retardant 4.0 101.6 12.0 304.8 10.2 x 259.1 x 1 10
Electrostatic Dissipative 2.2 55.9
Polycarbonate with an D3.
Electrostatic Dissipative Grounding
Fabric and Thermoplastic Connectors
Elastomer
RFG12X8Y Flame Retardant 8.0 203.2 12.0 304.8 10.2 x 259.1 x 1 10 E1.
Electrostatic Dissipative 6.2 157.4 Labeling
Polycarbonate with an Systems
Electrostatic Dissipative
Fabric and Thermoplastic
Elastomer
E2.
RFG3DY Flame Retardant 4.5 114.3 3.0 68.6 1 10 Labels
Electrostatic Dissipative
Polycarbonate with an
Electrostatic Dissipative E3.
Fabric and Thermoplastic Pre-Printed
Elastomer & Write-On
Markers
RFG5DY Flame Retardant 6.5 165.1 4.7 119.4 1 10
Electrostatic Dissipative
E4.
Polycarbonate with an Permanent
Electrostatic Dissipative Identification
Fabric and Thermoplastic
Elastomer E5.
Lockout/
Product complies with Article 645 Section 5(D)(4) of the 2005 National Electrical Code. Tagout
Compatible with NetRunner and PatchRunner Cable Managers, and Panduit Net-Access and NetServ Cabinets to create a complete & Safety
cable management system. Solutions
*Integral products include a flexible sub-grommet to prevent damage to cable from sharp edges of cut floor tile.
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C4.3
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview J-Pro Cable Support System
Patented design provides complete horizontal and vertical Wide cable support base prevents pinch points that could cause
B1. 1" (25.4mm) bend radius control that helps prevent degradation damage to cables
Cable Ties of cable performance Cable tie channel allows user to easily install 3/4" Tak-Ty
UL 2043 and CAN/ULC S102.2 listed and suitable for use in air Cable Ties to retain cable bundle
handling spaces Durable non-metallic J Hook materials provide the ability to
B2. Pre-riveted assemblies allow for attachment to walls, ceilings, manage and support a large number of cables
Cable
Accessories beams, threaded rods, drop wires and underfloor supports to meet Standard product is black. For color options see page C4.7
requirements of a variety of applications
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties Max. Bundle
Capacity Max. Cable Capacity
Std.
C1.
Wiring Cat. 6A Cat. 6 Cat. 5e Pkg.
Duct Part Number* Part Description In. mm (.310") (.236") (.193") Qty.
Wall Mount
C2. JP75W-L20 J Hook for wall mount applications. 0.75 19.0 4 8 12 50
Surface One 1/4" (M6) mounting hole for user
JP131W-L20 supplied screw. 1.31 33.3 14 28 40 50
Raceway
JP2W-L20
JP2W-L20 2.00 50.8 30 50 70 50
C3. JP4W-X20 4.00 101.6 115 210 280 10
Abrasion
Protection Wall Mount with Bracket
JP75WP-L20 J Hook for powder actuated installation on 0.75 19.0 4 8 12 50
walls. One 5/32" (M4) mounting hole for
C4. JP131WP-L20 user supplied fasteners. 1.31 33.3 14 28 40 50
Cable
Management JP2WP-L20 2.00 50.8 30 50 70 50
JP4WP-X20 4.00 101.6 115 210 280 10
D1. JP2WP-L20
Ceiling Mount
Terminals
JP75CM-L20 J Hook with ceiling mount bracket that has 0.75 19.0 4 8 12 50
one 3/16" (M5), 1/4" (M6), and 3/8" (M10)
JP131CM-L20 mounting hole. 1.31 33.3 14 28 40 50
D2.
Power JP2CM-L20 2.00 50.8 30 50 70 50
Connectors JP4CM-X20 4.00 101.6 115 210 280 10
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed JP2DW-L20
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C4.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
J-Pro Cable Support System (continued) Overview
Max. Bundle
Capacity Max. Cable Capacity B1.
Cable Ties
Std.
Cat 6A Cat 6 Cat 5e Pkg.
Part Number* Part Description In. mm (.310") (.236") (.193") Qty.
B2.
Screw-On Beam Clamps Cable
JP75SBC50-L20 J Hook with screw-on beam clamp for use 0.75 19.0 4 8 12 50 Accessories
with flanges up to 1/2" (12.7mm) thick.
JP131SBC50-L20 1.31 33.3 14 28 40 50
JP2SBC50R-L20 B3.
JP2SBC50-L20 2.00 50.8 30 50 70 50 Stainless
Steel Ties
JP4SBC50-X20 4.00 101.6 115 210 280 10
JP75SBC50R-L20 J Hook with screw-on beam clamp for use 0.75 19.0 4 8 12 50
with flanges up to 1/2" (12.7mm) thick. C1.
JP131SBC50R-L20 Rotates 360 degrees. 1.31 33.3 14 28 40 50 Wiring
Duct
JP2SBC50R-L20 2.00 50.8 30 50 70 50
JP4SBC50R-X20 4.00 101.6 115 210 280 10 C2.
Surface
JP75SBC87-L20 J Hook with screw-on beam clamp for use 0.75 19.0 4 8 12 50 Raceway
with flanges up to 3/4" (19.1mm) thick.
JP131SBC87-L20 1.31 33.3 14 28 40 50
JP2SBC50-L20
JP2SBC87-L20 2.00 50.8 30 50 70 50 C3.
Abrasion
JP4SBC87-X20 4.00 101.6 115 210 280 10 Protection
*Suitable for use in air handling spaces in accordance with Sec. 300-22(c) and (d) of the National Electrical Code. JP4 family of parts
E3.
suitable for use in single unit configurations. Listed in accordance with CAN/ULC S102.2 when mounted as single units or in pairs.
Pre-Printed
Minimum spacing of 4' (1220mm) required between mount points. (Flame spread rating = 0, Smoke developed classification = 30)
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
JP2HBC25R-L20 Identification
JP2HBC50R-L20
JP2HBC75R-L20 E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C4.5
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview J-Pro Cable Support System (continued)
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C4.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Color Selection Guide Overview
B1.
Base Cable Ties
Part Number Black Red Blue White Green Orange
JP75W -L20 -L2 -L5 -L3
JP75WP -L20 -L2 B2.
Cable
JP75CM -L20 -L2 Accessories
JP75DW -L20 -L2 -L6
JP75ZP -L20
JP75CP -L20 B3.
JP75SBC50 -L20 Stainless
Steel Ties
JP75SBC87 -L20
JP75SBC50R -L20 -L2 -L
JP75SBC87R -L20 C1.
JP75HBC25R -L20 Wiring
JP75HBC50R -L20 -L2 -L Duct
JP75HBC75R -L20
JP75UF100 -L20 C2.
JP131W -L20 -L6 -L5 -L3 Surface
JP131WP -L20 Raceway
JP131CM -L20
JP131DW -L20 -L6
C3.
JP131ZP -L20 Abrasion
JP131CP -L20 Protection
JP131SBC50 -L20
JP131SBC87 -L20
C4.
JP131SBC50R -L20 -L2 -L
Cable
JP131SBC87R -L20 Management
JP131HBC25R -L20
JP131HBC50R -L20 -L2 -L
JP131HBC75R -L20 D1.
JP131UF100 -L20 Terminals
JP2W -L20 -L2 -L6 -L -L5 -L3
JP2WP -L20 -L6
JP2CM -L20 -L2 D2.
JP2DW -L20 -L2 -L6 -L Power
JP2ZP -L20 Connectors
JP2CP -L20
JP2SBC50 -L20 -L D3.
JP2SBC87 -L20 Grounding
JP2SBC50R -L20 -L2 -L Connectors
JP2SBC87R -L20 -L2
JP2HBC25R -L20
E1.
JP2HBC50R -L20 -L2 -L Labeling
JP2HBC75R -L20 Systems
JP2UF100 -L20
JP4W -X20 -X2 -X6 -X
JP4WP -X20 -X2 -X6 -X E2.
JP4CM -X20 Labels
JP4ZP -X20
JP4CP -X20
E3.
JP4SBC50 -X20 -X Pre-Printed
JP4SBC87 -X20 & Write-On
JP4SBC50R -X20 -X2 -X Markers
JP4SBC87R -X20
JP4HBC25R -X20 E4.
JP4HBC50R -X20 -X2 -X Permanent
Identification
JP4HBC75R -X20
JP4UF100 -X20 E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C4.7
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview J-Mod Cable Support System
Modular design allows flexibility to assemble system in Brackets allow for attachment to ceilings, beams, threaded rods and
B1. multiple configurations drop wires to meet requirements of a variety of applications
Cable Ties
Unique chaining bracket design creates a strong metal backbone Manufactured from materials that meet UL 2043 and are suitable for
and allows expansion of the system without disturbance of an use in air handling spaces
existing installation Complete horizontal and vertical 1" bend radius control
B2.
Cable Cables do not come in contact with metal
Accessories
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
B3. Part Number Part Description Material* Qty. Qty.
Stainless J Hook with Maximum 2" Bundle Capacity
Steel Ties
JMJH2W-X20* J Hook for wall mount applications only. Two Nylon 6.6 10 50
1/4" (M6) mounting holes for user supplied
C1. screws.
Wiring JMJH2W-X20 JMJH2-X20 JMJH2-X20* J Hook with snap lock attachments for use with Nylon 6.6 10 50
Duct
all brackets listed below.
Chaining Bracket
C2. JMCB-X Chaining bracket to extend J-Mod capacity Zinc Plated 10 50
Surface one level. Capacity: three levels maximum. For Steel
Raceway use with all single-level mounting brackets listed
below.
C3. JMCB-X JMCMB25-1-X Ceiling Mount Brackets
Abrasion JMCMB25-1-X Single-level ceiling mount bracket with one 1/4" Galvanized 10 50
Protection
(M6) mounting hole. Steel
JMCMB25-3-X** Three-level ceiling mount bracket with one 1/4" Galvanized 10 50
C4. (M6) mounting hole. Maximum capacity of six Steel
Cable J Hooks.
Management
Drop Wire Brackets
JMDWB-1-X Single-level drop wire bracket. Attaches to #12 Galvanized 10 50
wire or 1/4" (6.4mm) plain rod. Maximum Steel with
D1. capacity of one J Hook per level. Metal
Terminals
Attachments
JMCMB25-3-X JMDWB-1-X JMDWB-3-X** Three-level drop wire bracket. Attaches to #12 Galvanized 10 50
D2. wire or 1/4" (6.4mm) plain rod. Maximum Steel with
Power capacity of one J Hook for each of three levels. Metal
Connectors Maximum static load of 40 pounds. Attachments
Threaded Rod Brackets
D3. JMTRB38-1-X Single-level threaded rod bracket. Accepts Galvanized 10 50
Grounding 1/4" 3/8" (6.4mm 9.5mm) threaded rod. Steel with
Connectors Metal
Attachments
JMTRB38-3-X** Three-level threaded rod bracket. Accepts Galvanized 10 50
E1. 1/4" 3/8" (6.4mm 9.5mm) threaded rod. Steel with
Labeling JMDWB-3-X JMTRB38-1-X Maximum capacity of six J Hooks. Metal
Systems Attachments
Screw-On Beam Clamp Brackets
E2. JMSBCB87-1-X Single-level screw-on beam clamp bracket for Galvanized 10 50
Labels use with flanges up to 3/4" (19.1mm) thick. Steel with
Metal
Attachments
E3. JMSBCB87-3-X** Three-level screw-on beam clamp bracket for Galvanized 10 50
Pre-Printed use with flanges up to 3/4" (19.1mm) thick. Steel with
& Write-On
Maximum capacity of six J Hooks. Metal
Markers
Attachments
JMTRB38-3-X JMSBCB87-1-X
E4. *Suitable for use in air handling spaces and listed in accordance with UL 2043 and CAN/ULC S102.2 when
Permanent mounted as single units or in pairs. Maximum spacing of 4' (1220mm) required between mount points.
Identification (Flame Spread Rating = 0, Smoke Developed Classification = 30)
**Not for use with chaining brackets.
E5.
Lockout/ Maximum Cable Capacity
Tagout
& Safety Cat. 6A Cat. 6 Cat. 5e
Solutions (.310") (.236") (.193")
JMJH2W
F. or 30 50 70
Index JMJH2
JMSBCB87-3-X
C4.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Bridle Rings and Fastening Clip Overview
Multiple diameters, thread sizes, and configurations Other unique labor saving assemblies differentiate from
Threaded and non-threaded sizes are compatible with spring steel competition including pre-assemblies with powder actuated
B1.
clip (BR-MPCL) clamp providing a solid securing point for the fasteners, toggle wings, and clearance holes for user
Cable Ties
bridle ring supplied fasteners
Std. B2.
Cable
Pkg.
Accessories
Part Number Part Description Qty.
Bridle Rings
B3.
BR-.50 Bridle ring, .50" dia., non-threaded #8 wire (.162). 100
Stainless
BR-.75 Bridle ring, .75" dia., non-threaded #8 wire (.162). 100 Steel Ties
BR-1.25 Bridle ring, 1.25" dia., non-threaded #8 wire (.162). 100
Non-Threaded Threaded BR-2.0 Bridle ring, 2.00" dia., non-threaded #8 wire (.162). 100 C1.
#8 Wire BR-.50-10-24 Bridle ring, .50" dia., 10 24 threaded. 100 Wiring
Duct
BR-.75-10-24 Bridle ring, .75" dia., 10 24 threaded. 100
BR-1.25-10-24 Bridle ring, 1.25" dia., 10 24 threaded. 100
C2.
BR-2.0-10-24 Bridle ring, 2.00" dia., 10 24 threaded. 100 Surface
BR-1.25-1/4-20 Bridle ring, 1.25" dia., 1/4 20 threaded. 100 Raceway
BR-2.0-1/4-20 Bridle ring, 2.00" dia., 1/4 20 threaded. 100
BR-4.0-1/4-20 Bridle ring, 4.00" dia., 1/4 20 threaded. 50 C3.
BR-1.25-14WS Bridle ring, 1.25" dia., 16 wood screw thread. 100 Abrasion
Wood Screw Power Actuated Protection
Thread Fastener BR-2.0-14WS Bridle ring, 2.00" dia., 16 wood screw thread. 100
BR-1.5-PAF Bridle ring, 1.50" dia., with powder actuated fastener. 50
C4.
BR-2.0-PAF Bridle ring, 2.00" (50.8mm) dia., with powder actuated fastener. 50 Cable
BR-1.5-SN Bridle ring, 1.50" dia., user supplied nail or fastener. 100 Management
BR-2.0-SN Bridle ring, 2.00" dia., user supplied nail or fastener. 100
BR-1.5-TW Bridle ring, 1.50" dia., with integrated toggle screw. 25
D1.
BR-2.0-TW Bridle ring, 2.00" dia., with integrated toggle screw. 25 Terminals
General Purpose Clip
BR-MPCL Multi-purpose clip; accommodates beam flange from 1/8" to 1/2", 100
User Supplied Integrated standard 1/4 20 or #10 24 threaded bridle rings, standard drive D2.
rings, as well as non-threaded #8 wire bridle rings. Power
Nail or Fastener Toggle Screw Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
Std. E2.
Pkg. Labels
Part Number Part Description Qty.
LV-S-1G Low voltage integral mounting bracket for new installations, single gang 25
stud bracket. E3.
Pre-Printed
LV-S-2G Low voltage integral mounting bracket for new installations, double gang 25 & Write-On
stud bracket. Markers
New Install LV-W-1G Low voltage mounting bracket for retrofit installations; single gang box 100
with screws; suitable for wall material thicknesses of 1/2" to 1 1/2". E4.
LV-W-2G Low voltage mounting bracket for retrofit installations; double gang box 50 Permanent
with screws; suitable for wall material thicknesses of 1/2" to 1 1/2". Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
Retrofit Install
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C4.9
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Metal Stud Accessories
Metal stud grommets and cable support manager support and Metal Stud Punching Tool punches a 1-11/32" (34.1mm) round
protect cable within the building structure hole in 25 GA. min. to 20 GA max. mild steel studs; contoured
B1. handle; lightweight aluminum head; automatic hole centering on
Cable Ties standard width (3.625") studs; replaceable punch and dies;
self-stripping design that eliminates punch hang-ups
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals Conduit Waterfall
D2. Helps prevent pinch points and over bending that could cause Unique patented design allows for use in both new and
Power damage to cable retrofit applications
Connectors Suitable for use in air handling spaces per UL 2043 Allows user to install 3/4" Tak-Ty Cable Ties to provide a method
UL listed per UL 1565 to retain and manage the cable bundle
D3. Able to manage and support a large capacity of cables Material: Black nylon meets UL 94V-0 specifications
Grounding
Connectors
Easy and fast to install reducing labor cost
Std. Std.
E1. Pkg. Ctn.
Labeling Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Systems
CWF400 Provides bend radius control for cables entering/exiting 4" EMT 1 10
conduit. Secure to conduit without tools utilizing integral thumb
screw and captive nut.
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C4.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Waterfall Accessories Overview
Patented bend radius control product Base attaches to either the rung or stringer on most standard
Product available as a kit (includes base, two wings, and cable ties) ladder racks for a variety of installations/configurations B1.
or purchased separately Modular components allow user to custom configure each location Cable Ties
Easy to install waterfall kit maintains bend radius control in both where cable management is required
vertical and horizontal directions to provide a TIA/EIA-568-B Material: Black Glass-Filled Nylon 6.6 meets
B2.
compliant installation UL 94V-0 specifications
Cable
Accessories
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color* Qty. Qty. B3.
Stainless
CMW-KIT Cable management waterfall kit. Provides bend radius control 1 10 Steel Ties
when transferring cables from standard ladder rack. Kit
includes CMWB, two CMWW, and cable ties.
C1.
CMWB Cable management waterfall base. Used to maintain 1.75" 1 10
Wiring
bend radius control vertically when transferring cable off of Duct
ladder rack. Mounts to ladder rack rung or stringer with Black
standard cross section cable ties (included).
C2.
CMWW Cable management waterfall wing. Used in conjunction with 1 10 Surface
CMW-KIT CMWB to maintain 1.00" bend radius control horizontally when Raceway
transferring cable off ladder rack.
*For white, include suffix of 10. For example: CMW-KIT10.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
CMWB Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
CMWW
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Double Waterfall Accessory Systems
Double waterfall base attaches to the rung on most standard Easy to install double waterfall base maintains bend radius E2.
ladder racks to allow bend radius control for cables coming from control in a vertical direction to provide a TIA/EIA-568-B Labels
either direction compliant installation
UL 94V-0 Rated Material E3.
Pre-Printed
Std. Std. & Write-On
Markers
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
CMW2B Cable management double waterfall base. Used to maintain Black 1 10 E4.
Permanent
1.75" bend radius control vertically when transferring cable off
Identification
either side of ladder rack rung. Mounts to ladder rack rung with
standard cross section cable ties (included). E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C4.11
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Stackable Cable Rack Spacers
Patented ladder rack accessories Maximize rack space by stacking products for maximum
B1. cable capacity
Cable Ties Separate and support cable and prevent pinch points between the
bottom row of cable and the rung as a result of the weight of Provide an alternative to lacing cord by allowing user to secure
multiple cable layers applied on top of each other cable to spacer to prevent movement of cable
B2. Mount to ladder rack with standard cross section cable ties Color: Black
Cable
Accessories
Std. Std.
Width Pkg. Ctn.
B3.
Stainless Part Number Part Description In. mm Qty. Qty.
CRS6-X
Steel Ties CRS6-X Six space stackable cable rack spacer. Accepts cable up 5.25 133.4 10 100
to .80" diameter.
C1. CRS1-X One space stackable cable rack spacer. Use with 1.13 28.58 10 100
Wiring CRS1-X CRS6 to fill width of ladder rack. Accepts cable up to
Duct .80" diameter.
CRS4-125-X Four space stackable cable rack spacer. Accepts cable 5.24 133.1 10 100
C2. up to 1.25" diameter.
Surface CRS1-125-X One space stackable cable rack spacer. Use with 1.55 39.4 10 100
Raceway CRS4-125-X
CRS4 to fill width of ladder rack. Accepts cable up to
1.25" diameter.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
CRS1-125-X
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C4.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Vertical D-Rings Overview
Patented cable manager ring 1/4" mounting holes allow for a variety of screws to secure the
B1.
Standard EIA hole spacing allows product to be mounted to any D-ring to a surface Cable Ties
standard rack Material: Black Polycarbonate
Flexible material allows arm to rotate so entire cable bundle can be
inserted and removed B2.
Cable
Accessories
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn. B3.
Part Number Part Description Fiber ScTP UTP Qty. Qty. Stainless
CMVDR1 Vertical D-ring. 252 48 96 1 10 Steel Ties
Outside dimensions 5.70"L x 2.00"W.
CMVDR1S Vertical D-ring. 132 32 52 1 10 C1.
CMVDR1 CMVDR1S Outside dimensions 3.30"L x 2.00"W. Wiring
Duct
CMVDR2 Vertical D-ring. 504 96 192 1 10
Outside dimensions 5.70"L x 3.00"W.
C2.
CMVDR2S Vertical D-ring. 252 48 96 1 10 Surface
Outside dimensions 3.30"L x 3.00"W. Raceway
CMVDRC Center mounted vertical D-ring for routing 1000 200 400 1 10
CMVDR2 cables between two adjacent racks. Requires C3.
CMVDR2S
8.25" spacing between the center lines of the Abrasion
adjacent racks mounting holes. Protection
Outside dimensions 5.60"L x 8.00"W.
CMVDRC
D1.
Terminals
Cable tie cross section sizes: HLT = Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Ties, HLS = Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Strip Tie, TTS = Tak-Tape Roll, UCT = Ultra-Cinch Tie. F.
*For proper selection of adhesives see page B2.53. Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) C4.13
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Flat Pan-Post Standoffs
Standard EIA hole spacing allows product to be mounted with user Mounting method: 1/4" (M6) screw
B1.
supplied screws up to 1/4" diameter Use where space is limited
Cable Ties Organize cables in standard cabinets and racks For indoor use only
Std. Std.
B2. Pkg. Ctn.
Cable Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Accessories
PPF2S-S25-V Nylon 6.6 flat Pan-Post Standoff. Use with miniature, 5 100
intermediate, and standard cross section cable ties.
B3. Dimensions 5.42"L x 1.50"H x 0.19"W
Stainless (137.7mm x 38.1mm x 4.8mm).
Steel Ties PPF2S-S25-V69 Flame retardant nylon 6.6 flat Pan-Post Standoff. Use with 5 100
miniature, intermediate, and standard cross section cable ties.
Material meets UL 94V-0 specifications.
C1.
Wiring Dimensions 5.42"L x 1.50"H x 0.19"W
Duct (137.7mm x 38.1mm x 4.8mm).
PPF2SV-S25-V Nylon 6.6 flat Pan-Post Standoff. Use with Tak-Ty Hook & 5 100
Loop Cable Ties. Dimensions 5.60"L x 1.62"H x 0.19"W
C2. (142.2mm x 41.3mm x 4.8mm).
Surface
Raceway PPF2SV-S25-V69 Flame retardant nylon 6.6 flat Pan-Post Standoff. Use with 5 100
Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Cable Ties. Material meets UL 94V-0
specifications. Dimensions 5.60"L x 1.62"H x 0.19"W
C3. (142.2mm x 41.3mm x 4.8mm).
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
C4.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Panduit continually provides new designs to meet the application challenges encountered by our
E2.
customers.Panduit offers a wide assortment of Pan-Term termination products to meet customer needs Labels
at the lowest installed cost.
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.1
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Features and Benefits Pan-Term Terminals
B1.
All Panduit terminals feature high quality materials made with electrolytic copper for high conductivity and are tin-plated for
Cable Ties corrosion resistance.
C4. UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B. UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B.
Cable Nickel plated terminals rated up to 650F (343C) Flammability UL 94V-2/HB.
Management maximum operating temperature. Proprietary blend of UL 94V-2 and UL 94HB
flammability rated materials.
E4.
Permanent
Identification Panduit extensive line of tooling is Panduit designs and manufactures a
specifically designed for optimum full line of labeling products, software
E5. crimping performance. and printers to assist you with your
Lockout/
Tagout labeling requirements.
See pages D1.83 D1.89.
& Safety
Solutions
See pages E1.1 E2.28.
F.
Index
D1.2
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Selection Guide Pan-Term Ring Terminals Overview
B1.
Insulation Feature Type Page Cable Ties
Style Number
Material
Insulation Grip PN-R D1.6
Funnel Entry PNF-R D1.7 B2.
Standard Ring Cable
Expanded Insulation PN-RX D1.8 Accessories
Nylon Heavy Duty PN-HDR D1.13
B3.
Multiple Stud Insulation Grip PN-610R D1.8 Stainless
Steel Ties
Insulation Support PV-R D1.9
Expanded Insulation PV-RX D1.10 C1.
Heavy Duty PV-HDR D1.14 Wiring
Standard Ring Duct
Large Wire,
Ring Terminals Insulation Support PV-R/X D1.15
Expanded Insulation, C2.
Vinyl Insulation Support PV-RX D1.16 Surface
Raceway
C4.
Cable
Management
KYNAR is a registered trademark of Atofina Chemicals, Inc.
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.3
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Selection Guide Pan-Term Fork Terminals
B1.
Cable Ties
Material Style Feature Type Page
Number
D1.
Terminals
Heat Shrink Standard Fork Heat Shrink Insulation PH-F D1.31
D2.
Power
Connectors
Standard Fork Brazed Seam P-F D1.29
D3.
Grounding Flanged Fork Brazed Seam P-FF D1.30
Connectors
Non-Insulated
Locking Fork Brazed Seam P-LF D1.30
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Locking Fork Short Brazed Seam P-SLF D1.31
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.4
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Part Number System for Pan-Term Terminals
P N 14 4 R X C
B1.
Cable Ties
Tongue Special Std. Pkg.
Type Insulation Wire Range Stud Size Configuration Configuration Size
P = Seamed H = Heat Shrink 22 = #26 22 2 = #2 HDR = Heavy Duty Ring HT6 = High 5 =5
Barrel Temperature B2.
K = KYNAR 18 = #22 18 4 = #4 F = Fork X = 10 Cable
S = Seamless Insulated 14 = #16 14 5 = #5 FF = Flanged Fork N = Narrow E = 20 Accessories
Tubular N = Nylon Tongue Q = 25
12 = #16 12 6 = #6 LF = Locking Fork
Barrel Insulated W = Wide Tongue
10 = #12 10 8 = #8 R = Ring L = 50
NF = Nylon X = Expanded B3.
8 = #8 10 = #10 SLF = Short Locking Insulation C = 100 Stainless
Insulated Fork
6 = #6 14 = 1/4" = Non- T = 200 Steel Ties
Funnel
Entry 4 = #4 56 = 5/16" Expanded D = 500
V = Vinyl 2 = #2 38 = 3/8" Insulation M = 1000
(leave blank) C1.
Insulated 1 = #1 76 = 7/16" Wiring
= Non-Ins. 1/0 = 1/0 Duct
12 = 1/2"
(leave blank)
2/0 = 2/0
3/0 = 3/0 C2.
4/0 = 4/0 Surface
250 = 250kcmil Raceway
C3.
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.5
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high vibration UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
B2. applications 221F (105C)
Cable
Accessories Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications
Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
B3.
Stainless
tensile strength
Steel Ties
Stock Max. Figure Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Part Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C1. Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
Wiring
Duct PN22-2R-C* 0.02 0.090 #2 0.69 0.20 0.18 100 1000
PN22-4R-C* 0.02 0.090 #4 0.69 0.20 0.18 100 1000
CT-600-A,
PN22-6R-C* 26 22 0.02 0.090 #6 0.69 0.20 0.18 100 1000
Yellow CT-1525,
C2. AWG
PN22-8R-C* 0.02 0.090 #8 0.78 0.26 0.26 CT-2500 100 1000
Surface
Raceway PN22-10R-C* 0.02 0.090 #10 0.78 0.31 0.24 100 1000
PN18-4RN-C^ 0.03 0.145 #4 0.74 0.22 0.18 100 500
PN18-4R-C 0.03 0.145 #4 0.80 0.25 0.22 100 500
C3.
Abrasion PN18-6RN-C^ 0.03 0.145 #6 0.77 0.22 0.18 100 500
Protection L PN18-6R-C^ 0.03 0.145 #6 0.80 0.25 0.22 CT-100A, 100 500
PN18-8R-C^ 0.03 0.145 #8 0.86 0.31 0.25 CT-600-A, 100 500
22 18
Red CT-1550,
C4. PN18-10R-C^ AWG 0.03 0.145 #10 0.88 0.31 0.25 100 500
CT-1551,
Cable W PN18-14R-C^ 0.03 0.145 1/4" 1.09 0.45 0.38 CT-2500 100 500
Management PN18-56R-C^ 0.03 0.145 5/16" 1.09 0.46 0.38 100 500
C PN18-38R-C^ 0.03 0.145 3/8" 1.17 0.53 0.43 100 500
PN18-12R-L 0.03 0.145 1/2" 1.35 0.72 0.53 50 500
D1.
Terminals PN14-4R-C^ 0.03 0.162 #4 0.78 0.25 0.20 100 500
PN14-6RN-C^ 0.03 0.162 #6 0.76 0.25 0.20 100 500
PN14-6R-C^ 0.03 0.162 #6 0.85 0.31 0.25 100 500
D2. PN14-8R-C^ 0.03 0.162 #8 0.85 0.31 0.25 CT-100A, 100 500
Power CT-600-A,
Connectors PN14-10R-C^ 18 14 Blue 0.03 0.162 #10 0.85 0.31 0.25 CT-1550, 100 500
AWG
PN14-14R-C^ 0.03 0.162 1/4" 1.05 0.46 0.38 CT-1551, 100 500
CT-2500
PN14-56R-C^ 0.03 0.162 5/16" 1.05 0.46 0.38 100 500
D3.
PN14-38R-L^ 0.03 0.162 3/8" 1.14 0.53 0.43 50 500
Grounding
Connectors PN14-12R-Q 0.03 0.162 1/2" 1.35 0.72 0.53 25 125
PN10-6R-L^ 0.04 0.225 #6 1.06 0.37 0.31 50 500
PN10-8R-L^ 0.04 0.225 #8 1.06 0.37 0.31 50 500
E1. CT-100A,
Labeling PN10-10R-L^ 0.04 0.225 #10 1.06 0.38 0.31 50 500
CT-600-A,
Systems PN10-14R-L^ 12 10 Yellow 0.04 0.225 1/4" 1.21 0.52 0.38 CT-1550, 50 500
AWG
PN10-56R-L^ 0.04 0.225 5/16" 1.21 0.52 0.38 CT-1551, 50 500
CT-2500
PN10-38R-L^ 0.04 0.225 3/8" 1.29 0.58 0.43 50 500
E2.
PN10-12R-Q 0.04 0.225 1/2" 1.47 0.72 0.53 25 125
Labels
*Wire sizes #26-22 AWG, are not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
E3. ^For military specification cross reference see page D1.96.
Pre-Printed UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84,
& Write-On D1.86 and D1.88.
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.7
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
Multiple Stud Terminal, Nylon Insulated
Type PN-610R
D3.
Grounding Teardrop shaped mounting hole of multiple stud terminals permits Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
Connectors use with #6, #8, or #10 size studs tensile strength
Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high vibration UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
E1. applications 221F (105C)
Labeling Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Systems protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications
D1.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
*Wire sizes #26 22 AWG, are not UL Listed or CSA Certified. E2.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information. Labels
UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84,
D1.86 and D1.88.
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.9
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C1.
Wiring
Duct Stock Max. Figure Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
C2. PV18-4RX-CY 0.03 0.170 #4 0.88 0.25 0.22 100 500
Surface
Raceway PV18-6RX-CY 0.03 0.170 #6 0.89 0.25 0.22 100 500
PV18-8RX-CY 0.03 0.170 #8 0.97 0.31 0.27 CT-100A, 100 500
CT-600-A,
PV18-10RX-CY 22 18 Red 0.03 0.170 #10 0.96 0.31 0.27 CT-1550, 100 500
C3. AWG
PV18-14RX-CY 0.03 0.170 1/4" 1.17 0.46 0.40 CT-1551, 100 500
Abrasion CT-2500
Protection PV18-56RX-LY 0.03 0.170 5/16" 1.17 0.46 0.40 50 500
PV18-38RX-LY 0.03 0.170 3/8" 1.25 0.53 0.45 50 500
PV14-4RX-C 0.03 0.200 #4 0.87 0.25 0.19 100 500
C4.
Cable PV14-6RX-C 0.03 0.200 #6 0.96 0.31 0.25 100 500
Management L PV14-8RX-C 0.03 0.200 #8 0.96 0.31 0.25 CT-100A, 100 500
CT-600-A,
PV14-10RX-C 16 14 Blue 0.03 0.200 #10 0.96 0.31 0.25 CT-1550, 100 500
AWG
PV14-14RX-L 0.03 0.200 1/4" 1.16 0.46 0.37 CT-1551, 50 500
D1. W CT-2500
Terminals PV14-56RX-L 0.03 0.200 5/16" 1.16 0.46 0.37 50 500
C PV14-38RX-L 0.03 0.200 3/8" 1.25 0.53 0.42 50 500
PV10-6RX-L 0.04 0.250 #6 1.10 0.31 0.30 50 500
D2. PV10-8RX-L 0.04 0.250 #8 1.10 0.31 0.30 CT-100A, 50 500
Power PV10-10RX-L 12 10 0.04 0.250 #10 1.10 0.31 0.30 CT-600-A, 50 500
Connectors Yellow CT-1550,
PV10-14RX-L AWG 0.04 0.250 1/4" 1.29 0.52 0.39 50 500
CT-1551,
PV10-56RX-L 0.04 0.250 5/16" 1.29 0.52 0.42 CT-2500 50 500
D3. PV10-38RX-L 0.04 0.250 3/8" 1.39 0.58 0.46 50 500
Grounding
Connectors **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84,
D1.86 and D1.88.
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C1.
Stock Max. Figure Dimensions Recommended Std. Std. Wiring
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn. Duct
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PV18-610R-CY 22 18 Red 0.03 0.150 1.00 0.31 0.25 100 500
AWG C2.
CT-100A, Surface
PV14-610R-C 16 14 Blue 0.03 0.170 #6, 1.00 0.31 0.25 CT-600-A, 100 500 Raceway
AWG #8, CT-1550,
#10 CT-1551,
PV10-610R-L 12 10 Yellow 0.04 0.225 1.17 0.37 0.31 CT-2500 50 500
AWG C3.
Abrasion
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information. Protection
UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84,
D1.86 and D1.88.
C4.
L Cable
Management
W
D1.
Terminals
C
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.11
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
F.
Index
D1.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Wire C1.
Max. Stud Figure Dimensions Strip Recommended Std. Std. Wiring
Wire Color Ins. Size (In.) Length Installation Pkg. Ctn. Duct
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) L W (In.) Tool Qty. Qty.
PH18-6R-Q 0.170 #6 1.05 0.25 5/16 25 125
PH18-8R-Q 0.170 #8 1.08 0.31 5/16 25 125 C2.
22 18
Red CT-310 Surface
PH18-10R-Q AWG 0.170 #10 1.08 0.31 5/16 25 125
Raceway
PH18-14R-Q 0.170 1/4" 1.24 0.47 5/16 25 125
PH14-6R-Q 0.190 #6 1.06 0.31 5/16 25 125
PH14-8R-Q 0.190 #8 1.03 0.31 5/16 25 125 C3.
Abrasion
PH14-10R-Q 16 14 0.190 #10 1.05 0.32 5/16 25 125 Protection
Blue CT-310
PH14-14R-Q AWG 0.190 1/4" 1.24 0.46 5/16 25 125
PH14-56R-Q 0.190 5/16" 1.24 0.46 5/16 25 125
L C4.
PH14-38R-Q 0.190 3/8" 1.24 0.53 5/16 25 125 Cable
PH10-8R-E 0.240 #8 1.22 0.37 5/16 20 100 Management
W PH10-10R-E 0.240 #10 1.20 0.37 5/16 20 100
PH10-14R-E 12 10 0.240 1/4" 1.20 0.52 5/16 20 100
Yellow CT-310
AWG D1.
PH10-38R-E 0.240 3/8" 1.20 0.59 5/16 20 100
Terminals
PH10-12R-E 0.240 1/2" 1.54 0.72 5/16 20 100
For crimping tool information, see page D1.85.
D2.
Power
Connectors
Manufactured from stock 56% thicker than a standard #16 #14 Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
AWG terminal for use in heavy-duty applications tensile strength E1.
Insulation housing is marked with HDR to signify heavy-duty ring UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature Labeling
Systems
Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high 221F (105C)
vibration applications UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing E2.
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications Labels
C F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.13
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C PV4-56R-E 4 AWG Yellow 0.05 0.450 5/16" 1.95 0.68 0.50 CD-720PV8-2, 20 200 D1.
CT-2600,
PV4-38R-E 0.05 0.450 3/8" 1.95 0.68 0.50 CD-2600-PV4 20 200 Terminals
PV4-12R-E 0.05 0.450 1/2" 2.04 0.86 0.50 20 200
PV2-10R-XY 0.06 0.560 #10 1.96 0.68 0.58 10 100
PV2-14R-XY 0.06 0.560 1/4" 1.96 0.68 0.58 10 100 D2.
CT-720,
Power
PV2-56R-XY 2 AWG Red 0.06 0.560 5/16" 1.96 0.68 0.58 CD-720PV8-2, 10 100 Connectors
CT-2600,
PV2-38R-XY 0.06 0.560 3/8" 1.96 0.68 0.58 CD-2600-PV2 10 100
PV2-12R-XY 0.06 0.560 1/2" 2.05 0.86 0.58 10 100
D3.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information. Grounding
UL approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see page D1.87 and D1.89. Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.15
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.17
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
C3. UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For tooling information, see pages D1.83, D1.84, D1.86 and
Abrasion D1.88.
Protection
L
C4.
Cable
Management W
C
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Ring Terminal, Non-Insulated High Temperature
B1.
Type P-RHT Cable Ties
Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the
vibration applications crimp process
B2.
Nickel plated copper for temperatures up to 650F (343C) Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and easy Cable
Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum wire insertion Accessories
tensile strength Rated up to 2000 V
B3.
Stainless
Figure Dimensions Steel Ties
Stock Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Thickness Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty. Qty.
C1.
P18-6RHT6-C 0.03 #6 0.62 0.25 0.21 CT-100A, 100 1000
Wiring
CT-200, Duct
P18-8RHT6-C 22 16 0.03 #8 0.71 0.31 0.25 100 1000
CT-600-A,
AWG
CT-1570,
P18-10RHT6-C 0.03 #10 0.71 0.31 0.25 100 1000
CT-2500
C2.
P14-6RHT6-C 0.03 #6 0.62 0.25 0.20 CT-100A, 100 1000 Surface
CT-200, Raceway
P14-8RHT6-C 18 14 0.03 #8 0.71 0.31 0.25 100 1000
CT-600-A,
AWG
CT-1570,
P14-10RHT6-C 0.03 #10 0.71 0.31 0.25 100 1000
CT-2500 C3.
P10-6RHT6-L 0.04 #6 0.78 0.31 0.35 50 500 Abrasion
CT-100A, Protection
P10-8RHT6-L 0.04 #8 0.78 0.31 0.35 CT-200, 50 500
12 10 CT-600-A,
P10-10RHT6-L AWG 0.04 #10 0.81 0.38 0.33 CT-1570, 50 500 C4.
CT-1701, Cable
P10-14RHT6-L 0.04 1/4" 0.96 0.53 0.42 CT-2500 50 500 Management
Large Wire, Non-Insulated - High Temperature
P8-8RHT6-Q 0.04 #8 1.12 0.42 0.43 25 250
D1.
P8-10RHT6-Q 0.04 #10 1.14 0.42 0.43 25 250 Terminals
P8-14RHT6-Q 0.04 1/4" 1.14 0.47 0.43 CT-2600, 25 250
8 AWG
P8-56RHT6-Q 0.04 5/16" 1.25 0.59 0.51 CD-2600-8 25 250
P8-38RHT6-Q 0.04 3/8" 1.25 0.59 0.51 25 250 D2.
P8-12RHT6-Q 0.04 1/2" 1.36 0.82 0.54 25 250
Power
Connectors
P6-8RHT6-E 0.05 #8 1.21 0.47 0.43 20 200
P6-10RHT6-E 0.05 #10 1.21 0.47 0.43 20 200
P6-14RHT6-E 0.05 1/4" 1.21 0.47 0.43 20 200 D3.
CT-2600, Grounding
6 AWG
P6-56RHT6-E 0.05 5/16" 1.33 0.62 0.51 CD-2600-6 20 200 Connectors
P6-38RHT6-E 0.05 3/8" 1.33 0.62 0.51 20 200
P6-12RHT6-E 0.05 1/2" 1.43 0.82 0.51 20 200
E1.
P4-10RHT6-E 0.05 #10 1.40 0.55 0.50 20 200 Labeling
P4-14RHT6-E 0.05 1/4" 1.40 0.55 0.50 20 200 Systems
P4-56RHT6-E 0.05 5/16" 1.46 0.68 0.50 CT-2600, 20 200
4 AWG
CD-2600-4
P4-38RHT6-E 0.05 3/8" 1.46 0.68 0.50 20 200
P4-12RHT6-E 0.05 1/2" 1.55 0.86 0.53 20 200 E2.
L Labels
P2-10RHT6-X 0.06 #10 1.46 0.68 0.58 10 100
P2-14RHT6-X 0.06 1/4" 1.46 0.68 0.58 10 100
P2-56RHT6-X 0.06 5/16" 1.46 0.68 0.58 CT-2600, 10 100 E3.
2 AWG
CD-2600-2 Pre-Printed
W P2-38RHT6-X 0.06 3/8" 1.46 0.68 0.58 10 100 & Write-On
P2-12RHT6-X 0.06 1/2" 1.55 0.86 0.58 10 100 Markers
C
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84, D1.86, D1.88, and D1.89. E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.19
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C4.
Cable Ring Terminal, Large Wire Non-Insulated
Management
Type P-R
Designed for use with #8 - #2 AWG copper wire Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the
D1. Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high crimp process
Terminals
vibration applications Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and easy
Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum wire insertion
tensile strength Maximum recommended operating temperature 302F (150C)
D2.
Power UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B
Connectors Figure Dimensions
Stock Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Thickness Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
D3.
Grounding P8-8R-Q 0.04 #8 1.12 0.42 0.43 25 250
Connectors P8-10R-Q 0.04 #10 1.14 0.47 0.43 25 250
P8-14R-Q 0.04 1/4" 1.14 0.47 0.43 CT-1701, 25 250
8 AWG CT-2600,
E1. P8-56R-Q 0.04 5/16" 1.25 0.59 0.51 25 250
CD-2600-8
Labeling P8-38R-Q 0.04 3/8" 1.25 0.59 0.51 25 250
Systems
P8-12R-Q 0.04 1/2" 1.36 0.82 0.54 25 250
P6-8R-E 0.05 #8 1.21 0.47 0.43 20 200
P6-10R-E 0.05 #10 1.21 0.47 0.43 20 200
E2.
Labels P6-14R-E 0.05 1/4" 1.21 0.47 0.43 CT-1701, 20 200
6 AWG CT-2600,
P6-56R-E 0.05 5/16" 1.33 0.62 0.51 20 200
CD-2600-6
P6-38R-E 0.05 3/8" 1.33 0.62 0.51 20 200
E3. L
Pre-Printed P6-12R-E 0.05 1/2" 1.43 0.82 0.51 20 200
& Write-On P4-10R-E 0.05 #10 1.40 0.55 0.50 20 200
Markers
P4-14R-E 0.05 1/4" 1.40 0.55 0.50 20 200
W CT-1701,
P4-56R-E 4 AWG 0.05 5/16" 1.46 0.68 0.50 CT-2600, 20 200
E4. CD-2600-4
P4-38R-E 0.05 3/8" 1.46 0.68 0.50 20 200
Permanent
Identification C P4-12R-E 0.05 1/2" 1.55 0.86 0.53 20 200
P2-10R-X 0.06 #10 1.46 0.68 0.58 10 100
E5.
P2-14R-X 0.06 1/4" 1.46 0.68 0.58 10 100
Lockout/ CT-1701,
Tagout P2-56R-X 2 AWG 0.06 5/16" 1.46 0.68 0.58 CT-2600, 10 100
& Safety P2-38R-X 0.06 3/8" 1.46 0.68 0.58 CD-2600-2 10 100
Solutions
P2-12R-X* 0.06 1/2" 1.55 0.86 0.58 10 100
*Not CSA Certified.
F.
Index **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see page D1.84 and D1.89.
D1.20 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.21
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D1.22 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.23
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D1.24 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Locks in place for secure connection Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the tensile strength B2.
need to remove fastener UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature Cable
Accessories
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing 221F (105C)
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
B3.
Stock Max. Figure Recommended Std. Std. Stainless
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Dimensions (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn. Steel Ties
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PNF18-6LF-C 0.03 0.145 #6 0.82 0.27 0.20 CT-100A, 100 500
PNF18-6LFW-C 0.03 0.145 #6 0.85 0.29 0.20 CT-600-A, 100 500
C1.
22 18 Wiring
Red CT-1550,
PNF18-8LF-C AWG 0.03 0.145 #8 0.89 0.29 0.26 100 500 Duct
CT-1551,
PNF18-10LF-C 0.03 0.145 #10 0.89 0.33 0.25 CT-2500 100 500
PNF14-6LF-C 0.03 0.162 #6 0.87 0.25 0.20 CT-100A, 100 500
C2.
PNF14-6LFW-C 0.03 0.162 #6 0.84 0.29 0.20 CT-600-A, 100 500 Surface
18 14
Blue CT-1550, Raceway
PNF14-8LF-C AWG 0.03 0.162 #8 0.93 0.29 0.25 100 500
CT-1551,
PNF14-10LF-C 0.03 0.162 #10 0.93 0.33 0.25 CT-2500 100 500
PNF10-6LF-L 0.04 0.225 #6 1.02 0.30 0.20 CT-100A, 50 500 C3.
PNF10-8LF-L 0.04 0.225 #8 1.05 0.30 0.20 CT-600-A, 50 500 Abrasion
12 10
Yellow CT-1550, Protection
PNF10-10LF-L AWG 0.04 0.225 #10 1.05 0.34 0.22 50 500
L CT-1551,
PNF10-14LF-L 0.04 0.225 1/4" 1.19 0.46 0.33 CT-2500 50 500
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information. C4.
W UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84, Cable
D1.86 and D1.88. Management
C
D1.
Terminals
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.25
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D2.
Power Short Locking Fork Terminal, Nylon Insulated
Connectors
Type PN-SLF
D3. Locks in place for a secure connection in limited spaces Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
Grounding tensile strength
Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the
Connectors
need to remove fastener UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing 221F (105C)
E1. protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Labeling
Systems
Stock Max. Figure Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
E2.
PN18-5SLF-C 0.03 0.145 #5 0.75 0.26 0.19 100 500
Labels
PN18-6SLF-C 0.03 0.145 #6 0.75 0.27 0.19 CT-1550, 100 500
22 18
Red CT-1551,
PN18-8SLF-C AWG 0.03 0.145 #8 0.80 0.29 0.23 100 500
CT-2500
E3. PN18-10SLF-C 0.03 0.145 #10 0.81 0.33 0.23 100 500
Pre-Printed
& Write-On PN14-5SLF-C 0.03 0.162 #5 0.75 0.25 0.19 100 500
Markers PN14-6SLF-C 0.03 0.162 #6 0.75 0.25 0.19 100 500
CT-1550,
PN14-8SLF-C 16 14 0.03 0.162 #8 0.80 0.29 0.23 100 500
Blue CT-1551,
AWG
E4. PN14-10SLF-C 0.03 0.162 #10 0.81 0.33 0.23 CT-2500 100 500
Permanent
PN14-14SLF-C 0.03 0.162 1/4" 0.90 0.44 0.28 100 500
Identification
PN10-5SLF-L 0.04 0.225 #5 0.86 0.25 0.22 50 500
L
E5. PN10-6SLF-L 0.04 0.225 #6 0.86 0.25 0.22 50 500
Lockout/ CT-1550,
PN10-8SLF-L 12 10 0.04 0.225 #8 0.92 0.29 0.26 50 500
Tagout Yellow CT-1551,
AWG
& Safety PN10-10SLF-L 0.04 0.225 #10 0.92 0.33 0.26 CT-2500 50 500
W
Solutions PN10-14SLF-L 0.04 0.225 1/4" 1.01 0.45 0.33 50 500
C **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
F. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.84 and D1.88.
Index
D1.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Locks in place for a secure connection in limited spaces Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the tensile strength B2.
need to remove fastener UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature Cable
221F (105C) Accessories
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
B3.
Stainless
Stock Max. Figure Dimensions Recommended Std. Std. Steel Ties
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PNF18-5SLF-C 0.03 0.145 #5 0.75 0.26 0.19 100 500 C1.
PNF18-6SLF-C 0.03 0.145 #6 0.75 0.27 0.19 CT-1550, 100 500
Wiring
22 18 Duct
Red CT-1551,
PNF18-8SLF-C AWG 0.03 0.145 #8 0.80 0.29 0.23 100 500
CT-2500
PNF18-10SLF-C 0.03 0.145 #10 0.81 0.33 0.23 100 500
PNF14-5SLF-C 0.03 0.162 #5 0.75 0.25 0.19 100 500 C2.
Surface
PNF14-6SLF-C 0.03 0.162 #6 0.75 0.25 0.19 100 500 Raceway
CT-1550,
PNF14-8SLF-C 16 14 0.03 0.162 #8 0.82 0.29 0.23 100 500
Blue CT-1551,
AWG
PNF14-10SLF-C 0.03 0.162 #10 0.81 0.33 0.23 CT-2500 100 500
C3.
PNF14-14SLF-C 0.03 0.162 1/4" 0.91 0.44 0.28 100 500 Abrasion
PNF10-6SLF-L 0.04 0.225 #6 0.91 0.25 0.17 50 500 Protection
L PNF10-8SLF-L 12 10 0.04 0.225 #8 0.92 0.29 0.22 CT-1550, 50 500
Yellow CT-1551,
PNF10-10SLF-L AWG 0.04 0.225 #10 0.93 0.33 0.22 50 500
CT-2500 C4.
PNF10-14SLF-L 0.04 0.225 1/4" 1.02 0.45 0.28 50 500 Cable
W Management
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
For crimping tool information, see pages D1.84 and D1.88.
C
D1.
Terminals
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.27
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D2.
Flanged Fork Terminal, Vinyl Insulated Funnel Entry
Power
Connectors Type PV-FF
Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
D3. need to remove fastener tensile strength
Grounding
Flange design provides extra secure connection on a variety UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation temperature
Connectors
of applications 221F (105C)
Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
E1. bending applications
Labeling
Systems
Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the
crimp process
D1.28 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and easy
need to remove fastener wire insertion B2.
Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum Maximum recommended operating temperature 302F (150C) Cable
Accessories
tensile strength UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B
Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the
crimp process B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Figure Dimensions
Stock Recommended Std. Std.
(In.)
Wire Thickness Stud Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty. C1.
P22-2F-C* 0.02 #2 0.49 0.19 0.19 100 1000 Wiring
Duct
P22-4F-C* 26 22 0.02 #4 0.49 0.20 0.19 100 1000
CT-200
AWG
P22-6F-C* 0.02 #6 0.59 0.25 0.26 100 1000
C2.
P18-6FN-C* 0.03 #6 0.63 0.24 0.19 100 1000 Surface
P18-6F-C 0.03 #6 0.63 0.30 0.21 100 1000 Raceway
CT-100A,
P18-8F-C 0.03 #8 0.69 0.32 0.25 CT-200, 100 1000
22 16
CT-600-A,
P18-10FN-C* AWG 0.03 #10 0.71 0.31 0.25 100 1000 C3.
CT-1570,
P18-10F-C 0.03 #10 0.71 0.35 0.25 CT-2500 100 1000 Abrasion
Protection
P18-14F-C 0.03 1/4" 0.88 0.44 0.33 100 1000
P14-6FN-C 0.03 #6 0.63 0.24 0.20 100 1000
C4.
P14-6F-C 0.03 #6 0.63 0.28 0.20 100 1000 Cable
CT-100A,
P14-8F-C 0.03 #8 0.69 0.31 0.23 CT-200, 100 1000 Management
18 14
CT-600-A,
P14-10FN-C AWG 0.03 #10 0.71 0.31 0.25 100 1000
CT-1570,
L P14-10F-C 0.03 #10 0.71 0.34 0.25 CT-2500 100 1000
D1.
P14-14F-C 0.03 1/4" 0.88 0.44 0.33 100 1000 Terminals
P10-6F-L 0.04 #6 0.75 0.31 0.22 CT-100A, 50 500
W P10-8F-L 0.04 #8 0.78 0.37 0.22
CT-200,
50 500
12 10 CT-600-A, D2.
P10-10F-L AWG 0.04 #10 0.78 0.37 0.23 CT-1570, 50 500 Power
C CT-1701, Connectors
P10-14F-L 0.04 1/4" 0.89 0.50 0.30 CT-2500 50 500
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.29
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D2. Locks in place for secure connection Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and easy
Power Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the wire insertion
Connectors need to remove fastener Maximum recommended operating temperature 302F (150C)
Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B
D3. tensile strength
Grounding Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the
Connectors crimp process
D1.30 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Locks in place for a secure connection in limited spaces Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and easy
Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the wire insertion B2.
need to remove fastener Maximum recommended operating temperature 302F (150C) Cable
Accessories
Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B
tensile strength
Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the B3.
crimp process Stainless
Steel Ties
Stock Figure Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Thickness Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
C1.
Wiring
P18-6SLF-C 0.03 #6 0.51 0.27 0.22 CT-100A, 100 1000 Duct
CT-200,
P18-8SLF-C 22 16 0.03 #8 0.56 0.29 0.25 100 1000
CT-600-A,
AWG
P18-10SLF-C 0.03 #10 0.57 0.33 0.25 CT-1570, 100 1000 C2.
CT-2500 Surface
P14-6SLF-C 0.03 #6 0.51 0.25 0.22 100 1000 Raceway
CT-100A,
P14-8SLF-C 0.03 #8 0.56 0.29 0.25 CT-200, 100 1000
16 14
CT-600-A,
P14-10SLF-C AWG 0.03 #10 0.57 0.33 0.25 100 1000 C3.
CT-1570,
CT-2500
Abrasion
P14-14SLF-C 0.03 1/4" 0.66 0.44 0.35 100 1000 Protection
L
P10-5SLF-L 0.04 #5 0.60 0.25 0.19 50 500
CT-100A,
P10-8SLF-L 0.04 #8 0.66 0.29 0.23 CT-200, 50 500 C4.
14 10 CT-600-A, Cable
P10-10SLF-L AWG 0.04 #10 0.67 0.33 0.23 CT-1570, 50 500 Management
W CT-1701,
P10-14SLF-L 0.04 1/4" 0.76 0.45 0.28 CT-2500 50 500
C
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information. D1.
UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84, Terminals
D1.86 and D1.88.
D2.
Power
Heat Shrink, Fork Terminal Connectors
W F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.31
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Features and Benefits Pan-Term Metric Terminals
All Panduit terminals feature high quality materials made with electrolytic copper for high conductivity and are tin-plated for
B1. corrosion resistance.
Cable Ties
Non-Insulated Terminals
D1. Type PM
Terminals
Maximum recommended operating
temperature 302F (150C)
D2.
Power
Connectors Product markings provide
easy identification of wire size
F.
Index
D1.32 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Part Number System for Pan-Term Metric Terminals Overview
PM V 1 3 R B C B1.
Cable Ties
Type Insulation Wire Range Stud Size Tongue Configuration Special Configuration Std. Pkg. Size
2 B2.
PM = Pan-Term N = Nylon 1 = 0.5 1.0mm 3 = M3 (#6) R = Ring B = Butted X = 10 Cable
Metric (22 18 AWG) Seam Accessories
NF = Nylon 4 = M4 (#8) F = Fork E = 20
2
Funnel 2 = 1.5 2.5mm
5 = M5 (#10) Q = 25
(16 14 AWG) B3.
V = Vinyl
2 6 = M6 (1/4) L = 50 Stainless
6 = 4.0 6.0mm Steel Ties
(12 10 AWG) 8 = M8 (5/16) C = 100
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high vibration Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
applications tensile strength C3.
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing Maximum insulation temperature 221F (105C) Abrasion
Protection
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications Rated up to 600 V
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.33
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D1.34 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D1.
Terminals
Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
need to remove fastener tensile strength D3.
Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in Maximum insulation temperature 221F (105C) Grounding
Connectors
bending applications Rated up to 600 V
Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the
crimp process E1.
Labeling
Systems
Wire Max. Figure Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Range Color Ins. Stud (mm) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number (mm2) Code (mm) Size L W C Tool Qty. Qty.
E2.
PMV1-3FB-CY 4.01 M3 21.6 5.8 4.8 100 500 Labels
PMV1-4FB-CY 4.01 M4 23.1 8.1 5.8 100 500
CT-1550,
0.5 1.0 Red
PMV1-5FB-CY 4.01 M5 23.6 9.1 6.1 CT-2500 100 500
E3.
PMV1-6FB-CY 4.01 M6 27.9 11.2 8.1 100 500 Pre-Printed
PMV2-3FB-C 4.70 M3 21.3 5.8 4.8 100 500 & Write-On
Markers
PMV2-4FB-C 4.70 M4 22.9 7.9 5.8 100 500
CT-1550,
1.5 2.5 Blue
PMV2-5FB-C 4.70 M5 23.4 8.6 6.1 CT-2500 100 500 E4.
PMV2-6FB-C 4.70 M6 27.7 11.2 8.1 100 500 Permanent
L Identification
PMV6-4F-L 6.10 M4 26.4 8.1 5.6 50 250
PMV6-5F-L 6.10 M5 26.4 9.7 5.6 CT-1550, 50 250 E5.
2.5 6.0 Yellow
CT-2500 Lockout/
W PMV6-6F-L 6.10 M6 29.5 10.9 8.1 50 250
Tagout
For crimping tool information, see pages D1.84 and D1.88.
& Safety
C Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.35
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
E2.
Labels Fabric Terminal Kit
E3. Versatile fabric kit stores up to five standard packs of terminals Zipper closure prevents accidental opening
Pre-Printed
& Write-On Kit includes pocket for storage of an installation tool or cable ties Kit features a hanging tab for storage
Markers
Std.
Pkg.
E4.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
Permanent
Identification KF-1005 Empty fabric kit, 5 terminal compartments and one tool compartment, measures 1
5 1/2" wide x 2 1/2" deep x 11 1/2" high.
E5.
Lockout/ Terminal parts sold separately
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.36 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.37
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B2.
Cable Std.
Accessories Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
K1-PNKIT Kit contains: 1
B3. (1) K-1001 steel kit box
Stainless (1) CT-260 installation tool
Steel Ties Cable Ties
(100) PLT2S cable ties
Terminals
(100) PN14-610R multi-stud terminals
C1. (100) PN18-610R multi-stud terminals
Wiring (100) PN18-6LF locking fork terminals
Duct (100) PN14-8LF locking fork terminals
K1-PNKIT
(50) PN10-10LF locking fork terminals
(100) PN18-8F fork terminals
C2. (100) PN14-10R ring terminals
Surface (50) PN10-10R ring terminals
Raceway Disconnects
(100) DNF18-250 disconnects
(100) DNF14-250 disconnects
C3. (50) DV10-250 disconnects
Abrasion Splices
Protection (50) BSN18 butt splices
(50) BSN14 butt splices
(25) BSN10 butt splices
Marking System
C4. (1) PMD-0-9 marking dispenser and tape
Cable (100) MP150 marker tags
Management (1) PX-0 marker
D1.38 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
D3.
Panduit continually provides new designs to meet the application challenges encountered by our Grounding
Connectors
customers. Panduit offers a wide assortment of Pan-Term termination products at the lowest
installed cost. E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.39
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Features and Benefits Pan-Term Disconnects
Pan-Term Disconnects are fabricated from brass and are electro tin-plated for a long, corrosion resistant operating life.
B1.
Cable Ties
Nylon Fully Insulated Disco-Grip Premium Nylon Fully Insulated
Female Receptacles and Male Tabs Female Receptacles and Male Tabs
B2. Type DNF-FIB Type DPF
Cable
Accessories
Available in tab Fully insulated
sizes to Fully insulated
design provides Available in tab design provides
accommodate protection from
B3. .110", .187", .205" sizes to protection from
electrical shorts accommodate electrical shorts
Stainless or .250" tabs
Steel Ties .110", .187",
.205" or
.250" tabs
Expanded wire entry
C1. (on select sizes)
Wiring accommodates
Duct large insulation or
multiple wires
C2. Maximum
Surface insulation Maximum
Raceway temperature insulation Funnel entry
221F (105C) temperature for faster
221F (105C) wire insertion
and lower
C3. Funnel entry for installed cost
Abrasion Insulation support faster wire insertion
Protection restricts excessive wire and lower installed cost
movement to minimize
stress on crimp joint
UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310.
C4. UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310. Flammability UL 94V-2.
Cable
Management Flammability UL 94V-2/HB. Male products available .250" width in standard
and oversized housing configurations.
D2.
Power Unique locking mechanism
Available in tab sizes allows for low insertion forces
Connectors Available in tab sizes Fully insulated to accommodate
to accommodate design provides (mating) and positive locking
.250" tabs for secure connections
.187" or .250" tabs protection from
electrical shorts
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems Maximum
insulation Maximum
temperature Funnel entry insulation
221F (105C) for faster temperature
wire insertion 221F (105C)
E2.
and lower Funnel entry for
Labels installed cost faster wire insertion
Fully integrated metal and lower installed cost
Insulation grip sleeve
insulation grip for high provides a superior insulation
E3. vibration, high strain
Pre-Printed crimp for high vibration and
relief, and double high strain relief applications
& Write-On crimp requirements
Markers
UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310. UL and CSA rated up to 300 V per UL 310.
E4. Flammability UL 94V-2/HB. Flammability UL 94V-2/HB.
Permanent
Identification
Panduit extensive line of tooling is Panduit designs and manufactures a
E5. specifically designed for optimum full line of labeling products, software,
Lockout/ crimping performance. and printers to assist you with your
Tagout labeling requirements.
& Safety See pages D1.83 D1.89.
Solutions See pages E1.1 E2.28.
F.
Index
D1.40
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Features and Benefits Pan-Term Disconnects (continued) Overview
C1.
Wiring
Duct
D1.
Terminals
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Maximum recommended
operating temperature
302F (150C)
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 310.
Male products available .250" width.
E4.
Permanent
Panduit wiring duct offers a A comprehensive selection of Identification
wide variety of sizes and types to cable ties used to bundle, mount,
E5.
meet the wire capacity needs and and identify wire and cable. Lockout/
space constraints of the smallest Tagout
See pages B1.1 B1.120.
wall mounted to the largest & Safety
integrated systems. Solutions
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.41
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Selection Guide Pan-Term Disconnects
B1.
Cable Ties
Material Style Design Feature Type Page
Number
B2.
Cable Female Funnel Entry, Ins. Grip DNG-FB D1.43
Accessories Fully Insulated Female Funnel, Ins. Grip, Locking DNG-FL D1.44
Female Funnel, Ins. Support, Two-Pc. DNF-FIB D1.45
B3. Female Funnel, Ins. Support, Three-Pc. DNF-FI D1.45
Stainless Female Funnel Entry, Premium Nylon DPF-FIB D1.46
Steel Ties
Male Funnel, Ins. Support, Two-Pc. DNF-FIM D1.44
Male Premium Nylon DPF-FIM D1.46
C1. Nylon Female Funnel Entry,
Wiring Right Angle Ins. Support DNFR-FIB D1.49
Duct
Female Funnel Entry, Open Top DNFR-B D1.50
Right Angle
C2.
Surface
Raceway Female Funnel Entry, Ins. Grip DNF D1.47
Barrel Insulated
Male Funnel Entry, Ins. Grip DNF-M D1.52
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
Disconnects
C4.
Cable Female Funnel Entry, Ins. Grip, Three-Pc. DVF D1.48
Management Female Funnel Entry, Butted Seam, Two-Pc. DV-B D1.48
Vinyl Barrel Insulated
Male Funnel Entry, Butted Seam, Two-Pc. DV-MB D1.52
D1. Piggyback Funnel Entry, Ins. Grip DV-P D1.51
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
Heat Shrink Fully Insulated Female Heat Shrink Insulated DNH-FIB D1.47
D3. Male Heat Shrink Insulated DNH-FIM D1.47
Grounding
Connectors
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.42 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Part Number System for Pan-Term Disconnects Overview
Type Insulation Wire Range Tab Size Special Configuration Standard Package Size
B2.
D = Disconnects N = Nylon 18 = #22 18 110 = 0.110 x 0.032 Cable
A = Adapter L = 50 Accessories
NF = Nylon, 14 = #16 14 111 = 0.110 x 0.020 B = Butted Seam C = 100
Funnel Entry 145 = 0.145 x 0.032
10 = #12 10 FB = Metal Insulation D = 500 B3.
NFR = Nylon, 187 = 0.187 x 0.032 Grip, Female Stainless
Funnel Entry, M = 1000 Steel Ties
Right Angle 188 = 0.187 x 0.020 FI = Fully Insulated,
Female
NG = Nylon, 205 = 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 C1.
Funnel Entry, FIB = Fully Insulated, Wiring
206 = 0.187/0.205 x 0.020 Butted Seam, Female Duct
Metal
Insulation Grip 250 = 0.250 x 0.032 FIM = Fully Insulated, Male
NH = Heat Shrink C2.
FIMB = Fully Insulated, Male Surface
PF = Premium with Oversized Housing Raceway
Grade Nylon, FL = Locking, Metal
Funnel Entry Insulation Grip, Female C3.
R = Non-insulated, Abrasion
M = Male Protection
Right Angle
MB = Butted, Male
V = Vinyl
P = Piggyback C4.
VF = Vinyl Cable
Funnel Entry = Female Management
(leave blank)
= Non-Insulated
(leave blank) D1.
Terminals
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.43
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C4.
Cable
Management Male/Female Coupler, Nylon Fully Insulated Funnel Entry
Type DNF
D1. Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal
Terminals without the use of tools for lower installed cost barrel, providing a higher quality connection
Fully insulated design provides protection from electrical shorts Coupler, male, and female parts sold separately
D2. Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
Power tensile strength 221F (105C)
Connectors UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
Max. Figure Tab Recommended Std. Std.
D3. Wire Color Ins. Dimensions (In.) Size Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Grounding Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
Connectors DNF18-250FIM-L 0.133 0.90 0.42 0.27 0.250 x 0.032 CT-100A, 50 250
Male CT-600-A,
MALE DNF18-250FIMB-L 0.136 0.91 0.45 0.34 0.250 x 0.032 CT-1525, 50 500
E1. Male 22 18 CT-2500
Labeling Red
DNF18-250FIB-C AWG 0.136 0.84 0.35 0.22 0.250 x 0.032 CT-100A, 100 1000
Systems Female CT-600-A,
CT-1525,
FEMALE CT-2500
E2. DNF14-250FIM-L 0.158 0.90 0.42 0.27 0.250 x 0.032 50 250
Labels Male CT-600-A,
L H
CT-1525,
DNF14-250FIMB-Q 0.160 0.91 0.45 0.34 0.250 x 0.032 25 125
CT-2500
Male 16 14
E3. Blue
Pre-Printed W AWG
DNF14-250FIB-C 0.160 0.84 0.35 0.22 0.250 x 0.032 CT-100A, 100 1000
& Write-On Female CT-600-A,
Markers MALE CT-1525,
CT-2500
H
E4. L DNF10-250FIMB-Q 0.220 0.96 0.45 0.36 0.250 x 0.032 CT-600-A, 25 125
Permanent Male CT-1550,
Identification CT-1551,
W CT-2500
12 10
E5. DNF10-250FI-L Yellow 0.220 0.95 0.36 0.27 0.250 x 0.032 CT-100A, 50 500
FEMALE AWG
Lockout/ Female CT-600-A,
Tagout CT-1550,
& Safety CT-1551,
Solutions CT-2500
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
F. UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84,
Index D1.86 and D1.88.
D1.44
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
W F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.45
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D1.
Terminals DiscoGrip Female Disconnect, Premium Nylon Fully Insulated Funnel Entry
Type DPF-FIB
D2.
Power Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal
Connectors without the use of tools for lower installed cost barrel, providing a higher quality connection
Premium nylon insulation retains its shape when crimped and UL Flammability UL 94V-2, maximum insulation temperature
provides a tight grip around the wire insulation for maximum 221F (105C)
D3.
Grounding strain relief UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
Connectors Fully insulated design provides protection from electrical shorts
E5. W
DPF10-250FI-L* 0.218 0.95 0.36 0.27 0.250 x 0.032 50 500
Lockout/ CT-600-A,
Tagout 12 10
Yellow CT-1525,
& Safety DPF10-250FIB-L AWG 0.220 0.96 0.35 0.23 0.250 x 0.032 50 500
CT-2500
Solutions
*Not UL listed or CSA approved.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
F.
UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.84, D1.86,
Index
and D1.88.
D1.46 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C4.
Cable
Management
Female Disconnect, Nylon Barrel Insulated Funnel Entry
D1.
Type DNF Terminals
Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal
without the use of tools for lower installed cost barrel, providing a higher quality connection
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature D2.
Power
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications 194F (90C) Connectors
Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum UL and CSA rated up to 300 V per UL 310
tensile strength
D3.
Max. Figure Dimensions Tab Recommended Std. Std. Grounding
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Size Installation Pkg. Ctn. Connectors
Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
DNF18-110-C 0.100 0.69 0.15 0.08 0.110 x 0.032 CT-600-A, 100 500
E1.
CT-1525, Labeling
DNF18-111-C 0.100 0.69 0.15 0.07 0.110 x 0.020 100 500
CT-2500 Systems
DNF18-187-C 0.137 0.76 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.032 100 500
DNF18-188-C 22 18 0.137 0.76 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.020 100 500
Red CT-600-A,
DNF18-205-C AWG 0.137 0.76 0.25 0.12 0.205/0.187 x 100 500 E2.
CT-1550, Labels
0.032
CT-1551,
DNF18-206-C 0.137 0.76 0.25 0.12 0.205/0.187 x CT-2500 100 500
L H 0.020
E3.
DNF18-250-C 0.138 0.81 0.29 0.12 0.250 x 0.032 100 500 Pre-Printed
W DNF14-110-C* 0.162 0.75 0.15 0.08 0.110 x 0.032 100 500 & Write-On
CT-1525, Markers
DNF14-111-C* 0.162 0.75 0.15 0.07 0.110 x 0.020 CT-2500 100 500
DNF14-187-C 0.162 0.76 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.032 100 500
E4.
DNF14-188-C 0.162 0.76 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.020 100 500 Permanent
16 14
Blue CT-600-A, Identification
DNF14-205-C AWG 0.162 0.76 0.25 0.12 0.205/0.187 x 100 500
CT-1550,
0.032
CT-1551, E5.
DNF14-206-C 0.162 0.76 0.25 0.12 0.205/0.187 x CT-2500 100 500
Lockout/
0.020
Tagout
DNF14-250-C 0.162 0.83 0.29 0.12 0.250 x 0.032 100 500 & Safety
Solutions
*Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.84, D1.86, F.
and D1.88. Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.47
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D1.
Terminals Female Disconnect, Vinyl Barrel Insulated Butted Seam
Type DV-B
D2.
Power Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal
Connectors without the use of tools for lower installed cost barrel, providing a higher quality connection
Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation temperature
tensile strength 221F (105C)
D3.
Grounding UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
Connectors Figure Dimensions
Max. Tab Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Size Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
E1.
Labeling DV18-187B-CY 0.150 0.75 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.032 100 500
Systems DV18-188B-CY 0.150 0.76 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.020 100 500
DV18-205B-CY 0.150 0.75 0.25 0.12 0.187/0.205 x 100 500
22 18 0.032 CT-1525,
Red
AWG CT-2500
E2. DV18-206B-CY 0.150 0.75 0.25 0.12 0.187/0.205 x 100 500
Labels 0.020
DV18-250B-CY 0.150 0.81 0.29 0.12 0.250 x 0.032 100 500
DV14-187B-C 0.170 0.75 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.032 100 500
E3. DV14-188B-C 0.162 0.79 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.020 100 500
Pre-Printed
& Write-On DV14-205B-C 0.170 0.75 0.25 0.12 0.187/0.205 x 100 500
L H 16 14 0.032 CT-1525^,
Markers Blue
AWG CT-2500
DV14-206B-C 0.170 0.75 0.25 0.12 0.187/0.205 x 100 500
W 0.020
E4. DV14-250B-C 0.170 0.81 0.29 0.12 0.250 x 0.032 100 500
Permanent
Identification DV10-250-L* 12 10 Yellow 0.229 1.03 0.30 0.13 0.250 x 0.032 CT-600-A, 50 500
AWG CT-1550^,
CT-1551^,
E5. CT-2500
Lockout/
Tagout *Sleeved barrel, maximum insulation temperature 194F (90C).
& Safety **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
Solutions UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.84 and D1.88.
^CSA approved tooling/product combinations.
UL Recognized only.
F.
Index
D1.48 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
without the use of tools for lower installed cost tensile strength B2.
Sleeved barrel helps to facilitate high mechanical and electrical Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal Cable
performance when crimping barrel, providing a higher quality connection Accessories
Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and easy Maximum recommended operating temperature 302F (150C)
wire insertion UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 310 B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Figure Dimensions Tab Recommended Std. Std.
Wire (In.) Size Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range L W H (In,) Tool Qty.** Qty. C1.
D18-187-C 0.58 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.032 CT-100A, 100 500 Wiring
22 18 CT-200, Duct
D18-188-C 0.58 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.020 100 500
AWG CT-1570,
D18-250-C 0.66 0.30 0.12 0.250 x 0.032 CT-2500 100 500
D14-187-C 0.58 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.032 100 500 C2.
CT-100A, Surface
CT-200, Raceway
D14-188-C 16 14 0.58 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.020 CT-600-A, 100 500
AWG
CT-1570,
D14-250-C 0.66 0.30 0.12 0.250 x 0.032 100 500
L H CT-2500
C3.
D10-250-L 12 10 0.72 0.30 0.12 0.250 x 0.032 CT-600-A, 50 500 Abrasion
AWG CT1570,
W Protection
CT-1701,
CT-2500
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information. C4.
UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84, Cable
D1.86 and D1.88. Management
UL Recognized only.
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
Right Angle Female Disconnect, Nylon Fully Insulated Funnel Entry D3.
Grounding
Type DNFR-FIB Connectors
Right angle design for use in limited space applications Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab
Fully insulated design provides protection from electrical shorts without the use of tools for lower installed cost E1.
UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature Labeling
Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal Systems
barrel, providing a higher quality connection 221F (105C)
UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.49
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D H
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
Right Angle Female Disconnect, Non-Insulated Metal Sleeve
Type DR
D2. Right angle design for use in limited space applications Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and easy
Power wire insertion
Connectors Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab
without the use of tools for lower installed cost Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
Sleeved barrel helps to facilitate high mechanical and electrical tensile strength
D3. performance when crimping Maximum recommended operating temperature 302F (150C)
Grounding
Connectors UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 310
F.
Index
D1.50 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C2.
DR14-205B-C* 0.54 0.25 0.12 0.55 0.205/0.187 x 100 1000 Surface
0.032 Raceway
DR14-206B-C* 16 14 0.54 0.25 0.12 0.55 0.205/0.187 x CT-100A, 100 1000
AWG 0.020 CT-200
L C3.
DR14-250B-C 0.55 0.30 0.12 0.55 0.250 x 0.032 100 1000
W Abrasion
Protection
D H *Not CSA Certified.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
For crimping tool information, see page D1.83. C4.
Cable
Piggyback Disconnect, Vinyl Insulated Management
Type DV-P
Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing D1.
without the use of tools for lower installed cost protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications Terminals
Combination of female disconnect and male tab allows versatility in UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
points of connection 194F (90C)
Multiple connection points allow additional circuits to be added to Rated up to 300 V D2.
existing equipment without expensive rework Power
Connectors
Figure
Max. Dimensions Tab Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Size Installation Pkg. Ctn. D3.
Part Number Range Code (In.) L W (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty. Grounding
DV18-250P-LY 22 18 Red 0.130 0.88 0.29 0.250 x 50 250
Connectors
CT-100A,
AWG 0.032 CT-260,
L
CT-1550,
DV14-250P-L 16 14 Blue 0.160 0.88 0.29 0.250 x 50 250 E1.
CT-1551,
AWG 0.032 Labeling
CT-2500
Systems
W **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84, and D1.88.
E2.
Disconnect Adapter, Non-Insulated Labels
Type D-A
Couples two female disconnects to one male disconnect Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab E3.
Pre-Printed
(all 0.250 x 0.032) without the use of tools for lower installed cost & Write-On
Multiple connection points allow additional circuits to be added to Maximum recommended operating temperature 302F (150C) Markers
existing equipment without expensive rework Rated up to 2000 V
Figure Dimensions E4.
Tab Std. Std. Permanent
(In.) Size Pkg. Ctn. Identification
Part Number L W (In.) Qty.** Qty.
D-250A-C 0.82 0.57 0.250 x 0.032 100 1000 E5.
Lockout/
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
W
F.
Index
L
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.51
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
Male Disconnect, Vinyl Barrel Insulated Funnel Entry
D3.
Grounding Type DV-MB
Connectors Male tab couples with (all 0.250 x 0.032) female disconnects UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation temperature
Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in 221F (105C)
E1. bending applications Rated up to 600 V
Labeling Male tab can be inserted and removed from the female disconnect
Systems without the use of tools for lower installed cost
E4. L
*Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
Permanent **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
Identification
For crimping tool information, see pages D1.84 and D1.88.
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.52 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B3.
Figure DImensions Tab Recommended Std. Std. Stainless
Wire (In.) Size Installation Pkg. Ctn. Steel Ties
Part Number Range L (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
D18-250MB-C 22 18 AWG 0.69 0.250 x 0.032 100 500
C1.
CT-100A Wiring
D14-250MB-C 16 14 AWG 0.69 0.250 x 0.032 100 500 Duct
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.53
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Selection Guide Specialty Terminals
B1.
Page
Material Style Feature Type Number
Cable Ties
Pin Terminal Insulation Support PV-P D1.54
Vinyl
Blade Terminal Insulation Support DV-M D1.55
B2.
Cable
Accessories Specialty
D3.
Grounding Pin Terminal, Non-Insulated
Connectors
Type P-P
Solid pin designed to prevent damage to the wire from over Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and easy
E1.
Labeling tightening, resulting in a reliable electrical connection wire insertion
Systems Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the For use with pin-type terminal blocks
crimp process Maximum recommended operating temperature 302F (150C)
Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum UL rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
E2. tensile strength
Labels
D1.54 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Y C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
Male Blade Adapter, Non-Insulated
Type D-M D1.
Terminals
Flat blade design to prevent damage to the wire from over Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the
tightening, resulting in a reliable electrical connection crimp process
For use with blade-type terminal blocks Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and easy wire D2.
Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum insertion Power
Connectors
tensile strength Maximum recommended operating temperature 302F (150C)
Rated up to 2000 V
D3.
Figure Dimensions Tab Recommended Std. Std. Grounding
Wire (In.) Size Installation Pkg. Ctn. Connectors
Part Number Range L Y (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
D18-145M-C 22 18 AWG 0.75 0.42 0.145 x 0.032 CT-100A, 100 500
CT-200, E1.
CT-600-A, Labeling
D14-145M-C 16 14 AWG 0.75 0.42 0.145 x 0.032 100 500 Systems
CT-1570,
CT-2500
L **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
Y UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84, E2.
D1.86 and D1.88. Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.55
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Features and Benefits Pan-Term Metric Disconnects
B1. Metric Nylon Fully Insulated Nylon Barrel Insulated
Cable Ties Female and Male Tabs Female Receptacles and Male Tabs
Type DMNF-FIB Type DMNF
B2. Available in
Cable Available in tab sizes Fully insulated tab sizes to
to accommodate design provides accommodate
Accessories 2.8, 4.8, and 6.3mm tabs protection from 2.8, 4.8, and
electrical shorts 6.3mm tabs
B3.
Stainless Expanded wire
Steel Ties entry (on select
sizes) accommodates
large insulation or
C1. multiple wires
Wiring
Duct
Maximum
insulation
temperature Maximum
C2. insulation Funnel entry
221F (105C)
Surface temperature for faster
Raceway 221F (105C) wire insertion
Funnel entry for and lower
Insulation support faster wire insertion installed cost
restricts excessive wire and lower installed cost
C3. movement to minimize
Abrasion stress on crimp joint
Protection
Rated at 600 V. Rated at 600 V.
C4. Flammability UL 94V-2/HB. Flammability UL 94V-2/HB.
Cable
Management Vinyl Barrel Insulated Female Receptacles Non-Insulated Female Receptacles and Male Tabs
Type DMV Type DM
D1.
Terminals
Available in
D2. tab sizes to Maximum recommended
Power accommodate operating temperature
2.8, 4.8, and Maximum insulation
Connectors temperature 221F (105C) 302F (150C)
6.3mm tabs
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
Available in tab
sizes to accommodate
E1. 2.8, 4.8, and 6.3mm tabs
Labeling
Systems
Insulation support to
protect electrical crimp
E2.
Insulation grip sleeve provides Sleeved barrel assures
Labels crimp reliability
a superior insulation crimp for
high vibration and high strain
relief applications
E3.
Pre-Printed Rated at 600 V. Rated up to 2000 V.
& Write-On Flammability UL 94V-0.
Markers
E4.
Permanent Panduit extensive line of tooling is Panduit designs and manufactures a
Identification specifically designed for optimum full line of labeling products, software,
crimping performance. and printers to assist you with your
E5. labeling requirements.
Lockout/ See pages D1.83 D1.89.
Tagout See pages E1.1 E2.28.
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.56
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Part Number System for Pan-Term Metric Disconnects
DM NF 1 285 FIB C B1.
Cable Ties
Type Insulation Wire Range Size and Type Special Configuration Package Size
DM = Disconnect N = Nylon 1 = 0.5 1.0mm2 285 = 2.8mm x 0.5mm B = Butted Seam, X = 10 B2.
Metric (22 18 AWG) (0.110 x 0.020) Female Cable
NF = Nylon E = 20 Accessories
Funnel 2 = 1.5 2.5mm2 288 = 2.8mm x 0.8mm FI = Fully Insulated,
(16 14 AWG) (0.110 x 0.032) Female Q = 25
V = Vinyl B3.
6 = 4.0 6.0mm2 488 = 4.8mm x 0.8mm FIB = Fully Insulated, L = 50 Stainless
= Non-Insulated (0.188 x 0.032) Steel Ties
(12 10 AWG) Butted Seam, C = 100
(leave blank)
Female
63 = 6.3mm x 0.8mm
(0.250 x 0.032) FIM = Fully Insulated, C1.
Male Wiring
Duct
M = Male
MB = Butted Seam, C2.
Male Surface
Raceway
= Female
(leave blank)
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Female Metric Disconnect, Fully Insulated Nylon Funnel Entry Management
Type DMNF-FIB
D1.
Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal Terminals
without the use of tools for lower installed cost barrel, providing a higher quality connection
Fully insulated design provides protection from electrical shorts Maximum insulation temperature 221F (105C)
Rated up to 600 V D2.
Power
Figure Dimensions Connectors
Max. Tab Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. (mm) Size Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (mm) L W H (mm) Tool Qty.** Qty.
D3.
DMNF1-285FIB-C 3.05 18.0 4.8 4.1 2.8 x 0.5 100 500 Grounding
DMNF1-288FIB-C 3.05 18.0 4.8 4.1 2.8 x 0.8 100 500 Connectors
0.5 1.0 Red
DMNF1-488FIB-C 3.35 19.8 7.9 5.5 4.8 x 0.8 100 1000
CT-1525,
DMNF1-63FIB-C 3.35 21.3 8.9 5.5 6.3 x 0.8 CT-2500 100 500 E1.
Labeling
DMNF2-488FIB-C 3.96 19.8 7.9 5.5 4.8 x 0.8 100 1000 Systems
1.5 2.5 Blue
DMNF2-63FIB-C 3.96 21.3 8.9 5.5 6.3 x 0.8 100 500
DMNF6-63FI-L 4.0 6.0 Yellow 5.84 24.4 8.9 6.9 6.3 x 0.8 CT-1551 50 250
E2.
H **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information. Labels
L For crimping tool information, see pages D1.84 and D1.88.
W E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.57
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D1.58 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
CT-1551
DMV2-63P-L 1.5 2.5 Blue 4.06 22.4 7.4 6.3 x 0.8 50 500 C1.
L
Wiring
Duct
For crimping tool information, see page D1.84.
W
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Male tab couples with (all 6.3mm x 0.8mm) female disconnects Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
tensile strength C4.
Fully insulated design provides protection from electrical shorts
Cable
Male tab can be inserted and removed from the female disconnect Maximum insulation temperature 221F (105C) Management
without the use of tools for lower installed cost Rated up to 600 V
E1.
Male Metric Disconnect, Nylon Barrel Insulated Funnel Entry Labeling
Systems
Type DMNF-M
Male tab couples with (all 6.3mm x 0.8mm) female disconnects Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
tensile strength E2.
Male tab can be inserted and removed from the female disconnect Labels
without the use of tools for lower installed cost Maximum insulation temperature 221F (105C)
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing Rated up to 600 V
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Wire Max. Figure DImensions Tab Recommended Std. Std. Markers
Range Color Ins. (mm) Size Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number (mm2) Code (mm) L (mm) Tool Qty. Qty.
E4.
DMNF1-63M-C 0.5 1.0 Red 3.96 22.7 6.3 x 0.8 100 500
Permanent
Identification
DMNF2-63M-C 1.5 2.5 Blue 4.83 23.6 6.3 x 0.8 100 500
CT-1551 E5.
DMNF6-63M-L 4.0 6.0 Yellow 6.20 23.6 6.3 x 0.8 50 250 Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
L For crimping tool information, see page D1.84. Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.59
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C1.
Wiring DM2-63M-C 1.5 2.5 19.2 6.3 x 0.8 CT-1570, 100 500
Duct CT-2500
DM6-63M-L* 4.0 6.0 18.2 6.3 x 0.8 50 250
L
C2.
Surface *Brazed seam.
Raceway For crimping tool information, see pages D1.84 and D1.88.
C3.
Abrasion Metric Pin Terminal, Vinyl Insulated Funnel Entry
Protection
Type PMV-P
Solid pin designed to prevent damage to the wire from over Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the
C4. tightening, resulting in a reliable electrical connection crimp process
Cable
Management For use with pin-type terminal blocks Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in bending tensile strength
applications Maximum insulation temperature 221F (105C)
D1. Rated up to 600 V
Terminals
Wire Max. Figure Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Range Color Ins. (mm) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
D2. Part Number (mm2) Code (mm) L W P Tool Qty. Qty.
Power PMV1-P10-CY 0.5 1.0 Red 3.80 21.1 2.0 11.9 100 500
Connectors
PMV2-P10-C 1.5 2.5 Blue 4.30 21.1 2.0 11.9 CT-1550, 100 500
CT-2500
D3.
Grounding L PMV6-P10-L 4.0 6.0 Yellow 6.40 27.9 2.5 14.0 50 250
Connectors
For crimping tool information, see pages D1.84 and D1.88.
P W
E1.
Labeling
Systems Metric Pin Terminal, Non-Insulated
Type PM-P
E2.
Solid pin designed to prevent damage to the wire from over Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the
Labels
tightening, resulting in a reliable electrical connection crimp process
For use with pin-type terminal blocks Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
E3. Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in tensile strength
Pre-Printed
& Write-On bending applications Maximum recommended operating temperature 302F (150C)
Markers Rated up to 2000 V
Wire Figure Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
E4. Range (mm) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Permanent Part Number (mm2) L W P Tool Qty. Qty.
Identification
PM1-P10-C 0.5 1.0 19.0 1.8 12.4 100 500
E5.
Lockout/ PM2-P10-C 1.5 2.5 19.0 1.8 12.4 CT-1570, 100 500
Tagout CT-2500
& Safety PM6-P10-L 4.0 6.0 20.1 2.8 14.0 50 250
Solutions L
P
For crimping tool information, see pages D1.84 and D1.88.
F.
Index
W
D1.60 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Suitable for in-line, parallel, and group splicing Wiring
Duct
of wires
Nylon and vinyl insulated as well as non-insulated C2.
Surface
Available in sizes from #26 10 AWG Raceway
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Panduit continually provides new designs to meet the application challenges encountered by our Grounding
Connectors
customers. Panduit offers a wide assortment of Pan-Term termination products to meet customer
needs at the lowest installed cost. E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.61
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Features and Benefits Pan-Term Splices and Wire Joints
B1. Non-Insulated Wire Joints Non-Insulated Parallel Splices
Cable Ties
Type J Type PS
Only one crimp
B2. needed to Seamless
Cable complete splice tubular barrel
Maximum provides
Accessories recommended consistent high
operating performance
temperature quality crimps
B3. 302F (150C)
Stainless Maximum
Steel Ties recommended
operating
temperature
302F (150C)
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway Internally
beveled barrel
for quick easy Only one crimp
wire insertion needed to
C3. complete splice
Abrasion
Protection
UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486C. UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486C.
C4.
Cable
Management
Nylon Wire Joints Nylon Parallel Splices
D1.
Type JN Type PSN
Terminals
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2. Only
one crimp
Labels needed to
Only Deep skirt to
one crimp complete splice
accommodate
needed to multiple variations of
E3. complete splice wire combinations
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486C. Rated up to 300 V.
Metric versions available. Flammability UL 94V-2/HB.
Flammability UL 94V-2/HB.
E4.
Permanent
Identification Panduit extensive line of tooling is Panduit designs and manufactures a
specifically designed for optimum full line of labeling products, software,
E5.
Lockout/ crimping performance. and printers to assist you with your
Tagout labeling requirements.
& Safety
See pages D1.83 D1.89.
Solutions See pages E1.1 E2.28.
F.
Index
D1.62
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Features and Benefits Pan-Term Splices
B1.
Nylon Butt Splices Vinyl Butt Splices Cable Ties
Type BSN Type BSV
B2.
Internal wire Maximum insulation Cable
Internal Maximum insulation temperature 221F Accessories
wire stops stops assure
temperature 221F proper (105C)
assure proper (105C)
insertion length insertion,
length B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Expanded C1.
wire entry Wiring
accommodates Duct
larger insulation
C2.
Brazed
seam assures Surface
crimp reliability Brazed Raceway
seam assures
crimp reliability
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486C. UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486C.
Flammability UL 94V-2/HB. Flammability UL 94V-0. C4.
Metric versions available. Cable
Management
Non-Insulated Butt Splices
Type BS D1.
Terminals
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Maximum recommended
operating temperature
302F (150C) E2.
Labels
Internally beveled
barrel for quick easy
wire insertion E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486C. Markers
Metric versions available.
E4.
Permanent
Panduit wiring duct offers a wide A comprehensive selection of cable Identification
variety of sizes and types to meet the ties used to bundle, mount, and
E5.
wire capacity needs and space identify wire and cable. Lockout/
constraints of the smallest wall Tagout
See pages B1.1 B1.120.
mounted to the largest & Safety
integrated systems. Solutions
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.63
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Selection Guide Pan-Term Splices and Wire Joints
B1. Page
Material Style Feature Type
Cable Ties Number
Butt Splice Brazed Seam BSN D1.65
B2. Nylon Parallel Splice Seamless Barrel PSN D1.66
Cable Wire Joint Multiple Wire Connector JN D1.67
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties Vinyl Butt Splice Expanded Insulation BSV D1.65
C1. Splices
Wiring and Wire Joints
Duct
Heat Shrink Butt Splice Heat Shrink Insulation BSH D1.68
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C4.
Cable Part Number System for Pan-Term Splices
Management
BS V 14 X M
D1.
Terminals
Type Insulation Wire Range Special Configuration Standard Package Size
E1.
Labeling
Systems
Part Number System for Pan-Term Wire Joints
E2.
Labels
JN 418-212 C
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On Type Wire Range Standard Package Size
Markers
J = Non-Insulated J Types X= 10
JN = Nylon-Insulated 214 312 = (2) #14 (3) #12 Q= 25
E4. 318 412 = (3) #14 (4) #12 L = 50
Permanent 216 410 = (2) #16 (4) #10 C= 100
Identification T= 200
JN Types D= 500
E5. M= 1000
Lockout/ 224 318 = (2) #24 (3) #18
Tagout 218 216 = (2) #18 (2) #16
& Safety 418 212 = (4) #18 (2) #12
Solutions 314 412 = (3) #14 (4) #12
F.
Index
D1.64 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
repair or lengthen wires terminal barrel B2.
Butted configuration provides low profile for limited UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature Cable
space applications 221F (105C) Accessories
Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486C
crimp process
B3.
Stainless
Max. Figure Dimensions Recommended Std. Std. Steel Ties
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) L Tool Qty.** Qty.
BSN22-C* 26 22 AWG Yellow 0.080 0.79 CT-1525, 100 1000 C1.
CT-2500 Wiring
Duct
BSN18-C 22 18 AWG Red 0.115 1.15 CT-100A, 100 1000
CT-600-A,
CT-1550, C2.
CT-1551, Surface
CT-2500 Raceway
BSN14-C 16 14 AWG Blue 0.148 1.15 CT-100A, 100 1000
CT-600-A,
CT-1550, C3.
CT-1551, Abrasion
CT-2500 Protection
L BSN10-L 12 10 AWG Yellow 0.210 1.14 CT-100A, 50 500
CT-600-A,
CT-1550, C4.
CT-1551, Cable
CT-2500 Management
*Not UL Listed.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
D1.
For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84, D1.86 and D1.88.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
Butt Splice, Vinyl Insulated
D3.
Type BSV Grounding
Connectors
Expanded wire entry designed to accommodate wire with a larger Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
insulation thickness terminal barrel E1.
Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to repair UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation temperature Labeling
or lengthen wires 221F (105C) Systems
Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486C
crimp process
E2.
Labels
Max. Figure Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Ins. (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Wire Range Color Code (In.) L Tool Qty.** Qty. E3.
BSV18X-LY 22 18 AWG Red 0.170 1.03 50 500 Pre-Printed
& Write-On
CT-100A, Markers
BSV14X-L 16 14 AWG Blue 0.211 1.04 CT-600-A, 50 500
CT-1550,
CT-1551, E4.
BSV10X-Q 12 10 AWG Yellow 0.260 1.17 CT-2500 25 250 Permanent
Identification
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
L E5.
For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84, D1.86 and D1.88.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.65
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to repair or Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal
B2. lengthen wires barrel
Cable Butted configuration provides low profile for limited space applica- Non-insulated barrel can be used to provide an economical
Accessories tions termination when insulation is not required
Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the Maximum recommended operating temperature 302F (150C)
crimp process
B3. UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486C
Stainless
Steel Ties Figure Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range L Tool Qty.** Qty.
C1. BS22-C* 26 22 AWG 0.47 CT-100A 100 1000
Wiring
Duct
BS18-C 22 18 AWG 0.62 CT-100A, 100 1000
CT-200,
C2. CT-600-A,
Surface CT-1570,
Raceway CT-2500
D3.
Grounding Parallel Splice, Nylon Insulated
Connectors
Type PSN
E1.
Labeling Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to repair or Seamless tubular barrel provides a consistent high performance
Systems lengthen wires quality crimp
Parallel design results in only one crimp required to complete Maximum insulation temperature 221F (105C)
splice Rated up to 300 V
E2.
Labels Figure Dimensions
Max. Wire Strip Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Length Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) L (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
E3.
Pre-Printed PSN18-C 22 18 Red 0.120 0.75 5/16 100 500
& Write-On AWG CT-100A,
Markers CT-1525,
PSN16-C 20 16 Blue 0.150 0.75 5/16 100 500
CT-2500
AWG
E4. PSN12-L 14 12 Yellow 0.210 0.83 7/16 CT-100A 50 500
Permanent AWG
Identification
L **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
E5. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84, and D1.88.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.66 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to Non-insulated barrel can be used to provide an economical
repair or lengthen wires termination when insulation is not required B2.
Cable
Parallel design results in only one crimp required to Maximum recommended operating temperature 302F (150C) Accessories
complete splice UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486C
Seamless tubular barrel provides a consistent high performance
quality crimp B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
Figure Dimensions Wire Strip Recommended Std. Std.
Wire (In.) Length Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C1.
Part Number Range L (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
Wiring
PS18-C 22 18 AWG 0.29 5/16 100 500 Duct
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
L For crimping tool information, see page D1.83. C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
Large barrel, designed to accommodate from one to seven wires UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
D3.
with just one crimp 221F (105C) Grounding
Accommodates multiple wire sizes in varying combinations UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486C Connectors
Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and easy
wire insertion
E1.
Labeling
Wire Systems
Figure Dimensions Strip Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color CMA Range (In.) Length Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code Min. Max. L (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
E2.
JN224-318-C (2) #24 Red 808 5160 0.79 7/16 CT-1550, 100 1000 Labels
(2) #16 CT-1551,
CT-2500
JN218-216-C (2) #22 Clear 1284 5160 0.78 7/16 CT-1550, 100 1000 E3.
(2) #16 CT-1551, Pre-Printed
CT-2500 & Write-On
Markers
JN418-212-C (4) #18 Clear 6480 14750 0.93 1/2 CT-100A, 100 1000
(2) #12 CT-1550,
CT-1551, E4.
CT-2500 Permanent
JN314-412-C* (3) #14 Clear 10320 26120 0.97 5/8 CT-100A, 100 1000 Identification
L
(4) #12 CT-160,
CT-260
E5.
Lockout/
*Not UL Listed. Tagout
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information. & Safety
UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see pages D1.83, D1.84, Solutions
and D1.88.
Note: Wire combinations using #24 AWG wire are not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.67
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B3. Wire
L
Figure Dimensions Strip Recommended Std. Std.
Stainless CMA Range (In.)
Steel Ties Wire Length Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Min. Max. L (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
J214-312-T (2) #14 (3) #12 5760 19590 0.37 1/2 CT-100A, 200 2000
C1. CT-200
Wiring J318-412-T (3) #18 (4) #12 4860 27330 0.37 1/2 CT-100A, 200 2000
Duct CT-200
J216-410-L* (2) #16 (4) #10 5160 41600 0.62 3/4 CT-100A, 50 500
CT-200
C2.
Surface *Part number J216-410, is not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
Raceway **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information, see page D1.83.
C3.
Abrasion Heat Shrink, Butt Splices
Protection
Type BSH
C4. Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to After crimping, heat shrink insulation is completed with a standard
Cable repair or lengthen wires heat gun
Management Butted configuration provides low profile for limited Minimum continuous operating temperature -65F (-55C)
space applications Maximum continuous operation temperature 230F (110C)
Heat shrink polyolefin sleeve with hot melt adhesive protects Shrink temperature 300F (150C)
D1. against moisture
Terminals UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486C
Wire
Max. Figure Dimensions Strip Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Length Installation Pkg. Ctn.
D2.
Power Part Number Range Code (In.) L (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
Connectors BSH18-Q 22 18 Red 0.170 1.45 5/16 CT-310 25 125
AWG
BSH14-Q 16 14 Blue 0.190 1.45 5/16 CT-310 25 125
D3. AWG
Grounding
Connectors BSH10-E 12 10 Yellow 0.240 1.64 5/16 CT-310 20 100
L AWG
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
E1. For crimping tool information, see page D1.85.
Labeling
Systems
Metric Butt Splice, Vinyl Insulated
Type BSMV
E2. Expanded wire entry designed to accommodate wire with a larger Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
Labels insulation thickness terminal barrel
Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to repair or Maximum insulation temperature 221F (105C)
lengthen wires Rated up to 600 V
E3.
Pre-Printed Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the
& Write-On crimp process
Markers Figure Dimensions
Wire Max Recommended Std. Std.
Range Color Ins. (mm) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
E4. Part Number (mm2) Code (mm) L Tool Qty.** Qty.
Permanent BSMV1BX-LY^ 0.5 1.0 Red 4.3 26.4 CT-1551 50 500
Identification
D1.68 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
repair or lengthen wires terminal barrel B2.
Butted configuration provides low profile for limited Non-insulated barrel can be used to provide an economical Cable
space applications termination when insulation is not required Accessories
Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during the Maximum recommended operating temperature 302F (150C)
crimp process Rated up to 2000 V B3.
Stainless
Figure Dimensions Steel Ties
Wire Recommended Std. Std.
Range (mm) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number (mm2) L Tool Qty. Qty.
C1.
BSM1-C 0.5 1.0 15.7 100 500 Wiring
Duct
BSM2-C 1.5 2.5 15.7 CT-1570, 100 500
CT-2500
BSM6-L
C2.
4.0 6.0 18.2 50 250
Surface
L Raceway
For crimping tool information, see pages D1.84 and D1.88.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.69
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B1.
Cable Ties
PAN-TERM FERRULES
Panduit Pan-Term Ferrule end sleeves terminate stranded wire into terminal blocks with
superior termination performance. A wide assortment of ferrule styles and tool designs provide a
B2. proven way to make reliable connections, especially for limited space applications.Insulation flare
Cable
Accessories allows for ease of wire insertion and eliminates loose strands of wire.Encapsulated crimp contains
loose wires to eliminate stray wire breakage.
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Ideal for control panel and terminal block applications
Duct Insulated single wire range of #26 1 AWG, sizes meets
French and DIN color code standards
C2.
Surface Insulated twin wire end sleeve range of #22 10 AWG,
Raceway
sizes meets DIN color code standard
C3. Non-insulated wire range of #24 1 AWG
Abrasion
Protection Insulated ferrules single wire range #20 14 AWG,
available in strips of 50 for use with the semiautomatic
C4. ferrule crimping tool, CT-1000, for improved reliability
Cable
Management and productivity
Wide assortment of controlled cycle, crimping tools for
D1. reliable connections at the lowest installed cost
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors Panduit continually provides new designs to meet the application challenges encountered by
our customers. Panduit offers a wide assortment of Pan-Term termination products to meet
E1. customer needs at the lowest installed cost.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.70 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Features and Benefits Pan-Term Ferrules
Panduit ferrules are available for wiring applications from #26 1 AWG. Offerings include insulated and B1.
non-insulated ferrules, in single-wire or double-wire configurations. Insulated ferrules are color-coded to DIN or Cable Ties
French standards. Crimped on the metal barrel these ferrules provide improved performance for terminal block and
panel building applications.
B2.
Cable
Accessories
Color-coded
polypropylene identifies Color-coded
polypropylene identifies C3.
wire range (German and Abrasion
French codes available) wire range (German and
French codes available) Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D3.
Seamless tubular barrel
provides consistent Grounding
quality crimps Connectors
E1.
Internally beveled barrel Labeling
for quick easy wire insertion Systems
Tin-plated copper
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Panduit provides a wide Panduit designs and manufactures a Identification
assortment of crimping tools full line of labeling products, software,
E5.
for reliable connections at the and printers to assist you with your Lockout/
lowest installed cost. labeling requirements. Tagout
& Safety
See page D1.85. See pages E1.1 E2.28. Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.71
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Selection Guide Pan-Term Ferrules
B1.
Cable Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Ferrules
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
Non-Insulated Ferrules Seamless Tube F D1.76,
C4. D1.77
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Part Number System for Pan-Term Ferrules
Power
Connectors
F S D 72 8
D3.
Grounding
Connectors Type Wire Type Color Code Wire Size DIN/French Length
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.72 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Insulated Ferrules Single Wire DIN End Sleeve Overview
Type FSD
B1.
Polypropylene insulation housing conforms to DIN color requirements Eases insertion of wire into terminal block
Cable Ties
Meets DIN standards for single wire containment Suitable for limited space panel applications
Funnel entry for faster insertion and lower installed cost Multiple pin lengths available for a variety of terminal blocks
Designed with a seamless barrel to contain loose wire strands for B2.
superior terminations Cable
L Accessories
P
Max.
Wire B3.
Insul. ID
Stainless
Dia.
Steel Ties
D1.74 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Insulated Ferrules Twin Wire DIN End Sleeve
Type FTD
Meets DIN standards for twin wire containment Eases insertion of wire into terminal block B1.
Cable Ties
Polypropylene insulation housing conforms to DIN color requirements Suitable for limited space panel applications
Funnel entry for faster insertion and lower installed cost Multiple pin lengths available for a variety of terminal blocks
Designed with a seamless barrel to contain loose wire strands for B2.
superior terminations Cable
Accessories
L
P
Max. B3.
Wire Stainless
Insul. ID
Dia. Steel Ties
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.75
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Ferrules, Non-Insulated
B1.
Cable Ties Type F
Designed with a seamless barrel to contain loose wire strands for Meets DIN standards for wire containment
B2. superior terminations Suitable for limited space panel applications
Cable Eases insertion of wire into terminal block Multiple pin lengths available for a variety of terminal blocks
Accessories
B3.
Stainless L
Steel Ties
C1. ID OD
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Wire
C3. Figure Dimensions Strip
Abrasion Recommended Std.
Wire Size L ID OD Length
Protection Part Installation Pkg.
Number AWG mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Tool Qty.
F73-5-M 0.20 5.0 0.03 0.80 0.04 1.1 7/32 5.0 1000
0.25
C4. F73-7-M 0.28 7.0 0.03 0.80 0.04 1.1 9/32 7.0 CT-1002, 1000
Cable 24 AWG
F74-5-M 0.20 5.0 0.04 0.90 0.05 1.2 7/32 5.0 CT-1003 1000
Management 0.34
F74-7-M 0.28 7.0 0.04 0.90 0.05 1.2 9/32 7.0 1000
F75-6-M 0.24 6.0 0.04 1.0 0.05 1.3 1/4 6.0 1000
F75-8-M 22 AWG 0.50 0.31 8.0 0.04 1.0 0.05 1.3 5/16 8.0 1000
D1. F75-10-M 0.39 10.0 0.04 1.0 0.05 1.3 13/32 10.0 CT-1002, 1000
Terminals
F76-6-M 0.24 6.0 0.05 1.2 0.06 1.5 1/4 6.0 CT-1003, 1000
F76-8-M 0.31 8.0 0.05 1.2 0.06 1.5 5/16 8.0 CT-1123 1000
20 AWG 0.75
F76-10-M 0.39 10.0 0.05 1.2 0.06 1.5 13/32 10.0 1000
D2.
Power F76-12-M 0.47 12.0 0.05 1.2 0.06 1.5 15/32 12.0 1000
Connectors F77-6-M 0.24 6.0 0.06 1.4 0.07 1.7 1/4 6.0 1000
F77-7-M 0.28 7.0 0.06 1.4 0.07 1.7 9/32 7.0 CT-1002, 1000
F77-8-M 18 AWG 1.0 0.31 8.0 0.06 1.4 0.07 1.7 5/16 8.0 CT-1003, 1000
D3. F77-10-M CT-1123
0.39 10.0 0.06 1.4 0.07 1.7 13/32 10.0 1000
Grounding
Connectors F77-12-M 0.47 12.0 0.06 1.4 0.07 1.7 15/32 12.0 1000
F78-7-M 0.28 7.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 9/32 7.0 1000
F78-8-M 0.31 8.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 5/16 8.0 1000
E1. 1.5
F78-10-M 0.39 10.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 13/32 10.0 CT-1002, 1000
Labeling F78-12-M 16 AWG 0.47 12.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 15/32 12.0 CT-1003, 1000
Systems
F78-15-M 0.59 15.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 19/32 15.0 CT-1123 1000
F78-18-M 1.5 0.71 18.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 23/32 18.0 1000
F78-20-M 0.79 20.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 25/32 20.0 1000
E2.
Labels For crimping tool information, see page D1.85.
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.76 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Wire
Figure Dimensions Strip B2.
Recommended Std.
Wire Size L ID OD Length Cable
Part Installation Pkg.
Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Tool Qty. Accessories
F80-7-M 0.28 7.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 9/32 7.0 1000
F80-8-M 0.31 8.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 5/16 8.0 1000 B3.
F80-10-M 0.39 10.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 13/32 10.0 CT-1002, 1000 Stainless
F80-12-M 14 AWG 2.5 0.47 12.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 15/32 12.0 CT-1003, 1000 Steel Ties
F80-15-M 0.59 15.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 19/32 15.0 CT-1123 1000
F80-18-M 0.71 18.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 23/32 18.0 1000
C1.
F80-20-M 0.79 20.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 25/32 20.0 1000 Wiring
F81-9-M 0.35 9.0 0.11 2.8 0.13 3.2 11/32 8.0 1000 Duct
F81-10-M 0.39 10.0 0.11 2.8 0.13 3.2 13/32 10.0 1000
F81-12-M 0.47 12.0 0.11 2.8 0.13 3.2 15/32 12.0 1000
12 AWG 4.0 C2.
F81-15-M 0.59 15.0 0.11 2.8 0.13 3.2 19/32 15.0 1000
Surface
F81-18-M 0.71 18.0 0.11 2.8 0.13 3.2 23/32 18.0 CT-1002, 1000 Raceway
F81-20-M 0.79 20.0 0.11 2.8 0.13 3.2 25/32 20.0 CT-1003, 1000
F82-10-M 0.39 10.0 0.14 3.5 0.15 3.9 13/32 10.0 CT-1123 1000
F82-12-M 0.47 12.0 0.14 3.5 0.15 3.9 15/32 12.0 1000 C3.
Abrasion
F82-15-M 10 AWG 6.0 0.59 15.0 0.14 3.5 0.15 3.9 19/32 15.0 1000 Protection
F82-18-M 0.71 18.0 0.14 3.5 0.15 3.9 23/32 18.0 1000
F82-20-M 0.79 20.0 0.14 3.5 0.15 3.9 25/32 20.0 1000
F83-12-D 0.47 12.0 0.18 4.5 0.19 4.9 15/32 12.0 500 C4.
F83-15-D 0.59 15.0 0.18 4.5 0.19 4.9 19/32 15.0 500 Cable
CT-1003, Management
F83-18-D 8 AWG 10.0 0.71 18.0 0.18 4.5 0.19 4.9 23/32 18.0 CT-1004, 500
F83-20-D 0.79 20.0 0.18 4.5 0.19 4.9 25/32 20.0 CT-1123 500
F83-25-D 0.98 25.0 0.18 4.5 0.19 4.9 31/32 25.0 500
D1.
F84-12-TL 0.47 12.0 0.23 5.8 0.24 6.2 15/32 12.0 250 Terminals
F84-15-TL 0.59 15.0 0.23 5.8 0.24 6.2 19/32 15.0 250
F84-18-TL 0.71 18.0 0.23 5.8 0.24 6.2 23/32 18.0 250
6 AWG 16.0 CT-1004
F84-20-TL 0.79 20.0 0.23 5.8 0.24 6.2 25/32 20.0 250 D2.
F84-25-TL 0.98 25.0 0.23 5.8 0.24 6.2 31/32 25.0 250 Power
F84-32-TL 1.26 32.0 0.23 5.8 0.24 6.2 1 1/4 32.0 250 Connectors
F85-12-C 0.47 12.0 0.29 7.3 0.30 7.7 15/32 12.0 100
F85-15-C 0.59 15.0 0.29 7.3 0.30 7.7 19/32 15.0 100
D3.
F85-18-C 4 AWG 25.0 0.71 18.0 0.29 7.3 0.30 7.7 23/32 18.0 100 Grounding
F85-25-C 0.98 25.0 0.29 7.3 0.30 7.7 31/32 25.0 100 Connectors
F85-32-C 1.26 32.0 0.29 7.3 0.30 7.7 1 1/4 32.0 CT-1005 100
F86-18-C 0.71 18.0 0.33 8.3 0.34 8.7 23/32 18.0 100
F86-20-C 0.79 20.0 0.33 8.3 0.34 8.7 25/32 20.0 100 E1.
2 AWG 35.0 Labeling
F86-25-C 0.98 25.0 0.33 8.3 0.34 8.7 31/32 25.0 100 Systems
F86-32-C 1.26 32.0 0.33 8.3 0.34 8.7 1 1/4 32.0 100
F87-18-C 0.71 18.0 0.41 10.3 0.43 10.9 23/32 18.0 100
F87-22-C 0.87 22.0 0.41 10.3 0.43 10.9 7/8 22.0 100 E2.
1 AWG 50.0 CT-1006
F87-25-C 0.98 25.0 0.41 10.3 0.43 10.9 31/32 25.0 100 Labels
F87-32-C 1.26 32.0 0.41 10.3 0.43 10.9 1 1/4 32.0 100
For crimping tool information, see page D1.85. E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.77
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B2.
Cable Std.
Accessories Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
KP-FSD1 Ferrule kit includes: #24 18 AWG insulated DIN ferrules. Case includes: 1
B3. 30 pieces each of FSD73-6, FSD74-6, FSD75-8, FSD76-8 and FSD77-8.
Stainless KP-FSD2 Ferrule kit includes: #22 14 AWG insulated DIN ferrules. Case includes: 1
Steel Ties 100 pieces each of FSD76-8, FSD77-8, FSD78-8
50 pieces each of FSD75-8 and FSD80-8.
C1. KP-FSD3 Ferrule kit includes: #12 6 AWG insulated DIN ferrules. Case includes: 1
Wiring KP-FSD1, KP-FSD2, 50 pieces of FSD81-10
Duct and KP-FSD3 20 pieces each of FSD82-12 and FSD83-12
10 pieces of FSD84-12.
KP-F1 Ferrule kit includes: #22 14 AWG non-insulated ferrules. Case includes: 1
C2. 500 pieces of F75-6
Surface 400 pieces each of F76-6 and F77-6
Raceway 300 pieces of F78-7
200 pieces of F80-7.
KP-F2 Ferrule kit includes: 1
C3. #12 6 AWG non-insulated ferrules. Case includes:
Abrasion 150 pieces of F81-9
Protection 100 pieces of F82-10
80 pieces of F83-12
40 pieces of F84-12.
C4. KP-F1 and KP-F2 Ferrule kits do not include crimping tool.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.78 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Ergonomic design to minimize operator effort Duct
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Panduit terminal crimping tools are available in an assortment of styles to meet a variety of Grounding
Connectors
installation needs. The installer can control the crimp with the plier type hand operated crimping tool.
Hand operated Contour Crimp Controlled Cycle Crimping Tools feature ergonomically designed E1.
Labeling
cushioned grips with low handle effort. Panduit terminal crimping tools are designed for use with Systems
Panduit terminals, providing the right solution for your termination needs.
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.79
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Crimping Guidelines for Panduit Pan-Term Terminals, Disconnects,
Splices and Wire Joints
B1.
Cable Ties
1. Select the proper Panduit terminal for the application and wire size used
Ring terminals are used for high vibration and grounding applications
B2.
Cable Fork terminals are used for static (non-vibration) applications
Accessories
Disconnects are used for applications that require quick connection of wires
without the use of tools
B3.
Stainless Splices and wire joints are used to join wires together
Steel Ties
2. Strip wire to the proper length as specified on:
C1. Panduit product packaging label
Wiring
Duct Packaging instructions included with the Panduit product
Or if no packaging instructions are available, plan your strip length so that 1/32'' of wire can be seen protruding through
C2. the tongue end of the terminal barrel
Surface
Raceway
3. Select the proper crimp tool to be used
Use crimping tools that provide a UL Listed and/or CSA Certified electrical termination, to assure a safe and
C3. reliable connection
Abrasion
Protection Panduit terminals are UL Listed and CSA Certified when crimped with Panduit plier type crimping tool or with the preferred
Contour Crimp Controlled Cycle Crimping Tool specified on the packaging label
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals Plier Type Contour Crimp
Crimping Tool Controlled Cycle
Crimping Tool
D2.
Power
Connectors
4. Select the proper crimp pocket for the terminals and wire size you are using
Panduit crimping tools simplify this process with color-coded crimp pockets. The yellow, blue, and red pockets are
specifically designed for the industry standard barrel sizes, each with a specific color code.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
5. Perform the electrical crimp for the plier type tool
Labels Insulated Terminals and Disconnects
A. Locate terminal in appropriate size color-coded crimp die
E3. pocket with tool centered on insulation sleeve.
Pre-Printed (See Note 1, page D1.82)
& Write-On
Markers B. Rotate terminal so tongue is level with crimp die.
C. Insert properly stripped wire into terminal until a minimum of Step A Step B Steps C and D
E4. 1/32'' of wire extends beyond the terminal barrel.
Permanent
Identification D. Squeeze tool handles firmly to perform the electrical crimp.
(See Note 2, page D1.82)
E5.
Lockout/ E. Provide second crimp on the flared portion of the insulation housing to
Tagout close the insulation as shown. Caution: When using plier type crimping
& Safety tools, do not squeeze as firmly as you did for the electrical crimp.
Solutions
(See Note 3, page D1.82) Step E Complete Crimp
F.
Index
D1.80 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C2.
Surface
Complete Crimp Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Insulated and Non-Insulated Parallel Splices Cable
Management
A. Locate parallel splice in appropriate wire gauge crimp die
pocket and position tool on the center of the splice.
B. Rotate terminal so tongue is level with crimp die. D1.
Terminals
C. Insert properly stripped wire (based on recommendations
on package label) into each end of the parallel splice.
Steps A and B Steps C and D Complete Crimp
D. Squeeze tool handles firmly. (See Note 2, page D1.82) D2.
Power
E. An insulation crimp is not required on an insulated Connectors
parallel splice.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Insulated and Non-Insulated Butt Splices Systems
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.81
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D1.
Terminals
5. Perform the electrical crimp using the preferred
controlled cycle tool
D2. A. Make sure the terminal barrel is centered correctly in the
Power
Connectors right die pocket by using the product locator on the
backside of the tool.
D3.
B. Determine the correct die pocket to use based on the color
Grounding code of the terminal. Step A Step B Step C
Connectors
C. Squeeze the handles of the tool until one click is heard;
this click indicates the terminal is now held in place
E1. securely to insert the wire.
Labeling
Systems D. Insert the wire and complete cycle to perform the electrical
and insulation crimp simultaneously.
E. Crimp is complete.
E2.
Labels Step D Complete Crimp
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
D1.82 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B2.
Std.
Cable
Pkg.
Accessories
Part Number Part Description Qty.
CT-260 Crimps most Panduit #22 10 AWG insulated and non-insulated terminals. Forged 1
steel tool. Cuts wire.
CT-260 B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
CT-200 Forged steel tool. Crimps most Panduit #22 10 AWG non-insulated terminals, 1
disconnects and splices. Cuts wire.
C1.
Wiring
CT-160 Crimps most Panduit #22 10 AWG insulated and non-insulated terminals 1 Duct
CT-200
disconnects and splices. Cuts three U.S. and three metric screw sizes. Cuts and
strips wire. Has insulation closure pocket.
C2.
Surface
CT-100A Crimps most Panduit #22 10 AWG insulated and non-insulated terminals, 1 Raceway
disconnects, and splices. Cuts #4, #6, #8 and #10 screw sizes. Cuts and strips wire.
Excellent all-around application tool of heat treated finished steel with comfortable
cushioned plastic grip handles.
C3.
Abrasion
CT-160 Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
CT-100A Terminals
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
Std. E2.
Wire Range Pkg.
Labels
Part Number (O.D.) Part Description Qty.
CST115 #20 10 AWG Plier nose wire stripper. 1
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.83
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C1. CT-1550 Crimps most Pan-Term #22 10 AWG nylon and vinyl insulated terminals, 1
Wiring splices, and disconnects. The CT-1550 has the red/blue pocket closest to the pivot
Duct CT-1550 which provides a reduced crimp effort for those who make red/blue terminations.
C2. CT-1551 Crimps most Pan-Term #22 10 AWG nylon and vinyl insulated terminals, 1
Surface splices, and disconnects. The CT-1551 has the yellow pocket closest to the pivot
Raceway which provides a reduced crimp effort for those who make yellow terminations.
CT-1551
CT-1570 Crimps most Pan-Term #22 10 AWG and .5 6.0mm non-insulated terminals 1
C3. and disconnects. Crimps Panduit #22 10 AWG and .5 6.0mm non-insulated
Abrasion splices and #10 AWG compression lugs.
Protection
CT-1570
CT-1700 Crimps Panduit #8 2 AWG non-insulated tubular terminals (S series), #8 1 AWG 1
C4. copper code conductor lugs and splices, #8 2 AWG copper flex conductor lugs,
Cable #6 4 AWG dual rated aluminum lugs and splices and CTAPF10-16 to CTAPF3-12
Management copper taps. Includes 5-position, color coded rotating die.
CT-1701 Crimps Panduit #10 2 AWG non-insulated large gauge ring terminals (P series), 1
CT-1700 #12 4 AWG non-insulated heavy duty ring terminals (P series), and #14 10 AWG
D1. copper code conductor lugs. Includes 5-position, rotating die.
Terminals
CT-1014 Crimps Panduit #22 14 AWG loose piece Disco-Lok Disconnects. 1
D2. CT-1701
CT-1015 Crimps Panduit #22 14 AWG loose piece Supra-Grip Disconnects. 1
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding CT-1014
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
CT-1015
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.84 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Std. B2.
Pkg. Cable
Part Number Part Description Qty. Accessories
CT-300-1 Crimps Panduit #22 14 AWG fully insulated right angle disconnects 1
(DNFR-FIB series).
B3.
CT-310 Blue handle tool crimps Panduit #22 10 AWG heat shrink insulated terminals, 1 Stainless
disconnects, and splices. Steel Ties
CT-300-1
C1.
Wiring
Controlled Cycle Crimping Tools Ferrule End Sleeve Duct
Specifically designed for the installation of Pan-Term Ferrules Ergonomic tool design assures operator comfort, safety,
and performance C2.
Controlled cycle mechanism assures high quality, Surface
consistent terminations Multi-position locator facilitates a high quality repeatable crimp Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Std. Protection
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
CT-1002 Controlled cycle crimp tool with trapezoid profile for #26 10 AWG (0.14 6.0mm) 1 C4.
CT-1002 insulated and non-insulated single wire ferrules and #22 12 AWG (0.50 4.0mm) Cable
insulated twin wire ferrules. Management
CT-1003 Controlled cycle crimp tool with trapezoid profile for #22 8 AWG (0.50 10.0mm) 1
insulated and non-insulated ferrules and #22 10 AWG (0.50 6.0mm) insulated
twin wire ferrules. D1.
CT-1004 Controlled cycle crimp tool with trapezoid profile for #8 6 AWG (10.0 16.0mm) 1 Terminals
insulated and non-insulated ferrules and #10 AWG (6.0mm) insulated twin
CT-1003 wire ferrules.
CT-1005 Controlled cycle crimp tool with trapezoid profile for #4 2 AWG (26.0 35.0mm) 1 D2.
insulated and non-insulated ferrules. Power
CT-1006 Controlled cycle crimp tool with trapezoid profile for #1 AWG (50.0mm) insulated 1
Connectors
and non-insulated ferrules.
CT-1104 Controlled cycle crimp tool with square profile for #8 6 AWG (10.0 16.0mm) 1 D3.
CT-1004 insulated and non-insulated ferrules and #10 AWG (6.0mm) insulated twin Grounding
wire ferrules. Connectors
CT-1123 Controlled cycle crimp tool with square profile for #26 8 AWG (0.14 10.0mm) 1
insulated and non-insulated ferrules and #22 12 AWG (0.50 4.0mm) insulated
twin wire ferrules. E1.
Labeling
Systems
CT-1005
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
CT-1006 & Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
CT-1104 E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
CT-1123
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.85
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Controlled Cycle Crimping Tools In-Line
Surface
Raceway Military specialty tools help meet military and nuclear test Calibration-recalibration is possible for maintaining exact
requirements for Class 2 applications crimp dimensions
In-line crimp action for greater dielectric strength with uniform
C3. insulation compression
Abrasion
Protection
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
C4.
Cable CT-400 Crimps #22 14 Panduit insulated terminals, disconnects, and splices. Comes 1
Management complete with tools for calibration. Has adjustable pre-load and emergency ratchet.
Helps meet military and nuclear requirements.
CT-460 Crimps #16 10 Panduit insulated terminals, disconnects, and splices. Has same 1
D1. features as CT-400 above.
Terminals For proper crimp head selection, see the tooling selection guide for Panduit terminals, splices, and disconnects on
pages D1.90 D1.92, in this catalog.
D2.
Power
Connectors
Pneumatic Crimping Tool
D3.
Grounding Quickly crimps a variety of loose piece terminals in a variety of Portable the small size, ease of bench mounting and quick
Connectors wire sizes for medium volume production pneumatic connection allow the tool to be moved from one work
Versatile interchangeable crimping heads let you switch terminal station to another or to the work itself
types quickly to meet changing production requirements; this tool,
E1. when used with only four crimp heads, can crimp a full range of
Labeling
Systems
#26 10 AWG insulated and non-insulated terminal products
Std.
Pkg.
E2. Part Number Part Description Qty.
Labels CT-600-A Pneumatic tool, 6' air hose and carrying case. Does not include crimping heads 1
(ordered separately).
E3. CT-500CH Crimping head for most #22 14 insulated terminals, splices, and disconnects. 1
Pre-Printed
& Write-On CT-520CH Crimping head for most #22 14 insulated butted seam disconnects and #26 22 1
Markers insulated terminals.
CT-550CH Crimping head for most #22 10 insulated terminals and splices. 1
E4.
Permanent
CT-570CH Crimping head for #22 10 non-insulated terminals, splices, and disconnects. 1
Identification
D1.86 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
For battery powered crimping tools, see compression connector tools selection guide on pages D3.30 D3.32. C4.
Cable
Management
D1.
Terminals
CD-720-7 500 kcmil Brown P87 350 kcmil Brown P87 1 E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
CD-720PV8-2 #8 2 AWG, Red, Blue, Yellow 1 & Safety
Vinyl Insulated Solutions
Pan-Term Terminals
F.
See pages D3.30 D3.32 for connector and tool selection information.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.87
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Accessories
CT-2500BC
CT-2500CHR U.S. compatible battery charger for use with the CT-2500 and the CT-2600. 1
D2.
CT-2500CHR/E European compatible battery charger for use with the CT-2500/E and CT-2600/E. 1
Power
Connectors CT-2500BC Rechargeable tool battery for use with the CT-2500 and CT-2600. 1
CT-2500CASE Carrying case, holds tool (CT-2500 or CT-2600) and accessories. 1
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.88 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.89
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Tooling Selection Guide for Panduit Terminals, Splices, and Disconnects
CT-500CH
CT-520CH
CT-550CH
CT-570CH
Std. Wire
CT-300-1
CT-100A
CT-1701
CT-1525
CT-1550
CT-1014
CT-1015
CT-1551
CT-1570
CT-2500
CT-2600
CT-260
CT-720
CT-160
CT-200
CT-310
CT-400
CT-460
B2. Panduit Wire Strip
Cable Terminal Terminal Range Length
Accessories Series Description (AWG) (In.)
BS Non-insulated 26-22 1/4 X X
butt splices 22-18 9/32 X X X X X X X
B3.
16-14 9/32 X X X X X X X
Stainless
Steel Ties 12-10 9/32 X X X X X X X X
BSH Heat shrink splices 22-18 5/16 X
16-14 5/16 X
C1. 12-10 5/16 X
Wiring
Duct BSN Nylon insulated 26-22 1/4 X X
butt splices 22-18 9/32 X X X X X X X
16-14 9/32 X X X X X X X X X
C2. 12-10 9/32 X X X X X X X X
Surface BSV Vinyl insulated 22-18 5/16 X X X X X X X X X
Raceway butt splices 16-14 5/16 X X X X X X X X X X
12-10 5/16 X X X X X X X X
C3. D, Non-insulated sleeved 22-18 9/32 X X X X X X X
Abrasion DR barrel disconnects 16-14 9/32 X X X X X X X
Protection (includes right angle 12-10 9/32 X X X X X X X X
disconnects)
E2.
Labels DNF-FIB, Nylon and premium 22-18 9/32 X X X X
DNF-FIM, grade nylon, fully 16-14 9/32 X X X X
DNF-FIMB, insulated, funnel entry,
DPF-FIB, 12-10 3/8 X X
E3. male/female couplers
DPF-FIMB, (not .110/.111)
Pre-Printed DNF-LPB,
& Write-On DPF-LPB
Markers
DNF-FIB, Nylon and premium 22-18 7/32 X X X X
DPF-FIB grade nylon, fully
E4. insulated, funnel
Permanent
entry disconnects,
Identification
110/.111 tab size
DNF-FIBX Nylon, expanded wire 22-18 X X
E5.
Lockout/ entry fully insulated
Tagout 16-14 X X
& Safety
Solutions
Tool/product approved combinations indicated on individual product pages.
F.
Index
D1.90 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Tooling Selection Guide for Panduit Terminals, Splices, and Disconnects (continued)
Crimp Heads
B1.
for Pneumatic
Cable Ties
Plier Tools Controlled Cycle Hand Tools CT-600-A Tool
CT-500CH
CT-550CH
CT-570CH
CT-520CH
Std. Wire
CT-300-1
CT-100A
CT-2500
CT-1014
CT-1570
CT-1015
CT-1525
CT-1550
CT-2600
CT-1551
CT-1701
CT-200
CT-400
CT-460
CT-160
CT-260
CT-720
CT-310
Panduit Wire Strip B2.
Terminal Terminal Range Length Cable
Series Description (AWG) (In.) Accessories
DNF-M Nylon insulated, funnel 22-18 9/32 X X X X X X X X
entry, barrel insulated, 16-14 9/32 X X X X X X X X
male disconnects B3.
12-10 9/32 X X X X X X X X
Stainless
DNFR-B Nylon pre-insulated, 22-18 9/32 X X X Steel Ties
right angle disconnects 16-14 9/32 X X X
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.91
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Tooling Selection Guide for Panduit Terminals, Splices, and Disconnects (continued)
Crimp Heads
B1. for Pneumatic
Cable Ties Plier Tools Controlled Cycle Hand Tools CT-600-A Tool
Wire
CT-550CH
CT-570CH
CT-500CH
CT-520CH
Std. Strip
CT-300-1
CT-100A
CT-1570
CT-1701
CT-2500
CT-2600
CT-1014
CT-1015
CT-1551
CT-1550
CT-1525
CT-400
CT-200
CT-160
CT-260
CT-720
CT-460
CT-310
Panduit Wire Length
B2. Terminal Terminal Range (In.)
Cable Series Description (AWG) [+1/32;-0]
Accessories
P-R, Non-insulated rings, 26-22 3/16 X X X
P-F, forks, locking forks, 22-18 9/32 X X X X X X X
P-LF, short locking forks,
B3. P-SLF, 16-14 9/32 X X X X X X X
flanged forks
Stainless P-FF 12-10 9/32 X X X X X X X X
Steel Ties P-RHT6 High temperature rings 22-18 9/32 X X X X X X X
16-14 9/32 X X X X X X X
C1. 12-10 9/32 X X X X X X X X
Wiring 8 3/8 X
Duct 6 7/16 X
4 1/2 X
2 1/2 X
C2.
Surface PH Heat shrink terminals 22-18 5/16 X
Raceway 16-14 5/16 X
12-10 5/16 X
PN-R, Nylon and nylon funnel 26-22 3/16 X X X
C3. PN-RX, entry forks, locking 22-18 7/32 X X X X X X X
Abrasion PN-F, forks, flanged forks
PN-LF, 16-14 7/32 X X X X X X X X
Protection (includes expanded
PN-FF, 12-10 9/32 X X X X X X
insulation)
PNF-R,
PNF-F,
C4. PNF-LF
Cable
Management PN-HDR, Nylon insulated 16-12 9/32 X X X X X
PN-HDRX heavy duty and nylon
expanded insulated
heavy duty rings
D1. 22-18 7/32 X X X X X X
PN-SLF, Nylon insulated short
Terminals
PNF-SLF locking forks 16-14 7/32 X X X X X X X
12-10 9/32 X X X X X
PS Non-insulated 22-18 5/16 X X X
D2. parallel splices 20-16 5/16 X X X
Power
Connectors 14-12 7/16 X X X
PSN Nylon insulated 22-18 5/16 X X X
parallel splices 20-16 5/16 X X X X X X
D3. 14-12 7/16 X X X
Grounding PK-R KYNAR rings 22-18 7/32 X X X X X X X X
Connectors 16-14 7/32 X X X X X X X X
12-10 9/32 X X X X X
8 3/8 X
E1.
Labeling 6 7/16 X
Systems 4 1/2 X
2 1/2 X
PV-HDR, Vinyl insulated heavy 16-12 5/16 X X X X X
PV-HDRX duty rings
E2.
Labels PV-LF, Vinyl insulated locking 22-18 5/16 X X X X X X X X
PV-LFX forks (includes 16-14 5/16 X X X X X X X X
expanded insulation) 12-10 5/16 X X X X X X X
E3. PV-P Vinyl insulated 22-18 5/16 X X X X X X X X
Pre-Printed pin terminals 16-14 5/16 X X X X X X X X
& Write-On 12-10 5/16 X X X X X X X
Markers
PV-R, Vinyl insulated rings 26-22 3/16 X X X
PV-F, and forks (includes 22-18 5/16 X X X X X X X X X
E4. PV-FF, expanded insulation)
PV-RX, 16-14 5/16 X X X X X X X X X X
Permanent
PV-FX 12-10 5/16 X X X X X X X
Identification
PV-R, Vinyl insulated large 8 3/8 X
E5. PV-RX ring terminals 6 7/16 X
Lockout/ 4 1/2 X
Tagout 2 1/2 X X
& Safety PV-SLF Vinyl insulated short 22-18 5/16 X X X X X
Solutions
locking forks 16-14 5/16 X X X X X X
12-10 5/16 X X X
F.
Index KYNAR is a registered trademark of Atonfina Chemicals, Inc.
Use Die CD-720PV8-2.
D1.92 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.93
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
D2.
Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.94 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B2.
Cable
Accessories
Panduit Terminal Approvals
B3.
Stainless
Logo (Symbol) Agency Spec/Approval Requirement Applicable Products Steel Ties
Minimum tensile strength (pull out force for
All Ring and Fork
#E52164 UL486A the crimp terminal) and test current for max.
Terminals C1.
50C rise (amps)
Wiring
Minimum tensile strength (pull out force for Duct
Underwriters
the crimp terminal) and continuous test
Laboratories, #E78522 UL310 All Disconnects
current for max. 30C rise (amps) (for .187",
Inc. C2.
.205", .250" tab widths) and (.110" tab width)
Surface
Minimum tensile strength (pull out force for Raceway
#E52164 UL486C the crimp terminal) and test current for max. All Splices
50C rise (amps)
C3.
Abrasion
All Ring and Fork Protection
#LR31212 C22.2 No. 65
Canadian Minimum tensile strength (pull out force for Terminals
Standards the crimp terminal) and test current for max.
Association 50C rise (amps) C4.
#LR31212 C22.2 No. 153 All Disconnects Cable
Management
IEEE E1.
(Institue of IEEE std 323-2003 for Labeling
Electrical Qualifing Class 1E Eqpt. Meets criteria for use in harsh,high radiation
Systems
Kynar Ring Terminals
and for Nuclear Power environments in nuclear power plants
Electronics Generating Stations
Engineers) E2.
Labels
Mil Spec
Dept. of Approved for listing on QPL AS 7928
Qualification Test Ref Ring Terminals
Defense Class I and Class II E3.
#01017302.AB/08-31-2006
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
KYNAR is a registered trademark of Atofina Chemicals, Inc.
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.95
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Performance Requirements
B1.
Cable Ties Wire Size (AWG) Applicable Pan-Term products meet or exceed
#26 #24 #22 #20 #18 #16 #14 #12 #10 the following test specifications:
UL 486A (TERMINALS), UL 310 (MALE BLADE ADAPTERS) UL 486A (Terminals)
B2. Test Current for Max. 50C
Cable Rise (Amps) 3.5 7 9 12 17 18 30 35 50 UL 486C (Splices)
Accessories
Min. Tensile Strength* (Lbs.) 3 5 8 13 20 30 50 70 80 UL 310 (Blade Adapters)
UL 486C (SPLICES) CSA C22.2 No. 65 (all designs)
B3. Test Current for Max. 50C
Stainless Rise (Amps) 5.5 7 9 12 17 18 30 35 50 UL and CSA approved products are shown with
Steel Ties
Min. Tensile Strength* (Lbs.) 3 5 8 10 10 15 25 35 40 the applicable logos in the product section.
*Pull-out force of the crimped terminal. UL file #E52164, CSA File #LR31212.
C1.
Wiring
Duct
D1.
Terminals
Panduit Pan-Term Terminal Military Cross Reference
D2. Ring Terminals, Nylon
Power Current Mil. Std Ring Terminals Current Mil Std. Insulated or Nylon Insulated Current Mil. Std. Ring Terminals
Connectors Part No., Class 1 Nylon Insulated Part No., Class 2 with Funnel Entry Part No., Class 1 Non-Insulated
MS25036-101 PN18-6RN MS25036-101 PN18-6RN or PNF18-6RN MS20659-165 P10-6R
D1.96 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B2.
Standard Stud Size #2 #4 #5 #6 #8 #10 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" Cable
Accessories
Metric Stud Size (mm) M2 M2.5 M3 M.35 M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M11
Stud Size Decimal .086" .112" .127" .138" .164" .190" .250" .312" .375" .438"
Equivalent B3.
Stainless
Metric Diameter (mm) 2.18 2.84 3.18 3.51 4.17 4.83 6.35 7.92 9.53 11.13 Steel Ties
Terminal Hole Diameter .090" .118" .130" .147" .173" .204" .270" .343" .392"* .456"
.406"** C1.
Terminal Hole Diameter 2.29 3.0 3.23 3.71 4.39 5.18 6.86 8.71 9.78 11.58 Wiring
Metric (mm) Duct
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.97
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Equivalent Tables
B1. Decimal/Inches/Millimeters
Cable Ties
B2.
Cable
Accessories
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
C4.
Cable
Management Common Conductor Size Chart (Stranded Wire)
Individual Individual
Strand Size Conductor Size Strand Size Conductor Size
D1.
Terminals Circle Mil Circle Mil
No. of Inches Inches Area No. of Inches Inches Area
Size Strands (mm) (mm) (mm2) Size Strands (mm) (mm) (mm2)
D2. 22 AWG 7 .0096 (0.24) .029 (0.74) 640 (0.324) 1/0 AWG 19 .0745 (1.89) .373 (9.47) 105,600 (0.823)
Power 20 AWG 10 .0100 (0.25) .038 (0.97) 1020 (0.519) 2/0 AWG 19 .0837 (2.13) .418 (10.62) 133,100 (67.43)
Connectors 18 AWG 16 .0100 (0.25) .048 (1.22) 1620 (0.823) 3/0 AWG 19 .0940 (2.39) .470 (11.94) 167.800 (85.01)
16 AWG 26 .0100 (0.25) .060 (1.52) 2580 (1.310) 4/0 AWG 19 .1055 (2.68) .528 (13.41) 211,600 (107.2)
14 AWG 7 .0242 (0.61) .073 (1.85) 4110 (2.080) 250 kcmil 37 .0822 (2.09) .575 (14.61) 250,000 (127)
D3.
Grounding 300 kcmil 37 .0900 (2.29) .630 (16.00) 300,000 (152)
12 AWG 7 .0305 (0.77) .092 (2.34) 6530 (3.310)
Connectors 350 kcmil 37 .0973 (2.47) .681 (17.29) 350,000 (177)
10 AWG 7 .0385 (0.98) .116 (2.95) 10,380 (5.261)
400 kcmil 37 .1040 (2.64) .728 (18.49) 400,000 (203)
8 AWG 7 .0486 (1.23) .146 (3.71) 16,510 (8.367)
6 AWG 7 .0612 (1.55) .184 (4.67) 26,240 (13.30) 500 kcmil 37 .1162 (2.95) .813 (20.65) 500,000 (253)
E1. 4 AWG 7 .0772 (1.96) .232 (5.89) 41,740 (21.15) 600 kcmil 61 .0992 (2.52) .893 (22.68) 600,000 (304)
Labeling 750 kcmil 61 .1109 (2.82) .998 (25.35) 750,000 (380)
Systems 2 AWG 7 .0974 (2.47) .292 (7.42) 66,360 (33.62) 800 kcmil 61 .1145 (2.91) 1.031 (26.19) 800,000 (405)
1 AWG 19 .0664 (1.69) .332 (8.43) 83,690 (42.41) 1000 kcmil 61 .1280 (3.25) 1.152 (29.26) 1,000,000 (507)
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.98
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.99
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Individual Strands Overall Conductor Size Individual Strands Overall Conductor Size
B2. Conductor Diameter Diameter Area Conductor Diameter Diameter Area
Cable
Accessories
Metric Circ. Metric Circ.
AWG mm2 No. mm In. mm In. MILS AWG mm2 No. mm In. mm In. MILS
B3. 7 0.107 0.042 3.21 0.126 11840 19 2.57 0.101 12.8 0.505 187500
Stainless 6 95
Steel Ties 1 2.77 0.109 2.77 0.109 11840 37 1.83 0.072 12.5 0.504 187500
7 1.1 0.0432 3.3 0.13 13000 4/0 19 2.89 0.1055 13.4 0.528 211600
9 237.8
C1. 1 2.91 0.1144 2.91 0.114 13090 120 37 2.06 0.081 14.4 0.567
kcmil
Wiring
Duct 1 3.26 0.1285 3.25 0.128 16510
250
37 2.07 0.0822 14.6 0.575
250
kcmil kcmil
8
300 300
C2. 7 1.23 0.0486 3.7 0.146 16510 150 37 2.29 0.09 16 0.63
kcmil kcmil
Surface
Raceway 350 350
7 1.37 0.054 4.12 0.162 19740 37 2.47 0.0973 17.3 0.681
kcmil kcmil
10
365.1
1 3.58 0.141 3.58 0.141 19740 185 37 2.54 0.1 17.8 0.7
C3. kcmil
Abrasion
Protection 400 400
7 1.38 0.0545 4.15 0.164 20520 37 2.64 0.104 18.5 0.728
kcmil kcmil
7
473.6
1 3.67 0.1443 3.67 0.144 20520 37 2.9 0.114 20.3 0.798
C4. kcmil
Cable 240
473.6
Management 7 1.55 0.0612 4.66 0.184 26240 61 2.26 0.089 20.3 0.801
kcmil
6
500
1 4.11 0.162 4.11 0.162 26240 37 2.95 0.1162 20.7 0.813
500 kcmil
D1. kcmil
Terminals 500
16 7 1.73 0.008 5.13 0.204 31580 61 2.3 0.0905 20.7 0.814
kcmil
300 592.1
5 7 1.75 0.0688 5.24 0.206 33090 61 2.51 0.099 22.6 0.891
kcmil kcmil
D2.
Power 4 7 1.96 0.0772 5.88 0.232 41740
600
61 2.52 0.0992 22.7 0.893
600
Connectors kcmil kcmil
700 700
7 2.16 0.085 6.48 0.255 49340 61 2.72 0.1071 24.5 0.964
kcmil kcmil
D3. 25
Grounding 750
19 1.32 0.052 6.6 0.26 49340 61 2.82 0.1109 25.4 0.998
Connectors 750 kcmil
kcmil 750
3 7 2.2 0.0867 6.61 0.26 52620 91 2.31 0.0908 25.4 0.998
kcmil
E1.
Labeling 798.4
2 7 2.47 0.0974 7.42 0.292 66300 400 61 2.9 0.114 26.1 1.026
kcmil
Systems
800
7 2.54 0.1 7.62 300 69070 61 2.91 0.1145 26.2 1.031
800 kcmil
35
E2. kcmil 800
19 1.55 0.001 7.75 0.305 69070 91 2.38 0.0938 26.2 1.032
Labels kcmil
986.8
1 19 1.5 0.0064 8.43 0.332 83690 500 61 3.25 0.128 28.3 1.152
1000 kcmil
E3. kcmil
Pre-Printed 1000
50 19 1.85 0.073 9.27 0.365 98680 91 2.66 0.1048 29.3 1.153
& Write-On kcmil
Markers 1233.7
1/0 19 1.59 0.0745 9.46 0.373 10500 625 91 2.97 0.117 32.7 1.287
kcmil
E4. 2/0 19 2.13 0.0837 10.6 0.419 133100
Permanent 70 19 2.18 0.086 10.9 0.43 138100
Identification
19 2.59 0.094 11.9 0.47 167800
3/0
E5. 36 1.71 0.0673 12 0.471 167800
Lockout/
Tagout This chart details the different conductors commonly used in the industry. For
& Safety
AWG to Metric Wire Crosses
Solutions
each size, either AWG or metric, various stranding options are listed. Typically AWG Metric (mm)
the higher stranding is used in applications requiring greater conductor flexibility. 26 22 0.1 0.5
22 18 0.5 1.0
F.
Index 16 14 1.5 2.5
12 10 4.0 6.0
D1.100 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
One applicator system terminates over 400
continuously molded terminals, reducing cost of C1.
ownership Wiring
Duct
Continuously molded integrated carrier guarantees
alignment of terminal; front to back and side to side C2.
Surface
to eliminate skewing of product resulting in Raceway
consistent, high quality low cost termination
Available in large reels requiring less product C3.
Abrasion
changeover, resulting in less downtime Protection
Panduit continually provides new designs with innovative features to meet the application challenges
E1.
encountered by customers, while providing the lowest installed cost. Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.101
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Features and Benefits Reel Smart Termination System
The Panduit continuously molded Reel Smart products are designed such that the terminal, disconnect, and butt splice
B1. housings are connected by an integral molded carrier in the barrel crimp zone, producing a continuous length of product.
Cable Ties Plated metal terminals, disconnects, and splices are then assembled into the housings. During termination, the continuously
molded components are fed into a universal applicator. This process produces a reel-fed solution that eliminates a variety of
problems associated with other reel-fed designs and provides high quality, high capacity product on reels for longer,
B2. uninterrupted production runs resulting in the lowest installed cost.
Cable Continuously molded
Accessories design always aligns
Pre-insulated design product with the
B3. eliminates the need for carrier strip
Stainless post-insulation resulting in trouble
Steel Ties free tool operation
resulting in
labor savings
Plastic carrier strip
C1. eliminates sharp,
Wiring
Duct unplated edges as found
Barrel position is controlled for on metal strip-fed carriers
consistent wire feed targeting to providing better
C2. deliver high process capability
corrosion resistance
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
Reel Smart CA9 Ezair Universal Applicator
The Panduit CA9 Ezair applicator automatically adjusts feed stroke to the correct pitch and length for the entire product
line of continuously molded products. The need for multiple applicators is eliminated. The applicator, in conjunction with the
C4. precision, continuously molded product provides perfect front-to-back and side-to-side alignment in the die pocket for a high
Cable
Management quality termination every time resulting in the most optimum system to terminate terminals.
Universal applicator
Automatic, self-adjusting installs
D1. Reel Smart
Terminals feed stroke resulting in
correct pitch and length product line
resulting in lower
tooling inventory
D2.
Power costs
Connectors
D3.
Grounding Versatile applicator
Connectors Quick change dies
design allows for provide fast product
installation in bench change-over and
E1. presses, and most reduction in set-up time
Labeling automatic wire
Systems processing systems
of 3rd party
manufacturers
E2.
Labels
P NF 14 6 R N 3K B1.
Cable Ties
Special
Type Insulation Wire Range Stud Size Tongue Configuration Configuration Std. Pkg. Size
P = Terminal N = Nylon 18 = #22 18 4 = #4 R = Ring N = Narrow 2K = 2,000 pcs. B2.
Cable
BS = Butt Splice Insulated 14 = #16 14 5 = #5 HDR = Heavy Tongue 3K = 3,000 pcs. Accessories
NF = Nylon 12 = #16 12 6 = #6 Duty W = Wide
Insulated Ring Tongue
10 = #12 10 8 = #8 B3.
Funnel F = Fork B = Butted Stainless
Entry 10 = #10 Steel Ties
FF = Fanged Seam
V = Vinyl 14 = 1/4" Fork = Standard
Insulated 56 = 5/16" LF = Locking (leave blank) C1.
Wiring
38 = 3/8" Fork Duct
SLF = Short
Locking
C2.
Fork Surface
Raceway
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination tensile strength C4.
every time Cable
UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
Management
Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high 221F (105C)
vibration applications UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing D1.
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications Terminals
L
D2.
W Power
Connectors
C
D3.
Figure Dimension Grounding
Stock Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.) Connectors
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
PN18-4R-3K #4 0.80 0.25 0.22 3000
E1.
PN18-6RN-3K #6 0.74 0.22 0.18 3000 Labeling
PN18-6R-3K #6 0.78 0.25 0.22 3000 Systems
22 18
Red 0.03 0.145 CD9-1A CD-800-1
PN18-8R-3K AWG #8 0.86 0.31 0.25 3000
PN18-10R-3K #10 0.86 0.31 0.25 3000
E2.
PN18-14R-3K 1/4" 1.05 0.45 0.38 3000 Labels
PN14-4R-3K #4 0.76 0.25 0.22 3000
PN14-6RN-3K #6 0.76 0.25 0.22 3000
E3.
PN14-6R-3K 16 14 #6 0.86 0.31 0.25 3000
Blue 0.03 0.162 CD9-2A CD-800-2 Pre-Printed
PN14-8R-3K AWG #8 0.86 0.31 0.25 3000 & Write-On
PN14-10R-3K #10 0.86 0.31 0.25 3000 Markers
PN14-14R-3K 1/4" 1.06 0.44 0.38 3000
PN10-6R-2K #6 1.06 0.38 0.31 2000 E4.
Permanent
PN10-8R-2K #8 1.06 0.38 0.31 2000 Identification
PN10-10R-2K 12 10 #10 1.06 0.38 0.31 2000
Yellow 0.04 0.225 CD9-3B CD-800-3 E5.
PN10-14R-2K AWG 1/4" 1.21 0.52 0.38 2000
Lockout/
PN10-56R-2K 5/16" 1.21 0.52 0.38 2000 Tagout
PN10-38R-2K 3/8" 1.29 0.58 0.43 2000 & Safety
Solutions
For applicator information, see page D1.143.
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.103
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Ring Terminals, Nylon Insulated Funnel Entry
Type PNF-R
B1.
Cable Ties Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination tensile strength
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
B2. Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high 221F (105C)
Cable vibration applications
Accessories UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
L
C1.
Wiring
Duct W
C2.
C
Surface
Raceway
Figure Dimensions
Stock Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.)
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per
C3. Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
Abrasion PNF18-4RN-3K #4 0.74 0.22 0.19 3000
Protection PNF18-4R-3K #4 0.78 0.25 0.21 3000
PNF18-6RN-3K #6 0.74 0.22 0.16 3000
C4. PNF18-6R-3K 22 18 #6 0.78 0.25 0.21 3000
Red 0.03 0.145 CD9-1A CD-800-1
Cable AWG
PNF18-8R-3K #8 0.86 0.31 0.25 3000
Management
PNF18-10R-3K #10 0.86 0.31 0.25 3000
PNF18-14R-3K 1/4" 1.06 0.46 0.38 3000
D1. PNF14-4R-3K #4 0.78 0.25 0.18 3000
Terminals PNF14-6RN-3K #6 0.78 0.25 0.18 3000
PNF14-6R-3K 16 14 #6 0.87 0.31 0.24 3000
Blue 0.03 0.162 CD9-2A CD-800-2
PNF14-8R-3K AWG #8 0.87 0.31 0.25 3000
D2.
PNF14-10R-3K #10 0.85 0.31 0.29 3000
Power
Connectors PNF14-14R-3K 1/4" 1.06 0.46 0.40 3000
PNF10-6R-2K #6 1.06 0.38 0.31 2000
PNF10-8R-2K #8 1.06 0.38 0.31 2000
D3.
Grounding PNF10-10R-2K 12 10 #10 1.06 0.38 0.31 2000
Connectors Yellow 0.04 0.225 CD9-3B CD-800-3
PNF10-14R-2K AWG 1/4" 1.21 0.52 0.38 2000
PNF10-56R-2K 5/16" 1.21 0.52 0.38 2000
E1. PNF10-38R-2K 3/8" 1.29 0.58 0.43 2000
Labeling For applicator information, see page D1.143.
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.104 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Ring Terminals, Vinyl Insulated Funnel Entry
Type PV-RB
B1.
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in Cable Ties
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination bending applications
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation temperature
Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high 221F (105C) B2.
vibration applications UL and CSA rated up 600 V per UL 486A/B Cable
L Accessories
B3.
W Stainless
Steel Ties
C
Figure Dimensions C1.
Stock Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.) Wiring
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel Duct
PV18-4RNB-3K #4 0.74 0.21 0.19 3000
PV18-4RB-3K #4 0.78 0.25 0.20 3000
C2.
PV18-6RNB-3K #6 0.75 0.23 0.19 3000 Surface
PV18-6RB-3K #6 0.78 0.25 0.20 CD9-1A 3000 Raceway
PV18-8RB-3K 22 18 #8 0.86 0.31 0.25 3000
Red 0.03 0.150 CD-800-1
AWG
PV18-10RB-3K #10 0.86 0.31 0.25 3000
C3.
PV18-14RB-3K 1/4" 1.06 0.45 0.38 3000 Abrasion
PV18-56RB-2K 5/16" 1.06 0.46 0.38 2000 Protection
CD9-1B
PV18-38RB-2K 3/8" 1.15 0.53 0.43 2000
PV14-4RB-3K #4 0.76 0.25 0.22 3000
C4.
PV14-6RNB-3K #6 0.76 0.25 0.22 3000 Cable
PV14-6RB-3K #6 0.86 0.31 0.25 3000 Management
CD9-2A
PV14-8RB-3K 16 14 #8 0.86 0.31 0.25 3000
Blue 0.03 0.170 CD-800-2
PV14-10RB-3K AWG #10 0.86 0.31 0.25 3000
PV14-14RB-3K 1/4" 1.05 0.45 0.38 3000 D1.
PV14-56RB-2K 5/16" 1.06 0.46 0.38 2000 Terminals
CD9-2B
PV14-38RB-2K 3/8" 1.15 0.53 0.43 2000
PV10-6RB-2K #6 1.02 0.31 0.31 2000
D2.
PV10-8RB-2K #8 1.02 0.31 0.31 2000
Power
PV10-10RB-2K 12 10 #10 1.02 0.31 0.31 2000 Connectors
Yellow 0.04 0.225 CD9-3B CD-800-3
PV10-14RB-2K AWG 1/4" 1.20 0.52 0.38 2000
PV10-56RB-2K 5/16" 1.20 0.52 0.38 2000
D3.
PV10-38RB-2K 3/8" 1.23 0.58 0.38 2000
Grounding
For applicator information, see page D1.143. Connectors
W E4.
Permanent
C Identification
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.105
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Ring Terminals, Nylon Insulated Heavy Duty
Type PN-HDR
B1.
Cable Ties Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications
every time Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
B2. Manufactured from stock 56% thicker than a standard #16 14 tensile strength
Cable AWG terminal for use in heavy duty application UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
Accessories
Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high 221F (105C)
vibration applications UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
L
C1.
Wiring
Duct W
C
C2.
Surface
Raceway Figure Dimensions
Stock Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.)
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
C3. PN12-6HDR-2K #6 1.02 0.31 0.31 2000
Abrasion
Protection PN12-8HDR-2K #8 1.02 0.31 0.31 2000
PN12-10HDR-2K 16 12 #10 1.05 0.38 0.31 2000
Yellow 0.05 0.225 CD9-3B CD-800-3
PN12-14HDR-2K AWG 1/4" 1.20 0.52 0.38 2000
C4.
PN12-56HDR-2K 5/16" 1.20 0.52 0.38 2000
Cable
Management PN12-38HDR-2K 3/8" 1.28 0.58 0.38 2000
For applicator information, see page D1.143.
D1.
Terminals
Ring Terminals, Vinyl Insulated Heavy Duty
D2. Type PV-HDRB
Power
Connectors Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination bending applications
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation temperature
D3. Manufactured from stock 56% thicker than a standard #16 14 221F (105C)
Grounding AWG terminal for use in heavy-duty applications
Connectors UL and CSA rated up 600 V per UL 486A/B
Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high
vibration applications
E1.
Labeling L
Systems
W
E2.
Labels
C
E3.
Figure Dimensions
Pre-Printed Stock Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.)
& Write-On Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per
Markers Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
PV12-6HDRB-2K #6 1.03 0.31 0.36 2000
E4. PV12-8HDRB-2K #8 1.03 0.31 0.36 2000
Permanent PV12-10HDRB-2K #10 1.06 0.37 0.36 2000
Identification 16 12
Yellow 0.05 0.225 CD9-3B CD-800-3
PV12-14HDRB-2K AWG 1/4" 1.23 0.52 0.43 2000
E5. PV12-56HDRB-2K 5/16" 1.23 0.52 0.43 2000
Lockout/ PV12-38HDRB-2K 3/8" 1.30 0.58 0.48 2000
Tagout
& Safety For applicator information, see page D1.143.
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.106 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Fork Terminals, Nylon Insulated Non-Funnel Entry Overview
Type PN-F
B1.
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum Cable Ties
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination tensile strength
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the 221F (105C) B2.
need to remove fastener UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B Cable
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing Accessories
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
L
C1.
Wiring
W Duct
C
C2.
Surface
Figure Dimensions Raceway
Stock Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.)
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
PN18-6FN-3K #6 0.78 0.25 0.20 3000 C3.
Abrasion
PN18-6F-3K #6 0.78 0.30 0.20 3000 Protection
PN18-8F-3K 22 18 #8 0.84 0.32 0.23 3000
Red 0.03 0.145 CD9-1A CD-800-1
PN18-10FN-3K AWG #10 0.86 0.31 0.25 3000
C4.
PN18-10F-3K #10 0.86 0.35 0.25 3000
Cable
PN18-14F-3K 1/4" 1.03 0.44 0.33 3000 Management
PN14-6FN-3K #6 0.78 0.24 0.19 3000
PN14-6F-3K #6 0.78 0.28 0.19 3000
PN14-8F-3K #8 0.84 0.31 0.23 3000 D1.
16 14 Terminals
Blue 0.03 0.162 CD9-2A CD-800-2
PN14-10FN-3K AWG #10 0.86 0.31 0.24 3000
PN14-10F-3K #10 0.86 0.34 0.24 3000
PN14-14F-3K 1/4" 1.03 0.44 0.32 3000 D2.
PN10-6F-2K #6 1.00 0.31 0.24 2000 Power
PN10-8F-2K #8 1.03 0.37 0.24 2000 Connectors
12 10
Yellow 0.04 0.225 CD9-3B CD-800-3
PN10-10F-2K AWG #10 1.04 0.37 0.24 2000
PN10-14F-2K 1/4" 1.14 0.49 0.32 2000 D3.
Grounding
For applicator information, see page D1.143. Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.107
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Fork Terminals, Nylon Insulated Funnel Entry
Type PNF-F
B1.
Cable Ties Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination tensile strength
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
B2. Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the 221F (105C)
Cable need to remove fastener
Accessories UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties L
C1.
Wiring W
Duct
C
C2.
Surface Figure Dimensions
Raceway Stock Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.)
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
C3. PNF18-6F-3K #6 0.77 0.24 0.19 3000
Abrasion PNF18-6FN-3K #6 0.78 0.30 0.19 3000
Protection 22 18
PNF18-8F-3K Red 0.03 0.145 #8 0.83 0.32 0.22 CD9-1A CD-800-1 3000
AWG
PNF18-10F-3K #10 0.85 0.35 0.24 3000
C4. PNF18-14F-3K 1/4" 1.02 0.44 0.33 3000
Cable
PNF14-6FN-3K* #6 0.78 0.24 0.19 3000
Management
PNF14-6F-3K #6 0.78 0.28 0.19 3000
PNF14-8F-3K 16 14 Blue 0.03 0.162 #8 0.84 0.31 0.23 CD9-2A CD-800-2 3000
D1. PNF14-10F-3K AWG #10 0.86 0.34 0.24 3000
Terminals PNF14-14F-3K 1/4" 1.03 0.44 0.32 3000
PNF10-6F-2K #6 1.01 0.31 0.24 2000
PNF10-8F-2K 12 10 #8 1.02 0.37 0.24 2000
D2. Yellow 0.04 0.225 CD9-3B CD-800-3
AWG
Power PNF10-14F-2K 1/4" 1.13 0.49 0.32 2000
Connectors
*Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
For applicator information, see page D1.143.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.108 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Fork Terminals, Vinyl Insulated Funnel Entry Overview
Type PV-FB
B1.
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in Cable Ties
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination bending applications
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation temperature
Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the 221F (105C) B2.
need to remove fastener Cable
UL and CSA rated up 600 V per UL 486A/B
Accessories
B3.
L Stainless
Steel Ties
W
C1.
Wiring
C Duct
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.109
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Locking Fork Terminals, Nylon Insulated Non-Funnel Entry
Type PN-LF
B1. Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
Cable Ties
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination tensile strength
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
Snap in place for secure connection 221F (105C)
B2.
Cable Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Accessories need to remove fastener
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing
B3.
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications
Stainless L
Steel Ties
C1.
W
Wiring
Duct C
E2.
C
Labels Figure Dimensions
Stock Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.)
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
E3.
Pre-Printed PNF18-6LF-3K #6 0.85 0.27 0.19 3000
& Write-On PNF18-6LFW-3K #6 0.85 0.29 0.19 3000
22 18
Markers AWG
Red 0.03 0.145 CD9-1A CD-800-1
PNF18-8LF-3K #8 0.89 0.29 0.23 3000
PNF18-10LF-3K #10 0.89 0.33 0.23 3000
E4.
PNF14-6LF-3K #6 0.85 0.25 0.18 3000
Permanent
Identification PNF14-8LF-3K 16 14 #8 0.92 0.29 0.23 3000
Blue 0.03 0.162 CD9-2A CD-800-2
PNF14-10LFN-3K AWG #10 0.92 0.28 0.23 3000
E5. PNF14-10LF-3K #10 0.92 0.33 0.23 3000
Lockout/
Tagout PNF10-6LF-2K #6 1.02 0.30 0.21 2000
& Safety PNF10-8LF-2K #8 1.05 0.30 0.21 2000
Solutions 12 10
Yellow 0.04 0.225 CD9-3B CD-800-3
PNF10-10LF-2K AWG #10 1.05 0.34 0.21 2000
PNF10-14LF-2K 1/4" 1.19 0.46 0.32 2000
F.
Index For applicator information, see page D1.143.
D1.110 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Locking Fork Terminals, Vinyl Insulated Funnel Entry Overview
Type PV-LFB
B1.
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in Cable Ties
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination bending applications
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation temperature
Snap in place for secure connection 221F (105C) B2.
Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the UL and CSA rated to 600 V per UL 486A/B Cable
need to remove fastener Accessories
L B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
W
C1.
C Wiring
Duct
Figure Dimensions
Stock Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.) C2.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per
Surface
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
Raceway
PV18-6LFB-3K #6 0.80 0.27 0.19 3000
PV18-6LFWB-3K #6 0.83 0.29 0.19 3000
PV18-8LFB-3K 22 18
Red 0.03 0.150 #8 0.87 0.29 0.23 CD9-1A CD-800-1 3000 C3.
AWG Abrasion
PV18-10LFNB-3K* #10 0.87 0.29 0.23 3000 Protection
PV18-10LFB-3K #10 0.87 0.33 0.23 3000
PV14-6LFB-3K #6 0.85 0.25 0.18 3000
C4.
PV14-6LFWB-3K 16 14 #6 0.85 0.29 0.18 3000
Blue 0.03 0.170 CD9-2A CD-800-2 Cable
PV14-8LFB-3K AWG #8 0.92 0.29 0.23 3000 Management
PV14-10LFB-3K #10 0.92 0.33 0.23 3000
PV10-6LFB-2K #6 1.02 0.30 0.21 2000
PV10-8LFB-2K #8 1.04 0.30 0.21 2000 D1.
12 10 Terminals
Yellow 0.04 0.225 CD9-3B CD-800-3
PV10-10LFB-2K AWG #10 1.04 0.34 0.21 2000
PV10-14LFB-2K 1/4" 1.16 0.46 0.32 2000
*Not UL Listed or CSA Certified. D2.
For applicator information, see page D1.143. Power
Connectors
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.111
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Short Locking Fork Terminals, Nylon Insulated Non-Funnel Entry
Type PN-SLF
B1. Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
Cable Ties
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination tensile strength
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
Lock in place for a secure connection in limited spaces 221F (105C)
B2.
Cable Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Accessories need to remove fastener
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing
B3. protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications
Stainless L
Steel Ties
C1. W
Wiring
Duct
C
W
E2.
Labels
C
E3. Figure Dimensions
Pre-Printed Stock Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.)
& Write-On Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per
Markers Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
PNF18-5SLF-3K #5 0.73 0.26 0.19 3000
D1.112 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Short Locking Fork Terminals, Vinyl Insulated Funnel Entry Overview
Type PV-SLFB
B1.
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in Cable Ties
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination bending applications
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation temperature
Lock in place for a secure connection in limited spaces 221F (105C) B2.
Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B Cable
need to remove fastener Accessories
L B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
W
C1.
C Wiring
Duct
Figure Dimensions
Stock Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.)
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel C2.
PV18-5SLFB-3K #5 0.72 0.26 0.19 3000 Surface
Raceway
PV18-6SLFB-3K 22 18 #6 0.72 0.27 0.19 3000
Red 0.03 0.150 CD9-1A CD-800-1
PV18-8SLFB-3K AWG #8 0.77 0.29 0.23 3000
PV18-10SLFB-3K #10 0.78 0.33 0.23 3000 C3.
PV14-6SLFB-3K #6 0.75 0.25 0.19 3000 Abrasion
Protection
PV14-8SLFB-3K 16 14 #8 0.80 0.29 0.23 3000
Blue 0.03 0.170 CD9-2A CD-800-2
PV14-10SLFB-3K AWG #10 0.81 0.33 0.23 3000
PV14-14SLFB-3K 1/4" 0.90 0.44 0.29 3000 C4.
PV10-6SLFB-2K #6 0.84 0.25 0.17 2000 Cable
12 10 Management
PV10-8SLFB-2K Yellow 0.04 0.225 #8 0.90 0.29 0.22 CD9-3B CD-800-3 2000
AWG
PV10-10SLFB-2K #10 0.91 0.33 0.22 2000
For applicator information, see page D1.143. D1.
Terminals
Flanged Fork Terminals, Nylon Insulated Non-Funnel Entry
Type PN-FF D2.
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing Power
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications Connectors
every time Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
Flange design provides extra secure connection on a variety tensile strength D3.
of applications UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature Grounding
Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the 221F (105C) Connectors
need to remove fastener UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
L E1.
Labeling
Systems
W
E2.
Labels
C
Figure Dimensions
Stock Max.
(In.)
CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces E3.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per Pre-Printed
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel & Write-On
PN18-6FF-3K #6 0.80 0.28 0.19 3000 Markers
PN18-8FF-3K 22 18 #8 0.87 0.31 0.23 3000
Red 0.03 0.136 CD9-1A CD-800-1
AWG
PN18-10FF-3K #10 0.87 0.35 0.23 3000 E4.
Permanent
PN14-6FF-3K #6 0.80 0.28 0.19 3000 Identification
PN14-8FF-3K 16 14 #8 0.87 0.31 0.23 3000
Blue 0.03 0.162 CD9-2A CD-800-2
AWG
PN14-10FF-3K #10 0.87 0.35 0.23 3000 E5.
Lockout/
PN10-8FF-2K 12 10 #8 1.05 0.38 0.22 2000 Tagout
Yellow 0.04 0.225 CD9-3B CD-800-3
PN10-10FF-2K AWG #10 1.05 0.38 0.22 2000 & Safety
Solutions
For applicator information, see page D1.143.
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.113
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Flanged Fork Terminals, Nylon Insulated Funnel Entry
Type PNF-FF
B1.
Cable Ties Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications
every time Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
B2. Flange design provides extra secure connection on a variety tensile strength
Cable of applications UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
Accessories Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the 221F (105C)
need to remove fastener UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
B3.
Stainless
L
Steel Ties
C1.
W
Wiring
Duct
C
Figure Dimensions
Stock Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
C2. (In.)
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per
Surface
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
Raceway
PNF18-6FF-3K #6 0.80 0.28 0.19 3000
PNF18-8FF-3K 22 18 #8 0.87 0.31 0.23 3000
Red 0.03 0.145 CD9-1A CD-800-1
C3. AWG
PNF18-10FF-3K #10 0.86 0.35 0.23 3000
Abrasion
Protection PNF14-6FF-3K #6 0.80 0.28 0.19 3000
PNF14-8FF-3K 16 14 #8 0.87 0.31 0.23 3000
Blue 0.03 0.162 CD9-2A CD-800-2
AWG
PNF14-10FF-3K #10 0.87 0.35 0.23 3000
C4.
Cable PNF10-8FF-2K 12 10 #8 1.05 0.38 0.24 2000
Yellow 0.04 0.225 CD9-3B CD-800-3
Management PNF10-10FF-2K AWG #10 1.05 0.38 0.24 2000
For applicator information, see page D1.143.
D1.
Terminals
Flanged Fork Terminals, Vinyl Insulated Funnel Entry
W
E2.
Labels
C
E3.
Pre-Printed Figure Dimensions
Stock Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
& Write-On (In.)
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Series Series Per
Markers Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
PV18-6FFB-3K #6 0.80 0.28 0.19 3000
E4. PV18-8FFB-3K 22 18 #8 0.87 0.31 0.23 3000
Red 0.03 0.150 CD9-1A CD-800-1
Permanent AWG
PV18-10FFB-3K #10 0.86 0.35 0.23 3000
Identification
PV14-6FFB-3K #6 0.80 0.28 0.19 3000
E5. PV14-8FFB-3K 16 14 #8 0.86 0.31 0.23 3000
Blue 0.03 0.170 CD9-2A CD-800-2
Lockout/ AWG
PV14-10FFB-3K #10 0.86 0.35 0.23 3000
Tagout
& Safety PV10-8FFB-2K 12 10 #8 1.03 0.37 0.22 2000
Solutions Yellow 0.04 0.225 CD9-3B CD-800-3
PV10-10FFB-2K AWG #10 1.03 0.37 0.22 2000
D1.114 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Features and Benefits Reel Smart Metric Terminals
B1.
Metric Nylon Insulated Funnel Terminals Metric Nylon Insulated Funnel Terminals Cable Ties
with Insulation Grip Sleeve with Insulation Support
Type PMN or PMNF Type PMV
B2.
Cable
Accessories
Internal barrel serrations assure Maximum insulation Internal barrel serrations Maximum insulation
good wire contact and maximum temperature 221F (105C) assure good wire contact temperature 221F (105C)
tensile strength and maximum tensile B3.
strength Stainless
Steel Ties
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Sleeved barrel assures
Funnel entry for faster crimp reliability
wire insertion and C2.
lower installed cost Funnel entry for faster Surface
wire insertion and lower Raceway
Color-coded insulation installed cost
identifies wire range Color-coded insulation
identifies wire range
Insulation grip sleeve provides Insulation crimp provides
C3.
a superior insulation crimp for insulation support to Abrasion
high vibration and high strain protect electrical crimp Protection
relief applications
C4.
Cable
UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B. UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B. Management
Flammability UL 94V-2/HB. Flammability UL 94V-0.
D1.
Terminals
Special
Type Std. Pkg. Size D3.
Insulation Wire Range Stud Size Tongue Configuration Configuration
Grounding
PM = Pan-Term Connectors
N = Nylon 1 = 0.5 1.0mm
2
3 = M3 (#5) R = Ring B = Butted 2K = 2,000 pcs.
Metric Seam
NF = Nylon or 0.5 1.5mm
2
35 = M3.5 (#6) F = Fork 3K = 3,000 pcs.
Funnel = Standard E1.
2 = 1.5 2.5mm
2
4 = M4 (#8) Labeling
Entry (leave blank) Systems
6 = 2.5 6.0mm
2
5 = M5 (#10)
V = Vinyl
or 4.0 6.0mm
2
6 = M6 (1/4'')
8 = M8 (5/16'') E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.115
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Metric Ring Terminals, Nylon Insulated Non-Funnel Entry
B1.
Cable Ties Type PMN-R
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications
B2. every time
Cable Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
Accessories Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high tensile strength
vibration applications UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
221F (105C)
B3.
Stainless UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Steel Ties
L
C1.
Wiring
Duct W
C2. C
Surface
Raceway
Figure Dimensions
Wire Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(mm)
Range Color Ins. Stud Series Series Per
C3. Part Number (mm2) Code (mm) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
Abrasion
Protection PMN1-3R-3K M3 19.3 5.8 5.2 3000
PMN1-35R-3K M3.5 19.3 5.8 5.2 3000
PMN1-4R-3K 0.5 1.0 Red 3.7 M4 21.9 7.9 6.4 CD9-1A CD-800-1 3000
C4.
Cable PMN1-5R-3K M5 22.4 8.9 6.4 3000
Management PMN1-6R-3K M6 26.7 10.9 9.7 3000
PMN2-3R-3K M3 21.6 5.8 5.1 3000
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.116 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Metric Ring Terminals, Nylon Insulated Funnel Entry Overview
Type PMNF-R
B1.
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing Cable Ties
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications
every time Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high tensile strength B2.
vibration applications UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature Cable
221F (105C) Accessories
UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
B3.
L Stainless
Steel Ties
W
C1.
Wiring
C Duct
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.117
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Metric Ring Terminals, Vinyl Insulated Funnel Entry
B1.
Cable Ties Type PMV-RB
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination vibration applications
B2. every time UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation temperature
Cable Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in 221F (105C)
Accessories bending applications UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
B3.
Stainless L
Steel Ties
C1. W
Wiring
Duct C
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.118 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Metric Fork Terminals, Nylon Insulated Non-Funnel Entry Overview
Type PMN-F
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum B1.
Cable Ties
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination tensile strength
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without the 221F (105C)
B2.
need to remove fastener UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B Cable
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing Accessories
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications
L B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
W
C1.
Wiring
C Duct
Figure Dimensions
Wire Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(mm)
Range Color Ins. Stud Series Series Per C2.
Part Number (mm2) Code (mm) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel Surface
PMN1-3F-3K M3 19.9 5.9 5.0 3000 Raceway
PMN1-4F-3K M4 21.6 8.2 5.8 3000
0.5 1.0 Red 3.7 CD9-1A CD-800-1
PMN1-5F-3K M5 21.8 8.9 6.3 3000
C3.
PMN1-6F-3K M6 26.4 11.2 8.4 3000 Abrasion
PMN2-3F-3K M3 19.8 5.9 5.1 3000 Protection
PMN2-4F-3K M4 21.3 7.9 5.9 3000
1.5 2.5 Blue 4.1 CD9-2A CD-800-2
PMN2-5F-3K M5 21.9 8.6 6.4 3000
PMN2-6F-3K M6 26.2 11.2 8.5 3000
C4.
Cable
PMN6-4F-2K M4 25.7 7.9 6.1 2000 Management
PMN6-5F-2K 4.0 6.0 Yellow 5.7 M5 25.7 9.5 6.1 CD9-3B CD-800-3 2000
PMN6-6F-2K M6 28.5 11.0 8.2 2000
W E2.
Labels
C
Figure Dimensions E3.
Wire Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(mm) Pre-Printed
Range Color Ins. Stud Series Series Per
Part Number (mm2) Code (mm) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel & Write-On
Markers
PMNF1-3F-3K M3 20.0 5.9 5.0 3000
PMNF1-4F-3K M4 21.6 8.2 5.8 3000
0.5 1.0 Red 3.7 CD9-1A CD-800-1 E4.
PMNF1-5F-3K M5 21.8 8.9 6.3 3000
Permanent
PMNF1-6F-3K M6 26.4 11.2 8.4 3000 Identification
PMNF2-3F-3K M3 19.8 5.9 5.1 3000
PMNF2-4F-3K M4 21.3 7.9 5.9 3000 E5.
1.5 2.5 Blue 4.1 CD9-2A CD-800-2 Lockout/
PMNF2-5F-3K M5 21.9 8.6 6.4 3000
PMNF2-6F-3K M6 26.2 11.2 8.5 3000
Tagout
& Safety
PMNF6-4F-2K M4 25.7 7.9 6.1 2000 Solutions
PMNF6-5F-2K 4.0 6.0 Yellow 5.7 M5 25.7 9.5 6.1 CD9-3B CD-800-3 2000
PMNF6-6F-2K M6 28.5 11.0 8.2 2000
F.
For applicator information, see page D1.143. Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.119
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Metric Fork Terminals, Vinyl Insulated Funnel Entry
B3.
Stainless L
Steel Ties
W
C1.
Wiring
Duct C
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.120 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Features and Benefits Reel Smart Disconnects
Supra-Grip Nylon Fully Disco-Lok Nylon Fully Insulated,
Insulated Funnel Entry, Funnel Entry, Female Receptacle B1.
Cable Ties
Female Receptacle Type DNG-FL
Type DNG-FB
Available in tab B2.
sizes to Fully insulated Available in tab Unique locking mechanism Cable
accommodate design provides sizes to allows for low insertion Accessories
.187" or .250" tabs protection from accommodate (mating) and positive locking
electrical shorts .250" tabs for secure connections
B3.
Stainless
Maximum Steel Ties
insulation
temperature
221F (105C)
C1.
Maximum Wiring
insulation Fully integrated metal Duct
temperature insulation grip for high
221F (105C) vibration, high strain
relief, and double
crimp requirements Insulation grip sleeve
Continuously molded provides a superior C2.
design provides reliable, insulation crimp for high Surface
Continuously molded consistent performance vibration and high strain Raceway
design provides reliable, through applicator relief applications
consistent performance Funnel entry for faster
through applicator wire insertion and Funnel entry for
lower installed cost C3.
faster wire insertion
and lower installed cost Abrasion
Protection
UL and CSA Rated up to 600 V per UL 310. UL and CSA rated up to 300 V.
Flammability UL 94V-2/HB. Flammability UL 94V-2/HB. C4.
Cable
Management
Standard and Premium Vinyl Barrel Insulated
Nylon Fully Insulated, Funnel Entry, Funnel Entry, Female Receptacles
Females Receptacles and Male Tabs and Male Tabs D1.
Terminals
Type DPF Type DV
D2.
Fully insulated Power
Available in tab Available in
sizes to design provides Connectors
protection from tab sizes to
accommodate accommodate
.110", .187", .205" electrical shorts
.187", .205",
or .250" tabs or .250" tabs D3.
Grounding
Connectors
Maximum
insulation E1.
temperature Insulation support Labeling
257F (125C) restricts excessive wire Systems
movement to minimize
stress on crimp joint Continuously molded
design provides reliable, Insulation support
Continuously molded consistent performance to protect
design provides reliable, Expanded wire entry through applicator electrical crimp E2.
consistent performance (on select sizes) Labels
through applicator accommodates
large insulation or
multiple wires Insulation grip sleeve provides E3.
Funnel entry for a superior insulation crimp for
faster wire insertion high vibration and high strain Pre-Printed
and lower installed cost relief applications & Write-On
Markers
UL and CSA Rated up to 600 V per UL 310. UL and CSA Rated up to 600 V. E4.
Flammability UL 94V-2. Flammability UL 94V-0. Permanent
Identification
High speed electric presses provide Fully Automatic Cable Tie Installation E5.
Lockout/
for fast terminations. Systems offer an efficient solution for Tagout
high volume harnessing, assembly, & Safety
See page D1.144.
fastening and packaging applications. Solutions
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.121
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Part Number System for Reel Smart Disconnects
B1. FIB 3K
Cable Ties
D NF 14 250
Type Insulation Wire Range Size and Type Special Configuration Std. Pkg. Size
B2.
Cable
Accessories
D = Disconnects NF = Nylon 18 = #22 18 110 = 0.110 x 0.032 tab size B = Butted seam K = 1,000
Funnel 14 = #16 14 111 = 0.110 x 0.020 tab size C = Compression KD = 1,500
Entry Tab
B3. 10 = #12 10 145 = 0.145 x 0.032 tab size 2K = 2,000
NG = Nylon FB = Metal Insulation
Stainless 187 = 0.187 x 0.032 tab size 3K = 3,000
Steel Ties Funnel Entry Grip, Female
Metal 188 = 0.187 x 0.020 tab size
Insulation Grip FL = Fully Insulated
C1. 205 = 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 Positive Locking
Wiring NFR = Nylon Funnel tab size Female
Duct Entry Right Angle
206 = 0.187/0.205 x 0.020 FIB = Fully Insulated,
PF = Premium Grade tab size Butted Seam,
C2. Nylon (Double Crimp) Female
250 = 0.250 x 0.032 tab size
Surface V = Vinyl
Raceway FIBX = Fully Insulated,
0.187/0.205: Expandable
Butted Seam, Female,
receptacle will accept male tabs
Expanded Wire Entry
C3. from 0.187" to 0.205" widths in
Abrasion 0.032" or 0.020" thick styles. FIM = Fully Insulated Male
Protection Fully reliable connection FIMB = Fully Insulated, Male,
through all widths. Oversized Housing
C4. FIMX = Fully Insulated, Male,
Cable
Expanded Wire Entry
Management
M = Male
MB = Male Butted Seam
D1.
Terminals
D2.
Supra-Grip Female Disconnects, Nylon Fully Insulated Funnel Entry
Power
Connectors Type DNG-FB
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
D3. performance through the applicator for a high quality termination tensile strength
Grounding every time Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal
Connectors Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab barrel, providing a higher-quality connection
without the use of tools for lower installed cost Mates with DNF-FIMB family
E1. Flared barrel extension integrated into stamping to provide UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
Labeling insulation grip for double crimp requirements 221F (105C)
Systems
UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
H
E2. L
Labels
W
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers Figure Dimensions Tab
Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.) Size
Wire Color Ins. Series Series Per
E4. Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
Permanent DNG18-187FB-3K 0.89 0.29 0.22 0.187 x 0.032 4.8 x 0.8 3000
Identification 22 18
DNG18-188FB-3K Red 0.126 0.89 0.29 0.22 0.187 x 0.020 4.8 x 0.5 CD9-15A CD-800-15 3000
AWG
E5. DNG18-250FB-3K 0.93 0.35 0.23 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 3000
Lockout/ DNG14-187FB-3K* 0.89 0.29 0.25 0.187 x 0.032 4.8 x 0.8 3000
Tagout 16 14
& Safety DNG14-188FB-3K Blue 0.153 0.89 0.29 0.25 0.187 x 0.020 4.8 x 0.5 CD9-16A CD-800-16 3000
AWG
Solutions DNG14-250FB-3K 0.93 0.35 0.25 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 3000
D1.122 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Disco-Lok Female Disconnects, Nylon Fully Insulated Funnel Entry Overview
Type DNG-FL
B1.
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Flared barrel extension integrated into stamping to provide Cable Ties
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination insulation grip for double crimp requirements
every time Insulation housing moves back and forth to engage and disengage
Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab locking mechanism for repeated use B2.
without the use of tools for lower installed cost Specialty tool required to install this disconnect (CT-1014) Cable
Unique locking mechanism design allows for low insertion forces Accessories
Mates with DNF-FIMB family
(mating) and positive lock for high vibration applications where a
secure connection is mandatory UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
221F (105C) B3.
Fully insulated design provides protection from electrical shorts Stainless
Rated up to 300 V Steel Ties
H
L C1.
Wiring
Duct
W
C2.
Max. Figure Dimensions Tab CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces Surface
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Size Series Series Per Raceway
Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
DNG18-250FL-3K 22 18 Red 0.126 0.97 0.36 0.24 0.250 x 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-14A CD-800-14 3000
AWG 0.032 C3.
Abrasion
DNG14-250FL-3K 16 14 Blue 0.150 0.97 0.36 0.25 0.250 x 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-14A CD-800-14 3000
Protection
AWG 0.032
For applicator information, see page D1.143.
C4.
Cable
Female Disconnects, Nylon Fully Insulated Funnel Entry Management
Type DNF-FIB
D1.
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Disconnects available in common industry tab sizes Terminals
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal
every time barrel, providing a higher quality connection
Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab without UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature D2.
the use of tools for lower installed cost 221F (105C) Power
Fully insulated design provides protection from electrical shorts Connectors
UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
H D3.
L Grounding
Connectors
W
E1.
Labeling
Max. Figure Dimensions Tab CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces Systems
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Size Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
DNF18-110FIB-3K Red 0.120 0.71 0.19 0.15 0.110 x 0.032 2.8 x 0.8 CD9-7A CD-800-7 3000 E2.
DNF18-111FIB-3K Red 0.120 0.71 0.19 0.15 0.110 x 0.020 2.8 x 0.5 CD9-7A CD-800-7 3000 Labels
DNF18-112FIB-3K* Natural 0.120 0.71 0.19 0.15 0.110 x 0.010 2.8 x 0.3 CD9-7A CD-800-7 3000
DNF18-187FIB-3K 22 18 Red 0.136 0.78 0.29 0.16 0.187 x 0.032 4.8 x 0.8 CD9-4A CD-800-4 3000
E3.
DNF18-188FIB-3K AWG Red 0.136 0.78 0.29 0.16 0.187 x 0.020 4.8 x 0.5 CD9-4A CD-800-4 3000 Pre-Printed
DNF18-205FIB-3K Red 0.136 0.78 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 4.8/5.2 x 0.8 CD9-4A CD-800-4 3000 & Write-On
DNF18-206FIB-3K Red 0.136 0.78 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 x 0.020 4.8/5.2 x 0.5 CD9-4A CD-800-4 3000 Markers
DNF18-250FIB-3K** Red 0.136 0.84 0.35 0.22 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-4A CD-800-4 3000
DNF14-187FIB-3K 0.160 0.78 0.29 0.18 0.187 x 0.032 4.8 x 0.8 CD9-5A CD-800-5 3000 E4.
DNF14-188FIB-3K 0.160 0.78 0.29 0.18 0.187 x 0.020 4.8 x 0.5 CD9-5A CD-800-5 3000 Permanent
16 14 Identification
DNF14-205FIB-3K Blue 0.160 0.78 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 4.8/5.2 x 0.8 CD9-5A CD-800-5 3000
AWG
DNF14-206FIB-3K 0.160 0.78 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 x 0.020 4.8/5.2 x 0.5 CD9-5A CD-800-5 3000 E5.
DNF14-250FIB-3K 0.160 0.84 0.35 0.22 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-5A CD-800-5 3000 Lockout/
DNF10-250FIB-2K 0.220 0.96 0.35 0.23 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-13B CD-800-13 2000 Tagout
12 10
Yellow & Safety
DNF10250FIBC-2K AWG 0.220 0.96 0.35 0.23 0.250 x 0.032 6.4 x 0.8 CD9-13B CD-800-13 2000 Solutions
*UL/CSA standards do not exist for 0.110" x 0.010" receptacles.
**UL with 17 AWG wire.
F.
Compressor tab disconnect to fit 0.250" tabs with a post style support. Index
For applicator information, see page D1.143.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.123
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Disco Female Disconnects, Nylon Fully Insulated Expanded Wire Entry
Type DNF-FIBX
B1.
Cable Ties Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Fully insulated design provides protection from electrical shorts
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal
every time barrel, providing a higher quality connection
B2. Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab without UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
Cable the use of tools for lower installed cost
Accessories 221F (105C)
Expanded wire entry designed to accommodate wire with a larger UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
insulation thickness
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
L H
C1.
Wiring
W
Duct
C2.
Surface Figure Dimensions Tab
Raceway Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Size Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
C3. DNF18205FIBX-2K 0.87 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 4.8/5.2 x 0.8 2000
Abrasion DNF18206FIBX-2K 22 18 0.87 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 x 0.020 4.8/5.2 x 0.5 2000
Red 0.210 CD9-6B CD-800-6
Protection AWG
DNF18250FIBX-2K 0.93 0.35 0.22 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 2000
DNF14205FIBX-2K 0.87 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 4.8/5.2 x 0.8 2000
C4. DNF14206FIBX-2K 16 14 0.87 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 x 0.020 4.8/5.2 x 0.5 2000
Blue 0.240 CD9-8B CD-800-8
AWG
Cable DNF14250FIBX-2K 0.93 0.35 0.22 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 2000
Management
For applicator information, see page D1.143.
D1.
Terminals
Disco Female Disconnects, Nylon Fully Insulated Right Angle
D2. Type DNFR-FIB
Power
Connectors Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination without the use of tools for lower installed cost
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
D3.
Grounding
Right angle design for use in limited space applications 221F (105C)
Connectors Fully insulated design provides protection from electrical shorts UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal
barrel, providing a higher quality connection
E1.
Labeling
Systems
D H
E2. W
Labels L
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On Max. Figure Dimensions Tab CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
Markers Wire Color Ins. (In.) Size Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H D In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
E4. DNFR18205FIB-KD 0.57 0.37 0.21 0.60 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 4.8/5.2 x 0.8 1500
Permanent DNFR18206FIB-KD 22 18 Red 0.57 0.37 0.21 0.60 0.187/0.205 x 0.020 4.8/5.2 x 0.5 1500
Identification AWG
DNFR18250FIB-KD 0.57 0.37 0.21 0.60 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 1500
0.178 CD9-9C CD-800-9
E5. DNFR14205FIB-KD 0.57 0.37 0.21 0.60 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 4.8/5.2 x 0.8 1500
Lockout/ DNFR14206FIB-KD 16 14 Blue 0.57 0.37 0.21 0.60 0.187/0.205 x 0.020 4.8/5.2 x 0.5 1500
Tagout AWG
DNFR14250FIB-KD 0.57 0.37 0.21 0.60 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 1500
& Safety
Solutions For applicator information, see page D1.143.
F.
Index
D1.124 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Disco Female Disconnects, Vinyl Barrel Insulated Funnel Entry Overview
Type DV-B
B1.
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal Cable Ties
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination barrel, providing a higher quality connection
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation temperature
Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab without 221F (105C) B2.
the use of tools for lower installed cost Cable
UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310 Accessories
Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
tensile strength
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
L H
C1.
W Wiring
Duct
C2.
Max. Figure Dimensions Tab CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
Surface
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Size Series Series Per Raceway
Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
DV18-187B-3K 0.150 0.77 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.032 4.8 x 0.8 3000
C3.
DV18-188B-3K 0.150 0.77 0.23 0.09 0.187 x 0.020 4.8 x 0.5 3000 Abrasion
DV18-205B-3K 22 18 0.150 0.77 0.25 0.12 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 4.8/5.2 x 0.8 3000 Protection
Red CD9-1A CD-800-1
AWG
DV18-206B-3K 0.150 0.77 0.25 0.11 0.187/0.205 x 0.020 4.8/5.2 x 0.5 3000
DV18-250B-3K 0.150 0.83 0.29 0.12 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 3000 C4.
DV14-187B-3K 0.170 0.77 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 0.032 4.8 x 0.8 3000 Cable
Management
DV14-188B-3K 0.170 0.77 0.23 0.09 0.187 x 0.020 4.8 x 0.5 3000
DV14-205B-3K 16 14 0.170 0.77 0.25 0.12 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 4.8/5.2 x 0.8 3000
Blue CD9-2A CD-800-2
AWG
DV14-206B-3K 0.170 0.77 0.25 0.11 0.187/0.205 x 0.020 4.5/5.2 x 0.5 3000
D1.
DV14-250B-3K 0.170 0.83 0.29 0.12 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 3000 Terminals
DV10-250-2K* 12 10 0.230 0.95 0.29 0.12 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 2000
Yellow CD9-3B CD-800-3
DV10-250C-2K** AWG 0.230 0.95 0.29 0.12 0.250 x 0.032 6.4 x 0.8 2000
D2.
*Not UL Listed or CSA Certified. Power
**UL Recognized and CSA Certified. Connectors
Compression tab disconnect to fit 0.250" tabs with a post style support.
For applicator information, see page D1.143.
D3.
Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.125
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview DiscoGrip Female Disconnects, Fully Insulated
Type DPF-FIB
B1.
Cable Ties Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Fully insulated design provides protection from electrical shorts
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal
every time barrel, providing a higher quality connection
B2. Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab UL Flammability UL 94V-2, maximum insulation temperature
Cable without the use of tools for lower installed cost 221F (105C)
Accessories Premium nylon insulation retains its shape when crimped and UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
provides a tight grip around the wire insulation for maximum
strain relief
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties H
L
C1. W
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway Cross section of DiscoGrip Crimp showing
insulation crimp of the wire insulation.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection Max. Figure Dimensions Tab CA9 CA-800/EZ
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Size Series Series Pieces
Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Per Reel
C4. DPF18-110FIB-3K 0.132 0.71 0.19 0.17 0.110 x 0.032 2.8 x 0.8 3000
Cable CD9-12A CD-800-12
DPF18-111FIB-3K 0.132 0.71 0.19 0.17 0.110 x 0.020 2.8 x 0.5 3000
Management
DPF18-187FIB-3K 0.136 0.78 0.29 0.16 0.187 x 0.032 4.8 x 0.8 3000
DPF18-188FIB-3K 22 18 0.136 0.78 0.29 0.16 0.187 x 0.020 4.8 x 0.5 3000
Red
AWG
D1. DPF18-205FIB-3K 0.136 0.78 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 4.8/5.2 x 0.8 CD9-10A CD-800-10 3000
Terminals DPF18-206FIB-3K 0.136 0.78 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 x 0.020 4.8/5.2 x 0.5 3000
DPF18-250FIB-3K 0.136 0.84 0.35 0.22 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 3000
DPF14-187FIB-3K 0.160 0.78 0.29 0.18 0.187 x 0.032 4.8 x 0.8 3000
D2.
DPF14-205FIB-3K 16 14 0.160 0.78 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 4.8/5.2 x 0.8 3000
Power Blue CD9-11A CD-800-11
Connectors DPF14-206FIB-3K AWG 0.160 0.78 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 x 0.020 4.8/5.2 x 0.5 3000
DPF14-250FIB-3K 0.160 0.84 0.35 0.22 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 3000
DPF10-250FIB-2K 12 10 Yellow 0.220 0.96 0.35 0.23 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-13B CD-800-13 2000
D3. AWG
Grounding
Connectors
For applicator information, see page D1.143.
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
D1.126 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
DiscoGrip Male Disconnects, Fully Insulated Overview
Type DPF-FIM
B1.
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Oversized housing designed for maximum versatility to mate with Cable Ties
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination most commercially available fully insulated female disconnects
every time Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into terminal
Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male tab barrel, providing a higher quality connection B2.
without the use of tools for lower installed cost UL Flammability UL 94V-2, maximum insulation temperature Cable
Accessories
Fully insulated design provides protection from electrical shorts 221F (105C)
Premium nylon insulation retains its shape when crimped and UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
provides a tight grip around the wire insulation for maximum B3.
strain relief Stainless
Steel Ties
H
L
C1.
Wiring
W Duct
C2.
Surface
Raceway
Cross section of DiscoGrip Crimp showing
insulation crimp of the wire insulation.
C3.
Abrasion
Protection
Figure Dimensions Tab
Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.) Size
Wire Color Ins. Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel C4.
Cable
Standard Housing Management
DPF18-250FIM-2K 22 18 Red 0.133 CD9-10B CD-800-10 2000
AWG
0.250 x
0.90 0.41 0.29 6.3 x 0.8
DPF14-250FIM-2K 16 14 Blue 0.156 0.032 CD9-11B CD-800-11 2000 D1.
AWG Terminals
Oversized Housing
DPF18-250FIMB-K* 22 18 Red 0.133 CD9-10B CD-800-10 1000
AWG D2.
0.250 x Power
0.92 0.46 0.34 6.3 x 0.8
DPF14-250FIMB-K* 16 14 Blue 0.156 0.032 CD9-11B CD-800-11 1000 Connectors
AWG
*To mate with other manufacturers fully insulated 0.250 x 0.032 female receptacles. D3.
For applicator information, see page D1.143. Grounding
Connectors
E1.
Labeling
Systems
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.127
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Disco Male Disconnects, Nylon Fully Insulated Funnel Entry
Type DNF-FIM
B1.
Cable Ties Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Male tab can be inserted and removed from the female disconnect
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination without the use of tools for lower installed cost
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
B2. Male tab couples with (all 0.250 x 0.032) female disconnects 221F (105C)
Cable Fully insulated design provides protection from electrical shorts UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
Accessories
H
L
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
W
C1.
Wiring
Duct
Figure Dimensions Tab
Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.) Size
Wire Color Ins. Series Series Per
C2. Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
Surface
Raceway Standard Housing
DNF18-250FIM-2K 22 18 Red 0.133 0.90 0.42 0.30 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-4B CD-800-4 2000
AWG
C3. DNF14-250FIM-2K 16 14 Blue 0.158 0.90 0.42 0.30 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-5B CD-800-5 2000
Abrasion AWG
Protection
Oversized Housing
DNF18-250FIMB-K* 22 18 Red 0.135 0.91 0.45 0.34 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-4B CD-800-4 1000
C4. AWG
Cable DNF14-250FIMB-K* 16 14 Blue 0.160 0.91 0.46 0.34 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-5B CD-800-5 1000
Management AWG
DNF10-250FIMB-K 12 10 Yellow 0.220 0.96 0.45 0.36 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-18B CD-800-18 1000
AWG
D1. *To mate with other manufacturers fully insulated 0.250 x 0.032 female receptacles.
Terminals For applicator information, see page D1.143.
D2. Disco Male Disconnects, Nylon Fully Insulated Expanded Wire Entry
Power
Connectors
Type DNF-FIMX
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Male tab can be inserted and removed from the female disconnect
D3. performance through the applicator for a high quality termination without the use of tools for lower installed cost
Grounding every time
Connectors Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum
Expanded wire entry designed to accommodate wire with a larger tensile strength
insulation thickness UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
E1. Male tab couples with (all 0.250 x 0.032) female disconnects 221F (105C)
Labeling
Systems Fully insulated design provides protection from electrical shorts UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
H
E2. L
Labels
W
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
Max. Figure Dimensions Tab CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
E4. Wire Color Ins. (In.) Size Series Series Per
Permanent Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
Identification DNF18250FIMX-2K* 22 18 Red 2000
AWG
E5. 0.244 0.97 0.41 0.29 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-8B CD-800-8
Lockout/ DNF14250FIMX-2K** 16 14 Blue 2000
Tagout AWG
& Safety *CSA Certified for use with (2) #18 AWG, (2) #20 AWG, or (2) #22 AWG wires.
Solutions
**CSA Certified for use with (2) #16 AWG or (2) #18 AWG wires.
For applicator information, see page D1.143.
F.
Index
D1.128 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
Disco Male Disconnects, Nylon Barrel Insulated Funnel Entry
Type DNF-M
B1.
Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and maximum Cable Ties
performance through the applicator for a high quality termination tensile strength
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-2/HB, maximum insulation temperature
Male tab couples with (all 0.250 x 0.032) female disconnects 221F (105C) B2.
Cable
Male tab can be inserted and removed from the female disconnect Rated up to 600 V Accessories
without the use of tools for lower installed cost
Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, providing
protection to the crimp joint during high vibration applications B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties
L
C1.
Wiring
Duct
C2.
Surface
Figure Dimensions Tab Raceway
Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.) Size
Wire Color Ins. Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) L In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
C3.
DNF18-250M-3K 22 18 AWG Red 0.145 0.90 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-1A CD-800-1 3000 Abrasion
Protection
DNF14-250M-3K 16 14 AWG Blue 0.162 0.90 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-2A CD-800-2 3000
DNF10-250M-2K 12 10 AWG Yellow 0.225 0.95 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-3B CD-800-3 2000 C4.
Cable
Management
For applicator information, see page D1.143.
D1.
Terminals
E2.
Labels
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Figure Dimensions Tab Markers
Max. CA9 CA-800/EZ Pieces
(In.) Size
Wire Color Ins. Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) L In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel E4.
DV18-250MB-3K 22 18 Red 0.155 CD9-1A CD800-1 3000 Permanent
AWG Identification
DV14-250MB-3K 16 14 Blue 0.175 CD9-2A CD-800-2 3000
AWG 0.90 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 E5.
DV10-250M-2K* 12 10 Yellow 0.225 CD9-3B CD-800-3 2000 Lockout/
AWG Tagout
& Safety
*Rated up to 300 V. Solutions
For applicator information, see page D1.143.
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory) D1.129
ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview Pin Terminals, Vinyl Insulated Funnel Entry
Type PV-PB
B1. Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in
Cable Ties performance through the applicator for a high quality termination bending applications
every time UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation temperature
Solid pin designed to prevent damage to the wire from over